FORM 6‑K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a‑16 or 15d‑16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

Commission File Number: 001‑12518

Banco Santander, S.A.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ciudad Grupo Santander

28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid) Spain

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40‑F:

 

 

 

 

Form 20‑F

   X   

Form 40‑F

            

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6‑K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

 

 

 

 

Yes

            

No

  X      

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6‑K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

 

 

 

 

Yes

            

No

   X     

 

 

 

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

________________________

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Exhibit 99.1 . Certain financial information included in Banco Santander, S.A.’s Form 20-F relating to the three years ended December 31, 2018, recast as a result of certain changes in the geographic and business segments of Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”).

Exhibit 99.2 Consolidated Financial Statements for the three years ended December 31, 2018, recast as a result of certain changes in the Group’s geographic and business segments.

Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

 

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ José G. Cantera

 

 

Name:

José G. Cantera

 

 

Title:

Chief financial officer

 

Date: July 8, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

 

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form F-3 (No. 333-217116 and No. 333-218904) and Form S-8 (N0. 333-231568) of Banco Santander, S.A. of our report dated March 25, 2019 except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to effects of the change in composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 52, as to which the date is July 8, 2019, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 6-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

 

Madrid, Spain

 

July 8, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INFORMATION REQUIRED BY FORM 20-F, RETROSPECTIVELY RECAST AS A RESULT

OF CERTAIN CHANGES IN THE GEOGRAPHIC AND BUSINESS SEGMENTS OF BANCO SANTANDER, S.A. AND

IT’S SUBSIDIARIES.

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption

Location

Page

 

 

 

 

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

Exhibit 99.1 :   1. Presentation of Financial and Other Information

3

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Exhibit 99.1 :   2. Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

5

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

 

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

B. Advisers

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

C. Auditors

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

 

 

A. Offer Statistics

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

B. Method and Expected Timetable

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

 

 

 

A. Selected financial data

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

D. Risk factors

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

 

 

A. History and development of the company

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Capital Increases

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Recent  Events

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Business overview

Exhibit 99.1 :   3. Economic and Financial Review by Segment

7

 

Selected Statistical information

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Competition in Spain

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Supervision and Regulation

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Organizational structure

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Property, plant and equipment

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

 

Critical accounting policies

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

A. Operating results

Exhibit 99.1 :   3. Economic and Financial Review by Segment

7

 

B. Liquidity and capital resources

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Trend information

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

 

 

A. Directors and senior management

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Compensation

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Board practices

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Employees

Exhibit 99.1 :   4. Other Geographical and business segment disclosures

70

 

E. Share ownership

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 

1

Table of Contents

 

A. Major shareholders

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Related party transactions

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

 

 

 

Financial statements

Exhibit 99.2 Consolidated financial statements

4

 

Legal proceedings

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

Shareholders remuneration

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Significant Changes

Not applicable

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

 

 

A. Offer and listing details

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Plan of distribution

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

C. Markets

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Selling shareholders

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

E. Dilution

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

F. Expense of the issue

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

A. Share capital

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

B. Memorandum and articles of association

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Material contracts

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Exchange controls

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

E. Taxation

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

F. Dividends and paying agents

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

G. Statement by experts

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

H. Documents on display

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

I. Subsidiary information

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Exhibit 99.1 :   4. Other Geographical and business segment disclosures

64

 

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

A. Debt Securities

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

B. Warrants and Rights

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

C. Other Securities

Not required for Annual Report on Form 20-F

-

 

D. American Depositary Shares

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16

[Reserved]

 

 

 

A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

B. Code of Ethics

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable

-

 

E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable

-

 

G. Corporate Governance

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable

-

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Exhibit 99.2 Consolidated financial statements

4

 

 

 

 

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Exhibit 99.2 Consolidated financial statements

4

 

 

 

 

ITEM 19

EXHIBITS

There are no material changes derived from the recast described in the introductory explanatory note

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Table of Contents

1.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Explanatory Note

We are filing this report on Form 6-K to recast our segment financial information and related disclosure for the three years ended December 31, 2018 which were included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 26, 2019 (the “2018 Form 20-F”), in order to reflect our current reporting structure.

On July 4, 2019, we announced that, starting with the financial information for the first half of 2019, we will carry out a change in our reported segments to reflect our current reporting structure. This announcement has been included in our Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on July 5, 2019.

This change in our reported segments aims to align the segment information to how segments and units are managed and has no impact at the Group level. The main changes, which have been applied to segment information for all periods included in the consolidated financial statements, are the following:

Primary segments

 

1.

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

-    The UK unit is aligned with ring-fencing structure, including products and services distributed to our retail customers and the majority of our business customers. The businesses excluded are now incorporated in the rest of Europe.

-    Spain unit now includes the Real Estate Activity Spain, previously included in the rest of Europe, and it excludes some treasury businesses now reported in the rest of Europe and the online bank OpenBank which is now incorporated in the new Digital segment (Santander Global Platform).

-    The rest of Europe comprises mainly (i) CIB businesses such as Banco Santander, S.A. branches outside of Spain (including the excluded businesses in the UK as a result of ring-fencing) as well as Spain’s treasury business and (ii) Private Banking’s Wealth Management & Insurance businesses in Switzerland, mutual funds in Luxemburg and Insurance in Zurich.

 

2.

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

3.

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

4.

Creation of a new reporting unit segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes our global digital services under a single unit:

 

-

Our fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services.

-

Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve our customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global businesses (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

-

Digital Assets: common digital assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help our banks in their digital transformation.

Secondary segments

 

5.

Real Estate Activity Spain, that was previously a segment reported on its own, is now included in Retail Banking.

 

 

6.

The insurance business, previously included in Retail Banking, is now included in the Wealth Management segment, which was renamed Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

7.

The new Digital segment is also incorporated as a secondary segment.

 

8.

Finally, the change in reported segments also includes adjustments of the clients of the Global Customer Relationship Model between Retail Banking and Santander Corporate & Investment Banking and between Retail Banking and Wealth Management & Insurance.

3

Table of Contents

 

The changes in the secondary segments have no impact on the primary segments.

The Group restated the corresponding information of earlier periods to reflect these changes in the structure of its internal organization.

In this report we have included only such disclosure as was impacted by the revisions described above and have only revised such disclosure to reflect such revisions. This report does not, and does not purport to, recast the information in any other part of the 2018 Form 20-F filed on March 26, 2019 or update any information in such Form 20-F to reflect any events that have occurred after its filing. The filing of this report should not be understood to mean that any statements contained in the above mentioned Form 20-F are true and complete as of any date subsequent to March 26, 2019. References in this report to our consolidated financial statements shall be deemed to refer to our recast consolidated financial statements and related notes that are also included as an exhibit to this Form 6-K. This Form 6-K should be read in conjunction with the above mentioned 2018 Form 20-F, the related recast consolidated financial statements and our other filings with the SEC.

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State (a “Member State”) and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”). The Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of 22 December 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards. This Circular was repealed on 1 January 2018 by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, of 27 November 2017 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2017”). Therefore, Grupo Santander (“the Group” or “Santander”) is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018 in conformity with EU-IFRS and Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2017, while previous periods have to be prepared under EU-IFRS and Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Differences between EU-IFRS, Bank of Spain’s Circulars and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IFRS-IASB”) are not material. Therefore, we assert that the financial information contained in this report on Form 6-K complies with IFRS-IASB.

In July 2014, the IASB published IFRS9 Financial Instruments – Classification and measurement, hedging and impairment that we adopted with the subsequent amendments on 1 January 2018. As permitted by the regulation, we have chosen not to re-classify the comparative financial statements. Therefore, previous periods are not comparable. However, note 1.b to our consolidated financial statements included in Exhibit 99.2 of this Form 6-K includes a reconciliation of balances as of 31 December 2017 under IAS 39 and the corresponding balances as of 1 January 2018 under IFRS9. The adoption of Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2017 has modified the breakdown and presentation of certain headings in the 31 December 2018 financial statements, to adapt them to the aforementioned IFRS9. Previous periods have not been restated under this Circular.

Our auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, have audited our consolidated financial statements in respect of the years ended 31 December 2018, 2017 and 2016 in accordance with IFRS-IASB. See pages 2 and 3 in Exhibit 99.2 of this Form 6-K for the audit report issued by PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

We have presented our financial information according to the classification format for banks used in Spain. We have not reclassified the line items to comply with Article 9 of Regulation S-X. Article 9 is a regulation of the US Securities and Exchange Commission that contains presentation requirements for bank holding company financial statements.

General Information

Our consolidated financial statements included in Part 2 of the 2018 Form 20-F are in Euros, which are denoted “euro”, “euros”, “EUR” or “€” throughout this annual report.  Also, throughout this annual report, when we refer to:

·

“we”, “us”, “our”, the “Group”, “Grupo Santander” or “Santander”, we mean Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires;

·

“dollars”,  “USD”, “US$” or “$”, we mean United States dollars; and

·

“pounds”, “GBP” or “£”, we mean United Kingdom pounds.

When we refer to “net interest income” we mean “interest income/(charges)”.

When we refer to “staff costs” we mean “personnel expenses”.

When we refer to “profit before tax” we mean “operating profit/(loss) before tax”.

When we refer to “average balances” for a particular period, we mean the average of the month-end balances for that period, unless otherwise noted.  We do not believe that monthly averages present trends that are materially different from trends that daily

4

Table of Contents

averages would show.  In calculating our interest income, we include any interest payments we received on non-accruing loans if they were received in the period when due.

When we refer to “loans”, we mean loans, leases, discounted bills and accounts receivable, unless otherwise noted. The loan to value “LTV” ratios disclosed in this report refer to LTV ratios calculated as the ratio of the outstanding amount of the loan to the most recent available appraisal value of the mortgaged asset. Additionally, if a loan is approaching a doubtful status, we update the appraisals which are then used to estimate allowances for loan losses.

When we refer to “non-performing balances”, we mean non-performing loans and contingent liabilities (“NPL”), securities and other assets to collect.

When we refer to “allowances for credit losses” or “allowances for non-performing balances”, we mean the allowances for impaired assets, and unless otherwise noted, the allowance for inherent losses and any allowances for country-risk.  See “Item 5. Other Industry Guide 3 disclosures—Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements— Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements”. From 1 January 2018, after the adoption of IFRS9, the allowances reflect expected credit losses whereas the previous model (IAS 39) was based on incurred losses.

When we refer to “perimeter effect”, we mean growth or reduction derived from changes in the companies that we consolidate resulting from acquisitions, dispositions or other reasons.

Where a translation of foreign exchange is given for any financial data, we use the exchange rates of the relevant period (as of the end of such period for balance sheet data and the average exchange rate of such period for income statement data) as published by the European Central Bank, unless otherwise noted.

Management makes use of certain financial measures in local currency to help in the assessment of ongoing operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures include the results of operations of our subsidiary banks located outside the eurozone, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. We analyze these banks’ performance on a local currency basis to better measure the comparability of results between periods. Because changes in foreign currency exchange rates have a non-operating impact on the results of operations, we believe that evaluating their performance on a local currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to both management and the company’s investors. Variances in financial metrics, excluding the exchange rate impact, are calculated by translating the components of the financial metrics to our Euro presentation currency using the same foreign currency exchange rate for both periods presented. For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see note 2(a) to our consolidated financial statements included in Exhibit 99.2 of this Form 6-K.

 

2.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, information regarding:

·

exposure to various types of market risks;

·

management strategy;

·

capital expenditures;

·

earnings and other targets; and

·

asset portfolios.

Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “should,” “intend,” “probability,” “risk,” “VaR,” “RORAC,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “estimate,” “future” and similar expressions.  We include forward-looking statements in the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risks” sections. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Item 4. Risk Factors”, “Item 5.  Information on the Company”, “Consolidated Directors’ Report —Economic and Financial Review” in Part 1 of the 2018 Form 20-F, and elsewhere in the 2018 Form 20-F and in this Form 6-K, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statement:

 

 

 

5

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Economic and Industry Conditions

 

   general economic or industry conditions in Spain, the U.K., the U.S., other European countries, Brazil, other Latin American countries and the other areas in which we have significant business activities or investments;

   exposure to various types of market risks, principally including interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk;

   a worsening of the economic environment in Spain, the U.K., the U.S., other European countries, Brazil, other Latin American countries, and increase of the volatility in the capital markets;

   the effects of a decline in real estate prices, particularly in Spain and the U.K.;

   the effects of results of U.K political developments, including the U.K’s potential exit from the European Union;

   monetary and interest rate policies of the European Central Bank and various central banks;

   inflation or deflation;

   the effects of non-linear market behavior that cannot be captured by linear statistical models, such as the VaR model we use;

   changes in competition and pricing environments;

   the inability to hedge some risks economically;

   the adequacy of loss reserves;

   acquisitions or restructurings of businesses that may not perform in accordance with our expectations;

   changes in demographics, consumer spending, investment or saving habits;

   potential losses associated with prepayment of our loan and investment portfolio, declines in the value of collateral securing our loan portfolio, and counterparty risk; and

   changes in competition and pricing environments as a result of the progressive adoption of the internet for conducting financial services and/or other factors.

 

    

Political and Governmental Factors

 

   political stability in Spain, the U.K., other European countries, Latin America and the U.S.;

   changes in Spanish, U.K., E.U., U.S., Latin American, or other jurisdictions’ laws, regulations or taxes, including changes in regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, including as a result of the U.K exiting the European Union; and

   increased regulation in light of the global financial crisis.

Transaction and Commercial Factors

   damage to our reputation;

   our ability to integrate successfully our acquisitions and the challenges inherent in diverting management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and from operational matters while we integrate these acquisitions; and

   the outcome of our negotiations with business partners and governments.

Operating Factors

 

   potential losses associated with an increase in the level of non‑performance by counterparties to other types of financial instruments;

   technical difficulties and/or failure to improve or upgrade our information technology;

   changes in our ability to access liquidity and funding on acceptable terms, including as a result of changes in our credit spreads or a downgrade in our credit ratings or those of our more significant subsidiaries;

   our exposure to operational losses (e.g., failed internal or external processes, people and systems);

   changes in our ability to recruit, retain and develop appropriate senior management and skilled personnel;

   the occurrence of force majeure, such as natural disasters, that impact our operations or impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio; and

   the impact of changes in the composition of our balance sheet on future interest income / (charges).

   potential losses associated with cyber-attacks.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this report speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

 

 

 

 

6

Table of Contents

3.

ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL REVIEW BY SEGMENT

3.1 BUSINESS AREAS PERFORMANCE

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESSES

 

The segment reporting is based on financial information presented to the chief operating decision maker, which excludes certain items included in the statutory results that distort year-on-year comparisons and are not considered for management reporting purposes. This financial information (underlying basis) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, impairment of goodwill, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to better understand the underlying trends in the business (see also Note 52.c to the Group financial statements).

 

The Group has aligned the information in this operating segment section in a manner consistent with the underlying information used internally for management reporting purposes and with that presented throughout the Group’s other public documents.

 

The Group executive committee has been determined to be the chief operating decision maker for the Group. The Group’s operating segments reflect the organisational and management structures. The Group executive committee reviews the internal reporting based on these segments in order to assess performance and allocate resources.

 

The segments are differentiated by the geographic area where profits are earned, and by type of business. The financial information of each reportable segment is prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various geographic areas and business units. The information relates to both the accounting data of the units integrated in each segment and that provided by management information systems. In all cases, the same general principles as those used in the Group are applied.

 

The businesses included in each of the business areas in this report and the accounting principles under which their results are presented here may differ from the businesses included and accounting principles applied in the financial information separately prepared and disclosed by our subsidiaries (some of which are publicly listed) which in name or geographical description may seem to correspond to the business areas covered in this report. Accordingly, the results of operations and trends shown for our business areas in this document may differ materially from those of such subsidiaries.

 

During 2018, certain changes took place in the organisational structure of the Group, which led to a change in segment reporting:

 

    Banco Popular’s financial results and balance sheet have been allocated to the corresponding segments. The affected segments are Spain, Portugal and Real Estate Activity Spain.

 

    The Group acquired the stake of Santander Asset Management that was not already owned by the Group. Following this change in the consolidation perimeter, the Group decided to integrate the acquired Asset Management business, the International Private Banking business and the corporate unit of Private Banking, which were previously reported within the Retail Banking segment, into a new segment then identified as Wealth Management.

 

     Additionally, there has been an adjustment to the perimeter of the Global Customer Relationship Model, between the Retail Banking segment and the Santander Corporate & Investment Banking segment, as well as other minor changes relating to the Real Estate Activity Spain.

 

Additionally, on July 4, 2019, we announced that, starting with the financial information for the first half of 2019, we will carry out a change in our reported segments to reflect our current reporting structure.

 

This change in our reported segments aims to align the segment information to how segments and units are managed and has no impact at the Group level. The main changes, which have been applied to segment information for all periods included in the consolidated financial statements, are the following:

 

Primary segments

 

1.

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

-     The UK unit is aligned with ring-fencing structure, including products and services distributed to our retail customers and the majority of our business customers. The businesses excluded are now incorporated in the rest of Europe.

-     Spain unit now includes the Real Estate Activity Spain, previously included in the rest of Europe, and it excludes some treasury businesses now reported in the rest of Europe and the online bank OpenBank which is now incorporated in the new Digital segment (Santander Global Platform).

-     The rest of Europe comprises mainly (i) CIB businesses such as Banco Santander, S.A. branches outside of Spain (including the excluded businesses in the UK as a result of ring-fencing) as well as Spain’s treasury business and (ii) Private Banking’s Wealth Management & Insurance businesses in Switzerland, mutual funds in Luxemburg and Insurance in Zurich.

 

2.

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

3.

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

4.

Creation of a new reporting unit segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes our global digital services under a single unit:

 

-     Our fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services.

-     Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve our customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global businesses (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

-     Digital Assets: common digital assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help our banks in their digital transformation.

 

7

Table of Contents

Secondary segments

 

5.

Real Estate Activity Spain, that was previously a segment reported on its own, is now included in Retail Banking.

 

 

6.

The insurance business, previously included in Retail Banking, is now included in the Wealth Management segment, which was renamed Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

7.

The new Digital segment is also incorporated as a secondary segment.

 

8.

Finally, the change in reported segments also includes adjustments of the clients of the Global Customer Relationship Model between Retail Banking and Santander Corporate & Investment Banking and between Retail Banking and Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

The changes in the secondary segments have no impact on the primary segments.

 

The Group restated the information of earlier periods to reflect these changes in the structure of its internal organisation.

 

The operating business areas are structured in two levels:

 

Primary segments

 

This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises five reportable segments: four operating areas plus the Corporate Centre. The operating areas, are:

 

   Europe : which comprises all the business activities carried out in the region. Detailed financial information is provided on Spain, Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance (which incorporates all the region’s business, including the three countries mentioned herewith) and the UK.

 

   North America : which comprises all the business activities carried out in Mexico and the US, which includes the holding company (SHUSA) and the businesses of Santander Bank, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, the specialised unit Banco Santander International and the New York branch.

 

   South America : includes all the financial activities carried out by the Group through its banks and subsidiary banks in the region. Detailed information is provided on Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Uruguay, Peru and Colombia.

 

   Santander Global Platform : includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX, Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

 

Secondary segments

 

At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Retail Banking, Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, Wealth Management & Insurance and Santander Global Platform.

 

   Retail Banking : this covers all customer banking businesses, including consumer finance, except those of corporate banking, which are managed through Santander Corporate & Investment Banking, and asset management, private banking and insurance, which are managed by Wealth Management & Insurance. The results of the hedging positions in each country are also included, conducted within the sphere of each one’s assets and liabilities committee.

 

   Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB) : This business reflects revenue from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including treasuries managed globally (always after the appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as equities business.

 

   Wealth Management & Insurance : Includes the asset management business (Santander Asset Management), the corporate unit of Private Banking and International Private Banking in Miami and Switzerland and the insurance business (Santander Insurance).

 

   Santander Global Platform: includes our fully digital bank Openbank and Open Digital Services, Global Payments Services (Superdigital, Pago FX, Global Merchant Services, Global Trade Services) and Digital Assets (Centres of Digital Expertise, InnoVentures and Digital Assets).

 

In addition to these operating units, which report by geographic area and businesses, the Group continues to maintain the area of Corporate Centre , that includes the centralised activities relating to equity stakes in financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position, assumed within the sphere of the Group’s assets and liabilities committee, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity via issuances.

 

As the Group’s holding entity, this area manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity with the rest of businesses. It also incorporates amortisation of goodwill but not the costs related to the Group’s central services (charged to the areas), except for corporate and institutional expenses related to the Group’s functioning.

 

Finally, certain figures contained in this report, including financial information, have been subject to rounding to enhance their presentation. Accordingly, in certain instances, the sum of the numbers in a column or a row in tables contained in this report may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column or row.

 

 

 

 

As described in section 3 of our consolidated director’s report, the results of our business areas presented below are provided on the basis of underlying results only and including the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. However, for a better understanding of the actual changes in the performance of our business areas, we also provide and discuss the year-on-year changes to our results excluding such impact.

 

 

 

8

Table of Contents

3.2  SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT OF THE GROUP’S MAIN BUSINESS AREAS

 

2018 . Main items of the underlying income statement

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

    

Net interest
income

    

Net fee
income

    

Total
income

    

Net operating
income

    

Profit
before tax

    

Underlying attributable
profit to the
parent

 

Europe

 

14,204

 

5,435

 

21,257

 

10,091

 

7,491

 

5,048

 

    Spain

 

4,093

 

2,624

 

7,615

 

3,277

 

2,063

 

1,554

 

    Santander Consumer Finance

 

3,723

 

798

 

4,610

 

2,622

 

2,137

 

1,293

 

    United Kingdom

 

4,078

 

912

 

5,132

 

2,295

 

1,803

 

1,272

 

    Portugal

 

858

 

377

 

1,344

 

700

 

686

 

479

 

    Poland

 

996

 

453

 

1,488

 

848

 

552

 

296

 

    Other Europe

 

456

 

272

 

1,068

 

350

 

251

 

154

 

North America

 

8,154

 

1,615

 

10,476

 

5,988

 

2,337

 

1,304

 

    US

 

5,391

 

859

 

6,949

 

3,930

 

1,113

 

549

 

    Mexico

 

2,763

 

756

 

3,527

 

2,058

 

1,224

 

755

 

South America

 

12,891

 

4,497

 

17,674

 

11,117

 

6,717

 

3,451

 

    Brazil

 

9,758

 

3,497

 

13,345

 

8,845

 

5,185

 

2,592

 

    Chile

 

1,944

 

424

 

2,535

 

1,488

 

1,118

 

612

 

    Argentina

 

768

 

448

 

1,209

 

458

 

183

 

82

 

    Other South America

 

421

 

128

 

585

 

326

 

231

 

165

 

Santander Global Platform

 

79

 

7

 

74

 

(68)

 

(70)

 

(54)

 

Operating areas

 

35,328

 

11,554

 

49,481

 

27,128

 

16,475

 

9,750

 

Corporate Centre

 

(987)

 

(69)

 

(1,057)

 

(1,483)

 

(1,699)

 

(1,686)

 

Total Group

 

34,341

 

11,485

 

48,424

 

25,645

 

14,776

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

32,262

 

8,870

 

42,231

 

22,994

 

12,654

 

7,238

 

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

 

2,461

 

1,534

 

5,077

 

2,975

 

2,680

 

1,691

 

Wealth Management & Insurance

 

526

 

1,142

 

2,099

 

1,226

 

1,211

 

875

 

Santander Global Platform

 

79

 

7

 

74

 

(68)

 

(70)

 

(54)

 

Operating areas

 

35,328

 

11,554

 

49,481

 

27,128

 

16,475

 

9,750

 

Corporate Centre

 

(987)

 

(69)

 

(1,057)

 

(1,483)

 

(1,699)

 

(1,686)

 

Total Group

 

34,341

 

11,485

 

48,424

 

25,645

 

14,776

 

8,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit 2018. % distribution of business areas A

Primary segments

    

Secondary segments

PICTURE 68279

 

PICTURE 68280

 

A. Excluding Corporate Centre and Santander Global Platform.

 

9

Table of Contents

Business areas performance

 

2017 . Main items of the underlying income statement

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary segments

    

Net interest
income

    

Net fee
income

    

Total
income

    

Net operating
income

    

Profit
before tax

    

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

 

Europe

 

13,529

 

5,163

 

20,062

 

9,608

 

7,088

 

4,701

 

    Spain

 

3,590

 

2,341

 

6,522

 

2,633

 

1,597

 

1,171

 

    Santander Consumer Finance

 

3,571

 

878

 

4,484

 

2,506

 

2,083

 

1,254

 

    United Kingdom

 

4,333

 

915

 

5,445

 

2,724

 

2,056

 

1,403

 

    Portugal

 

788

 

360

 

1,245

 

630

 

574

 

435

 

    Poland

 

928

 

443

 

1,419

 

814

 

581

 

300

 

    Other Europe

 

321

 

226

 

948

 

300

 

197

 

137

 

North America

 

8,170

 

1,720

 

10,420

 

5,840

 

2,026

 

1,118

 

    US

 

5,569

 

971

 

6,959

 

3,761

 

892

 

408

 

    Mexico

 

2,601

 

749

 

3,460

 

2,078

 

1,134

 

710

 

South America

 

13,383

 

4,744

 

19,059

 

11,720

 

6,363

 

3,587

 

    Brazil

 

10,078

 

3,640

 

14,273

 

9,193

 

4,612

 

2,544

 

    Chile

 

1,907

 

391

 

2,523

 

1,498

 

1,059

 

586

 

    Argentina

 

985

 

596

 

1,747

 

777

 

526

 

359

 

    Other South America

 

413

 

117

 

516

 

252

 

165

 

97

 

Santander Global Platform

 

64

 

7

 

60

 

(7)

 

(14)

 

(11)

 

Operating areas

 

35,146

 

11,635

 

49,601

 

27,160

 

15,463

 

9,394

 

Corporate Centre

 

(851)

 

(38)

 

(1,209)

 

(1,687)

 

(1,913)

 

(1,878)

 

Total Group

 

34,296

 

11,597

 

48,392

 

25,473

 

13,550

 

7,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

32,169

 

9,295

 

42,404

 

22,652

 

11,743

 

6,837

 

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

 

2,442

 

1,621

 

5,491

 

3,463

 

2,701

 

1,772

 

Wealth Management & Insurance

 

472

 

712

 

1,646

 

1,052

 

1,033

 

796

 

Santander Global Platform

 

64

 

7

 

60

 

(7)

 

(14)

 

(11)

 

Operating areas

 

35,146

 

11,635

 

49,601

 

27,160

 

15,463

 

9,394

 

Corporate Centre

 

(851)

 

(38)

 

(1,209)

 

(1,687)

 

(1,913)

 

(1,878)

 

Total Group

 

34,296

 

11,597

 

48,392

 

25,473

 

13,550

 

7,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit 2017. % distribution of business areas A

Primary segments

    

Secondary segments

PICTURE 68281

 

PICTURE 68282

 

A. Excluding Corporate Centre and Santander Global Platform.

 

10

Table of Contents

3.3  PRIMARY SEGMENTS

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Focus on three main priorities: customer loyalty, digital transformation and operational excellence.

EUR 5,048 Mn

   Progress in the incorporation of the new strategic businesses: Banco Popular in Spain and Portugal, and the retail and SME businesses acquired from Deutsche Bank Polska (DBP) in Poland.

   Underlying attributable profit amounts to EUR 5,048 million, 7% higher in euros (+8% excluding the exchange rate impact), spurred by customer revenue, partly driven by Banco Popular’s integration.

 

 

Strategy

 

In an environment of historically low interest rates, the Group carried out a strategy that enabled us to improve customer loyalty, increase activity, customer revenue growth, cost control and enhance credit quality.

 

Additionally, 2018 was a key year in Europe due to the resizing that followed the new strategic businesses integration into the Group.

 

In Portugal, the Bank completed the operational and technological integration of Banco Popular Portugal. After this acquisition, Santander Totta became the largest privately owned bank in terms of assets and loans and advances to customers in the domestic activity.

 

PICTURE 68261

 

In Spain, we strengthened our position after the acquisition of Banco Popular, whose integration is progressing as scheduled. We completed the legal integration, and the central and territorial services are already unified. Of note, good performance of the first joint commercial offer ( 1|2|3 Profesionales account) which had accounted more than 160,000 customers by the end of the year, well above the initial target.

 

On the other hand, progress in the management of Banco Popular’s alliances in order to recover strategic business and ease its integration, focusing on enhancing the customer experience. Of note was the sale of 49% of WiZink stake to Värde Partners, Inc. and the recovering of Banco Popular card business. At the same time, we recovered its ATM business.

 

In Poland, Santander Bank Polska (former BZ WBK) strengthened its position in the country following the acquisition of the retail, SMEs and private banking business of DBP.

 

Lastly, Europe benefited from the creation of the Santander Wealth Management global segment at the end of 2017 (including Asset Management and Private Banking), currently Wealth Management & Insurance,  in order to offer an improved and wider range of funds. In Private Banking, we are developing a new proposition, which intends to be the leader in Europe, supported by the collaboration of the countries where the Group operates.

 

The Group continues to be immersed in its cultural transformation in the region. Santander was awarded with the Top Employers Europe 2018 certification.

 

As a result, the number of loyal customers and digital customers rose (15% and 22% respectively), increasing in all countries of this area.

11

Table of Contents

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers rose 3%. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, gross loans and advances to customers increased 1.5% mainly driven by Santander Consumer Finance and Poland (partially due to the integration of DBP). Spain and Portugal decreased in a deleveraging market environment, where consumer loans and SMEs recorded a better evolution than large companies and institutions, and the UK was almost flat.

 

Customer deposits were 1% lower year-on-year. Excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact were 2% higher, due to the increase in demand deposits in all units, which offset lower time deposits.

 

Of note was the performance of Spain, where demand deposits increased by EUR 13,000 million (+7%, driven by the 1|2|3 loyalty strategy), while time deposits decreased by EUR 13,000 million (-23%) due to reduction of expensive deposits (partially from Banco Popular), as part of our strategy to reduce the cost of funding.

 

Including mutual funds (-5%), customer funds grew 1.5%.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 5,048 million in the year (51% of the Group’s operating areas). Underlying RoTE was 10.9%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit rose 7% in euros and 8% excluding the exchange rate impact. The evolution of profit and the main P&L lines were affected by the integration of Banco Popular in Spain and Portugal in June 2017.

 

By lines:

 

    Total income increased 6%, driven by all the main items. Net interest income rose 6% with a positive evolution in all units (mainly Spain and Portugal) except for the UK, because of the competitive pressure on mortgage spreads and continued SVR (Standard Variable Rate) volumes attrition . Net fee income was 5% higher, especially in Spain due to transactionality. The only decreases were recorded in Santander Consumer Finance, due to lower income from insurance, and in the UK. Gains on financial transactions rose 23% (accounting for just 5% of total income), mainly driven by Spain’s performance.

 

    Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 7%, as Spain was significantly affected by Popular’s integration.   Despite this increase, the ongoing measures to optimise costs, as part of the integration process, are starting to produce synergies.

 

    Net loan-loss provisions were 20% higher mainly due to the integration of Banco Popular in Spain and Portugal in 2017, as credit quality improved: the NPL ratio decreased 49 bps year-on-year to 3.67%, with a positive performance in all commercial units. The coverage ratio fell slightly to 50%.

 

    Other gains (losses) and provisions recorded a loss of EUR 1,028 million (EUR -1,206 million in 2017), with an uneven performance by units.

 

Europe

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

14,204

 

13,529

 

5.0

 

5.5

 

Net fee income

 

5,435

 

5,163

 

5.3

 

5.6

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

1,115

 

907

 

22.9

 

23.4

 

Other operating income

 

503

 

463

 

8.8

 

9.1

 

Total income

 

21,257

 

20,062

 

6.0

 

6.4

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(11,165)

 

(10,454)

 

6.8

 

7.2

 

Net operating income

 

10,091

 

9,608

 

5.0

 

5.5

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(1,572)

 

(1,313)

 

19.7

 

20.0

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(1,028)

 

(1,206)

 

(14.8)

 

(14.5)

 

Profit before tax

 

7,491

 

7,088

 

5.7

 

6.2

 

Tax on profit

 

(2,020)

 

(1,979)

 

2.1

 

2.5

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

5,472

 

5,108

 

7.1

 

7.6

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

5,472

 

5,108

 

7.1

 

7.6

 

Non-controlling interests

 

424

 

408

 

3.9

 

4.0

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

5,048

 

4,701

 

7.4

 

8.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

639,966

 

623,604

 

2.6

 

3.1

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

172,298

 

155,204

 

11.0

 

11.3

 

Debt instruments

 

118,221

 

125,848

 

(6.1)

 

(5.8)

 

Other financial assets

 

49,263

 

64,608

 

(23.7)

 

(23.5)

 

Other asset accounts

 

40,989

 

53,790

 

(23.8)

 

(23.7)

 

Total assets

 

1,020,737

 

1,023,053

 

(0.2)

 

0.1

 

Customer deposits

 

571,834

 

576,072

 

(0.7)

 

(0.3)

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

192,685

 

179,057

 

7.6

 

7.6

 

Marketable debt securities

 

129,574

 

122,325

 

5.9

 

6.4

 

Other financial liabilities

 

53,687

 

67,041

 

(19.9)

 

(19.7)

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

18,947

 

21,569

 

(12.2)

 

(11.9)

 

Total liabilities

 

966,727

 

966,064

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Total equity

 

54,010

 

56,989

 

(5.2)

 

(4.8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

626,205

 

619,764

 

1.0

 

1.5

 

Customer funds

 

634,893

 

628,016

 

1.1

 

1.5

 

   Customer deposits C

 

557,122

 

546,064

 

2.0

 

2.5

 

   Mutual funds

 

77,771

 

81,952

 

(5.1)

 

(4.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

10.86

 

10.07

 

0.79

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

52.5

 

52.1

 

0.4

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

3.67

 

4.16

 

(0.49)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

50.1

 

51.7

 

(1.6)

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

93,021

 

93,564

 

(0.6)

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

6,753

 

7,105

 

(5.0)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

12

Table of Contents

Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

  Banco Popular’s integration is progressing as scheduled: the legal integration was completed, central services and regional teams unified, a single technological platform put in place and migration of customers has already started.

EUR 1,554 Mn

  Progress was made on digital transformation and the customer relationship model (4.3 million digital customers, launch of Work Café and reinforcement of Santander Personal).

  Strong growth in SME and companies. New lending was 17% higher and the stock increased by EUR 1,800 million year-on-year.

  Underlying attributable profit rose 33% in 2018, with better efficiency, a cost of credit of 38 bps and a positive impact from the incorporation of Banco Popular.

 

Strategy

 

In 2018, the integration of Banco Popular progressed as scheduled, the central services and regional teams unified and a single technological platform put in place where we started the migration of customers. Progress was also made in managing of Banco Popular’s alliances in order to recover strategic businesses.

 

Loyal customers rose 32%, with double-digit rises in the main transactional drivers: cards turnover rose 14% year-on-year; points of sale, +11% with a market share gain of 253 bps year-on-year; insurance, +30% in new protection insurance premiums and growth via digital means due to the improved process of online approvals.

 

The SMEs and companies segment was also very dynamic: commercial activity increased 17%, largely from international business (+10%), backed by trade corridors and more staffing.

 

In 2018, SCIB continued to be the leader in lending to large companies in Spain, according to Dealogic. Of note were the more than 80 syndicated loans. On the other hand, Santander Private Banking continued to be the market leader and it was named Best Private Bank in Spain by The Banker magazine.

 

Digital customers increased 57%, backed by the digital transformation, to 4.3 million and the weight of sales via digital channels rose to c.30% in December 2018. Regarding our digital transformation, of note were the following initiatives :

 

   Implementation of Santander Personal, our tailored remote management. We doubled our remote managers, we commercialised all our products through this channel and incorporated distinctive customer relation items, such as video calls through the app or chat with the manager.

 

   Launch of Smartbank , new relationship model with the more than 600,000 millennial customers, offering them tailored financial and non-financial proposals.

 

   Launch of SO:FIA , an investment platform for the integral management of shares, mutual and pension funds.

 

   New web for companies, fully renovated as a differential feature in the sector: online global position, one click remittances, totally integrated payment and transfer suite, international business, pre-approved loans, etc., to strengthen our competitive advantage in SMEs.

 

 

 

IMAGEN 11 IMAGEN 12

13

Table of Contents

 

–    Boost in consumer credit thanks to increased sales in pre-approved credit via ATMs, going from a pure servicing model to a more commercial one.

 

Regarding the improvements on customer experience and attention, we continue to update the branch distribution network with new models, such as Smart Red (556 branches), and we opened the first Work Café , which integrates co-working space, a coffee shop and bank, focusing on the customer experience and digital capabilities.

 

Lastly, in 2018 our contract centre was awarded the CRC ORO for excellent Customer Service in Spain.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers decreased 4%. In gross terms, excluding reverse repurchase agreements, they fell also 4% in euros compared to 2017 because of the fall in large companies and institutions, which offset the growth in retail banking due to the rise in private banking (EUR 400 million) and SMEs and companies loans (EUR 1,800 million).

 

Customer deposits were flat compared to 2017. Demand deposits rose 7%, driven by the 1|2|3 account (up EUR 5,300 million in the year), which offset the decrease in time deposits as a result of the funding cost reduction strategy.

 

Customer funds were down 1% including the 5% decrease in mutual funds. In addition, EUR 14,142 million are managed in pension funds, 5% lower than in 2017.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 1,554 million (16% of the Group’s total operating areas) and underlying RoTE was 10.4%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 33% higher:

 

   Total income rose 17%, spurred by net interest income (+14%) reflecting a sustained improvement of customer spreads due to the lower cost of funding. Net fee income was 12% higher, thanks to increased transactions. Of note was income from servicing, mutual funds and insurance. Gains on financial transactions rose 65%, favoured by the management of ALCO portfolios.

 

   Administrative expenses and amortisations were 12% higher. However, the first synergies from the optimisation measures carried out as part of the integration process are starting to materialise.

 

   Net loan-loss provisions rose 14%. Nevertheless, the NPL ratio fell to 7.32% in December 2018 from 7.70% in December 2017 and the cost of credit was just 38 bps.

 

   Other gains (losses) and provisions increased their losses in the year, partly due to provisions related to foreclosed assets.

 

Year-on-year growth rates of profit and the main P&L lines were impacted by the incorporation of Popular.

 

Spain

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

 

Net interest income

 

4,093

 

3,590

 

14.0

 

Net fee income

 

2,624

 

2,341

 

12.1

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

703

 

427

 

64.7

 

Other operating income

 

195

 

164

 

18.5

 

Total income

 

7,615

 

6,522

 

16.8

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(4,338)

 

(3,889)

 

11.6

 

Net operating income

 

3,277

 

2,633

 

24.4

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(789)

 

(690)

 

14.3

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(425)

 

(346)

 

22.9

 

Profit before tax

 

2,063

 

1,597

 

29.1

 

Tax on profit

 

(508)

 

(422)

 

20.5

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

1,555

 

1,176

 

32.3

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

1,555

 

1,176

 

32.3

 

Non-controlling interests

 

1

 

4

 

(86.4)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

1,554

 

1,171

 

32.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

196,101

 

203,272

 

(3.5)

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

79,100

 

55,550

 

42.4

 

Debt instruments

 

48,849

 

59,298

 

(17.6)

 

Other financial assets

 

2,515

 

2,965

 

(15.2)

 

Other asset accounts

 

22,436

 

34,034

 

(34.1)

 

Total assets

 

349,001

 

355,118

 

(1.7)

 

Customer deposits

 

238,372

 

238,549

 

(0.1)

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

56,062

 

53,626

 

4.5

 

Marketable debt securities

 

24,628

 

26,260

 

(6.2)

 

Other financial liabilities

 

6,216

 

6,726

 

(7.6)

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

8,916

 

11,337

 

(21.4)

 

Total liabilities

 

334,193

 

336,498

 

(0.7)

 

Total equity

 

14,807

 

18,620

 

(20.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

203,288

 

210,934

 

(3.6)

 

Customer funds

 

298,860

 

301,907

 

(1.0)

 

   Customer deposits C

 

237,821

 

237,728

 

0.0

 

   Mutual funds

 

61,039

 

64,179

 

(4.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

10.42

 

8.06

 

2.36

 

Efficiency ratio

 

57.0

 

59.6

 

(2.6)

 

NPL ratio

 

7.32

 

7.70

 

(0.38)

 

NPL coverage

 

43.7

 

46.1

 

(2.4)

 

Number of employees

 

31,229

 

32,430

 

(3.7)

 

Number of branches

 

4,365

 

4,484

 

(2.7)

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

14

Table of Contents

 

Santander Consumer Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

    SCF is the European leader in consumer finance.

    Main management focuses: to remain as the leader in auto finance and increase consumer finance, strengthening digital channels.

EUR 1,293 Mn

     Underlying attributable profit rose 3% in euros and 4% year-on-year excluding the exchange rate impact. High profitability (underlying RoTE of 16%) and cost of credit at historic lows.

 

Strategy

 

SCF is Europe’s consumer finance market leader, with a presence in 15 European countries and more than 130,000 associated points-of-sale (auto dealers and shops). It also has a significant number of finance agreements with auto and motorbike manufacturers and retail distribution groups.

 

In 2018, SCF continued to gain market share, underpinned by a solid business model: highly diversified by countries with a critical mass in key products, more efficient than competitors and a risk control and recovery system that enables to maintain high credit quality.

 

On the other hand, we continued to sign and develop new agreements, both with retail distributors as well as producers, seeking to help them in the commercial transformation process and thus increase the value proposition for the final client.

 

Management focused on:

 

     Maximising efficiency of capital, in a competitive environment characterised by the entry of new competitors, an excess of liquidity in markets and moderate GDP growth.

 

     Remaining the leaders in auto finance and growing consumer credit by extending agreements with the main dealers.

 

     Strengthening digital channels and helping our partners through their digital transformation. SCF launched two core projects: the e-commerce platform, to help our partners create, manage and improve their business; and digital interaction, which optimises the relationship between agents and the customers.

 

     The plan to integrate the retail networks of SC Germany progressed as scheduled.

 

Of note, SCF was recognised as Top Employer Europe 2018 in Austria, Belgium, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands and Poland.

 

Activity

 

The stock of loans and advances to customers rose 6% compared to 2017. Gross loans excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the impact of exchange rates, also grew 6%. Almost all country units grew their business, more than 70% of lending is in countries with the highest rating and Germany and the Nordics account for 52% of the portfolio.

 

 

Loans and advances to customers by geographic area

 

 

December 2018

 

 

PICTURE 61634

PICTURE 61635

 

 

PICTURE 61636

 

15

Table of Contents

 

New lending increased 7% compared to 2017, growth in almost all countries driven by commercial agreements in several of them. Of note were the rises in France, Poland, the Nordics and Italy.

 

SCF is benefiting from having banking licenses in most of the countries in which it operates, enabling it to take deposits in many of them. It also has a high diversification of funding sources, with a good structure to access markets through securitisations and other issues.

 

This enabled customer deposits to be a product that sets Santander apart from its competitors (above EUR 36,000 million) coupled with the high capacity to access wholesale funding.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit was EUR 1,293 million in 2018 (13% of the Group’s total operating areas) and underlying RoTE was 15.8%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 3% higher in euros and 4% excluding the exchange rate impact, as follows:

 

    Total income rose 3%, driven by net interest income (+5%) due to higher volumes and lower funding costs. Net fee income declined 9%, largely due to the adaptation of insurance business to the new environment.

 

     Administrative expenses and amortisations increased slightly (+1%) and the efficiency ratio improved to 43.1%.

 

     Net loan-loss provisions increased 36%, because of the positive impact in 2017 of the sale of foreclosed portfolios and other releases. The cost of credit remained low for this type of business (0.38%), underscoring the good performance of portfolios. The NPL ratio was 2.29%, 21 bps lower year-on-year, and the coverage ratio increased to 106% (101% in December 2017).

 

     Other gains (losses) and provisions amounted to EUR -125 million in 2018, 21% lower than in 2017 (in that year SCF recorded provisions for possible litigation and customers’ complaints).

 

     The largest contribution to the underlying attributable profit came from Germany (EUR 349 million), the Nordic countries (EUR 331 million) and Spain (EUR 246 million).

 

Santander Consumer Finance

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

3,723

 

3,571

 

4.3

 

4.9

 

Net fee income

 

798

 

878

 

(9.1)

 

(9.0)

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

55

 

3

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

34

 

32

 

6.8

 

8.3

 

Total income

 

4,610

 

4,484

 

2.8

 

3.3

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(1,989)

 

(1,978)

 

0.6

 

1.0

 

Net operating income

 

2,622

 

2,506

 

4.6

 

5.1

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(360)

 

(266)

 

35.4

 

36.1

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(125)

 

(157)

 

(20.4)

 

(20.5)

 

Profit before tax

 

2,137

 

2,083

 

2.6

 

3.1

 

Tax on profit

 

(576)

 

(588)

 

(2.1)

 

(1.6)

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

1,561

 

1,495

 

4.4

 

5.0

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

1,561

 

1,495

 

4.4

 

5.0

 

Non-controlling interests

 

268

 

241

 

10.9

 

10.9

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

1,293

 

1,254

 

3.2

 

3.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

95,366

 

90,091

 

5.9

 

6.1

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

6,096

 

4,895

 

24.5

 

24.9

 

Debt instruments

 

3,325

 

3,220

 

3.2

 

4.0

 

Other financial assets

 

31

 

22

 

44.8

 

45.2

 

Other asset accounts

 

2,890

 

3,508

 

(17.6)

 

(17.3)

 

Total assets

 

107,708

 

101,735

 

5.9

 

6.2

 

Customer deposits

 

36,579

 

35,443

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

24,968

 

23,342

 

7.0

 

7.2

 

Marketable debt securities

 

31,281

 

28,694

 

9.0

 

9.3

 

Other financial liabilities

 

771

 

996

 

(22.6)

 

(22.4)

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

3,520

 

3,637

 

(3.2)

 

(3.0)

 

Total liabilities

 

97,120

 

92,112

 

5.4

 

5.7

 

Total equity

 

10,588

 

9,623

 

10.0

 

10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

97,707

 

92,431

 

5.7

 

6.0

 

Customer funds

 

36,531

 

35,398

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

Customer deposits C

 

36,531

 

35,396

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

Mutual funds

 

 

2

 

(100.0)

 

(100.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

15.83

 

16.44

 

(0.61)

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

43.1

 

44.1

 

(1.0)

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

2.29

 

2.50

 

(0.21)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

106.4

 

101.4

 

5.0

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

14,865

 

15,131

 

(1.8)

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

438

 

546

 

(19.8)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

16

Table of Contents

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

    We continued with our strategy of selective growth in a competitive and uncertain operating environment whilst actively managing costs in order to improve operational efficiency and the customer experience.

    The UK is aligned with ring-fencing, including products and services distributed to our retail customers and the majority of our business customers. The businesses excluded are now incorporated in the rest of Europe.

EUR 1,272 Mn

    Good business evolution: strongest mortgage growth in the last three years in a highly competitive market, which was partially offset by a reduction in commercial real estate exposure.

    Our results reflect income pressures and higher regulatory, risk and control costs, as well as strategic investment in business transformation and digital enhancement. Cost of credit at just 7 bps.

 

Strategy

 

We remained focused on growing customer loyalty, operational and digital excellence and steady and sustainable profit growth, while being the best bank for our employees and the communities in which we operate.

 

To this end, we continued to develop our digital proposition, and in 2018 we retained 55% of refinanced mortgage loans online, an increase of 6 pp year-on-year. We also opened 43% of current accounts and 65% of credit cards through digital channels, increases of 5 and 13 pp, respectively.

 

The number of digital customers reached 5.5 million, up 9% year-on-year.

 

In addition, we launched our innovative 1I2I3 Business current account in October 2018, which offers standout value to UK SMEs as we seek to shake up the business banking market. Also, we further developed our international proposition with 3 trade corridors established in the year.

 

We ranked second in retail customer satisfaction, as published by the Financial Research Survey (FRS). And as reported by the Charterhouse Business Banking Survey , our Corporate customer satisfaction at 61% was 7 pp above the market average.

 

The number of loyal retail customers continued to grow, although at a slower pace (+3%) given the high competition in savings products. Loyal corporate customers increased 5%, with our customer-focused and international proposition.

 

This performance was achieved despite a very competitive UK banking environment, and one which faces major regulatory changes. Open Banking and PSD II (Payment Services Directive) will influence customer interaction and possibly the competitive landscape.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 61641

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

    

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

PICTURE 61642

 

PICTURE 61643

 

17

Table of Contents

 

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 4% in euros compared to 2017. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, they were down 1%, due to growth in mortgage loans, underpinned by our focus on customer service and retention, offset by managed reductions in commercial real estate exposure.

 

Customer deposits declined 10% year-on-year in euros and were 2% lower excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact. Demand deposits rose 1%, offset by the reduction in time deposits as part of a management pricing strategy. Mutual funds down 11% predominately driven by negative market movements and reduced net flows this year.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 1,272 million in 2018 (13% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE was 9.4%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 9% lower in euros and 8% excluding the exchange rate impact, as follows:

 

     Total income declined 5% due to lower net interest income (-5%), because of the competitive pressure on mortgage spreads and continued SVR (Standard Variable Rate) volumes attrition. Gains on financial transactions fell 40% largely due to capital gains recorded in 2017. Net fee income, on the other hand, rose 1% backed by income from asset management.

     Administrative expenses and amortisations rose 5% because of increased regulatory, risk and control costs and ongoing strategic and digital transformation investments.

 

     Net loan-loss provisions declined 17%, with a cost of credit of just 7 bps. The NPL ratio improved to 1.08% from 1.32% in 2017, backed by our prudent approach to risk and the resilience of the UK economy. The coverage ratio rose to 33% (32% in 2017).

 

     Other gains (losses) and provisions in the lower part of the income statement had a positive impact in the year, largely due to payment protection insurance charges in 2017 which were not repeated this year.

 

These results do not include the profit of the businesses incorporated in the rest of Europe, which amounts to EUR 90 million in 2018.

 

United Kingdom

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018

    

2017

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

4,078

 

4,333

 

(5.9)

 

(5.0)

 

Net fee income

 

912

 

915

 

(0.3)

 

0.6

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

88

 

147

 

(40.2)

 

(39.6)

 

Other operating income

 

53

 

50

 

7.9

 

9.0

 

Total income

 

5,132

 

5,445

 

(5.7)

 

(4.8)

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(2,837)

 

(2,721)

 

4.3

 

5.3

 

Net operating income

 

2,295

 

2,724

 

(15.7)

 

(14.9)

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(171)

 

(209)

 

(18.2)

 

(17.4)

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(321)

 

(458)

 

(29.9)

 

(29.3)

 

Profit before tax

 

1,803

 

2,056

 

(12.3)

 

(11.5)

 

Tax on profit

 

(506)

 

(629)

 

(19.5)

 

(18.7)

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

1,296

 

1,427

 

(9.2)

 

(8.3)

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

1,296

 

1,427

 

(9.2)

 

(8.3)

 

Non-controlling interests

 

25

 

25

 

0.7

 

1.6

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

1,272

 

1,403

 

(9.3)

 

(8.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

249,991

 

240,007

 

4.2

 

5.0

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

37,246

 

56,682

 

(34.3)

 

(33.7)

 

Debt instruments

 

26,517

 

26,188

 

1.3

 

2.1

 

Other financial assets

 

594

 

24,690

 

(97.6)

 

(97.6)

 

Other asset accounts

 

9,431

 

9,697

 

(2.7)

 

(1.9)

 

Total assets

 

323,779

 

357,263

 

(9.4)

 

(8.6)

 

Customer deposits

 

208,179

 

230,243

 

(9.6)

 

(8.8)

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

25,821

 

25,304

 

2.0

 

2.9

 

Marketable debt securities

 

67,556

 

61,112

 

10.5

 

11.5

 

Other financial liabilities

 

2,097

 

21,165

 

(90.1)

 

(90.0)

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

4,126

 

4,261

 

(3.2)

 

(2.4)

 

Total liabilities

 

307,779

 

342,086

 

(10.0)

 

(9.3)

 

Total equity

 

16,000

 

15,177

 

5.4

 

6.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

228,548

 

232,156

 

(1.6)

 

(0.7)

 

Customer funds

 

204,424

 

210,045

 

(2.7)

 

(1.9)

 

Customer deposits C

 

196,848

 

201,502

 

(2.3)

 

(1.5)

 

Mutual funds

 

7,576

 

8,543

 

(11.3)

 

(10.6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

9.35

 

9.41

 

(0.06)

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

55.3

 

50.0

 

5.3

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

1.08

 

1.32

 

(0.24)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

32.9

 

32.3

 

0.6

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

25,534

 

25,901

 

(1.4)

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

755

 

807

 

(6.4)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos .

18

Table of Contents

Portugal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   The operational and technological integration of Banco Popular Portugal was completed in October 2018.

   Santander Totta strengthened its position as the country’s largest privately owned bank by assets and domestic loans and advances to customers.

EUR 479 Mn

   The digital and commercial transformation continued, increasing sales via digital channels and boosting growth of loyal and digital customers.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 10% year-on-year due to the improvement of the efficiency ratio and lower provisions. The NPL ratio improved significantly and cost of credit was just 9 bps.

 

Strategy

 

The offer of products and services tailored to customer needs, focused on boosting loyalty, continued in 2018.

 

The strategy to transform the business model spurred growth in loyal and digital customers. Of note, in addition to World 1|2|3 , was the development of new digital platforms such as the app Santander Empresas , mobile real-time push notifications and alerts for cards and accounts, card blocking services and credit card payments in instalments ( PagaSimples ).

 

In personal lending, CrediSimples (loan contracting exclusively through digital channels) already accounted for 28% of new lending (with that to loyal companies gaining significant market share).

 

Regarding customer funds, customer deposits grew above the market, gaining market share. The Bank launched Conta SIM , a simple and more digital account, with a basic offer of products and services for customers at the start of their working life or with lower income.

 

As of December 2018, Santander Totta had 752,000 loyal customers (+9% compared to 2017) and 734,000 digital customers (+32% year-on-year).

 

Santander Totta continued to be recognised for its activity. Of note: Best Bank in Portugal by Global Finance in 2018 and by World Finance as the Best Retail Bank in Portugal. Recently, it was also awarded Best Private Bank 2019 by Global Finance and Euromoney .

 

This commercial activity was developed during the operational and technological integration of Banco Popular, completed in October 2018.

 

Moreover, credit rating agencies upgraded their ratings throughout the year. In October, S&P upgraded its Stand Alone Credit Profile to bbb- and Moody’s upgraded deposits and long-term debt to Baa2/P-2 and Baa3/P-3, respectively. In September S&P improved its outlook from stable to positive. DBRS upgraded in April the Bank’s long-term debt to A with stable outlook.

 

 

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

     PICTURE 68271

Thousands

 

Thousands

PICTURE 61639

 

19

Table of Contents

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers remained strong in the year. The market share of new lending to companies rose to 20% (+2.7 pp compared to 2017). Regarding SMEs lending, the Bank was the market leader in PME Investe, Crescimento and Capitalizar , with a market share of 23%. New mortgage lending was also very dynamic with a market share of 22% (+0.9 pp compared to 2017).

 

Despite this strong activity, the stock of loans and advances to customers was 1% lower, compared to 2017. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements, they fell 2% year-on-year, impacted by the sale of non-profitable portfolios.

 

Customer deposits increased 10% year-on-year driven by demand deposits (+15%) and time deposits (+5%), which produced above-market growth in deposits, particularly in companies. On the other hand, mutual funds decreased 10% and, consequently, customer funds rose 8%.

 

In addition, EUR 1,154 million are managed in pension funds, 2% lower than in 2017.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 479 million in the year (5% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE was 12.0%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit rose 10%. Its performance, and that of the main P&L line items, was affected by the impact of Banco Popular’s incorporation in June 2017, as follows:

 

     Total income increased 8%, driven by net interest income (+9%). Net fee income was 5% higher, particularly that from insurance and mutual funds. Gains on financial transactions, on the other hand, declined 1% because of fewer sales of ALCO portfolios in the year.

 

     Administrative expenses and amortisations rose (+5%), although at a slower pace than total income. As a result net operating income increased 11% and the efficiency ratio improved to 48%.

 

     Net loan-loss provisions increased. However, the cost of credit was just 0.09%. The NPL ratio improved to 5.94% from 7.51% in December 2017 and the coverage ratio stood at 50%.

 

     The effective tax rate was higher, partly because of the regulatory rise in corporate tax.

 

Portugal

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018

    

2017

    

%

 

Net interest income

 

858

 

788

 

8.9

 

Net fee income

 

377

 

360

 

4.7

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

75

 

76

 

(1.0)

 

Other operating income

 

34

 

21

 

61.4

 

Total income

 

1,344

 

1,245

 

8.0

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(644)

 

(614)

 

4.8

 

Net operating income

 

700

 

630

 

11.0

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(32)

 

(12)

 

160.6

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

18

 

(44)

 

(140.4)

 

Profit before tax

 

686

 

574

 

19.5

 

Tax on profit

 

(205)

 

(136)

 

50.1

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

481

 

438

 

9.9

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

481

 

438

 

9.9

 

Non-controlling interests

 

2

 

2

 

9.5

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

479

 

435

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

35,470

 

35,678

 

(0.6)

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

3,454

 

3,015

 

14.5

 

Debt instruments

 

12,303

 

11,803

 

4.2

 

Other financial assets

 

1,877

 

1,828

 

2.6

 

Other asset accounts

 

1,904

 

2,804

 

(32.1)

 

Total assets

 

55,007

 

55,127

 

(0.2)

 

Customer deposits

 

37,217

 

33,986

 

9.5

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

8,009

 

10,024

 

(20.1)

 

Marketable debt securities

 

4,259

 

5,413

 

(21.3)

 

Other financial liabilities

 

257

 

327

 

(21.6)

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

1,197

 

1,257

 

(4.8)

 

Total liabilities

 

50,938

 

51,008

 

(0.1)

 

Total equity

 

4,069

 

4,119

 

(1.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

36,568

 

37,494

 

(2.5)

 

Customer funds

 

39,143

 

36,115

 

8.4

 

Customer deposits C

 

37,217

 

33,986

 

9.5

 

Mutual funds

 

1,926

 

2,130

 

(9.6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

12.02

 

11.65

 

0.37

 

Efficiency ratio

 

47.9

 

49.3

 

(1.4)

 

NPL ratio

 

5.94

 

7.51

 

(1.57)

 

NPL coverage

 

50.5

 

62.1

 

(11.6)

 

Number of employees

 

6,705

 

6,822

 

(1.7)

 

Number of branches

 

572

 

681

 

(16.0)

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

20

Table of Contents

 

Poland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   The Group strengthened its position in Poland with the integration of the retail and SMEs businesses acquired from Deutsche Bank Polska (DBP). BZ WBK was renamed Santander Bank Polska, S.A.

   Strong growth in volumes reflected in market share gains in a very competitive environment.

EUR 296 Mn

   Third bank in customer satisfaction in Poland.

   Underlying attributable profit fell (-1%) both in euros and excluding the exchange rate impact, due to the sale of portfolios in 2017, the cost of rebranding in 2018 and the charges associated with the integration of DBP

 

Strategy

 

The retail and SMEs businesses acquired from Deutsche Bank Polska was successfully integrated into Santander Bank Polska in November. Almost 400,000 customers were migrated. As a result, Santander Bank Polska reinforced its position as one of the largest financial entities in Poland. For the first time in the Polish banking system, the legal and operating merger, as well as the branch rebranding were accomplished in just one weekend.

 

The Bank continued its strategy to become the bank of first choice, anticipating and responding to customer expectations.

 

The digital transformation continued during the year with the launch of mSignature , a mobile app authorisation tool as an inexpensive and secure alternative for SMS codes. The credit card and loan after-sale services were digitised. The Santander Internet service gives customers the option to amortise the entire loan or a portion.

 

Following the implementation of Apple Pay , which joined Google Pay ,   Garmin Pay ,   BLIK, HCE and Fitbit , already in place, Santander Bank Polska S.A. now offers six cashless payment methods.

 

 

At the end of 2017, the As I Want account was successfully launched and we already have more than one million accounts opened. It was recognised as the best account for young people in the financial portal money.pl .

 

Santander Bank Polska S.A. made significant headway in the implementation of agile methodology in the Retail Banking division. The following four tribes were established at the end of September 2018: Multichannel, Individual Customer, Risk and Consumer Engineering. The second and third rounds are underway in order to create the next tribes . This transformation project aims to speed up the delivery of innovative solutions and effectively analyse customer technology needs.

 

All these actions resulted in important awards for the Bank in Poland, notably Bank of the Year in Poland by The Banker and second place in the Banking Stars ranking (third in 2017). The Bank was the best in two categories: efficiency and stability. Also, it obtained the maximum score in the loans to total assets ratio, net loan to deposit ratio and fee income to total revenue ratio. The Bank also recorded the largest profit, RoE and RoA.

 

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

    

PICTURE 68268

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

PICTURE 61637

 

 

21

Table of Contents

 

At the end of 2018, Santander Bank Polska had 1.8 million loyal customers (+30%), and 2.2 million digital customers (+5%) compared to 2017.

 

Activity

 

The increased activity in an environment of volume growth and the incorporation of DBP, resulted in higher loans and advances to customers (+27%) compared to 2017 in euros. In real terms and excluding reverse repos and the exchange rate impact, loans rose 30% backed by the target segments: SMEs (+59%), individuals (+37%, notably mortgages and cash loans), companies (+14%) and SCIB (+10%).

 

Customer deposits increased 38% year-on-year in euros. Excluding repos (repurchase agreements) and the exchange rate impact, deposits rose 36%, with double-digit growth in those from SMEs and companies as well as individuals, partly in order to increase the liquidity buffer ahead of the acquisition of Deutsche Bank Polska. Customer funds (including mutual funds) increased 32%.

 

Moreover, Santander Bank Polska launched the first European Medium Term Notes (EMTN) programme with EUR 500 million Eurobonds (three-year fixed price Mid Swap +77 bps). Santander SCIB acted as sole arranger and bookrunner.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 296 million in the year (3% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE of 10.2%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit decreased 1% in euros as well as excluding the exchange rate impact, driven by:

 

     Total income increased 5%, driven by net interest income (+7%) backed by larger volumes and price management in a low interest rate environment. Net fee income rose 2%, mainly from loans, cards and foreign currency, while the gain on financial transactions fell 15%.

 

     Administrative expenses and amortisations rose 6% due to transformation projects and pressure on salaries.

 

     Net loan-loss provisions were 17% higher, partly because of the sale of a non-performing loan portfolio in the first half of 2017. The cost of credit was 0.65% (0.62% in 2017). The NPL ratio improved to 4.28% (4.57% in December 2017).

 

     Other gains (losses) and provisions recorded the impact of rebranding charges as well as those related to DBP’s acquisition.

 

Poland

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

996

 

928

 

7.3

 

7.4

 

Net fee income

 

453

 

443

 

2.2

 

2.3

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

44

 

52

 

(15.4)

 

(15.3)

 

Other operating income

 

(4)

 

(3)

 

35.8

 

36.0

 

Total income

 

1,488

 

1,419

 

4.8

 

4.9

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(640)

 

(605)

 

5.7

 

5.8

 

Net operating income

 

848

 

814

 

4.2

 

4.3

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(161)

 

(137)

 

17.3

 

17.4

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(135)

 

(96)

 

40.0

 

40.2

 

Profit before tax

 

552

 

581

 

(4.9)

 

(4.8)

 

Tax on profit

 

(131)

 

(148)

 

(12.0)

 

(11.9)

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

422

 

432

 

(2.5)

 

(2.4)

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

422

 

432

 

(2.5)

 

(2.4)

 

Non-controlling interests

 

126

 

132

 

(4.8)

 

(4.7)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

296

 

300

 

(1.4)

 

(1.3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

28,164

 

22,220

 

26.8

 

30.5

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

3,260

 

1,661

 

96.3

 

102.2

 

Debt instruments

 

10,570

 

6,786

 

55.8

 

60.4

 

Other financial assets

 

534

 

491

 

8.7

 

12.0

 

Other asset accounts

 

1,140

 

1,014

 

12.4

 

15.8

 

Total assets

 

43,669

 

32,171

 

35.7

 

39.8

 

Customer deposits

 

33,417

 

24,255

 

37.8

 

41.9

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

2,165

 

952

 

127.4

 

134.2

 

Marketable debt securities

 

1,789

 

821

 

117.9

 

124.4

 

Other financial liabilities

 

558

 

523

 

6.8

 

10.0

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

809

 

684

 

18.3

 

21.8

 

Total liabilities

 

38,738

 

27,235

 

42.2

 

46.5

 

Total equity

 

4,930

 

4,936

 

(0.1)

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

29,033

 

22,974

 

26.4

 

30.1

 

Customer funds

 

35,554

 

27,803

 

27.9

 

31.7

 

Customer deposits C

 

31,542

 

23,903

 

32.0

 

35.9

 

Mutual funds

 

4,012

 

3,900

 

2.9

 

5.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

10.22

 

11.56

 

(1.34)

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

43.0

 

42.6

 

0.4

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

4.28

 

4.57

 

(0.29)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

67.1

 

68.2

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

12,515

 

11,572

 

8.1

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

611

 

576

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

22

Table of Contents

North America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   In this area, t he United States and Mexico business were managed with their own strategic plans.

EUR 1,304 Mn

    Good business evolution: loans and deposits growth.

    Underlying attributable profit rose with higher total income, improved efficiency ratio and lower loan-loss provisions.

 

Strategy

 

In the North American area, the United States and Mexico were managed with their own 2018 strategic local priorities:

 

·

In the United States, the main priority was to continue making progress in addressing Santander US’ regulatory issues, and in fact, the Federal Reserve terminated the 2015 Written Agreement with Santander Holdings USA. Santander Holdings USA also passed the Federal Reserve’s capital stress test for the second consecutive year.

 

Regarding commercial transformation the priority was to improve customer experience and loyalty with special emphasis on products and global connectivity. Santander Bank continued its balance sheet optimisation process with increased volumes and improved the margins, and SCUSA maintained its leading position in auto finance with a focus on dealer experience and pricing which was reflected in the strong growth in originations across all channels in 2018.

 

As a result, Santander US had a greater activity, as well as more loyal and digital customers which increased by 12% and 10% respectively. In addition, Santander US continued the cost reduction initiatives, shared services integration and synergy realisation in order to improve efficiency and drive profitability.

 

·

In Mexico, the strategy was mostly focused on commercial transformation and innovation in order to be the first choice bank of their customers.   Mexico implemented a new distribution model based on strategy in micro markets, a new commercial model with more digitalisation and a new design for branches. Several initiatives to consolidate their position as the bank for SMEs were also developed. This focus on loyalty and digital transformation has been reflected in growth in the number of loyal and digital customers, by 26% and 48%, respectively since 2017.

During 2018, in North America the number of loyal an digital customers grew 24% and 37%, respectively.

 

 

 

IMAGEN 14

 

 

 

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 18% in euros compared to 2017. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, they rose 7%, with growth rates in both units: Santander US (+6%) and Mexico (+10%).

 

 

Customer deposits rose 13% year-on-year in euros and were 6% higher excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, with growth rates in both units: Santander US (+5%) and Mexico (+6%). Mutual funds were down in Santander US and Mexico, although the total customer funds increased.

 

 

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 1,304 million in 2018 (13% of the Group’s total operating areas) and underlying RoTE was 7.6%. This RoTE would be 11.9% adjusted for a CET1 of 11.30% in the US.

 

23

Table of Contents

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 17% higher in euros and 24% excluding the exchange rate impact, as follows:

 

 

·

Santander US:

-

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 549 million in the year (5% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE improved 98 bps to 4.1% (adjusted RoTE for a CET1 of 11.30% would be 7.6%).

-

Underlying attributable profit rose 35% year-on-year. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it was 41% higher, with strong growth in Santander Bank and Santander Consumer USA. Total income rose (5%), the administrative expenses and amortisations trend continued to improve and net loan-loss provisions fell.

-

As a result, the efficiency and cost of credit ratios improved this year (efficiency ratio of 43.4%; -260 bps year-on-year and cost of credit of 3.27%;-15 bps year-on-year). NPL ratio at very low levels of 2.92% (+13 bps year-on-year).

 

·

Mexico:

-

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 755 million in the year (8% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE improved 74 bps to 20.2%.

-

Underlying attributable profit rose 6% year-on-year. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it was 13% higher, driven by the good performance of net interest income (+13%), fee income (+8%) and loan-loss provisions (-2%).

-

Credit quality improved in the year: NPL ratio of 2.43% (-26 bps) and cost of credit of 2.75% (-33 bps).

As a general conclusion, underlying attributable profit rose in both countries with higher total income and lower loan-loss provisions. The efficiency ratio and credit quality ratios also improved.

 

North America

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018

    

2017

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

8,154

 

8,170

 

(0.2)

 

5.1

 

Net fee income

 

1,615

 

1,720

 

(6.1)

 

(1.0)

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

173

 

159

 

8.6

 

15.7

 

Other operating income

 

534

 

370

 

44.3

 

50.7

 

Total income

 

10,476

 

10,420

 

0.5

 

5.9

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(4,488)

 

(4,580)

 

(2.0)

 

3.1

 

Net operating income

 

5,988

 

5,840

 

2.5

 

8.0

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(3,449)

 

(3,685)

 

(6.4)

 

(1.6)

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(202)

 

(129)

 

57.3

 

65.5

 

Profit before tax

 

2,337

 

2,026

 

15.3

 

21.9

 

Tax on profit

 

(599)

 

(486)

 

23.2

 

30.1

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

1,738

 

1,540

 

12.8

 

19.3

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

1,738

 

1,540

 

12.8

 

19.3

 

Non-controlling interests

 

433

 

422

 

2.7

 

8.3

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

1,304

 

1,118

 

16.7

 

23.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

116,196

 

98,424

 

18.1

 

12.6

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

28,845

 

23,256

 

24.0

 

18.2

 

Debt instruments

 

27,302

 

27,519

 

(0.8)

 

(5.5)

 

Other financial assets

 

9,974

 

8,996

 

10.9

 

5.6

 

Other asset accounts

 

18,602

 

14,396

 

29.2

 

23.3

 

Total assets

 

200,919

 

172,591

 

16.4

 

11.0

 

Customer deposits

 

91,896

 

81,581

 

12.6

 

7.4

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

26,048

 

24,131

 

7.9

 

2.9

 

Marketable debt securities

 

43,758

 

31,344

 

39.6

 

33.2

 

Other financial liabilities

 

11,379

 

10,183

 

11.7

 

6.3

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

5,966

 

5,216

 

14.4

 

9.0

 

Total liabilities

 

179,046

 

152,455

 

17.4

 

12.0

 

Total equity

 

21,872

 

20,136

 

8.6

 

3.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

114,888

 

102,351

 

12.2

 

7.0

 

Customer funds

 

102,869

 

94,877

 

8.4

 

3.3

 

Customer deposits C

 

84,769

 

76,591

 

10.7

 

5.5

 

Mutual funds

 

18,100

 

18,286

 

(1.0)

 

(5.7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

7.62

 

6.71

 

0.91

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

42.8

 

44.0

 

(1.2)

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

2.79

 

2.77

 

0.02

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

137.4

 

150.9

 

(13.5)

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

37,168

 

36,117

 

2.9

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

2,078

 

2,084

 

(0.3)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos .

24

Table of Contents

United States

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   The Federal Reserve terminated the 2015 Written Agreement with Santander Holdings USA, reflecting the continued regulatory improvements. Santander Holdings USA also passed the Federal Reserve’s capital stress test for the second consecutive year.

EUR 549 Mn

   In volumes, loans and advances to customers increased year-on-year in dollars, both at Santander Bank (+9%) and Santander Consumer USA (+5%).

   Santander US’s underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 549 million, 35% higher than in 2017, 41% higher excluding the exchange rate impact, driven by higher income from leasing and loans, lower costs and improved cost of credit.

 

Strategy

 

Santander US includes Santander Holdings USA (SH USA, the intermediate holding company) and its subsidiaries: Santander Bank (SBNA), which is one of the largest banks in the north-eastern United States, Santander Consumer USA, an auto finance business based in Dallas, TX; the international private banking unit in Miami; the wholesale broker-dealer in New York and the retail and commercial bank in Puerto Rico.

 

In 2018, Santander US achieved significant regulatory milestones, strengthened business performance and continued to demonstrate its commitment to the communities in which it operates.

 

The Federal Reserve terminated its 2015 Written Agreement with SH USA, reflecting SH USA’s enhancements to board oversight, governance, compliance, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management. Also, in June 2018 SH USA passed the Federal Reserve’s annual capital stress test for the second consecutive year.

 

Regarding business performance, we maintained the following strategic priorities:

 

PICTURE 68490

 

A. Santander Bank.

 

Santander Bank:

 

    A continued focus on improving the customer experience and product offerings across the digital and physical channels, led to growth in loyal and digital customers. In Retail Banking, loyal customers rose 12%. Digital customers increased 10%, backed by continued enhancements to the Bank’s digital capabilities.

 

    Continued investments in Commercial Banking and SCIB contributed to consistent growth in the Bank’s loans and advances to customers booked in the year.

 

    Improved earning asset mix to drive margin improvements.

 

Santander Consumer USA:

 

    Focus on dealer experience and pricing, reflected in the strong growth in originations across all channels in 2018.

 

    In addition, Santander Consumer completed its USD 200 million share repurchase programme in January 2019.

 

    As announced in June 2018, Santander Consumer USA is in discussions with FCA (Fiat Chrysler Automobiles) regarding the future of FCA’s US finance operations after FCA had announced its intention to establish a captive US auto finance unit and indicated

 

PICTURE 68491

25

Table of Contents

that acquiring Santander Consumer USA’s FCA-related business was one option it would consider. These discussions cover a range of options on how to optimise the existing contract and other longer-term arrangements.  While discussions continue, Santander Consumer USA and FCA continue to operate under the existing arrangements.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers at Santander US increased 19% in euros year-on-year in net terms. Excluding the exchange rate impact and reverse repurchase agreements, gross loans and advances to customers were 6% higher, due to:

 

    Higher origination volumes at Santander Consumer USA and growth in consumer, companies, and SCIB at Santander Bank. On the other hand, SBNA began originating auto loans through Santander Consumer USA.

 

    Customer deposits rose 12% in euros year-on-year. Excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, customer deposits were 5% higher, as demand deposits fell due to the outflow of public sector balances and higher interest rates, more than offset by the increase in time deposits.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit in the year was EUR 549 million (5% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE was 4.1%. Adjusted RoTE for a CET1 of 11.30% would be 7.6%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit rose 35% in euros and 41% excluding the exchange rate impact, driven by strong growth in Santander Bank and Santander Consumer USA. By line items:

 

    Total income increased 5%. Net interest income rose 1% due to higher loan volume, despite lower spreads on loans in Santander Consumer USA and higher cost of funding. Net fee income decreased 7% due to lower fees at Santander Consumer USA and the New York branch.

 

    Gains on financial transactions amounted to EUR 72 million (they were close to zero in 2017). Other operating income increased 60% due to higher income from leasing.

 

    The administrative expenses and amortisations trend continued to improve (-1%) mainly due to lower technology depreciation.

 

    Net loan-loss provisions fell 1%. The cost of credit ratio improved to 3.27% from 3.42% in December 2017.  The NPL ratio stood at 2.92% and coverage was 143%.

 

    Other gains (losses) and provisions increased losses due to charges related to legal claims and the sale of branches in 2017.

 

 

United States

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

%

Underlying income statement

 

2018 

 

2017 

 

%

 

excl. FX

Net interest income

 

5,391

 

5,569

 

(3.2)

 

1.3

Net fee income

 

859

 

971

 

(11.6)

 

(7.4)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

72

 

9

 

 

Other operating income

 

628

 

410

 

53.1

 

60.3

Total income

 

6,949

 

6,959

 

(0.1)

 

4.5

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(3,019)

 

(3,198)

 

(5.6)

 

(1.2)

Net operating income

 

3,930

 

3,761

 

4.5

 

9.4

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(2,618)

 

(2,780)

 

(5.8)

 

(1.4)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(199)

 

(90)

 

122.1

 

132.5

Profit before tax

 

1,113

 

892

 

24.8

 

30.6

Tax on profit

 

(346)

 

(256)

 

35.1

 

41.4

Profit from continuing operations

 

767

 

636

 

20.6

 

26.2

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

767

 

636

 

20.6

 

26.2

Non-controlling interests

 

218

 

228

 

(4.5)

 

(0.0)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

549

 

408

 

34.7

 

41.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Loans and advances to customers

 

85,564

 

71,963

 

18.9

 

13.5

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

16,442

 

13,300

 

23.6

 

18.0

Debt instruments

 

13,160

 

13,843

 

(4.9)

 

(9.2)

Other financial assets

 

4,291

 

3,368

 

27.4

 

21.6

Other asset accounts

 

15,585

 

11,914

 

30.8

 

24.9

Total assets

 

135,043

 

114,388

 

18.1

 

12.7

Customer deposits

 

57,568

 

51,189

 

12.5

 

7.4

Central banks and credit institutions

 

16,507

 

15,884

 

3.9

 

(0.8)

Marketable debt securities

 

37,564

 

26,176

 

43.5

 

37.0

Other financial liabilities

 

3,098

 

2,503

 

23.8

 

18.2

Other liabilities accounts

 

3,798

 

3,437

 

10.5

 

5.5

Total liabilities

 

118,535

 

99,189

 

19.5

 

14.1

Total equity

 

16,508

 

15,199

 

8.6

 

3.7

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

83,696

 

75,389

 

11.0

 

6.0

Customer funds

 

64,239

 

59,329

 

8.3

 

3.4

Customer deposits C

 

56,064

 

50,962

 

10.0

 

5.0

Mutual funds

 

8,176

 

8,367

 

(2.3)

 

(6.7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Underlying RoTE

 

4.10

 

3.12

 

0.98

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

43.4

 

46.0

 

(2.6)

 

 

NPL ratio

 

2.92

 

2.79

 

0.13

 

 

NPL coverage

 

142.8

 

170.2

 

(27.4)

 

 

Number of employees

 

17,309

 

17,560

 

(1.4)

 

 

Number of branches

 

660

 

683

 

(3.4)

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.  

26

Table of Contents

Mexico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Strategy focused on the commercial and technological transformation, reflected in greater customer attraction and increased loyalty.

EUR 755 Mn

   Boost of digital channels and multichannel innovation, enhancing our value offer with new products and services.

   In volume terms, growth in loans and advances to customers, notably to companies (+12%) and SMEs (8%). In customer funds, growth continued to be driven by customer deposits from individuals and SMEs.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 6% year-on-year. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it was 13% higher, driven by the good performance of net interest income, fee income and loan-loss provisions.

 

Strategy

 

During the year, we continued with our three-year plan of investment in systems and infrastructures as part of the commercial transformation strategy, carried out to improve multichanneling, strengthen our distribution model and launch new commercial initiatives in order to attract customers and increase loyalty with more products and services.

 

Regarding the distribution model, we are developing different projects such as:

 

    Transformation and implementation of the new branch distribution model, up to 314 transformed branches, surpassing the target (300).

 

    We also launched the new sucursal Ágil model and the Transformación Digital de Nómina programme in order to improve the customer experience and cut waiting time.

 

    The number of new generation full function ATMs reached 817, above target. Also, the Customer Relationship Model  (CRM) was strengthened.

 

Of note in digitalisation was the following:

 

    Launch of Campaña Libertad , in order to boost digital channels and reduce transactions at the branches, freeing commercial time.

 

    We continued to strengthen mobile functionalities with Súper Móvil ,   Súper Wallet and contactless payments.

 

Moreover, we developed several initiatives to consolidate our position as the bank for SMEs. We launched the new electronic banking system for SMEs and medium size companies, becoming the first bank in Mexico to offer a digital account for SMEs with SAS status ( Sociedad por Acciones Simplificadas ) created by the Ministry of Economy and we promoted loans to the agribusiness sector.

 

Our commercial strategy was complemented with new products and services, such as:

 

    The Santander Plus programme continued to add customer benefits related to loans, insurance and commercial alliances. Over 4.7 million customers, 55% of whom are new, have already registered two years after its launching.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loyal customers

    

Digital customers

 

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

PICTURE 44563

 

PICTURE 44562

PICTURE 44561

 

 

27

Table of Contents

     Hipoteca Plus , a very competitive scheme in which customers benefit if they have a close relationship with the Bank.

 

     Súper Auto (launched in the second half of the year), for auto and motorcycle finance through a fully digital credit origination. We have over 300 auto selling agencies affiliated and a financed portfolio of EUR 32 million.

 

     Select Me, a programme that supports women with solutions that facilitate their day-to-day tasks and professional development. It had over 5,400 active customers at the end of the year.

 

     Launch of the new system IVR ( Interactive Voice Response ) at the Contact Centre.

 

     The Tuiio programme offers products and services specially designed for low-income and non bankarised population.

 

These measures resulted in increased loyalty and digitalisation of our customer base. Loyal customers rose 26% and digital ones 48%, notably mobile banking (+61%).

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 16% in euros, compared to 2017. Gross loans and advances to customers rose 10%, excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, with focus on profitability and growth in loans to individuals (consumer credit +4%, credit cards +4% and mortgage loans +9%) as well as SMEs, companies, and large companies.

 

Customer deposits rose 13%. Excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, demand deposits increased 5% and time deposits 9%. Mutual funds fell 5%, and so customer funds increased 3%.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 755 million in the year (8% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE was 20.2%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 6% higher in euros. Excluding the exchange rate impact underlying attributable profit rose 13%, as follows:

 

     Total income increased 9%, driven by net interest income (+13%), backed by larger volumes and higher interest rates. Net fee income was 8% more, largely due to credit cards, mutual funds and insurance. Gains on financial transactions, which have very little weight in fee income, fell 28% impacted by the volatile environment.

 

     Administrative expenses and amortisations were 13% higher, in line with the ongoing investments.

 

     Net loan-loss provisions dropped 2%. The cost of credit improved significantly to 2.75% compared to 3.08% a year ago and the NPL ratio was also better at 2.43% (2.69% in 2017).

 

Mexico

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

  

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

2,763

 

2,601

 

6.2

 

13.2

 

Net fee income

 

756

 

749

 

0.9

 

7.5

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions  A

 

101

 

150

 

(32.5)

 

(28.0)

 

Other operating income

 

(94)

 

(40)

 

135.3

 

150.7

 

Total income

 

3,527

 

3,460

 

1.9

 

8.6

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(1,469)

 

(1,382)

 

6.3

 

13.3

 

Net operating income

 

2,058

 

2,078

 

(1.0)

 

5.5

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(830)

 

(905)

 

(8.2)

 

(2.2)

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(3)

 

(39)

 

(91.3)

 

(90.8)

 

Profit before tax

 

1,224

 

1,134

 

7.9

 

15.0

 

Tax on profit

 

(253)

 

(230)

 

10.1

 

17.3

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

971

 

904

 

7.4

 

14.4

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

971

 

904

 

7.4

 

14.4

 

Non-controlling interests

 

215

 

194

 

11.1

 

18.4

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

755

 

710

 

6.3

 

13.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

30,632

 

26,462

 

15.8

 

10.0

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

12,403

 

9,956

 

24.6

 

18.4

 

Debt instruments

 

14,142

 

13,676

 

3.4

 

(1.7)

 

Other financial assets

 

5,683

 

5,627

 

1.0

 

(4.0)

 

Other asset accounts

 

3,016

 

2,481

 

21.6

 

15.5

 

Total assets

 

65,876

 

58,203

 

13.2

 

7.6

 

Customer deposits

 

34,327

 

30,392

 

12.9

 

7.4

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

9,541

 

8,247

 

15.7

 

10.0

 

Marketable debt securities

 

6,194

 

5,168

 

19.9

 

13.9

 

Other financial liabilities

 

8,281

 

7,680

 

7.8

 

2.5

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

2,168

 

1,779

 

21.9

 

15.9

 

Total liabilities

 

60,512

 

53,267

 

13.6

 

8.0

 

Total equity

 

5,364

 

4,936

 

8.7

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Gross loans and advances to customers  B

 

31,192

 

26,962

 

15.7

 

10.0

 

Customer funds

 

38,630

 

35,548

 

8.7

 

3.3

 

Customer deposits  C

 

28,705

 

25,629

 

12.0

 

6.5

 

Mutual funds

 

9,925

 

9,919

 

0.1

 

(4.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

20.24

 

19.50

 

0.74

 

              

 

Efficiency ratio

 

41.7

 

39.9

 

1.8

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

2.43

 

2.69

 

(0.26)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

119.7

 

97.5

 

22.2

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

19,859

 

18,557

 

7.0

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

1,418

 

1,401

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.  

28

Table of Contents

 

 

South America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

    Loyal and digital customers increased at double-digit rates in the region, underpinned by innovation, commercial transformation and enhanced loyalty.

EUR 3,451 Mn

    This strategy produced double-digit growth in volumes (excluding the exchange rate impact) as well as sustainable increase in customer revenue and cost of credit improvement.

    Underlying attributable profit of EUR 3,451 million, 4% down year-on-year in euros, impacted by the high inflation adjustment in Argentina and currency depreciation against the euro in Latin American countries. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it rose 16%.

 

Strategy

 

Santander is a relevant player in the main markets of Latin America. Digital technology is enabling financial inclusion in this market, as there are millions of people without access to banking services.

 

Thanks to our global network, we see great potential in developing relationships to serve our customers better along natural corridors of economic opportunity – such as between Brazil and Argentina.

 

We continue to invest in operating systems and digital infrastructure in order to streamline processes and enhance the customer experience, launching differential propositions. The actions conducted are detailed in each unit.

 

In 2018, loyal customers increased 19% and digital customers 27% and both rose in all countries.

 

The effort made in the commercial transformation helped soften the impact of some instability bouts on results, stemming from the election calendar in Brazil, the impact of foreign currencies depreciation against the euro (mainly the Argentine peso), and the high inflation adjustment in Argentina.

 

The macroeconomic instability in Argentina during the year caused a strong depreciation of the peso (over 40%) and year-on-year high inflation (47% in December 2018). As a result, Argentina renegotiated its agreement with the IMF and modified its economic programme, focusing on correcting the fiscal deficit.

 

The agreement enables Argentina to cover its financing needs for 2018-2019. The new monetary and fiscal policies should lead to more stable exchange rates and lower inflation. Santander carried out an inflation adjustment in accordance with regulation IAS29 of EUR 239 million, as detailed on Argentina’s page.

 

The Group continues to be immersed in its cultural  transformation in the region, underscored by the several awards  it received. In 2018, Santander was among the top 3 best financial entities to work for in Latin America in the ranking Great Place to Work .

 

Other awards were: Bank of the Year in Latin America in 2017 and 2018 by The Banker , and Best Private Banking in 2019 by Euromoney .

 

IMAGEN 13

 

 

29

Table of Contents

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers decreased 1% in euros compared to 2017. Gross loans and advances to customers, excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, rose 12%, with growth rates around or above 10% in all units.

 

Customer deposits decreased 4% in euros. Excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, deposits increased 18%, with rises across all units driven by both demand and time deposits. Customer funds increased 14%, including mutual funds (+8%).

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 3,451 million in the year (35%% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE was 18.8%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 4% lower in euros. The performance was very affected by the high inflation adjustment in Argentina, and by currency depreciation against the euro. Excluding the forex impact, profit rose 16%, due to the following:

 

   Total income increased 12%, backed by the main P&L line items. Good performance of the most commercial revenues, underpinned by higher volumes, management of spreads and increased loyalty. Net interest income was 16% higher and net fee income 17%, with growth in all units. Gains on financial transactions (which account for just 3% of total income) fell 29%, largely due to the evolution in Brazil, impacted by market conditions.

 

   Administrative expenses and amortisations were 10% higher, mostly due to commercial transformation plans, greater digitalisation of the retail network, higher costs of collective salary agreements and the high inflation in Argentina.

 

   Net loan-loss provisions rose 9%, below the growth rate in loans and advances to customers, and enabled the cost of credit to improve 17 bps in the year, to 2.99%. In credit quality: the NPL ratio remained stable (4,81%), and the coverage ratio increased to 95%, from 84% in December 2017.

 

     The negative impact of other gains (losses) and provisions was 37% lower, thanks to reduced provisions for legal and labour contingencies in Brazil.

 

South America

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018

    

2017

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

12,891

 

13,383

 

(3.7)

 

15.5

 

Net fee income

 

4,497

 

4,744

 

(5.2)

 

17.2

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

498

 

863

 

(42.2)

 

(28.6)

 

Other operating income

 

(212)

 

69

 

 

 

Total income

 

17,674

 

19,059

 

(7.3)

 

12.2

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(6,558)

 

(7,339)

 

(10.6)

 

9.7

 

Net operating income

 

11,117

 

11,720

 

(5.2)

 

13.8

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(3,736)

 

(4,067)

 

(8.1)

 

9.4

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(663)

 

(1,290)

 

(48.6)

 

(37.0)

 

Profit before tax

 

6,717

 

6,363

 

5.6

 

26.7

 

Tax on profit

 

(2,642)

 

(2,156)

 

22.5

 

48.2

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

4,076

 

4,207

 

(3.1)

 

15.9

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

4,076

 

4,207

 

(3.1)

 

15.9

 

Non-controlling interests

 

624

 

620

 

0.7

 

12.8

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

3,451

 

3,587

 

(3.8)

 

16.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

119,912

 

121,467

 

(1.3)

 

11.6

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

48,318

 

46,131

 

4.7

 

21.6

 

Debt instruments

 

45,225

 

44,148

 

2.4

 

14.1

 

Other financial assets

 

9,311

 

8,599

 

8.3

 

19.7

 

Other asset accounts

 

14,715

 

14,799

 

(0.6)

 

12.8

 

Total assets

 

237,480

 

235,144

 

1.0

 

14.4

 

Customer deposits

 

108,248

 

112,874

 

(4.1)

 

10.0

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

38,584

 

31,366

 

23.0

 

37.0

 

Marketable debt securities

 

31,504

 

29,267

 

7.6

 

19.4

 

Other financial liabilities

 

28,570

 

28,403

 

0.6

 

13.6

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

8,699

 

9,238

 

(5.8)

 

5.8

 

Total liabilities

 

215,605

 

211,148

 

2.1

 

15.7

 

Total equity

 

21,875

 

23,995

 

(8.8)

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

125,830

 

126,391

 

(0.4)

 

12.4

 

Customer funds

 

158,968

 

159,427

 

(0.3)

 

14.1

 

Customer deposits C

 

97,325

 

94,864

 

2.6

 

18.2

 

Mutual funds

 

61,643

 

64,563

 

(4.5)

 

8.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

18.79

 

17.65

 

1.14

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

37.1

 

38.5

 

(1.4)

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

4.81

 

4.82

 

(0.01)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

94.6

 

83.5

 

11.1

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

70,337

 

70,457

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

4,385

 

4,507

 

(2.7)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.  

30

Table of Contents

 

Brazil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Santander Brasil is the third largest privately owned bank and the largest foreign bank in Brazil.

EUR 2,592 Mn

   We are leaders in customer satisfaction. In less than four years, we have succeeded in strategically repositioning retail banking, and there is still potential to improve further.

   Prudent risk management underscored by the growth in loans and advances to customers. Profitable market share gains, compatible with lower NPL ratio and cost of credit.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 2%, up 22% excluding the exchange rate impact, and profitability improved (underlying RoTE of 19.7%), reflecting greater productivity and the best efficiency ratio of recent years.

 

Strategy

 

Santander Brasil recorded, once again, historically noteworthy results evolution in 2018, outperforming its main peers and underpinned by increased business activity, higher operational efficiency and enhanced credit quality. This was possible by the continued strengthening of our franchise, agile innovation and enhanced services, in order to improve customer experience and satisfaction.

 

The year’s main actions by segments included:

 

   Aligned with the digital strategy, we put on for the fourth year running, Santander Black Week. We increased our sales through all channels, mainly in mortgages and working capital. We also launched Select Direct and the Meus Compromissos app.

 

   The average time for taking out a mortgage loan was cut. New mortgage lending growth more than doubled the market’s and the use of the digital channels for taking out loans increased thanks to the Webcasas tool.

 

   New payroll lending increased 28%, notably through digital channels that increased exponentially.

 

   We continued to be the leading bank in auto finance, with a market share of 23.7% (+64 bps year-on-year). In Webmotors , we implemented the Cockpit tool, an innovative platform for the resale of vehicles, and launched Autopago , a more secure purchase and sale solution for individuals. We also announced the acquisition of a 51% stake in LOOP , which focuses on the auto market. Moreover, Santander Brasil also created Santander Auto, a fully digital insurer, a joint venture with HDI Seguros.

 

   In acquiring business, we maintained our focus on innovative solutions and on integrating the segment offer within the Bank. We implemented the PoS digital, SuperGet remained strong and revenue continued to grow notably (+32% year-on-year), with a market share of 14.4% (+292 bps).

 

   In cards, increase in revenue (+20%) and in market share. The Santander Way app continued to be one of the main tools for digitalisation and customer relationship. It is considered the best app in the financial market given its score in both the Apple Store and Google Play.

 

   In companies, increased customer base and portfolio volumes. In SMEs thanks to a specialised customer attention we have reached one million customers and gained market share (+40 bps year-on-year) to 11.4%. In Corporates and SCIB we have diversified revenue sources.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

    

 

 

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

 

PICTURE 44569

 

PICTURE 44564

 

PICTURE 68963

 

31

Table of Contents

    Santander continues to hold an outstanding position in the Prospera Santander Microcredit programme, with presence in 630 locations and a loan portfolio of BRL 642 million.

 

Moreover, in 2018 we strengthened our brand and culture, and were named one of the best companies to work for by T he Great Place to Work (GPTW) ranking, for the third year running .

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 1% year-on-year in euros, highly impacted by the real’s depreciation. In gross terms (excluding reverse repos and the exchange rate impact), they increased at double-digit rates (+13%). All segments recorded growth, notably consumer finance and SMEs.

 

Customer deposits fell 3% year-on-year in euros, but increased 23% excluding repos and the exchange rate impact, driven by strong growth in demand deposits (+9%) and time deposits (+29%), offsetting the reduction in letras financeiras.

 

This evolution was reflected in profitable market share gain on customer funds, mainly in savings and agricultural credit notes.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 2,592 million in 2018 (26% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE of 19.7%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit rose 2% in euros. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it was 22% higher, with good performance in the main lines, as follows:

 

   Total income increased 12%, driven by net interest income (+16%) due to larger volumes, and net fee income (+15%), with good performance of almost all revenue line items. Of note was the growth in cards (+16%), current accounts (+11%), mutual funds (+54%), and insurance (+13%). Gains on financial transactions, which have very little weight (1%) on total revenue, fell 68%, affected in part by the market environment.

 

   Administrative expenses and amortisations rose 6%, in line with business growth. This rise, less than half of that in total income, produced the best efficiency ratio of the last five years, at 33.7%.

 

   Net loan-loss provisions increased 4%, well below the growth in loans. All credit quality ratios improved: the cost of credit declined to 4.06% from 4.36% in 2017. The NPL ratio improved to 5.25% from 5.29% a year earlier and the coverage ratio rose to 107% from 93% in 2017.

 

   The negative impact of other gains (losses) and provisions was 30% less, due to lower provisions for legal and labour claims (trabalhistas).

 

   Profit before tax was 34% higher. This increase, however, did not feed through to underlying attributable profit because of the higher tax (+56%), due to the rise in the effective tax rate (end of some deductions).

 

Brazil

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

9,758

 

10,078

 

(3.2)

 

15.7

 

Net fee income

 

3,497

 

3,640

 

(3.9)

 

14.8

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

136

 

510

 

(73.4)

 

(68.2)

 

Other operating income

 

(46)

 

46

 

 

 

Total income

 

13,345

 

14,273

 

(6.5)

 

11.7

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(4,500)

 

(5,080)

 

(11.4)

 

5.8

 

Net operating income

 

8,845

 

9,193

 

(3.8)

 

14.9

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(2,963)

 

(3,395)

 

(12.7)

 

4.2

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(697)

 

(1,186)

 

(41.2)

 

(29.7)

 

Profit before tax

 

5,185

 

4,612

 

12.4

 

34.3

 

Tax on profit

 

(2,258)

 

(1,725)

 

30.9

 

56.4

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

2,927

 

2,887

 

1.4

 

21.1

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

2,927

 

2,887

 

1.4

 

21.1

 

Non-controlling interests

 

335

 

343

 

(2.2)

 

16.8

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

2,592

 

2,544

 

1.9

 

21.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

70,850

 

70,454

 

0.6

 

12.5

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

37,015

 

34,920

 

6.0

 

18.6

 

Debt instruments

 

40,718

 

38,693

 

5.2

 

17.7

 

Other financial assets

 

6,133

 

5,798

 

5.8

 

18.3

 

Other asset accounts

 

11,320

 

11,825

 

(4.3)

 

7.1

 

Total assets

 

166,036

 

161,690

 

2.7

 

14.9

 

Customer deposits

 

68,306

 

70,074

 

(2.5)

 

9.0

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

29,771

 

23,591

 

26.2

 

41.2

 

Marketable debt securities

 

21,218

 

20,056

 

5.8

 

18.3

 

Other financial liabilities

 

24,241

 

23,783

 

1.9

 

14.0

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

7,237

 

7,536

 

(4.0)

 

7.4

 

Total liabilities

 

150,773

 

145,040

 

4.0

 

16.3

 

Total equity

 

15,264

 

16,650

 

(8.3)

 

2.5

 

 

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Gross loans and advances to customers  B

 

75,282

 

74,341

 

1.3

 

13.3

 

Customer funds

 

110,243

 

106,959

 

3.1

 

15.3

 

Customer deposits  C

 

57,432

 

52,180

 

10.1

 

23.1

 

Mutual funds

 

52,811

 

54,779

 

(3.6)

 

7.8

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

19.68

 

16.91

 

2.77

 

              

 

Efficiency ratio

 

33.7

 

35.6

 

(1.9)

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

5.25

 

5.29

 

(0.04)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

106.9

 

92.6

 

14.3

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

46,914

 

47,135

 

(0.5)

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

3,438

 

3,465

 

(0.8)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

32

Table of Contents

Chile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Santander is the leading privately owned bank by assets and customers in a country whose economic growth accelerated in 2018.

 

EUR 612 Mn

   We continued the transformation of the branch network, driving digitalisation and increasing our value offer with new products and services.

   Growth in business volumes at a faster pace in several segments. Of note, the rise in loans to companies and increase in fee-generating businesses in SCIB.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 5% year-on-year. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it was 8% higher, driven by net interest income and net fee income.

 

Strategy

 

Santander is the largest privately owned bank in Chile by assets and customers, with a marked retail and transactional focus.

 

In 2018, the strategy continued to be focused on offering an attractive profitability in a stable country, one with low risk and accelerated economic growth.

 

The focus was on our phygital transformation, a proposition that combines the best of the digital and physical worlds, where progress was made as follows:

 

    We continued opening Work Café branches and launched Work Café 2.0, a pilot project for smaller branches, and a new branch model for Select and Private Banking segments.

 

    Under the digitalisation strategy, we launched the new 2.0 app, significantly improved, and Santander Wallet, the first app for mobile payments in Chile.

 

    We launched Superdigital offer and signed an alliance with Amazon in order to be able to manage purchases on its platform with Santander cards.

 

    Promotion of Digital Onboarding, the first fully digital platform, in order to convert non-customers into customers, while improving loyalty.

 

Also, we continued offering specialised propositions for each segment, such as:

 

    Launch of OnePay FX for companies.

 

     Consolidation of Santander Life, as a new way to interact with the community and the customer via products aimed at the mass consumer market. We launched Life 2.0 at the end of 2018, which will provide additional benefits to customers that are already part of the programme.

 

Improving the quality of service is still one of our main priorities, and efforts made in this matter were reflected in greater customer satisfaction.

 

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

    

 

 

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

PICTURE 68480

PICTURE 44568

 

PICTURE 68964

 

 

33

Table of Contents

As a result, loyal and digital customers both increased 7% year-on- year.

 

Santander Chile is continuously striving to become the best bank for customers. Euromoney ,   The Banker and Latin finance recognised these efforts naming Santander as the Best Bank in Chile.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 2% year-on-year in euros. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, they rose 10%, backed by those to individuals and companies.

 

Customer deposits fell 1% year-on-year in euros, and rose 7% excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, reflecting the strategy to improve the mix

of customer funds, particularly demand deposits (+11%), driven by the Select segment. Mutual funds rose 12%.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 612 million in 2018 (6% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE of 18.3%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit rose 5% in euros. Excluding the exchange rate impact it was 8% higher, due to the following:

 

    Total income rose 4%, driven by net interest income (+5%), backed by growth in volumes, higher interest rates and a better mix of customer funds. Net fee income rose 12%, underpinned by income from insurance, mutual funds and greater use of cards. Gains on financial transactions, on the other hand, fell 28%, due to the lower contribution of SCIB business.

 

    Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 6%, slightly more than total income, due to investments in IT and innovation and the higher costs of the collective salary agreement. The efficiency ratio remained at around 41%.

 

    Net loan-loss provisions were 6% higher, below the growth in lending and improvement the credit quality indicators. The cost of credit remained stable (1.19% in 2018 compared to 1.21% in 2017), and the NPL ratio dropped to 4.66% (4.96% in December 2017). The coverage ratio rose to 61% (58% in 2017).

 

    Other gains (losses) and provisions amounted to EUR 103 million due to higher income from the sale of foreclosed assets and reversal of provisions to specific loan-loss funds.

 

    Lastly, tax was 13% higher, affected by increased tax pressure. Profit before tax was up 9%.

 

Chile

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

  

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

1,944

 

1,907

 

1.9

 

5.4

 

Net fee income

 

424

 

391

 

8.3

 

12.0

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions  A

 

149

 

213

 

(30.1)

 

(27.7)

 

Other operating income

 

19

 

12

 

62.3

 

67.8

 

Total income

 

2,535

 

2,523

 

0.5

 

3.9

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(1,047)

 

(1,025)

 

2.2

 

5.7

 

Net operating income

 

1,488

 

1,498

 

(0.6)

 

2.8

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(473)

 

(462)

 

2.5

 

6.0

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

103

 

23

 

345.6

 

360.9

 

Profit before tax

 

1,118

 

1,059

 

5.6

 

9.2

 

Tax on profit

 

(219)

 

(200)

 

9.5

 

13.3

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

899

 

859

 

4.6

 

8.2

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

899

 

859

 

4.6

 

8.2

 

Non-controlling interests

 

287

 

273

 

4.9

 

8.5

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

612

 

586

 

4.5

 

8.1

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

37,908

 

37,153

 

2.0

 

10.0

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

4,247

 

4,321

 

(1.7)

 

6.0

 

Debt instruments

 

3,106

 

4,143

 

(25.0)

 

(19.2)

 

Other financial assets

 

3,164

 

2,789

 

13.4

 

22.3

 

Other asset accounts

 

2,486

 

1,949

 

27.6

 

37.5

 

Total assets

 

50,911

 

50,355

 

1.1

 

9.0

 

Customer deposits

 

25,908

 

26,043

 

(0.5)

 

7.3

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

5,869

 

5,491

 

6.9

 

15.3

 

Marketable debt securities

 

9,806

 

8,967

 

9.4

 

17.9

 

Other financial liabilities

 

3,535

 

3,598

 

(1.8)

 

5.9

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

919

 

1,222

 

(24.8)

 

(18.9)

 

Total liabilities

 

46,037

 

45,321

 

1.6

 

9.5

 

Total equity

 

4,874

 

5,034

 

(3.2)

 

4.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Gross loans and advances to customers  B

 

39,019

 

38,249

 

2.0

 

10.0

 

Customer funds

 

33,279

 

33,104

 

0.5

 

8.4

 

Customer deposits  C

 

25,860

 

25,940

 

(0.3)

 

7.5

 

Mutual funds

 

7,419

 

7,163

 

3.6

 

11.7

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

18.34

 

17.89

 

0.45

 

              

 

Efficiency ratio

 

41.3

 

40.6

 

0.7

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

4.66

 

4.96

 

(0.30)

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

60.6

 

58.2

 

2.4

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

12,008

 

11,675

 

2.9

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

381

 

439

 

(13.2)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

34

Table of Contents

Argentina

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Santander Río continued to be the leading privately owned bank in Argentina by banking business.

EUR 82 Mn

   The focus was on digital transformation, customer experience and key segments (Select and Pymes Advance) , resulting in more loyal and digital customers and greater digital penetration.

   In 2018, the economy was affected by a shock in the balance of payments, producing a peso depreciation against the euro, a 48% hike in inflation, and a 2.4% fall in GDP. By year-end, exchange rates and interest rates stabilised.

   Underlying attributable profit was EUR 82 million, affected by the impact of the high inflation adjustment and the peso’s depreciation.

 

Strategy

 

Santander Río consolidated its position as Argentina’s largest privately owned bank in terms of banking business. It is also one of the leading banks in loans, deposits, means of payment, transactional services, cash management, payrolls, wealth management and insurance.

 

The initiatives in 2018, focused on fulfilling its four strategic pillars: growth, risk control, operational excellence and the customer experience, via customer loyalty and digitalisation, with new products and services.

 

Customer value offers were redefined with special focus on key segments. Meanwhile, the transformation process continued in order to fully digitalise our platforms and incorporate the cutting-edge technologies in order to better understand our customers and anticipate their needs.

 

This strategy enabled the launch of various initiatives such as:

 

    Development of efficiency plans, such as the implementation of digital improvements, robotics in operative processes, digitalisation of attention channels, merger of the former Citibank branches, technology insourcing and negotiation with new suppliers.

 

    Launch of the new online banking , representing a renewal towards a more digital innovation experience and closer to customers, which was well accepted, while increasing the functionalities of mobile banking .

 

    The Remote Attention Centre for Select customers has been opened, enabling closer management of the highest value portfolio.

 

    The first fully digital customer journeys were implemented, which enables the opening of saving accounts in only 7 minutes. This will also be implemented in mortgages, SMEs and cards.

 

    Launch of Santander Work Café, based on the Group’s experience in other countries.

 

    Improvement of SuperClub points programme platform, which enables users to enjoy a more personalised experience and a simple point redemption.

 

As a result of all the above, loyal customers rose 6% year-on-year and digital ones 7%. They already account for 47% and 71% of total active customers, respectively.  On the other hand, mobile banking customers account for 40% and digital sales rose by 64%.

 

Loyal customers

 

Digital customers

    

 

Thousands

 

Thousands

 

 

PICTURE 6

 

PICTURE 7

 

PICTURE 8

35

Table of Contents

Moreover, Global Finance again chose us as the Best Digital Bank in Argentina, The Banker and Global Finance named us the Best Bank in Argentina and we were ranked one of the five best companies to work for by GPTW .

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers fell 32% year-on-year in euros. Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, gross loans and advances to customers were 40% higher.

 

Customer deposits declined 14% compared to 2017 in euros. Excluding repurchase agreements and the exchange rate impact, deposits rose 64%.

 

The Bank recorded strong year-on-year growth in peso balances, with loans increasing 18% (mainly mortgage loans, auto lending and companies) and deposits increasing 33%. Moreover, volumes were positively impacted by dollar balances due to the impact of the peso’s depreciation.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted to EUR 82 million in the year (1% of the Group’s total operating areas), and underlying RoTE of 11.6%.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit was 77% lower in euros, affected by the high inflation adjustment of EUR 239 million, (EUR -193 million for monetary adjustment and EUR -46 million for the exchange rates).

 

The adjustment was made in accordance with IAS29, applied when, among other factors, the cumulative three-year inflation is above or around 100%, which implies that, Argentina’s 2018 full year results and balance sheet at December 2018 are adjusted to high inflation. Excluding the exchange rate impact profit fell 55%, as follows:

 

    Total income increased 35%, spurred by net interest income (+52%) driven by greater volumes in an environment of high inflation and high interest rates. Net fee income rose 47%, driven by greater foreign currency activity in a volatile exchange rate environment and income from cash management. Gains on financial transactions increased 125%, benefiting from a volatile environment and markets.

 

    The growth in administrative expenses and amortisations (+51%), reflected investments in digitalisation projects, the automatic revision of salary agreements because of the rise in inflation and the peso’s depreciation against the dollar.

 

    Net loan-loss provisions were higher (+184%) due to the individuals’ portfolio, particularly in medium and low income segments. The cost of credit increased to 3.45% (1.85% in 2017). The NPL ratio stood at 3.17% (2.50% in December 2017) and the coverage ratio improved to 135% (100% in December 2017).

 

    Other gains (losses) and provisions fell 5%.

 

Argentina

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

 

%  

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

768

 

985

 

(22.0)

 

52.5

 

Net fee income

 

448

 

596

 

(24.8)

 

47.0

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

170

 

147

 

15.2

 

125.3

 

Other operating income

 

(177)

 

18

 

 

 

Total income

 

1,209

 

1,747

 

(30.8)

 

35.4

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(751)

 

(970)

 

(22.5)

 

51.5

 

Net operating income

 

458

 

777

 

(41.1)

 

15.2

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(231)

 

(159)

 

45.4

 

184.4

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(45)

 

(92)

 

(51.5)

 

(5.2)

 

Profit before tax

 

183

 

526

 

(65.3)

 

(32.2)

 

Tax on profit

 

(100)

 

(165)

 

(39.5)

 

18.4

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

83

 

362

 

(77.1)

 

(55.2)

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

83

 

362

 

(77.1)

 

(55.2)

 

Non-controlling interests

 

1

 

2

 

(71.9)

 

(45.2)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

82

 

359

 

(77.1)

 

(55.3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

5,334

 

7,808

 

(31.7)

 

30.1

 

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

5,096

 

4,766

 

6.9

 

103.7

 

Debt instruments

 

825

 

138

 

498.9

 

1,040.9

 

Other financial assets

 

6

 

6

 

(9.7)

 

72.1

 

Other asset accounts

 

742

 

732

 

1.4

 

93.2

 

Total assets

 

12,003

 

13,449

 

(10.8)

 

70.0

 

Customer deposits

 

8,809

 

10,235

 

(13.9)

 

64.0

 

Central banks and credit institutions

 

849

 

599

 

41.7

 

169.9

 

Marketable debt securities

 

422

 

206

 

105.0

 

290.4

 

Other financial liabilities

 

743

 

982

 

(24.3)

 

44.3

 

Other liabilities accounts

 

307

 

244

 

26.0

 

139.9

 

Total liabilities

 

11,132

 

12,266

 

(9.2)

 

72.9

 

Total equity

 

871

 

1,183

 

(26.4)

 

40.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Gross loans and advances to customers  B

 

5,574

 

7,608

 

(26.7)

 

39.5

 

Customer funds

 

10,191

 

12,855

 

(20.7)

 

51.0

 

Customer deposits  C

 

8,809

 

10,235

 

(13.9)

 

64.0

 

Mutual funds

 

1,382

 

2,620

 

(47.3)

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios (%) and operating data

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Underlying RoTE

 

11.62

 

32.02

 

(20.40)

 

              

 

Efficiency ratio

 

62.1

 

55.5

 

6.6

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

3.17

 

2.50

 

0.67

 

 

 

NPL coverage

 

135.0

 

100.1

 

34.9

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

9,324

 

9,277

 

0.5

 

 

 

Number of branches

 

468

 

482

 

(2.9)

 

 

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.

36

Table of Contents

Uruguay

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Santander Uruguay is the leading privately owned bank in the country, focused on growing retail banking and improving efficiency and the quality of service.

EUR 131 Mn

   Loans grew in target segments, products and currencies. Of note was consumer credit and cards portfolio increase.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 28%, 43% excluding the exchange rate impact, spurred by customer revenue.

 

Strategy

 

Santander continued to focus on increasing loyalty and improving customer satisfaction, where we are ranked second. We continued to advance in our digital transformation strategy: the number of digital customers increased 30% and digital penetration to 58% (up from 49% in 2017). Consumer finance companies also increased placements via digital channels. At Creditel they already account for 30% of new loans.

 

Santander holds a relevant position in the business of families in the private sector (27% market share), and in mortgage loans (over 30% market share), thanks to the specialised centre of auto and home lending.

 

Santander Uruguay was named Best Bank to Work for in the country and the seventh Best Company to Work for in 2018 by GPTW consulting.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers grew 16% year-on-year in euros. Excluding reverse repos and the exchange rate impact, they rose 25% driven by growth in the target segments, products and currencies: consumer credit and cards (+20%) and local currency portfolio (+18%).

 

Customer deposits were 5% higher in euros compared to 2017. Excluding the exchange rate impact, they increased 13%. Peso deposits grew 12% and foreign currency deposits grew the equivalent of 13%.

 

Results

 

In 2018, underlying attributable profit was EUR 131 million and underlying RoTE of 26.9%. Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit increased 27% in euros and 43% excluding the exchange rate impact. By line items:

 

    Total income grew 17% mainly driven by net interest income and good performance of the main revenue line items. The efficiency ratio was 44.7%, 4 percentage points better than in 2017.

 

    Despite the rise in provisions because of the entry into force of IFRS9 and other impacts, the NPL ratio remained low (3.38%) and coverage was high (112%). The cost of credit stood at 2.80%.

 

Uruguay

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

  

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

311

 

299

 

4.2

 

16.8

 

Total income

 

419

 

402

 

4.4

 

17.0

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(187)

 

(195)

 

(3.8)

 

7.8

 

Net operating income

 

232

 

207

 

12.1

 

25.6

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(69)

 

(54)

 

27.6

 

43.1

 

Profit before tax

 

159

 

142

 

11.6

 

25.1

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

131

 

103

 

27.3

 

42.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Total assets

 

4,605

 

4,397

 

4.7

 

12.5

 

Gross loans and advances to customers  A

 

2,743

 

2,353

 

16.6

 

25.2

 

Customer funds

 

3,893

 

3,681

 

5.8

 

13.6

 

Customer deposits  B

 

3,861

 

3,681

 

4.9

 

12.7

 

Mutual funds

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

A. Excluding reverse repos.

B. Excluding repos.

 

PICTURE 68486

37

Table of Contents

Peru

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

     We continued to develop our activity focused on the corporate segment, the country’s large companies and the Group’s global customers.

EUR 41 Mn

     The Bank’s rating is the highest of the country’s financial system, following its recent upgrade.

   Underlying attributable profit rose 3%, or 8% excluding the exchange rate impact, spurred by net interest income, fee income and gains on financial transactions.

 

Strategy

 

In 2018, Santander continued to develop its activity centred on corporate banking and the country’s large companies, as well as providing service for the Group’s global customers, boosting growth on its auto finance company.

 

We widened our product range and customer base in all business segments, diversified funding sources and expanded treasury services for our customers through foreign exchange transactions, forwards and other derivatives.

 

Moreover, we continued contributing to the development of public infrastructure, through the structuring and financing of ports and roads and refineries adequacy in order to comply with the highest environmental standards. We also participated in an international bond issuance of the Peruvian estate of USD 2.0 billion.

 

Santander Peru has the highest rating (A+) of the country’s financial system, following the recent upgrade.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 45% year-on-year in euros (+43% on a gross basis, excluding the exchange rate impact), and customer deposits rose 17% (+16% excluding the exchange rate impact).

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 41 million in euros in 2018 was 3% higher year-on-year.

 

Excluding the exchange rate impact, underlying attributable profit increased 8%. Total income grew 19% driven by good performance of net interest income, net fee income and gains on financial transactions, which more than offset the higher administrative expenses and amortisations stemming from investment in corporate projects. The efficiency ratio stood at 33% and the coverage ratio remained high (224%).

 

Colombia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   The strategy remained focused on corporates, large corporates, and SCIB customers.

EUR 9 Mn

     Strong rise in volumes in euros: loans and advances to customers rose 100% and customer deposits 41%.

   Underlying attributable profit of EUR 9 million in the year, 54% more than in 2017, 61% higher excluding the exchange rate impact.

 

Strategy

 

Business activity in Colombia continued to focus on SCIB customers, large corporates and corporates. The Group continues to provide solutions in treasury, risk hedging, foreign trade and confirming, as well as developing investment banking products and supporting the country’s infrastructure plan. In order to fulfil this offer, Santander Securities Services Colombia already has all the authorisations needed to begin to offer custody services in 2019.

 

We continued to concentrate on auto financing business. This will enable us to have the critical mass needed to consolidate ourselves in this market.

 

Activity

 

Loans and advances to customers increased 100% year-on-year in euros. Excluding the exchange rate impact they rose 107%, backed by the good performance of peso portfolios. Customer deposits rose 41% in euros and 46% excluding the exchange rate impact, driven by demand deposits and particularly time deposits.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 9 million in the year, 54% more than in 2017 in euros.

 

Excluding the exchange rate impact, underlying attributable profit rose 61%, backed by total income (+67%) spurred by net interest income, net fee income and gains on financial transactions.

38

Table of Contents

 

Santander Global Platform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

 

EUR -54 Mn

   On July 2019 we announced the creation of this new reporting unit segment that includes Openbank, Global Payments Services, as well as other key Group digital assets, with the aim to deliver better digital services to our customers and to lead the digital transformation of the Group

 In addition, we aligned management and strategy efforts to leverage our global scale, as well as to increase transparency. Previous years figures are being published to show comparability between periods.

 

   Current   underlying attributable loss is due to the investment phase in our global platforms and other digital sevices.

 

Santander Global Platform (SGP) – structure and strategy

 

 

In 2019, we have created “Santander Global Platform” as a new reportable segment, in line with our reporting structure announced on July 2019, as described in the previous section of Description of Businesses. Due to the changes in our internal reporting structure, the corresponding financial information for previous periods have been restated for comparability purposes.

 

Santander Global Platform includes our global digital services under a single unit in line with our bank aim, to be the best open financial services platform. The Group digital services are built once, leveraging the multi-country footprint of the Group, to serve our banks, customers, and third parties (via B2B) in an efficient and effective way:

 

·

Our fully digital native bank Openbank, including a potential Banking as a Service (BaaS) model :

-

Openbank is one of the largest fully digital banks by balance sheet size and one of the few that offers a full suite of retail banking products, including 100% digital mortgages and robo-advisory.

-

Open Digital Services (ODS) is building a new banking platform for a fully digital retail bank with a complete product portfolio for individuals. This platform will be used by Openbank in its international expansion, and could also be used by third parties through a Banking as a Service (BaaS) model.

 

·

Global Payments Services: our global payment businesses core to loyalty strategy, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global business (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

-

Superdigital: Santander platform that allows customers to open a digital payments account with which they can operate in a matter of minutes, without needing to have a bank account. It allows users to make deposits, withdrawals and payments, provides simplified financial solutions and enables financial access to all users, including the unbanked and those residing in areas with little or no bank coverage.

-

Pago FX: app that targets non-customers offering international transfers at low cost, transparent and in the same day or the next, with the trust of Santander Group.

-

Global Merchant Services (GMS): global acquiring solutions to meet merchants needs across the Group. It leverages Brazilian Getnet’s world-class capabilities. 

-

Global Trade Services (GTS): fast and accessible international trade products (Trade Finance, Supply chain and FX payments products).

 

·

Digital Assets:

-

Santander Digital Centres of Expertise: global capabilities to drive digital transformation with tangible impact on the local businesses. It currently includes three main projects: Contact Centre (CC); Conversion Rate Optimisation (CRO) and Machine Learning (ML).

-

Santander InnoVentures: venture capital in the Fintech ecosystem (financial technology) to leverage the digital revolution for our customers. Santander is positioning itself as an innovative bank and benchmark for the sector, which is enabling it to have an observatory for anticipating and participating in the main digital trends.

Santander Innoventures, via minority stakes, in start-ups and helps them, in turn, to create commercial and/or strategic agreements within the financial sector and access the Group’s whole experience. As well as contributing capital, it provides the start-ups in which it invests with scale and experience, helping them grow, learn and promote the introduction of new technologies for Santander’s businesses and customers.

-

Lastly, Digital Assets: Group-wide technology projects and solutions for our banks and third parties under a Software as a Service (SaaS) model. Its aim is to help accelerate the digitalisation across our markets by developing common solutions (“built once, use by many”) to be used by the units (i.e. Globile).

 

This new unit and its governance model shows our confidence in the digital transformation process which rests on two main priorities to continue to deliver the best customer service: the first priority is to deliver all our products and services digitally, in order to continue strengthening the relationship with our customers; the second is to do this in the fastest and most efficient way. As conclusion, SGP will allow us to accelerate digital disruption, while supporting our core banks in their transformation.

 

 

Commercial Activity

 

 

The Group’s digital customers increased 26% in 2018, which already amount to half of our active customers.

 

Loans and advances to customers from Openbank’s activity more than tripled in the year boosted by mortgage loans.

 

Customer deposits grew due to Openbank (19%). Openbank had EUR 9 billion in customer funds at the end of 2018.

 

39

Table of Contents

At the end of 2018, Santander InnoVentures had c.USD 100 million committed capital, of which over USD 100 million have been already invested in more than 20 companies in the payments, marketplace lending, e-advisory, customer risk and analysis and artificial intelligence areas, among others.

 

Lastly, progress is being made in the development of global payment platforms and technology projects and solutions for the countries.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable loss in 2018 was EUR 54 million, compared to a loss of EUR 11 million in 2017.

 

·

Total income increased 23% driven by Openbank’s net interest income, which focused on reducing the cost of funding, increasing the loyalty of its customer base and starting to sell loans (mortgages and consumer loans as pre-approval and payroll loans).

·

The administrative expenses and amortisations rose to EUR 141 million mainly due to the expenses and investments in Openbank and Open Digital Services, as a result of higher activity with customers, development of functionalities to cover new products and services, and the development of new projects in order to prepare the bank’s fully digital banking platform.

·

Regarding credit quality, very low ratios: NPL ratio of 1.21% and cost of credit below 1%. Solid risk management with traditional and machine learning in order to score our customers and approve the operations.

 

Santander Global Platform

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

Underlying income statement

 

2018 

 

2017 

 

%

Net interest income

 

79

 

64

 

23.4

Net fee income

 

7

 

7

 

2.8

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

(12)

 

(11)

 

5.2

Total income

 

74

 

60

 

23.6

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(142)

 

(68)

 

110.5

Net operating income

 

(68)

 

(7)

 

814.5

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(0)

 

0

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(2)

 

(6)

 

(65.2)

Profit before tax

 

(70)

 

(14)

 

411.0

Tax on profit

 

17

 

2

 

624.4

Profit from continuing operations

 

(54)

 

(11)

 

368.6

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

(54)

 

(11)

 

368.6

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

(54)

 

(11)

 

368.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

Loans and advances to customers

 

337

 

92

 

265.7

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

8,168

 

7,127

 

14.6

Debt instruments

 

 

68

 

(100.0)

Other financial assets

 

146

 

0

 

Other asset accounts

 

130

 

84

 

54.3

Total assets

 

8,781

 

7,372

 

19.1

Customer deposits

 

8,284

 

6,981

 

18.7

Central banks and credit institutions

 

111

 

63

 

75.1

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

38

 

44

 

(13.5)

Other liabilities accounts

 

59

 

47

 

25.2

Total liabilities

 

8,492

 

7,135

 

19.0

Total equity

 

289

 

238

 

21.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers B

 

340

 

96

 

254.9

Customer funds

 

8,650

 

7,591

 

14.0

   Customer deposits C

 

8,284

 

6,981

 

18.7

   Mutual funds

 

367

 

610

 

(39.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resources

    

    

    

    

    

    

Number of employees

 

487

 

378

 

28.8

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

B. Excluding reverse repos.

C. Excluding repos.  

40

Table of Contents

3.4   CORPORATE CENTRE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   The Corporate Centre’s objective is to aid the operating units by contributing value-added and carrying out the corporate function of oversight and control. It also develops functions related to financial and capital management.

EUR -1,686 Mn

   The underlying attributable loss was 10% less year-on-year, due to lower hedging costs of exchange rates.

 

Strategy and functions

 

The Corporate Centre contributes value to the Group in various ways:

 

·

It makes the Group’s governance more solid, through global control frameworks and supervision, and it fosters the exchange of best practices in management of costs and economies of scale. This enables us to be one of the most efficient banks in the sector.

 

·

The Corporate Centre contributes to the Group’s revenue growth, by sharing the best commercial practices, launching global commercial initiatives and accelerating the digital transformation simultaneously in a cross-cutting manner in all countries.

 

It also coordinates the relationship with the European regulators and develops functions related to financial and capital management, as follows.

 

Financial management functions:

 

·

Structural management of liquidity risk associated with funding the Group’s recurring activity, stakes of a financial nature and management of net liquidity related to the needs of some business units. The price at which these operations are made with other Group units is the market rate (euribor or swap) plus the premium which, in the concept of liquidity, the Group supports by immobilising funds during the term of the operation.

 

·

Interest rate risk is also actively managed in order to soften the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, conducted via derivatives with high credit quality, higher liquidity and low capital consumption.

 

·

Strategic management of the exposure to exchange rates on equity and dynamic on the countervalue of the units’ results in euros for the next 12 months. Net investments in equity are currently covered by EUR 23,025 million (mainly Brazil, UK, Mexico, Chile, US, Poland and Norway) with different instruments (spot, fx, forwards).

 

Separately from the financial management described here, the Corporate Centre manages all capital and reserves and its allocation to each of the units.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable loss of EUR 1,686 million in 2018 down from a loss of EUR 1,878 million in 2017. The improvement was mainly due to higher gains on financial transactions (EUR 11 million in 2018 compared to a loss of EUR 227 million in 2017) resulting from lower costs of hedging of exchange rates.

 

Net interest income was hit by the volume of issuances made under the funding plan, largely focused on eligible TLAC instruments and costs related to the greater liquidity buffer requirements.

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations decreased 11% as a result of the streamlining and simplification measures .

 

Lastly, other gains (losses) and provisions recorded very different kinds of charges: provisions, intangibles, the cost of the government’s guarantee on deferred taxes, pensions, litigation, impairment of financial assets, etc.

 

 

Corporate Centre

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

Net interest income

 

(987)

 

(851)

 

16.0

Net fee income

 

(69)

 

(38)

 

82.4

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

11

 

(227)

 

Other operating income

 

(12)

 

(94)

 

(86.9)

Total income

 

(1,057)

 

(1,209)

 

(12.6)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(426)

 

(478)

 

(10.8)

Net operating income

 

(1,483)

 

(1,687)

 

(12.1)

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(115)

 

(45)

 

155.0

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(101)

 

(181)

 

(44.4)

Profit before tax

 

(1,699)

 

(1,913)

 

(11.2)

Tax on profit

 

14

 

32

 

(57.0)

Profit from continuing operations

 

(1,685)

 

(1,881)

 

(10.4)

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

(1,685)

 

(1,881)

 

(10.4)

Non-controlling interests

 

1

 

(3)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

(1,686)

 

(1,878)

 

(10.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

    

    

    

    

    

    

Loans and advances to customers

 

6,509

 

5,327

 

22.2

Cash, central banks and credit institutions

 

39,840

 

25,897

 

53.8

Debt instruments

 

377

 

1,768

 

(78.7)

Other financial assets

 

2,113

 

2,116

 

(0.1)

Other asset accounts

 

121,775

 

122,019

 

(0.2)

Total assets

 

170,614

 

157,126

 

8.6

Customer deposits

 

235

 

223

 

5.3

Central banks and credit institutions

 

30,879

 

24,887

 

24.1

Marketable debt securities

 

41,783

 

35,030

 

19.3

Other financial liabilities

 

1,334

 

1,627

 

(18.0)

Other liabilities accounts

 

8,208

 

8,094

 

1.4

Total liabilities

 

82,439

 

69,860

 

18.0

Total equity

 

88,175

 

87,266

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resources

    

    

    

    

    

    

Number of employees

 

1,700

 

1,735

 

(32.0)

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

41

Table of Contents

3.5   SECONDARY SEGMENTS

 

Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

    The Group continued to focus on customer loyalty, with new products and services that cover the current   needs of our customers.

EUR 7,238 Mn

    At the end of 2018, the Group had 66.2 million of active customers.

    Underlying attributable profit of EUR 7,238 million, boosted by good dynamics of customer revenue and efficiency improvement.

 

Strategy

 

During 2018, we had once again been relentless in focusing on customer loyalty. At the end of the year, the Group had 66.2 million of active customers, approximately 20 million loyal customers that represented 30% over active customers.

Santander wants to be the bank of choice for all customers, including those with low incomes and from vulnerable groups, offering them the services and products they need. For this reason, as a universal bank we offer a wide range of simple and innovative services and products that enables every customer to manage their finances as they see fit.

Santander also helps to boost enterprise. Entrepreneurs and small businesses generate jobs and wealth that underpin inclusive societies. Our strategy to help SMEs reflects the different market conditions in the countries where we operate. We aim to help all sizes of businesses, both by lending and by offering non-financial support, such as training and access to our networks. Our objective is not just to be an SME’s bank, but its partner as it grows.

Therefore, this year we continued to enhance our business with individuals and companies, with new products and services. Thanks to these measures, individual as well as companies loyal customers rose in 2018. Of note among the commercial actions were:

 

·

In Spain, launch of Smartbank, new relationship model with more than 600,000 millennial customers, offering them a tailored financial proposal (guarantees and loans to facilitate getting on the property ladder) and non-financial proposals (CV advisory services through Santander Universidades). Santander also launched the 1|2|3 Profesional current account.

·

In the UK, launch of 1|2|3 Business current account, innovative proposition to UK SMEs.

·

In Poland, the As I Want It account was successfully launched (more than one million openings in the year). It was recognised as the best account for young people in the financial portal money.pl.

·

In Mexico, launch of Hipoteca Plus, Super Auto and Select Me. Santander Plus registered more than 4.7 million clients, 55% of them new.

 

Our individual and companies customers also benefit from the Santander digital transformation. All countries have increased their apps, platforms, digital products and services. In this way, we have increased our digital customer close to 32 million. Of note were:

 

·

In Poland, launch of Działalnosc.pl designed to support business people and mSignature, a mobile app authorisation tool as an alternative for SMS code.

 

·

In Brazil, the Santander Way app was regarded as the best financial market app in the country.

 

·

The UK installed a new digital clearing system that offers customers faster clearance of cheques.

 

·

In Mexico, Super Wallet now incorporates payment of purchases done with rewards points. The first digital account for SME with SAS (Sociedad por Acciones Simplificadas) status in Mexico, together with other products and services such as mortgages, investment products, services and advice.

 

We are consistently tracking our customers to ensure that the entire Group remains focused on their views and experiences with Santander. More than a million surveys are conducted annually.This customer satisfaction data reveals where we can improve our services.

 

It is worth noting, however, that under an active customer satisfaction study (customers and non-customers) audited by Stiga / Conento, the Group was in the top 3 for customer satisfaction in seven core countries: Brazil, Spain, the UK, Portugal, Poland, Mexico and Chile.

 

This study also provides data regarding customer satisfaction by countries and by channel (branch, telephone, internet, mobile), with percentages above 80%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

Table of Contents

 

IMAGE173.JPEG

Smart Red branch, Spain

 

Regarding our branch network, the Group has a network of 13,217 branches, making it the international bank with the largest commercial network,

excluding Chinese banks and Sberbank Group.

 

The Group is making progress in digitalisation, but without losing its essence as a bank. Santander has unique personal relationships to strengthen customer loyalty. The branches will continue to be a relevant channel for customers, focusing on selling products of greater value and customer advice.

 

Most of these branches offer full-service banking, although the Group also has branches that offer specialised customer care to certain segments.

 

Because of our scale, we have unique insight into what our customers want and we are driven to create personal banking relationships thanks to our experienced team of 100,000 Santander colleagues talking to our 144 million customers.

 

We are innovating in the way we interact with our customers, including, for example, through the conversion of traditional bank branches into new collaborative spaces focused on customer experience and digital capacities, such as the new Work Café branches (Chile, Brazil, Spain, Portugal and Argentina), the SMART branches (Spain, the UK) and Santander Ágil in Mexico.

 

During 2018, the number of branches declined by 480 branches, mostly in Europe due to integration processes in Spain, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal.

 

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit amounted EUR 7,238 million in 2018 (74% of the Group’s operating areas).

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit increased 6% in euros. This evolution was impacted by exchange rates. Excluding this impact, profit rose 13% as follows:

 

·

Total income increased 8%, mainly driven by net interest income and net fee income. On the other hand, gains on financial transactions, which have very little weight (2%) on total revenue, rose 15%.

 

·

Administrative expenses and amortisations were 5% higher due to the ongoing commercial transformation and digitalisation process.

 

·

Net loan-loss provisions increased 13% driven by greater volumes, as credit quality ratios improved and the NPL ratio had a positive performance in almost all retail units.

 

·

Other gains (losses) and provisions improved 22% mainly due to lower provisions for legal and labour claims in Brazil.

 

·

Finally, higher tax on profit, mainly resulting from the increase in Brazil.

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

    

%
excl. FX

 

Net interest income

 

32,262

 

32,169

 

0.3

 

8.5

 

Net fee income

 

8,870

 

9,295

 

(4.6)

 

5.2

 

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

757

 

685

 

10.4

 

15.5

 

Other operating income

 

343

 

255

 

34.4

 

30.2

 

Total income

 

42,231

 

42,404

 

(0.4)

 

8.1

 

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(19,236)

 

(19,751)

 

(2.6)

 

5.3

 

Net operating income

 

22,994

 

22,652

 

1.5

 

10.5

 

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(8,549)

 

(8,374)

 

2.1

 

12.7

 

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(1,791)

 

(2,535)

 

(29.3)

 

(21.9)

 

Profit before tax

 

12,654

 

11,743

 

7.8

 

15.8

 

Tax on profit

 

(4,144)

 

(3,687)

 

12.4

 

22.4

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

8,510

 

8,055

 

5.6

 

12.9

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

8,510

 

8,055

 

5.6

 

12.9

 

Non-controlling interests

 

1,272

 

1,218

 

4.4

 

10.5

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

7,238

 

6,837

 

5.9

 

13.4

 

 

A. Includes exchange differences .  

43

Table of Contents

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   Strategy focused on widening our product offer, developing our franchises in the United Kingdom and the US, consolidating Europe as a single business unit and implementing the Multinational Coverage Model (MNC).

EUR 1,691 Mn

   Strong progress on the Global Infrastructure Programme (GIP) and completion of the structure under the Banking Reform Act in the UK.

   The integration with the retail banking network and the enhanced offer of value-added products to its customers, drove business growth (+21%).

   Underlying attributable profit was 5% lower in euros at EUR 1,691 million, 8% higher excluding the exchange rate impact, due to greater customer revenue and lower provisions.

 

Strategy

 

Main actions carried out in the year by lines:

 

·

Focus on capturing international business flows, increasing the connectivity among the countries where the Group operates and expanding the offer of high value-added products ( Nexus, Mercados Américas , Private Debt Mobilisation, securitisations, etc.).

 

·

We continued to develop and integrate the factory of SCIB products for retail banking customers. As a result, collaboration revenue increased 21% in the year.

 

·

Progress was made on strengthening our franchises in the UK and the US, in order to accelerate their growth, by completing the structure under the Banking Reform Act in the UK, simplifying the corporate structure in the US and restructuring the Division’s risk and credit units.

 

·

We are still immersed in transforming the technological and risk infrastructures (GIP) into a simplified, scalable and digital platform.

 

·

SCIB maintained its low capital consumption business model, with a balance sheet rotation which enabled us to reduce the volume of risk-weighted assets. Also, the implementation of measures such as the Dynamic Credit Portfolio Management helped reduce net loan-loss provisions.

 

 

 

Activity

 

Main actions performed in the year by business line:

 

·

Cash management : double-digit growth in transactional business as well as in customer funds. Santander Cash Nexus was consolidated as a solid and robust solution for our customers’ regional business. We achieved a record one million transactions per month, increasing our active customer base exponentially, both in those managed by SCIB and Retail Banking.

PICTURE 44555

 

 

PICTURE 44552

 

 

 

PICTURE 44565

44

Table of Contents

·

Export finance & agency finance : Santander consolidated its leadership as one of the world’s best banks by volume of managed assets. We also worked during the year in new origination in non-core markets where this business has a high potential.

 

·

Trade & working capital solutions : strong growth year-on-year due to increased international transactions among the countries where the Group operates. We consolidated our strong position in Spain, Brazil and Mexico, while expanding our business towards new markets such as the US and Asia. This growth was backed by an enhanced product range and digitalisation through platforms intended for receivables and confirming.

 

·

Debt capital markets : Santander held its significant position in Latin America, notably placements of sovereign bonds in euros in Mexico and Chile as well as corporate issuances and financial institutions such as the Brazilian Development Bank. Of note in Europe was the boost in sustainable financing and corporate issuances.

 

·

Syndicated corporate loans : of note was the acquisition of Gemalto by Thales and Westfield by Unibail, as well as the merger between Telecom Argentina and Cablevision. Also, support for sustainable financing in restructuring the assets of Enel Green Power and the loan to Generali.

 

·

Structured financing : the Group remained the leader in Latin America and Europe. We also topped the global ranking of financial advice by number of operations.

 

·

Global Markets : activity decreased slightly. Nevertheless, positive evolution of sales continued, mainly in the corporate sector, maintaining a greater contribution from management of books in Argentina, the US and Asia.

 

 

Ranking 2018

 

Source

    

Area

    

Award / Ranking

Euromoney

 

SCIB

 

Best Investment Bank in Mexico and Chile

Latin Finance

 

SCIB

 

Best Infrastructure Bank 2017 in Mexico and Brazil

Global Finance

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Best Debt Bank Latam

Infrastructure Investor

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Latin America Bank of the year

PFI

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Bank of the Year in Europe

The Banker

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Deal of the Year – Bonds SSAs: Argentina’s USD 2.75 bn century bond

PFI

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Europe Wind Power Deal of the Year

Latin Finance

 

Global Debt Financing

 

Best Airport Financing: Grupo Aeroportuario de la Ciudad de México (GAMC) (Green Bond)

Global Capital

 

Global Markets

 

Best Liquidity Provider

Extel

 

Global Markets

 

N.1 Leading Brokerage Firm Spain & Portugal

FX

 

Global Markets

 

Best Bank

Extel

 

Global Markets

 

N.1 Country Research: Brokerage Firm Spain & Portugal

Institutional Investor

 

Global Markets

 

#1 Corporate Access (Research) in Mexico

Institutional Investor

 

Global Markets

 

#1 Latin America Research Team- sector winners: Equity Strategy, Electric Utilities, Transportation

Institutional Investor

 

Global Markets

 

#1 Equity Research in Iberian markets

TFR

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Best Trade Bank in Latin America

BCR

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Best Global Supply Chain and Receivable Finance Provider

Global Finance

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Best Trade and Supply Chain Finance Provider in Latam

GTR

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Best Trade Finance Bank in Latam

TXF

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Overall ECA Finance Deal of the Year: KNPC Clean Fuels Proyect

TXF

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Americas ECA Finance Deal of the Year: Zuma Energia – Parque Eólico Reynosa Wind Farm

TXF

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

ECA-Backed Telecoms Deal of the Year: Verizon Communications

MIGA

 

Global Transaction Banking

 

Women Leading Climate Finance

IJ Global

 

Corporate Finance

 

European M&A – HS1

The Banker

 

Corporate Finance

 

Deal of the Year – Equities: CFE’s USD 759 mn IPO

45

Table of Contents

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit of EUR 1,691 million (17% of the Groups’ total operating areas), driven by the strength and diversification of SCIB customer revenue.

 

Compared to 2017, underlying attributable profit fell 5%. Excluding the exchange rate impact, it rose 8%, as follows:

 

·

Total income grew because of the 11% rise in net interest income (good performance in the fourth quarter) and the 2% growth in net fee income.

 

·

Lower gains on financial transactions than in 2017 whose first quarter was excellent.

 

·

Higher administrative expenses and amortisations associated with transformation projects.

 

·

Net loan-loss provisions were significantly lower, mainly in Spain, the UK, Brazil and the US.

 

By segments, better results from global transactional banking and global debt financing, while income from global markets decreased.

 

 

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

 

%
excl. FX

Net interest income

 

2,461

 

2,442

 

0.8

 

11.4

Net fee income

 

1,534

 

1,621

 

(5.4)

 

2.1

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

898

 

1,207

 

(25.6)

 

(15.4)

Other operating income

 

184

 

221

 

(17.0)

 

(15.7)

Total income

 

5,077

 

5,491

 

(7.6)

 

1.7

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(2,101)

 

(2,028)

 

3.6

 

10.4

Net operating income

 

2,975

 

3,463

 

(14.1)

 

(3.7)

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(198)

 

(682)

 

(71.0)

 

(68.8)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(97)

 

(80)

 

21.2

 

32.5

Profit before tax

 

2,680

 

2,701

 

(0.8)

 

12.6

Tax on profit

 

(832)

 

(747)

 

11.5

 

28.6

Profit from continuing operations

 

1,848

 

1,954

 

(5.5)

 

6.6

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

1,848

 

1,954

 

(5.5)

 

6.6

Non-controlling interests

 

157

 

182

 

(13.8)

 

(4.7)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

1,691

 

1,772

 

(4.6)

 

7.8

 

A. Includes exchange differences.

46

Table of Contents

Wealth Management & Insurance

Asset Management, Private Banking and Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Highlights

 

 

 

 

Underlying
attributable profit

   New global business division.

   Santander Private Banking and Santander Asset Management continued strengthening their position as the reference in Spain and Latin America.

EUR 875 Mn

   Santander Private Banking, is the private banking global platform built on our strong local presence in 10 markets.

   Santander Asset Management, became the asset management priority partner for the Group banks, and a specialist in Latin American assets.

   The segment composition has been updated to present the insurance business within this segment. As a result, the figures from previous years have been recast.

   Total contribution to profit (net profit + total fee income generated) amounted to EUR 2,348 million, 11% more than the estimated for 2017.

 

Strategy

 

The Santander Wealth Management & Insurance division is the combination of three complementing businesses:

 

·

Santander Private Banking includes the private banking activity of our local banks and international private banks in order to create a single global platform and to offer our more than 170,000 Private Banking clients the Group’s products and services, in a coordinated and homogeneous manner in all the countries where Santander operates. The goal is for a local private banking customer to become a customer in all the countries where we operate.

 

·

Santander Asset Management (SAM), the international asset manager strongly rooted in Europe and Latin America. With over 45 years history and present in more than 10 countries, it is focused on creating and managing the best products (mutual funds, pension funds, institutional mandates, alternative investments, etc.) for Santander customers and third parties.

 

·

In addition, due to the change in the composition of our segments, the insurance business has been included into this segment. The aim is to be the first choice of insurance for Santander customers, reaching our full potential in all our geographies, developing a leading SME value proposition and enabling end-to-end sales and servicing of insurance products through digital channels. The figures for previous years have been restated, including the insurance business.

 

The Wealth Management & Insurance division launched in 2018 the following strategic initiatives:

 

·

Private Banking: development of a global and connected proposition, taking advantage of Santander’s presence in over 10 countries. As a result, business collaboration volumes among countries increased 19% year-on-year, to EUR 3,727 million. Moreover, the Private Wealth (UHNW – Ultra High Net Worth) segment was launched in 2018, offering a differential service to the Group’s most valued customers.

 

·

In 2018, Santander Private Banking received a record amount of awards, 64 in total. Of note were Best Private Banking in Spain by The Banker , and Best Private Banking in Latin America, Spain, Portugal, Chile, Argentina and Mexico by Euromoney . We were also recognised as the best customer service in Private Wealth, as well as the best accessible technology for bankers and customers in 4 countries and Latin America by Euromoney .

 

·

Also noteworthy, Santander became the first bank in Spain to obtain the AENOR certificate for excellence in advisory services.

 

 

 

Business performance A

EUR billion and % change in constant euros

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 68331

 

PICTURE 68332

A. Total asset marketed and/or managed in 2018 and 2017.

B.  Total adjusted for funds from private banking, customers managed by SAM.

 

 

47

Table of Contents

·

Santander Asset Management (SAM) enhanced and expanded its product range. Of note was the investment strategy followed in Spain and Latin America, with awards to the best manager of equities in Spain by Citywire , and the best fixed income fund in its class in Latin America (Latin American Corporate Bond Fund). Also, launch of investment solutions in order to adapt to the customer needs, given the current market scenario.

 

·

Moreover, SAM is the leading entity in funds management under ESG (Environmental Social and Government) criteria, notably in Spain, with the launch of the new Santander Sostenible Acciones fund, and the award to Santander Responsabilidad Solidario as the best solidarity fund.

 

Santander Wealth Management & Insurance is making progress in digital transformation, keeping pace with the rest of the Group. Tools such as Global Private Banking SPiRIT had been implemented in Mexico, Brazil and Chile and the new Virginia customer front was launched in International Private Banking. SAM started the migration of its investment platform to the most differential solution in the market: Aladdin .

 

 

Total assets under management amounted to EUR 350 billion, 5% higher than in 2017.

 

In Private Banking 27% growth in customer deposits and 13% in loans and advances to customers, driven by development of Private Wealth.

 

Results

 

Underlying attributable profit rose 10% year-on-year to EUR 875 million, up 18% excluding the exchange rate impact. By lines:

 

·

Total income rose mainly backed by higher net interest income (+19%) and net fee income (+67%), spurred by the increase in value- added volumes under management.

 

·

Higher administrative expenses and amortisations, partly because of the investment in the Private Wealth project.

 

·

The rise in total income and expenses was affected by the larger stake in Santander Asset Management.

 

 

When the total fee income generated by this business is added to net profit, the total contribution to the Group is EUR 2,348 million, 11% more than the estimated in 2017.

 

Wealth Management & Insurance

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

    

2018 

    

2017 

    

%

 

%
excl. FX

Net interest income

 

526

 

472

 

11.5

 

18.9

Net fee income

 

1,142

 

712

 

60.5

 

66.7

Gains (losses) on financial transactions A

 

132

 

37

 

257.9

 

280.4

Other operating income

 

299

 

425

 

(29.7)

 

(22.9)

Total income

 

2,099

 

1,646

 

27.6

 

35.4

Administrative expenses and amortisations

 

(873)

 

(593)

 

47.2

 

54.2

Net operating income

 

1,226

 

1,052

 

16.5

 

24.6

Net loan-loss provisions

 

(10)

 

(9)

 

13.6

 

17.5

Other gains (losses) and provisions

 

(5)

 

(10)

 

(51.8)

 

(50.6)

Profit before tax

 

1,211

 

1,033

 

17.2

 

25.4

Tax on profit

 

(284)

 

(188)

 

51.2

 

58.7

Profit from continuing operations

 

927

 

846

 

9.7

 

17.9

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

 

927

 

846

 

9.7

 

17.9

Non-controlling interests

 

53

 

50

 

5.4

 

16.3

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

875

 

796

 

9.9

 

18.0

 

A.Includes exchange differences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total profit contribution   A

EUR 2,348  Mn
+11%

A. Including net profit and total fee income generated by this business

 

 

 

 

 

48

Table of Contents

3.6 ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (APMS)

 

In addition to the financial information prepared under IFRS, this consolidated directors’ report contains financial measures that constitute alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) to comply with the guidelines on alternative performance measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority on 5 October 2015 and non-IFRS measures.

 

The financial measures contained in this report on Form 6-K that qualify as APMs and non-IFRS measures have been calculated using the financial information from Santander but are not defined or detailed in the applicable financial information framework or under IFRS and have neither been audited nor reviewed by our auditors.

 

We use these APMs and non-IFRS measures when planning, monitoring and evaluating our performance. We consider these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures to be useful metrics for management and investors to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. While we believe that these APMs and non-IFRS financial measures are useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute of IFRS measures. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

The APMs and non-IFRS measures we use in this document can be categorised as follows:

 

Underlying results

 

In addition to IFRS results measures, we present some results measures which are non-IFRS measures and which we refer to as underlying measures. These underlying measures allow in our view a better year-on-year comparability as they exclude items outside the ordinary course performance of our business which are grouped in the non-IFRS line management adjustments and are further detailed at the end of section 3.2  in Part 1 of 2018 Form 20-F.

 

In addition, the results by business areas in section 4 are presented only on an underlying basis in accordance with IFRS8. The use of this information by the Group’s Governance bodies and reconciled on an aggregate basis to our IFRS consolidated results can be found in Note 52.c to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Profitability and efficiency ratios

 

The purpose of the profitability and efficiency ratios is to measure the ratio of profit to capital, to tangible capital, to assets and to risk weighted assets, while the efficiency ratio measures how much general administrative expenses (personnel and other) and amortisation costs are needed to generate revenue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio

    

Formula

    

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

RoE
(Return on equity)

 

Attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity A   (excl. minority interests)

 

This ratio measures the return that shareholders obtain on the funds invested in the entity and as such measures the Bank’s ability to pay shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

RoTE
(Return on tangible equity)

 

Attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity A   (excl. minority interests)
- intangible assets

 

This is a very common indicator, used to evaluate the profitability of the company as a percentage of a its tangible equity. It’s measured as the return that shareholders receive as a percentage of the funds invested in the Bank less intangible assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

Average stockholders’ equity A   (excl. minority interests)
- intangible assets

 

This indicator measures the profitability of the tangible equity of a company arising from ordinary activities, i.e. excluding results from operations outside the ordinary course performance of our business

 

 

 

 

 

RoA
(Return on assets)

 

Consolidated profit

Average total assets

 

This metric, commonly used by analysts, measures the profitability of a company as a percentage of its total assets. It is an indicator that reflects the efficiency of the Bank’s total funds in generating profit over a given period.

 

 

 

 

 

RoRWA
(Return on risk weighted assets)

 

Consolidated profit

Average risk weighted assets

 

The return adjusted for risk is a derivative of the RoA metric. The difference is that RoRWA measures profit in relation to the Group’s risk weighted assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoRWA

 

Underlying consolidated profit

Average risk weighted assets

 

This relates the underlying profit (excluding management adjustments) to the Group’s risk weighted assets.

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency
(Cost-to-income)

 

Operating expenses B

Total income

 

One of the most commonly used indicators when comparing productivity of different financial entities. It measures the amount of resources used to generate the Bank’s operating income.

 

A. Stockholders’ equity = Capital and Reserves + Accumulated other comprehensive income + Attributable profit to the parent + Dividends.

B. Operating expenses = Administrative expenses + amortisations.

 

49

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability and efficiency A B

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

RoE

 

8.21%

  

7.14%

 

6.99%

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

Average stockholders' equity (excluding minority interests)

 

95,071

 

92,638

 

88,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoTE

 

11.70%

 

10.41%

 

10.38%

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

Average stockholders' equity (excluding minority interests)

 

95,071

 

92,638

 

88,744

 

(-) Average intangible assets

 

28,331

 

29,044

 

28,973

 

Average stockholders' equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

 

66,740

 

63,594

 

59,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

12.08%

 

11.82%

 

11.08%

 

Attributable profit to the parent

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

(-) Management adjustments

 

(254)

 

(897)

 

(417)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

8,064

 

7,516

 

6,621

 

Average stockholders' equity (excl. minority interests) - intangible assets

 

66,740

 

63,594

 

59,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoA

 

0.64%

 

0.58%

 

0.56%

 

Consolidated profit

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

Average total assets

 

1,442,861

 

1,407,681

 

1,337,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RoRWA

 

1.55%

 

1.35%

 

1.29%

 

Consolidated profit

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

Average risk weighted assets

 

598,741

 

606,308

 

580,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoRWA

 

1.59%

 

1.48%

 

1.36%

 

Consolidated profit

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

(-) Management adjustments

 

(231)

 

(756)

 

(406)

 

Underlying consolidated profit

 

9,546

 

8,963

 

7,892

 

Average risk weighted assets

 

598,741

 

606,308

 

580,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (Cost-to-income)

 

47.0%

 

47.4%

 

48.1%

 

Underlying operating expenses

 

22,779

 

22,918

 

21,088

 

Operating expenses

 

22,779

 

22,993

 

21,101

 

Management adjustments impact C

 

 

(75)

 

(13)

 

Underlying total income

 

48,424

 

48,392

 

43,853

 

Total income

 

48,424

 

48,355

 

44,232

 

Management adjustments impact C

 

 

37

 

(379)

 

 

A. Averages included in the RoE, RoTE, RoA and RoRWA denominators are calculated using 13 months’ (from December to December).

B. The risk weighted assets included in the denominator of the RoRWA metric are calculated in line with the criteria laid out in the CRR (Capital Requirements Regulation).

C. Following the adjustments in Note 52.c to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

%

 

Total
income

 

Operating expenses

 

 

%

 

Total
income

 

Operating expenses

 

Europe

 

52.5

 

21,257

 

11,165

 

 

52.1

 

20,062

 

10,454

 

  Spain

 

57.0

 

7,615

 

4,338

 

 

59.6

 

6,522

 

3,889

 

  Santander Consumer Finance

 

43.1

 

4,610

 

1,989

 

 

44.1

 

4,484

 

1,978

 

  United Kingdom

 

55.3

 

5,132

 

2,837

 

 

50.0

 

5,445

 

2,721

 

  Portugal

 

47.9

 

1,344

 

644

 

 

49.3

 

1,245

 

614

 

  Poland

 

43.0

 

1,488

 

640

 

 

42.6

 

1,419

 

605

 

North America

 

42.8

 

10,476

 

4,488

 

 

44.0

 

10,420

 

4,580

 

  US

 

43.4

 

6,949

 

3,019

 

 

46.0

 

6,959

 

3,198

 

  Mexico

 

41.7

 

3,527

 

1,469

 

 

39.9

 

3,460

 

1,382

 

South America

 

37.1

 

17,674

 

6,558

 

 

38.5

 

19,059

 

7,339

 

  Brazil

 

33.7

 

13,345

 

4,500

 

 

35.6

 

14,273

 

5,080

 

  Chile

 

41.3

 

2,535

 

1,047

 

 

40.6

 

2,523

 

1,025

 

  Argentina

 

62.1

 

1,209

 

751

 

 

55.5

 

1,747

 

970

 

50

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying RoTE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

%

 

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

 

Average
stockholders'
equity (excl.
minority
interests) -
intangible
assets

 

 

%

 

Underlying
attributable
profit to the
parent

 

Average
stockholders'
equity (excl.
minority
interests) -
intangible
assets

Europe

 

10.86

 

5,048

 

46,487

 

 

10.07

 

4,701

 

46,657

  Spain

 

10.42

 

1,554

 

14,918

 

 

8.06

 

1,171

 

14,527

  Santander Consumer Finance

 

15.83

 

1,293

 

8,168

 

 

16.44

 

1,254

 

7,626

  United Kingdom

 

9.35

 

1,272

 

13,606

 

 

9.41

 

1,403

 

14,903

  Portugal

 

12.02

 

479

 

3,982

 

 

11.65

 

435

 

3,737

  Poland

 

10.22

 

296

 

2,891

 

 

11.56

 

300

 

2,593

North America

 

7.62

 

1,304

 

17,127

 

 

6.71

 

1,118

 

16,666

  US

 

4.10

 

549

 

13,403

 

 

3.12

 

408

 

13,050

  Mexico

 

20.24

 

755

 

3,731

 

 

19.50

 

710

 

3,642

South America

 

18.79

 

3,451

 

18,371

 

 

17.65

 

3,587

 

20,317

  Brazil

 

19.68

 

2,592

 

13,167

 

 

16.91

 

2,544

 

15,042

  Chile

 

18.34

 

612

 

3,339

 

 

17.89

 

586

 

3,275

  Argentina

 

11.62

 

82

 

707

 

 

32.02

 

359

 

1,122

 

Credit risk indicators

 

The credit risk indicators measure the quality of the credit portfolio and the percentage of non-performing loans covered by provisions.

 

Ratio

  

Formula

  

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

NPL ratio
(Non-performing loans ratio)

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

The NPL ratio is an important variable regarding financial institutions’ activity since it gives an indication of the level of risk the entities are exposed to. It calculates risks that are, in accounting terms, declared to be non-performing as a percentage of the total outstanding amount of customer credit and contingent liabilities.

 

Total Risk A

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio

 

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

The coverage ratio is a fundamental metric in the financial sector. It reflects the level of provisions as a percentage of the non-performing assets (credit risk). Therefore it is a good indicator of the entity’s solvency against client defaults both present and future.

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Credit

 

Loan-loss provisions

over the last 12 months

 

This ratio quantifies loan-loss provisions arising from credit risk over a defined period of time for a given loan portfolio. As such, it acts as an indicator of credit quality.

 

 

 

Average loans and advances to customers

over the last 12 months

 

 

 

 

A. Total risk = Total loans & advances and guarantees to customers (performing and non-performing) + non-performing contingent liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

NPL ratio

 

3.73%

  

4.08%

  

3.93%

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

35,692

 

37,596

 

33,643

 

Total risk

 

958,153

 

920,968

 

855,510

 

 

Coverage ratio

 

67.4%

  

65.2%

  

 

73.8%

 

Provisions to cover impairment losses on loans and advances to customers, customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

24,061

 

24,529

 

24,835

 

 

Non-performing loans and advances to customers customer guarantees and customer commitments granted

 

35,692

 

37,596

 

 

33,643

 

 

Cost of credit

 

1.00%

  

1.07%

  

 

1.18%

 

Net loan-loss provisions over the last 12 months

 

8,873

 

9,111

 

9,518

 

Average loans and advances to customers over the last 12 months

 

887,028

 

853,479

 

806,595

 

 

51

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPL ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

%

 

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees and customer
commitments

granted

 

Total risk

 

 

%

 

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments

granted

 

Total risk

Europe

 

3.67

 

25,287

 

688,810

 

 

4.16

 

27,964

 

671,776

  Spain

 

7.32

 

16,651

 

227,401

 

 

7.70

 

18,270

 

237,327

  Santander Consumer Finance

 

2.29

 

2,244

 

97,922

 

 

2.50

 

2,319

 

92,589

  United Kingdom

 

1.08

 

2,739

 

252,919

 

 

1.32

 

3,210

 

242,999

  Portugal

 

5.94

 

2,279

 

38,340

 

 

7.51

 

2,959

 

39,394

  Poland

 

4.28

 

1,317

 

30,783

 

 

4.57

 

1,114

 

24,391

North America

 

2.79

 

3,510

 

125,916

 

 

2.77

 

2,935

 

106,129

  US

 

2.92

 

2,688

 

92,152

 

 

2.79

 

2,156

 

77,190

  Mexico

 

2.43

 

822

 

33,764

 

 

2.69

 

779

 

28,939

South America

 

4.81

 

6,639

 

138,134

 

 

4.82

 

6,685

 

138,577

  Brazil

 

5.25

 

4,418

 

84,212

 

 

5.29

 

4,391

 

83,076

  Chile

 

4.66

 

1,925

 

41,268

 

 

4.96

 

2,004

 

40,406

  Argentina

 

3.17

 

179

 

5,631

 

 

2.50

 

202

 

8,085

 

Coverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

%

 

Provisions
to cover
impairment
losses on
loans and
advances to
customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments

granted

 

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to customers
customer
guarantees
and customer commitments

granted

 

 

%

 

Provisions
to cover
impairment
losses on
loans and
advances to
customers,
customer
guarantees
and customer commitments

granted

 

Non-
performing
loans and
advances to
customers
customer
guarantees
and customer
commitments

granted

Europe

 

50.1

 

12,659

 

25,287

 

 

51.7

 

14,470

 

27,964

  Spain

 

43.7

 

7,279

 

16,651

 

 

46.1

 

8,423

 

18,270

  Santander Consumer Finance

 

106.4

 

2,387

 

2,244

 

 

101.4

 

2,352

 

2,319

  United Kingdom

 

32.9

 

902

 

2,739

 

 

32.3

 

1,037

 

3,210

  Portugal

 

50.5

 

1,151

 

2,279

 

 

62.1

 

1,838

 

2,959

  Poland

 

67.1

 

883

 

1,317

 

 

68.2

 

760

 

1,114

North America

 

137.4

 

4,822

 

3,510

 

 

150.9

 

4,428

 

2,935

  US

 

142.8

 

3,838

 

2,688

 

 

170.2

 

3,668

 

2,156

  Mexico

 

119.7

 

984

 

822

 

 

97.5

 

760

 

779

South America

 

94.6

 

6,278

 

6,639

 

 

83.5

 

5,585

 

6,685

  Brazil

 

106.9

 

4,724

 

4,418

 

 

92.6

 

4,066

 

4,391

  Chile

 

60.6

 

1,166

 

1,925

 

 

58.2

 

1,167

 

2,004

  Argentina

 

135.0

 

241

 

179

 

 

100.1

 

202

 

202

 

52

Table of Contents

Other indicators

 

The market capitalisation indicator provides information on the volume of tangible equity per share. The loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD) identifies the relationship between net customer loans and advances and customer deposits, assessing the proportion of loans and advances granted by the Group that are funded by customer deposits. The Group also uses gross customer loan magnitudes excluding reverse repurchase agreements (repos) and customer deposits excluding repos. In order to analyse the evolution of the traditional commercial banking business of granting loans and capturing deposits, repos and reverse repos are excluded, as they are mainly treasury business products and highly volatile.

 

Ratio

  

Formula

  

Relevance of the metric

 

 

 

 

 

TNAV per share
(Tangible net asset value per share)

 

Tangible book value A

 

This is a very commonly used ratio used to measure the company’s accounting value per share having deducted the intangible assets. It is useful in evaluating the amount each shareholder would receive if the company were to enter into liquidation and had to sell all the company’s tangible assets.

 

Number of shares excluding treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price / tangible book
value per share (X)

 

Share price

 

Is one of the most commonly used ratios by market participants for the valuation of listed companies both in absolute terms and relative to other entities. This ratio measures the relationship between the price paid for a company and its accounting equity value.

 

TNAV per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

LtD
(Loan-to-deposit)

 

Net loans and advances to customers

 

This is an indicator of the Bank’s liquidity. It measures the total (net) loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer funds.

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances (excl. reverse repos)

 

Gross loans and advances to customers excluding

 

In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, reverse repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.

 

reverse repos

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (excl. repos)

 

Customer deposits excluding repos

 

In order to aid analysis of the commercial banking activity, repos are excluded as they are highly volatile treasury products.

 

 

 

 

 

PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in Wealth Management)

 

Net profit + Fees paid from Santander Asset
Management to Santander, net of taxes, excluding Private Banking customers

 

Metric to assess Wealth Management’s total contribution to Group’s profits

 

A.  Tangible book value = Stockholders’ equity - intangible assets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other indicators

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

 

4.19

 

4.15

 

4.15

 

Tangible book value

 

67,912

 

66,985

 

61,517

 

Number of shares excl. treasury stock A (million)

 

16,224

 

16,132

 

14,825

 

Price / tangible book value per share (X)

 

0.95

 

1.32

 

1.16

 

Share price (euros) A

 

3.973

 

5.479

 

4.797

 

TNAV (tangible book value) per share

 

4.19

 

4.15

 

4.15

 

Loan-to-deposit ratio

 

113

%  

109

%  

114

%

Net loans and advances to customers

 

882,921

 

848,914

 

790,470

 

Customer deposits

 

780,496

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

PAT + After tax fees paid to SAN (in Wealth Management) (Constant EUR million)

 

1,015

 

902

 

n.a.

 

Profit after taxes

 

563

 

476

 

n.a.

 

Net fee income net of tax

 

452

 

426

 

n.a.

 

 

A.  2016 data adjusted for the capital increase in July 2017, to enable like-on-like comparisons with 2017 and 2018 data.

53

Table of Contents

Impact of exchange rate movements on profit and loss accounts

 

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the real changes in the income statement as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect, as it considers the latter facilitates analysis, since it enables businesses movements to be identified without taking into account the impact of converting each local currency into euros.

 

Said variations, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, are calculated by converting P&L lines for the different business units comprising the Group into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the average exchange rate for 2018 to all periods contemplated in the analysis. The average exchange rates for the main currencies in which the Group operates are set out on section Economic, regulatory and competitive context in Part 1 of 2018 Form 20-F.

 

Impact of exchange rate movements on the balance sheet

 

The Group presents, at both the Group level as well as the business unit level, the real changes in the balance sheet as well as the changes excluding the exchange rate effect for loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds (which comprise deposits and mutual funds) excluding repos. As with the income statement, the reason is to facilitate analysis by isolating the changes in the balance sheet that are not caused by converting each local currency into euros.

 

These changes excluding the impact of exchange rate movements are calculated by converting loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos and customer funds excluding repos, into our presentation currency, the euro, applying the closing exchange rate on the last working day of 2018 to all periods contemplated in the analysis. The end-of-period exchange rates for the main currencies in which the Group operates are set out on section Economic, regulatory and competitive context in Part 1 of 2018 Form 20-F.

 

 

 

 

54

Table of Contents

3.7 SUPPLEMENT TO THE OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW DISCLOSURE

This section supplements the “Consolidated Directors’ Report —Economic and Financial Review” in Part 1 of the 2018 Form 20-F in order to give information on the variations of the results for 2017 as compared to 2016. You should read this information in connection with, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements included in Exhibit 99.2 of this 6-K.

 

Consolidated income statement. Variations 2017 compared to 2016 by primary segments

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

13,529
12,502
8.2
10.6

Net fee income

5,163
4,523
14.2
15.5

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

907
1,134
(20.0)
(19.0)

Other operating income

463
383
20.8
22.1

Total income

20,062
18,541
8.2
10.2

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(10,454)
(9,703)
7.7
9.7

Net operating income

9,608
8,838
8.7
10.8

Net loan-loss provisions

(1,313)
(1,431)
(8.2)
(8.2)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(1,206)
(973)
24.0
26.7

Profit before tax

7,088
6,434
10.2
12.7

Tax on profit

(1,979)
(1,815)
9.1
11.8

Profit from continuing operations

5,108
4,619
10.6
13.1

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

5,108
4,619
10.6
13.1

Non-controlling interests

408
365
11.6
11.3

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

4,701
4,253
10.5
13.2

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 4,701 million, a 11% increase compared to 2016.

This increase was affected by the acquisition of Banco Popular.

The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to Europe from 7 June 2017 to 31 December 2017 were as follows: net interest income EUR 963 million, net fee income EUR 284 million, total income EUR 1,263 million, administrative expenses and amortisations EUR 847 million, net loan-loss provisions EUR 114 million and underlying attributable profit to the parent EUR 249 million.

Excluding the exchange rate impact, underlying attributable profit to the parent grew 13%, as follows:

Total income increased 10%. Net interest income rose 11%, mainly due to the contribution of Banco Popular. Net fee income increased 16% due to the contribution of Banco Popular and enhanced customer loyalty.

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 10% mainly due to the contribution of Banco Popular. Excluding Banco Popular, administrative expenses rose 1% after absorbing the costs associated with the launch of Openbank and the integration of the company managing point-of-sale terminals in Spain.

Net loan-loss provisions decreased 8%, mainly due to improved credit quality.

Underlying profit to the parent of the main units of Europe was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Spain

1,171
730
60.5
60.5

Santander Consumer Finance

1,254
1,093
14.7
14.6

United Kingdom

1,403
1,611
(12.9)
(6.6)

Portugal

435
399
9.1
9.1

Poland

300
272
10.4
7.7

Other

137
149
(7.5)
(7.0)

Europe

4,701
4,253
10.5
13.2

 

55

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

8,170
8,302
(1.6)
0.6

Net fee income

1,720
1,813
(5.1)
(2.8)

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

159
171
(7.2)
(4.4)

Other operating income

370
449
(17.5)
(16.1)

Total income

10,420
10,735
(2.9)
(0.7)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(4,580)
(4,473)
2.4
4.7

Net operating income

5,840
6,262
(6.7)
(4.6)

Net loan-loss provisions

(3,685)
(4,010)
(8.1)
(6.1)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(129)
(149)
(13.6)
(11.8)

Profit before tax

2,026
2,103
(3.6)
(1.2)

Tax on profit

(486)
(602)
(19.3)
(17.3)

Profit from continuing operations

1,540
1,501
2.6
5.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

1,540
1,501
2.6
5.3

Non-controlling interests

422
477
(11.5)
(9.3)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

1,118
1,024
9.2
12.1

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 1,118 million and increased 9% compared to 2016. Excluding the exchange rate impact increased 12%, as follows:

Total income   decreased 1%, with decreases in the US and increases in Mexico. In the US, due to lower net interest income from Santander Consumer USA, impacted by the change in business mix towards a lower risk profile and higher funding costs. On the other hand, Santander Bank recorded higher gross income, backed by the increase in official interest rates and lower funding costs following balance sheet optimisation. Mexico increased mainly due to the rise in net interest income, driven by growth in loans and the continued growth in deposits, together with higher interest rates. 

Net fee income decreased 3%, due to the reduction registered in the US, as Mexico increased.

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 5%, as a result of the investments made both in the US and in Mexico.

Net loan-loss provisions decreased 6% driven by the change in the portfolio mix and lower volumes at Santander Consumer USA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

United States

408
395
3.2
5.2

Mexico

710
629
12.9
16.5

North America

1,118
1,024
9.2
12.1

56

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

South America

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

13,383
10,961
22.1
16.8

Net fee income

4,744
3,869
22.6
18.1

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

863
657
31.3
31.7

Other operating income

69
74
(7.5)
(12.8)

Total income

19,059
15,562
22.5
17.6

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(7,339)
(6,417)
14.4
10.4

Net operating income

11,720
9,145
28.2
22.7

Net loan-loss provisions

(4,067)
(4,079)
(0.3)
(5.4)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(1,290)
(755)
70.8
61.5

Profit before tax

6,363
4,310
47.6
42.8

Tax on profit

(2,156)
(1,116)
93.3
86.9

Profit from continuing operations

4,207
3,195
31.7
27.4

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

4,207
3,195
31.7
27.4

Non-controlling interests

620
438
41.6
35.8

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

3,587
2,757
30.1
26.1

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 3,587 million, a 30% increase compared to 2016. Excluding the exchange rate impact it rose 26%, as follows:

Total income increased 18%, driven by net interest income (+17%) and net fee income (+18%), backed by enhanced customer loyalty, larger volumes and good management of spreads, as well as a significant decrease of the Selic rate in Brazil.

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 10%, mainly due to the investments made in operating systems and digital infrastructure. The growth was moderate compared to inflation rates.

Net loan-loss provisions decreased 5%, due to improved credit quality.

Other gains (losses) and provisions negative impact increased 62% mainly due to higher provisions for labour and civil contingencies in Brazil.

Underlying profit to the parent of the main units of South America was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

South America

 

 

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Brazil

2,544
1,786
42.5
33.7

Chile

586
513
14.1
11.7

Argentina

359
359
0.0
13.8

Other

97
99
(1.1)
(3.7)

South America

3,587
2,757
30.1
26.1

 

57

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Santander Global Platform

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

Net interest income

64
64
0.5

Net fee income

7
6
12.7

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

0
2
(80.6)

Other operating income

(11)
(7)
65.3

Total income

60
65
(7.2)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(68)
(43)
57.9

Net operating income

(7)
22

Net loan-loss provisions

0
0
(95.3)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(6)
(7)
(9.2)

Profit before tax

(14)
15

Tax on profit

2
(6)

Profit from continuing operations

(11)
10

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

(11)
10

Non-controlling interests

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(11)
10

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

 

Underlying attributable loss to the parent in 2017 was EUR 11 million, compared to a profit of  EUR 10 million in 2016.

This loss is mainly due to the increase registered in administrative expenses and amortisations, from EUR 43 million in 2016 to EUR 68 million in 2017, reflecting the investments made in digitalisation projects.  

58

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Centre

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

Net interest income

(851)
(739)
15.1

Net fee income

(38)
(31)
21.1

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

(227)
(242)
(6.1)

Other operating income

(94)
(37)
153.0

Total income

(1,209)
(1,049)
15.2

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(478)
(452)
5.7

Net operating income

(1,687)
(1,501)
12.4

Net loan-loss provisions

(45)
3

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(181)
(75)
140.4

Profit before tax

(1,913)
(1,574)
21.5

Tax on profit

32
142
(77.3)

Profit from continuing operations

(1,881)
(1,432)
31.3

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

(1,881)
(1,431)
31.4

Non-controlling interests

(3)
(9)
(67.3)

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(1,878)
(1,423)
32.0

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

 

Underlying attributable loss to the parent from the Corporate Centre in 2017 was EUR - 1,878 million, a 32% increase compared to 2016 (EUR -1,423 million).

Total income of EUR -1,209 million, up from EUR -1,049 million in 2016. It was impacted by the costs stemming from the centralised management of the exchange rate risk and liquidity management.

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased from EUR 452 million in 2016 to EUR 478 million in 2017, in part due to the roll-out of global projects.

Other gains (losses) and provisions recorded a negative impact of EUR -181 million, up from EUR -75 million in 2016. This item includes provisions at the Group level. The most notable ones in 2017 were for intangible assets, the cost of the government’s guarantee on deferred tax assets, as well as other provisions of a varied nature (pensions, litigation, supervisors, etc.) and equity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

Table of Contents

Consolidated income statement. Variations 2017 compared to 2016 by secondary segments

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

32,169
28,792
11.7
11.6

Net fee income

9,295
8,213
13.2
12.5

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

685
660
3.9
6.8

Other operating income

255
242
5.5
13.2

Total income

42,404
37,906
11.9
11.7

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(19,751)
(18,158)
8.8
9.0

Net operating income

22,652
19,748
14.7
14.3

Net loan-loss provisions

(8,374)
(8,841)
(5.3)
(6.4)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(2,535)
(1,788)
41.8
40.2

Profit before tax

11,743
9,119
28.8
29.6

Tax on profit

(3,687)
(2,568)
43.6
44.6

Profit from continuing operations

8,055
6,551
23.0
23.7

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

8,055
6,551
23.0
23.7

Non-controlling interests

1,218
1,073
13.5
13.3

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

6,837
5,478
24.8
25.8

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 6,837 million, a 25% increase compared to 2016. The results were not significantly affected by the impact of exchange rates.

This increase was affected by the acquisition of Banco Popular.

The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to Retail Banking for the period from 7 June 2017 to 31 December 2017 are the following: net interest income of EUR 1,003 million, net fee income EUR 288 million, total income EUR 1,309 million, administrative expenses and amortisations EUR -873 million, loan-loss provisions EUR -114 million and profit attributable to the parent EUR 263 million.

Total income increased 12%, mainly due to net interest income (+12%), driven by the contribution of Banco Popular and Brazil.

Net fee income rose 13% driven by the performance of Brazil and Spain (including Banco Popular), backed by higher volumes and enhanced customer loyalty.

Administrative expenses and amortisation increased 9%, in line with the pace of business growth, impacted by the acquisition of Banco Popular and ongoing investments in the various units.

Net loan-loss provisions decreased 5% mainly due to improved credit quality.

Other gains (losses) and provisions negative impact increased 42% partly due to increased provisions for labour and civil contingencies in Brazil.

60

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB)

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

2,442
2,517
(3.0)
(3.6)

Net fee income

1,621
1,404
15.5
15.2

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

1,207
1,248
(3.2)
(3.0)

Other operating income

221
305
(27.4)
(28.8)

Total income

5,491
5,474
0.3
(0.1)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(2,028)
(1,917)
5.8
6.4

Net operating income

3,463
3,557
(2.6)
(3.5)

Net loan-loss provisions

(682)
(658)
3.6
(0.3)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(80)
(83)
(3.9)
(3.7)

Profit before tax

2,701
2,815
(4.1)
(4.3)

Tax on profit

(747)
(782)
(4.5)
(4.4)

Profit from continuing operations

1,954
2,034
(3.9)
(4.3)

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

1,954
2,034
(3.9)
(4.3)

Non-controlling interests

182
174
4.7
1.7

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

1,772
1,860
(4.7)
(4.9)

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 1,772 million, a decrease of 5% compared to 2016. The results were not significantly affected by the impact of exchange rates.

Total income was relatively flat with higher net fee income mainly generated by Corporate Finance and Global Transaction Banking offsetting lower net interest income and other operating income.

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 6% and net loan-loss provisions 4%.

 

61

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management & Insurance

 

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

%                 excl. FX

Net interest income

472
455
3.7
4.8

Net fee income

712
588
21.0
21.6

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

37
55
(33.7)
(33.6)

Other operating income

425
359
18.3
17.3

Total income

1,646
1,458
12.9
13.2

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(593)
(518)
14.6
15.2

Net operating income

1,052
940
11.9
12.1

Net loan-loss provisions

(9)
(22)
(57.8)
(57.9)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(10)
(6)
78.5
77.8

Profit before tax

1,033
913
13.2
13.4

Tax on profit

(188)
(183)
2.6
3.6

Profit from continuing operations

846
730
15.8
15.9

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

846
730
15.8
15.9

Non-controlling interests

50
33
50.7
44.8

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

796
697
14.2
14.4

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

 

Underlying attributable profit to the parent in 2017 was EUR 796 million, with growth of 14% compared to 2016. The results were not significantly affected by the impact of exchange rates.

Total income was 13% higher, driven by the performance registered in net fee income (+21%) and the increase in other operating income (+18%).

Administrative expenses and amortisations increased 15%.

Net loan-loss provisions (EUR 9 million) is not a significant element of the business.

62

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Santander Global Platform

 

 

 

EUR million

 

 

 

Underlying income statement

2017
2016

%

Net interest income

64
64
0.5

Net fee income

7
6
12.7

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (A)

0
2
(80.6)

Other operating income

(11)
(7)
65.3

Total income

60
65
(7.2)

Administrative expenses and amortisations

(68)
(43)
57.9

Net operating income

(7)
22

Net loan-loss provisions

0
0
(95.3)

Other gains (losses) and provisions

(6)
(7)
(9.2)

Profit before tax

(14)
15

Tax on profit

2
(6)

Profit from continuing operations

(11)
10

Net profit from discontinued operations

Consolidated profit

(11)
10

Non-controlling interests

Underlying attributable profit to the parent

(11)
10

(A) Includes exchange differences (net)

 

Underlying attributable loss to the parent in 2017 was EUR 11 million, compared to a profit of  EUR 10 million in 2016.

This loss is mainly due to the increase registered in administrative expenses and amortisations, from EUR 43 million in 2016 to EUR 68 million in 2017, reflecting the investments made in digitalisation projects.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

Table of Contents

4 .    OTHER GEOGRAPHICAL AND BUSINESS SEGMENT DISCLOSURES

 

4.1 CREDIT RISK .  KEY METRICS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT

 

2018 general performance

 

Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group operates: Europe (72%), North America (13%) and South America (14%) with an adequate balance between mature and emerging markets.

The evolution up to December 2018, credit risk with customers increased by 4% vs. 2017, considering the same perimeter, mainly due to the United States, United Kingdom, and Mexico. Growth in local currency was generalised across all units with the exception of Spain and Portugal.

These levels of lending, together with lower non-performing loans (NPLs) of EUR 35,692 million (-5.1% vs. 2017) reduced the Group’s NPL ratio to 3.73% (-35 bp against 2017).

In order to cover potential losses arising from these NPLs, in accordance with the new provision calculation in accordance with IFRS9, the Group recorded allowances for loan loss of EUR 8,873 million (-2.6% vs. December 2017), after deducting post write-off recoveries. This decrease is materialised in a reduction of the cost of credit to 1.00% (7 bp less than the previous year).

Total loan-loss allowances were EUR 24,061 million, bringing the Group’s coverage ratio to 67%, taking into consideration that 62% of the Group net customer loans are secured. It is important to bear in mind that the coverage ratio is affected downwards by the weight of mortgage portfolios (particularly in the UK and Spain), as lower provisions are required due to the existing collateral, which mitigates potential losses.

64

Table of Contents

The tables below show the main metrics performance related to credit risk derived from our activity with customers:

 

Main credit risk performance metrics from our activity with customers

Dec. 2018 data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk with customers A (EUR million)

 

Non-performing loans
(EUR million)

 

NPL ratio
(%)

 

2018
2017
2016

 

2018
2017
2016

 

2018
2017

2016

Europe

688,810
671,776
586,706

 

25,287
27,964
23,216

 

3.67
4.16
3.96

Spain

227,401
237,327
162,431

 

16,651
18,270
13,281

 

7.32
7.70
8.18

UK

252,919
242,999
251,654

 

2,739
3,210
3,497

 

1.08
1.32
1.39

SCF

97,922
92,589
88,061

 

2,244
2,319
2,357

 

2.29
2.50
2.68

Portugal

38,340
39,394
30,540

 

2,279
2,959
2,691

 

5.94
7.51
8.81

Poland

30,783
24,391
21,902

 

1,317
1,114
1,187

 

4.28
4.57
5.42

North America

125,916
106,129
121,391

 

3,510
2,935
2,907

 

2.79
2.77
2.39

US

92,152
77,190
91,709

 

2,688
2,156
2,088

 

2.92
2.79
2.28

SBNA

51,049
44,237
54,040

 

450
536
717

 

0.88
1.21
1.33

SC USA

26,424
24,079
28,590

 

2,043
1,410
1,097

 

7.73
5.86
3.84

Mexico

33,764
28,939
29,682

 

822
779
819

 

2.43
2.69
2.76

South America

138,134
138,577
143,468

 

6,639
6,685
7,514

 

4.81
4.82
5.24

Brazil

84,212
83,076
89,572

 

4,418
4,391
5,286

 

5.25
5.29
5.90

Chile

41,268
40,406
40,864

 

1,925
2,004
2,064

 

4.66
4.96
5.05

Argentina

5,631
8,085
7,318

 

179
202
109

 

3.17
2.50
1.49

Total Group

958,153
920,968
855,510

 

35,692
37,596
33,643

 

3.73
4.08
3.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio
(%)

 

Net ASR B provisions
(EUR million)

 

Cost of credit
(% risk)
C

 

2018
2017
2016

 

2018
2017
2016

 

2018
2017
2016

Europe

50.1
51.7
55.8

 

1,572
1,313
1,409

 

0.24
0.22
0.25

Spain

43.7
46.1
50.6

 

789
691
751

 

0.38
0.37

0.51 

UK

32.9
32.3
33.0

 

171
209
73

 

0.07
0.09

0.03 

SCF

106.4
101.4
109.1

 

360
266
387

 

0.38
0.30

0.47 

Portugal

50.5
62.1
63.7

 

32
12
54

 

0.09
0.04

0.18 

Poland

67.1
68.2
61.0

 

161
137
145

 

0.65
0.62

0.70 

North America

137.4
150.9
183.2

 

3,449
3,685
4,010

 

3.12
3.35

3.44 

US

142.8
170.2
214.4

 

2,618
2,780
3,179

 

3.27
3.42

3.65 

SBNA

122.1
102.2
99.6

 

108
116
120

 

0.24
0.25

0.23 

SC USA

154.6
212.9
328.0

 

2,501
2,590
2,963

 

10.01
9.84

10.62 

Mexico

119.7
97.5
103.8

 

830
905
832

 

2.75
3.08

2.86 

South America

94.6
83.5
85.5

 

3,736
4,067
4,079

 

2.99
3.16

3.50 

Brazil

106.9
92.6
93.1

 

2,963
3,395
3,377

 

4.06
4.36

4.89 

Chile

60.6
58.2
59.1

 

473
462
514

 

1.19
1.21

1.43 

Argentina

135.0
100.1
142.3

 

231
159
107

 

3.45
1.85

1.72 

Total Group

67.4
65.2
73.8

 

8,873
9,111
9,518

 

1.00
1.07
1.18

 

A. Includes gross loans and advances to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.

B. Recovered write-off assets (EUR 1,558 million).

C. Cost of credit = loan-loss provisions twelve months/average lending.

65

Table of Contents

 

Geographical distribution and segmentation

The Group’s risk function is organised on the basis of three types of customers:

·

Individuals: includes all individuals, except those with a business activity. This segment is, in turn, divided into sub-segments by income levels, which enables risk management by customer type.

Mortgages to individuals represent approximately 36% of the Group net customer loans. These mortgages are focused in Spain and the UK, and are mainly residential mortgages with a low risk profile, low non-performing ratios and an appropriate coverage ratio. This low risk profile produces low related losses.

·

SMEs, commercial banking and institutions: includes companies and individuals with business activity. It also includes public sector activities in general and private sector non-profit entities.

·

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB): consists of corporate customers, financial institutions and sovereigns, comprising a closed list that is revised annually. This list is determined based on a full analysis of the company (business type, level of geographic diversification, product types, volume of revenues it represents for the Group, etc.).

The following chart shows the distribution of credit risk on the basis of its management model (includes gross loans and advances to customers, guarantees and documentary credits):

PICTURE 69218

66

Table of Contents

Taking into consideration the aforementioned segmentation, the geographical distribution and situation of the portfolios is shown in the following charts:

EUR million

Total

IMAGEN 25

 

 

Individuals

IMAGEN 29

 

 

SMEs, Commercial Banking and Institutions

IMAGEN 30

 

SCIB

IMAGEN 31

 

A. Proxies applied for 2017 data.

 

67

Table of Contents

The key figures by geographical area are commented below:

·

Europe

·

In Spain 1 , the NPL ratio dropped to 7.32% (-38 bp compared to 2017), due mainly to the better performance of the portfolio, the normalisation of several restructured positions and portfolio sales.

·

United Kingdom reduced its NPL ratio, standing at 1.08% (-24 bp in the year) due to the good performance of all segments in general, as well as the single names management in the Corporates portfolio. The coverage ratio remained stable at 32.9%, thanks to the significant proportion of secured loans with real guarantees.

·

In Santander Consumer the NPL ratio was 2.29% (-21 bp in the year), due to good overall performance of the portfolios in general, across all its geographies.

·

In Portugal , recoveries and distressed portfolio sales allowed for the reduction of the non-performing loans, placing the NPL ratio at 5.94% (-157 bp vs. 2017).

·

In Poland , the downward trend of the NPL ratio continued, placing it at 4.28% (-29 bp vs. 2017), thanks to a proactive management of the non-performing portfolio through portfolio sales, as well as the incorporation of the new retail portfolio from Deutsche Bank.

·

North America:

·

In the United States the NPL ratio stood at 2.92% (+13% in the year) with the coverage ratio remaining at high levels, at 143%.

o

At Santander Bank N.A. the NPL ratio was 0.88% (-33 bp in the year), due to the proactive management of certain exposures, the favourable evolution of the macroeconomic environment, is reflected in the credit risk profile improvement of the corporates portfolio and the good performance of the individual portfolio.

o

In SC USA the NPL ratio was 7.73%, mainly due to the maturity of those loans that were forborne in 2017 which included the support to customers affected by hurricane season.

·

In Mexico the NPL ratio fell to 2.43% (-26 bp in the year), mainly due to the normalisation of the Individuals segment performance.

·

South America:

·

Brazil , thanks to the robustness of its risk management model, as well as the proactive policies applied in the retail portfolios, the NPL ratio decreased to 5.25% (-4 bp compared to the end of 2017). The coverage ratio was 107% (+14 pp in the year), due to the implementation of IFRS9.

·

Chile reduced its NPL ratio to 4.66% (-30 bp in the year) thanks to the good performance in non-performing loans, mainly in individuals, together with a significant growth in exposure that benefited from the country’s favourable macroeconomic situation reflected in the main macro indicators.

·

In Argentina the NPL ratio increased up to 3.17% (+67 bp in the year) due to the difficult economic situation of the country, which is affecting especially the Individuals segment. An action plan is already in place bearing positive results. The coverage ratio improves to 135% due to provisions increases made in certain economic groups as a preventive measure against the country´s macroeconomic deterioration.

Amounts past due (performing loans)

Amounts past due by three months or less represented 0.34% of total credit risk with customers. The following table shows the structure at 31 December 2018, classified on the basis of the first maturity:

Amounts past due. Maturity detail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR million

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

 

 

Less than
1 month

 

1 to 2
months

 

2 to 3
months

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

 

14 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,023 

 

629 

 

617 

 

Public administrations

 

 

 

 

Other private sector

 

2,018 

 

629 

 

617 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

2,037 

 

630 

 

617 

 

 

Impairment of financial assets

The main change in determining the financial assets hedge due to their impairment is that the new accounting standard, IFRS9, introduces the concept of expected loss compared to the previous model of incurred loss.

 


1  Includes the real estate activity.

68

Table of Contents

The IFRS9 impairment model applies to financial assets valued at amortised cost, debt instruments valued at fair value with changes reported in other comprehensive income, lease receivables, and commitments and guarantees given not valued at fair value.

The portfolio of financial instruments subject to IFRS9 is divided into three categories, or stages, depending on the status of each instrument in relation to its level of credit risk.

·

Stage 1: financial instruments for which no significant increase in risk is identified since its initial recognition. In this case, the impairment provision reflects expected credit losses arising from defaults over the following twelve months from the reporting date.

·

Stage 2: if there has been a significant increase in risk since the date of initial recognition but the impairment event has not materialised, the financial instrument is classified as Stage 2. In this case, the impairment provision reflects the expected losses from defaults over the residual life of the financial instrument.

·

Stage 3: a financial instrument is catalogued in this stage when it shows effective signs of impairment as a result of one or more events that have already occurred resulting in a loss. In this case, the amount of the impairment provision reflects the expected losses for credit risk over the expected residual life of the financial instrument.

The following table shows the credit risk exposure by each of these stages exposure by geography:

 

Exposure by stage and by geography

EUR million

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total A

Europe

616,758
33,836
25,521
676,115

Spain

189,165
12,632
16,651
218,448

UK

234,432
12,958
2,739
250,130

SCF

90,878
4,715
2,241
97,833

Portugal

34,086
1,974
2,279
38,340

Poland

28,187
1,060
1,312
30,559

North America

105,091
11,111
3,506
119,708

US

73,719
9,927
2,684
86,330

SBNA

47,394
3,021
450
50,866

SC USA

17,903
6,470
2,043
26,417

Mexico

31,371
1,184
822
33,378

South America

123,015
8,338
6,639
137,992

Brazil

74,184
5,472
4,418
84,074

Chile

37,085
2,259
1,925
41,268

Argentina

5,072
381
179
5,631

Total Group

845,200
53,285
35,670
934,155

 

A. Excluding EUR 23,998 million from balance not subject to impairment accounting.

 

 

 

69

Table of Contents

 

 

4.2 EMPLOYEES

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Retail Banking

    

187,758

 

188,451

 

175,632

Wealth Management & Insurance

 

4,034

 

3,493

 

3,092

Santander Corporate & Investment Banking (SCIB)

 

8,734

 

8,194

 

8,032

Santander Global Platform

 

487

 

378

 

0

Corporate Centre

 

1,700

 

1,735

 

1,736

Total

 

202,713

 

202,251

 

188,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

Table of Contents

 

Exhibit 99.2

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to Financial Statements

 

 

 

Page

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.  

  2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

   4 

Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

   6 

Consolidated Statements of Recognized Income and Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

   7 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

   8 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

    11 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

    12 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A.:

 

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of recognised income and expense, statements of changes in total equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

 

Change in Accounting Principle

 

As discussed in Note 1.b. to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for financial instruments in 2018.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (not presented herein) appearing under Item 15 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

   

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of

2

 

 

management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

 

 

 

 

Madrid, Spain

 

March 25, 2019, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the effects of the change in composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 52 as to which the date is July 8, 2019

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS (*)

    

    

Note

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

CASH, CASH BALANCES AT CENTRAL BANKS AND OTHER DEPOSITS ON DEMAND

 

 

 

 

113,663

 

110,995

 

76,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

 

 

92,879

 

125,458

 

148,187

Derivatives

 

 

9 and 11 

 

55,939

 

57,243

 

72,043

Equity instruments

 

 

 

8,938

 

21,353

 

14,497

Debt instruments

 

 

 

27,800

 

36,351

 

48,922

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

202

 

10,511

 

12,725

Central banks

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 

 

 —

 

1,696

 

3,221

Customers

 

 

10 

 

202

 

8,815

 

9,504

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

23,495

 

50,891

 

38,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-TRADING FINANCIAL ASSETS MANDATORILY AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

 

10,730

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

 

8

 

3,260

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

7

 

5,587

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

1,883

 

 —

 

 —

Central banks

 

 

6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 

6

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

 

10

 

1,881

 

 —

 

 —

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

 

57,460

 

34,782

 

31,609

Equity instruments

 

 

 

 —

 

933

 

546

Debt instruments

 

 

 

3,222

 

3,485

 

3,398

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

54,238

 

30,364

 

27,665

Central banks

 

 

 

9,226

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 

 

23,097

 

9,889

 

10,069

Customers

 

 

10 

 

21,915

 

20,475

 

17,596

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

6,477

 

5,766

 

2,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

121,091

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

 

8

 

2,671

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

7

 

116,819

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

1,601

 

 —

 

 —

Central banks

 

 

6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 

6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

 

10

 

1,601

 

 —

 

 —

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

35,558

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

 

 

 

 

 —

 

133,271

 

116,774

Equity instruments

 

 

 

 —

 

4,790

 

5,487

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 —

 

128,481

 

111,287

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

 —

 

43,079

 

23,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST

 

 

 

 

946,099

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

7

 

37,696

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

908,403

 

 —

 

 —

Central banks

 

 

6

 

15,601

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

 

6

 

35,480

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

 

10

 

857,322

 

 —

 

 —

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

18,271

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

 

 —

 

903,013

 

840,004

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 —

 

17,543

 

13,237

Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 —

 

885,470

 

826,767

Central banks

 

 

 

 —

 

26,278

 

27,973

Credit institutions

 

 

 

 —

 

39,567

 

35,424

Customers

 

 

10 

 

 —

 

819,625

 

763,370

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

 —

 

8,147

 

7,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS HELD-TO-MATURITY

 

 

7

 

 —

 

13,491

 

14,468

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

 

 —

 

6,996

 

2,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

 

36

 

8,607

 

8,537

 

10,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RISK

 

 

36

 

1,088

 

1,287

 

1,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS

 

 

13

 

7,588

 

6,184

 

4,836

Joint ventures entities

 

 

 

 

979

 

1,987

 

1,594

Associated entities

 

 

 

 

6,609

 

4,197

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

 

15

 

324

 

341

 

331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

26,157

 

22,974

 

23,286

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

16

 

24,594

 

20,650

 

20,770

For own-use

 

 

 

 

8,150

 

8,279

 

7,860

Leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

 

16,444

 

12,371

 

12,910

Investment property

 

 

16

 

1,563

 

2,324

 

2,516

Of which leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

 

1,195

 

1,332

 

1,567

Memorandum items: acquired in lease

 

 

 

 

98

 

96

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

28,560

 

28,683

 

29,421

Goodwill

 

 

17

 

25,466

 

25,769

 

26,724

Other intangible assets

 

 

18

 

3,094

 

2,914

 

2,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX ASSETS

 

 

 

 

30,251

 

30,243

 

27,678

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

6,993

 

7,033

 

6,414

Deferred tax assets

 

 

27

 

23,258

 

23,210

 

21,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

9,348

 

9,766

 

8,447

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 

14

 

210

 

239

 

269

Inventories

 

 

 

 

147

 

1,964

 

1,116

Other

 

 

19

 

8,991

 

7,563

 

7,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

12

 

5,426

 

15,280

 

5,772

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

 

1,459,271

 

1,444,305

 

1,339,125

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.

4

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES (*)

    

    

Note

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

 

 

70,343

 

107,624

 

108,765

Derivatives

 

 

 

55,341

 

57,892

 

74,369

Short positions

 

 

 

15,002

 

20,979

 

23,005

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 —

 

28,753

 

11,391

Central banks

 

 

20 

 

 —

 

282

 

1,351

Credit institutions

 

 

20 

 

 —

 

292

 

44

Customers

 

 

21 

 

 —

 

28,179

 

9,996

Marketable debt securities

 

 

22 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial liabilities

 

 

24 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

 

68,058

 

59,616

 

40,263

Deposits

 

 

 

 

65,304

 

55,971

 

37,472

Central banks

 

 

20 

 

14,816

 

8,860

 

9,112

Credit institutions

 

 

20 

 

10,891

 

18,166

 

5,015

Customers

 

 

21 

 

39,597

 

28,945

 

23,345

Marketable debt securities

 

 

22 

 

2,305

 

3,056

 

2,791

Other financial liabilities

 

 

24 

 

449

 

589

 

 —

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

 

23

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED COST

 

 

 

 

1,171,630

 

1,126,069

 

1,044,240

Deposits

 

 

 

 

903,101

 

883,320

 

791,646

Central banks

 

 

20 

 

72,523

 

71,414

 

44,112

Credit institutions

 

 

20 

 

89,679

 

91,300

 

89,764

Customers

 

 

21 

 

740,899

 

720,606

 

657,770

Marketable debt securities

 

 

22 

 

244,314

 

214,910

 

226,078

Other financial liabilities

 

 

24 

 

24,215

 

27,839

 

26,516

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

 

23

 

23,820

 

21,510

 

19,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

 

36

 

6,363

 

8,044

 

8,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

 

 

36

 

303

 

330

 

448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE OR REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

 

15

 

765

 

1,117

 

652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISIONS

 

 

25

 

13,225

 

14,489

 

14,459

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

 

 

 

 

5,558

 

6,345

 

6,576

Other long term employee benefits

 

 

 

 

1,239

 

1,686

 

1,712

Taxes and other legal contingencies

 

 

 

 

3,174

 

3,181

 

2,994

Contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

779

 

617

 

459

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

2,475

 

2,660

 

2,718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

8,135

 

7,592

 

8,373

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

2,567

 

2,755

 

2,679

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

27

 

5,568

 

4,837

 

5,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

26

 

13,088

 

12,591

 

11,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

1,351,910

 

1,337,472

 

1,236,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS´ EQUITY

 

 

30

 

118,613

 

116,265

 

105,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL

 

 

31

 

8,118

 

8,068

 

7,291

Called up paid capital

 

 

 

 

8,118

 

8,068

 

7,291

Unpaid capital which has been called up

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Memorandum items: uncalled up capital

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

SHARE PREMIUM

 

 

32

 

50,993

 

51,053

 

44,912

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED OTHER THAN CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

565

 

525

 

 —

Equity component of the compound financial instrument

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other equity instruments issued

 

 

 

 

565

 

525

 

 —

OTHER EQUITY

 

 

34

 

234

 

216

 

240

ACCUMULATED RETAINED EARNINGS

 

 

33

 

56,756

 

53,437

 

49,953

REVALUATION RESERVES

 

 

33

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

OTHER RESERVES

 

 

33

 

(3,567)

 

(1,602)

 

(949)

Reserves or accumulated losses in joint ventures investments

 

 

 

 

917

 

724

 

466

Others

 

 

 

 

(4,484)

 

(2,326)

 

(1,415)

(-) OWN SHARES

 

 

34

 

(59)

 

(22)

 

(7)

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF THE PARENT

 

 

 

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

(-) INTERIM DIVIDENDS

 

 

4

 

(2,237)

 

(2,029)

 

(1,667)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

(22,141)

 

(21,776)

 

(15,039)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS NOT RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

29

 

(2,936)

 

(4,034)

 

(3,933)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

29

 

(19,205)

 

(17,742)

 

(11,106)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

 

 

28

 

10,889

 

12,344

 

11,761

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(1,292)

 

(1,436)

 

(853)

Other items

 

 

 

 

12,181

 

13,780

 

12,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY (*)

 

 

 

 

107,361

 

106,833

 

102,699

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

1,459,271

 

1,444,305

 

1,339,125

MEMORANDUM ITEMS: OFF BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans commitment granted

 

 

 

 

218,083

 

207,671

 

202,097

Financial guarantees granted

 

 

 

 

11,723

 

14,499

 

17,244

Other commitments granted

 

 

 

 

74,389

 

64,917

 

57,055

 

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.

5

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016  

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Debit) Credit

(*)

    

    

Note

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Interest income

 

 

38

 

54,325

 

56,041

 

55,156

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

4,481

 

4,384

 

4,522

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

47,560

 

49,096

 

48,084

Other interest income

 

 

 

 

2,284

 

2,561

 

2,550

Interest expense

 

 

39

 

(19,984)

 

(21,745)

 

(24,067)

Interest income/ (charges)

 

 

 

 

34,341

 

34,296

 

31,089

Dividend income

 

 

40

 

370

 

384

 

413

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

 

13 and 41

 

737

 

704

 

444

Commission income

 

 

42

 

14,664

 

14,579

 

12,943

Commission expense

 

 

43

 

(3,179)

 

(2,982)

 

(2,763)

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

 

44

 

604

 

404

 

869

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

39

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

565

 

 —

 

 —

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

 

 

44

 

1,515

 

1,252

 

2,456

Reclassification of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

 —

 

 —

Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

44

 

331

 

 —

 

 —

Reclassification of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

331

 

 —

 

 —

Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

 

44

 

(57)

 

(85)

 

426

Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net

 

 

44

 

83

 

(11)

 

(23)

Exchange differences, net

 

 

45

 

(679)

 

105

 

(1,627)

Other operating income

 

 

46

 

1,643

 

1,618

 

1,919

Other operating expenses

 

 

46

 

(2,000)

 

(1,966)

 

(1,977)

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

 

46

 

3,175

 

2,546

 

1,900

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

 

46

 

(3,124)

 

(2,489)

 

(1,837)

Total income

 

 

 

 

48,424

 

48,355

 

44,232

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

(20,354)

 

(20,400)

 

(18,737)

Personnel expenses

 

 

47

 

(11,865)

 

(12,047)

 

(11,004)

Other general administrative expenses

 

 

48

 

(8,489)

 

(8,353)

 

(7,733)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

16 and 18

 

(2,425)

 

(2,593)

 

(2,364)

Provisions or reversal of provisions, net

 

 

25

 

(2,223)

 

(3,058)

 

(2,508)

Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through  profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes

 

 

 

 

(8,986)

 

(9,259)

 

(9,626)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

10

 

(8,985)

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets measured at cost

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(8)

 

(52)

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(10)

 

11

Loans and receivables

 

 

10

 

 —

 

(9,241)

 

(9,557)

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

(28)

Impairment or reversal of impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

 

 

17 and 18

 

(17)

 

(13)

 

(17)

Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets, net

 

 

 

 

(190)

 

(1,260)

 

(123)

Tangible assets

 

 

16

 

(83)

 

(72)

 

(55)

Intangible assets

 

 

17 and 18

 

(117)

 

(1,073)

 

(61)

Others

 

 

 

 

10

 

(115)

 

(7)

Gain or losses on non-financial assets and investments, net

 

 

49

 

28

 

522

 

30

Negative goodwill recognised in results

 

 

 

 

67

 

 —

 

22

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

 

50

 

(123)

 

(203)

 

(141)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

 

 

 

14,201

 

12,091

 

10,768

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

 

 

27

 

(4,886)

 

(3,884)

 

(3,282)

Profit from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

 

 

37

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

28

 

1,505

 

1,588

 

1,282

Profit attributable to the parent

 

 

 

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

4

 

0.449

 

0.404

 

0.401

Diluted

 

 

4

 

0.448

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

(*) See further detail regarding the impacts of the entry into force of IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2018.

6

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

    

    

Note

 

2018

 

2017

    

2016

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

 

 

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

(1,899)

 

(7,320)

 

(303)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

29

 

332

 

(88)

 

(806)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

 

 

 

618

 

(157)

 

(1,172)

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

 

 1

 

 1

 

(1)

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

36

 

(174)

 

 —

 

 

Gains or losses resulting from the accounting for hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

    Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedged item)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

    Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

 

 

 

 

109

 

 —

 

 

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified

 

 

 

 

(222)

 

68

 

367

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

29

 

(2,231)

 

(7,232)

 

503

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

 

 

36

 

(2)

 

614

 

(1,329)

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

614

 

(1,330)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Exchanges differences

 

 

36

 

(1,874)

 

(8,014)

 

676

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

(1,874)

 

(8,014)

 

682

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

 

 

36

 

174

 

(441)

 

495

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

491

 

501

 

6,231

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

(317)

 

(942)

 

(5,736)

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

683

 

1,326

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

29

 

 —

 

1,137

 

2,192

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(454)

 

(866)

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

 

 

36

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(591)

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

29

 

(29)

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

(562)

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Share of other recognised income and expense of investments

 

 

 

 

(77)

 

(70)

 

80

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

139

 

(4)

 

(745)

Total recognised income and expenses for the year

 

 

 

 

7,416

 

887

 

7,183

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

1,396

 

1,005

 

1,656

Attributable to the parent

 

 

 

 

6,020

 

(118)

 

5,527

 

(*) See further detail regarding the impacts of the entry into force of IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

7

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

instruments

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

attributable   to

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

issued

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

(-) Own

 

shareholders

 

(-) Interim

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

(*)

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

shares

    

of the parent

    

dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as of 12-31-17

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

525

 

216

 

53,437

 

 —

 

(1,602)

 

(22)

 

6,619

 

(2,029)

 

(21,776)

 

(1,436)

 

13,780

 

106,833

Adjustments due to errors

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,473)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,425

 

253

 

(1,545)

 

(1,340)

Opening balance as of 01-01-18

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

525

 

216

 

53,437

 

 —

 

(3,075)

 

(22)

 

6,619

 

(2,029)

 

(20,351)

 

(1,183)

 

12,235

 

105,493

Total recognised income and expense

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

7,810

 

 —

 

(1,790)

 

(109)

 

1,505

 

7,416

Other changes in equity

 

 

50

 

(60)

 

40

 

18

 

3,319

 

 —

 

(492)

 

(37)

 

(6,619)

 

(208)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,559)

 

(5,548)

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

50

 

(60)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of preferred shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Capital reduction

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Dividends

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(968)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2,237)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(687)

 

(3,892)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,026)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,026)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

989

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

989

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfers between equity items

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,287

 

 —

 

303

 

 —

 

(6,619)

 

2,029

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

59

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(660)

 

(601)

Share-based payment

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(74)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

17

 

(57)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

40

 

92

 

 —

 

 —

 

(864)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(229)

 

(961)

Balance as of 12-31-18

 

 

8,118

 

50,993

 

565

 

234

 

56,756

 

 —

 

(3,567)

 

(59)

 

7,810

 

(2,237)

 

(22,141)

 

(1,292)

 

12,181

 

107,361

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

8

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

instruments

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

attributable to

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

issued

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

(-) Own

 

shareholders

 

(-) Interim

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

shares

    

of the parent

    

dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as of 12-31-16

 

 

7,291

 

44,912

 

 —

 

240

 

49,953

 

 —

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614

 

102,699

Adjustments due to errors

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Opening balance as of 01-01-17

 

 

7,291

 

44,912

 

 —

 

240

 

49,953

 

 —

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614

 

102,699

Total recognised income and expense

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,619

 

 —

 

(6,737)

 

(583)

 

1,588

 

887

Other changes in equity

 

 

777

 

6,141

 

525

 

(24)

 

3,484

 

 —

 

(653)

 

(15)

 

(6,204)

 

(362)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(422)

 

3,247

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

777

 

6,141

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

543

 

7,467

Issuance of preferred shares

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

525

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

592

 

1,117

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Capital reduction

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(10)

 

(10)

Dividends

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(802)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2,029)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(665)

 

(3,496)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,309)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,309)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

26

 

1,294

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,320

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfers between equity items

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,286

 

 —

 

251

 

 —

 

(6,204)

 

1,667

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(39)

 

(39)

Share-based payment

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(72)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

24

 

(48)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

48

 

 —

 

 —

 

(936)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(867)

 

(1,755)

Balance as of 12-31-17 (*)

 

 

8,068

 

51,053

 

525

 

216

 

53,437

 

 —

 

(1,602)

 

(22)

 

6,619

 

(2,029)

 

(21,776)

 

(1,436)

 

13,780

 

106,833

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

9

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

instruments

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

attributable to

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

issued

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

(-) Own

 

shareholders

 

(-) Interim

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

shares

    

of the parent

    

dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as of 12-31-15

 

7,217

 

45,001

 

 —

 

214

 

46,429

 

 —

 

(669)

 

(210)

 

5,966

 

(1,546)

 

(14,362)

 

(1,227)

 

11,940

 

98,753

Adjustments due to errors

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Opening balance as of 01-01-16

 

7,217

 

45,001

 

 —

 

214

 

46,429

 

 —

 

(669)

 

(210)

 

5,966

 

(1,546)

 

(14,362)

 

(1,227)

 

11,940

 

98,753

Total recognised income and expense

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,204

 

 —

 

(677)

 

374

 

1,282

 

7,183

Other changes in equity

 

74

 

(89)

 

 —

 

26

 

3,524

 

 —

 

(280)

 

203

 

(5,966)

 

(121)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(608)

 

(3,237)

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

74

 

(89)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

15

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

534

 

534

Issuance of preferred shares

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Capital reduction

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(22)

 

(22)

Dividends

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(722)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,667)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(800)

 

(3,189)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,380)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,380)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

15

 

1,583

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,598

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Transfers between equity items

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,246

 

 —

 

174

 

 —

 

(5,966)

 

1,546

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Increases (decreases) due to business combinations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(197)

 

(197)

Share-based payment

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(79)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(79)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

105

 

 —

 

 —

 

(484)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(123)

 

(502)

Balance as of 12-31-16 (*)

 

7,291

 

44,912

 

 —

 

240

 

49,953

 

 —

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614

 

102,699

 

(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

10

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

(Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

 

    

Note

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

A. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

3,416

 

40,188

 

21,823

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

9,315

 

8,207

 

7,486

Adjustments made to obtain the cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

21,714

 

23,927

 

22,032

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

2,425

 

2,593

 

2,364

Other adjustments

 

 

 

 

19,289

 

21,334

 

19,668

Net increase/(decrease) in operating assets

 

 

 

 

51,550

 

18,349

 

17,966

Financial assets held-for-trading

 

 

 

 

(31,656)

 

(18,114)

 

6,234

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

5,795

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

16,275

 

3,085

 

(12,882)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(2,091)

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 —

 

2,494

 

(7,688)

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

61,345

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and receivables

 

 

 

 

 —

 

32,379

 

27,938

Other operating assets

 

 

 

 

1,882

 

(1,495)

 

4,364

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities

 

 

 

 

27,279

 

30,540

 

13,143

Financial liabilities held-for-trading

 

 

 

 

(36,315)

 

1,933

 

8,032

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

8,312

 

19,906

 

(13,450)

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

60,730

 

12,006

 

21,765

Other operating liabilities

 

 

 

 

(5,448)

 

(3,305)

 

(3,204)

Income tax recovered/(paid)

 

 

 

 

(3,342)

 

(4,137)

 

(2,872)

B. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

3,148

 

(4,008)

 

(13,764)

Payments

 

 

 

 

12,936

 

10,134

 

18,204

Tangible assets

 

 

16

 

10,726

 

7,450

 

6,572

Intangible assets

 

 

18

 

1,469

 

1,538

 

1,768

Investments

 

 

13

 

11

 

 8

 

48

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

 

 

730

 

838

 

474

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

300

 

9,342

Other payments related to investing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Proceeds

 

 

 

 

16,084

 

6,126

 

4,440

Tangible assets

 

 

16

 

3,670

 

3,211

 

2,608

Intangible assets

 

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Investments

 

 

13

 

2,327

 

883

 

459

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

 

 

431

 

263

 

94

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

 

12

 

9,656

 

1,382

 

1,147

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

387

 

132

Other proceeds related to investing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

C. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

(3,301)

 

4,206

 

(5,745)

Payments

 

 

 

 

7,573

 

7,783

 

9,744

Dividends

 

 

4

 

3,118

 

2,665

 

2,309

Subordinated liabilities

 

 

23

 

2,504

 

2,007

 

5,112

Redemption of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Acquisition of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

1,026

 

1,309

 

1,380

Other payments related to financing activities

 

 

 

 

925

 

1,802

 

943

Proceeds

 

 

 

 

4,272

 

11,989

 

3,999

Subordinated liabilities

 

 

23

 

3,283

 

2,994

 

2,395

Issuance of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 —

 

7,072

 

 —

Disposal of own equity instruments

 

 

 

 

989

 

1,331

 

1,604

Other proceeds related to financing activities

 

 

 

 

 —

 

592

 

 —

D. EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE DIFFERENCES

 

 

 

 

(595)

 

(5,845)

 

(3,611)

E. NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

2,668

 

34,541

 

(1,297)

F. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

 

 

 

 

110,995

 

76,454

 

77,751

G. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

 

 

 

 

113,663

 

110,995

 

76,454

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

10,370

 

8,583

 

8,413

Cash equivalents at central banks

 

 

 

 

89,005

 

87,430

 

54,637

Other financial assets

 

 

 

 

14,288

 

14,982

 

13,404

Less: Bank overdrafts refundable on demand

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

 

 

 

 

113,663

 

110,995

 

76,454

In which: restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(*) See further detail regarding the impacts of the entry into force of IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

11

Table of Contents

 

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (consolidated annual accounts) for the year ended December 31, 2018

 

1.    Introduction, basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements (consolidated annual accounts) and other information

a) Introduction

Banco Santander, S.A. (“the Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain. The Bylaws and other public information on the Bank can be consulted at its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander.

In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, Santander Group (“the Group”). Therefore, the Bank is obliged to prepare, in addition to its own separate financial statements, the Group's consolidated financial statements, which also include the interests in joint ventures and investments in associates.

At December 31, 2018, the Group consisted of 719 subsidiaries of Banco Santander, S.A. In addition, other 170 companies are associates of the Group, joint ventures or companies of which the Group holds more than 5% (excluding the Group companies of negligible interest with respect to the fair presentation that the annual accounts must express).

b) Basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements (consolidated annual accounts)

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002 all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRSs”).

In order to adapt the accounting system of Spanish credit institutions to the new standards, the Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004, of 22 December on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats, which was repealed on January 1, 2018 by the Circular 4/2017 issued by the Bank of Spain on November 27, 2017 and subsequent modifications.

The Group's consolidated financial statements for 2018 were authorised by the Bank's directors (at the board meeting on February 26, 2019) in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and with Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017 and subsequent modifications, and Spanish corporate and commercial law applicable to the Group, using the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases set forth in Note 2, accordingly, they present fairly the Group's equity and financial position at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated results of its operations and the consolidated cash flows in 2018, 2017 and 2016. These consolidated financial statements were prepared from the accounting records kept by the Bank and by the other Group entities, and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases applied by the Group. The consolidated financial statements are also in compliance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS – IASB” and together with IFRS adopted by the European Union, “IFRS”).

The notes to the consolidated financial statements contain additional information to that presented in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognised income and expense, consolidated statement of changes in total equity and consolidated statement of cash flows. The notes provide, in a clear, relevant, reliable and comparable manner, narrative descriptions and breakdowns of these statements.

The Group is filing these consolidated financial statements to recast Note 52 “Geographical and business segment reporting” and Note 54 “Risk management” for the three years ended December 31, 2018 and to effect changes to related disclosures. The change in the reported segments results from the application of new financial criteria starting with the financial information for the first half 2019 that aims to reflect the Group’s current reporting structure. The main changes to the reported segments are described in Note 52. These changes were announced by the Group management on July 4, 2019 and included in our Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on July 5, 2019.

These consolidated financial statements do not, and do not purport to, recast the information in any part of such financial statements other than Note 52 and Note 54 and related disclosures, or update any information in such financial statements to reflect any events that have occurred after March 26, 2019. The filing of these consolidated financial statements should not be understood to mean that any statements contained therein are true and complete as of any date subsequent to March 26, 2019.

12

Table of Contents

Adoption of new standards and interpretations issued

The following modifications came into force and were adopted by the European Union in 2018:

-

IFRS9 Financial instruments

On January 1, 2018, IFRS9 Financial instruments entered into force. IFRS9 establishes the requirements for recognition and measurement of both financial instruments and certain types of non-financial-purchase contracts. The aforementioned requirements should be applied retrospectively, adjusting the opening balance at January 1, 2018, not requiring restatement of the comparative financial statements.

The adoption of IFRS9 has resulted in changes in the Groups’ accounting policies for the recognition, classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities and financial assets impairment. IFRS9 also significantly modifies other standards related to financial instruments such as IFRS7 "Financial instruments: disclosure”.

Additionally, IFRS9 includes new hedge accounting requirements which have a twofold objective: to simplify current requirements, and to bring hedge accounting in line with risk management, allowing to be a greater variety of derivative financial instruments which may be considered to be hedging instruments. Furthermore, additional breakdowns are required providing useful information regarding the effect which hedge accounting has on financial statements and also on the entity’s risk management strategy. The treatment of macro-hedges is being developed as a separate project under IFRS9. Entities have the option of continuing to apply IAS39 with respect to accounting hedges until the project has been completed. According to the analysis performed until now, the Group applies IAS39 in hedge accounting.

For breakdowns of the notes, according to the regulations in force, the amendments relating to IFRS7 have only been applied to the current period. The breakdowns of the comparative information period notes maintain the breakdowns made in the previous period.

The following breakdowns relate to the impact of the adoption of IFRS9 in the Group:

a)

Classification and measurement of financial instruments

The following table shows a comparison between IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 and IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 of the reclassified financial instruments in accordance with the new requirements of IFRS9 regarding classification and measurement (without impairment), as well as its book value:

 

 

 

 

 

IAS39

IFRS9

 

 

Book value

 

Book value

Balance

Portfolio

(Million of euros)

Portfolio

(Million of euros)

Equity instruments

Financial assets available for sale

2,154

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

1,651

 

(including those that were valued at cost at December)

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

533

 

Loans and receivables

1,537

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

1,497

 

 

457

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

486

 

 

96

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

96

Debt instruments

Financial assets available for sale

6,589

Financial assets at amortised cost

6,704

 

 

203

Financial assets held for trading

203

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

199

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

199

 

Investments  held-to-maturity

13,491

Financial assets at amortised cost

13,491

 

Loans and receivables

10,179

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

611

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

9,577

Loans and advances

Loans and receivables

1,069

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

1,107

 

Financial assets held for trading

43

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

1,152

Financial assets at amortised cost

1,102

Derivatives

Derivatives – hedging accounting (liabilities)

10

Derivatives - financial liabilities held for trading

10

 

13

Table of Contents

b)

Reconciliation of impairment provisions from IAS39 to IFRS9

The following table shows a comparison between IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 and IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 of the impairment provisions of the financial instruments in accordance with the new requirements of IFRS9:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

IAS39

 

 

 

IFRS9

 

  

  

12-31-2017

  

Impairment impact

  

01-01-2018

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

24,682

 

1,974

 

26,656

Loans and advances

 

 

23,952

 

2,002

 

25,954

Debt instruments

 

 

730

 

(28)

 

702

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

 2

 

 2

Debt instruments

 

 

 —

 

 2

 

 2

Commitments and guarantees granted

 

 

617

 

197

 

814

Total

 

 

25,299

 

2,173

 

27,472

 

Additionally, there is an impairment impact on Investments in joint ventures and associates of EUR 34 million.

c)

Balance sheet reconciliation from IAS39 to IFRS9

The following table shows in detail the reconciliation the consolidated balance sheet under IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 distinguishing between the impacts due to classification and measurement and due to impairment once adopted IFRS9:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAS39

 

 

 

Classification and

 

Impairment

 

IFRS9

ASSETS (Million of euros)

  

  

12-31-2017

    

Naming   modifications (*)

    

measurement impact

    

impact

    

01-01-2018

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

 

 

110,995

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

110,995

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

125,458

 

 —

 

160

 

 —

 

125,618

Derivatives

 

 

57,243

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

57,243

Equity instruments

 

 

21,353

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

21,353

Debt instruments

 

 

36,351

 

 —

 

203

 

 —

 

36,554

Loans and advances

 

 

10,511

 

 —

 

(43)

 

 —

 

10,468

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 —

 

933

 

4,054

(c)  

 —

 

4,987

Equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

933

 

1,651

 

 —

 

2,584

Debt instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,792

 

 —

 

1,792

Loans and advances

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

611

 

 —

 

611

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

34,782

 

(933)

 

8,226

 

 —

 

42,075

Equity instruments

 

 

933

 

(933)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

3,485

 

 —

 

(199)

 

 —

 

3,286

Loans and advances

 

 

30,364

 

 —

 

8,425

(a)  

 —

 

38,789

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

124,229

 

2,126

 

(2)

 

126,353

Equity instruments

 

 

 —

 

2,636

 

533

 

 —

 

3,169

Debt instruments

 

 

 —

 

121,593

 

486

 

(2)

 

122,077

Loans and advances

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,107

 

 —

 

1,107

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

133,271

 

(124,229)

 

(9,042)

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

 

4,790

 

(2,636)

 

(2,154)

(c)  

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

128,481

 

(121,593)

 

(6,888)

(b)  

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 —

 

889,779

(a)  

21,297

 

(1,982)

(d)  

909,094

Debt instruments

 

 

 —

 

15,557

(b)  

20,195

(b)  

20

 

35,772

Loans and advances

 

 

 —

 

874,222

 

1,102

 

(2,002)

 

873,322

Loans and receivables  

 

 

903,013

 

(889,779)

(a)  

(13,242)

 

 8

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

17,543

 

(15,557)

 

(1,994)

(c)  

 8

 

 —

Loans and advances

 

 

885,470

 

(874,222)

 

(11,248)

(a,c)  

 —

 

 —

Investments held to maturity

 

 

13,491

 

 —

 

(13,491)

(b)  

 —

 

 —

Investments

 

 

6,184

 

 —

 

 —

 

(34)

 

6,150

Other assets (**)

 

 

117,111

 

 —

 

 6

 

680

(e)  

117,797

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

1,444,305

 

 —

 

94

 

(1,330)

 

1,443,069


(*)    Due to the entry into force of Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017.

(**)  Includes Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts, Tangible assets, Intangible assets, Tax assets, Other assets and Non-current assets held for sale.

a)

The amount of the item Loans and receivables at December 31, 2017 is reclassified into Financial assets at amortised cost. Nevertheless, the Group maintained a portfolio of loans and receivables for an approximate amount of EUR 8,600 million, which relate mainly to Brazil, which was designated at amortised cost; as a result of the initial implementation of IFRS9 this portfolio has been designated as fair value and finally it has been reclassified as ‘Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss’.

b)

Instruments classified as Investments held to maturity at December 31, 2017 have been reclassified into Financial assets available-for-sale because of the initial implementation of IFRS9. Additionally, after the review of the business model of cash flow portfolio in different locations, the group has identified certain groups of

14

Table of Contents

assets classified at December 31, 2017 as Financial assets available-for-sale, which relate mainly to Mexico, Brazil and Consumer Finance business, whose management is oriented towards the maintenance of financial instruments in a portfolio until maturity end; because of that, this asset group has been reclassified as Financial assets at amortised cost.

c)

The Group has reclassified in Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss those financial instruments which have not comply with the SPPI test (solely payments of principal and interest) classified at December 31, 2017 mainly in Loans and receivables and Financial assets available for sale, which relate mainly to the UK, Spain and Poland.

d)

It corresponds to the increase in provisions for impairment of the value of the assets included in the item Financial assets at amortised cost derived from the change in accounting policy.

e)

This corresponds with increase on provisions for the tax effect referred in section d.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAS39

 

 

 

Classification and

 

Impairment

 

IFRS9

LIABILITIES (Million of euros)

  

  

12-31-2017

    

Naming modifications

    

measurement impact

    

impact

    

01-01-2018

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

107,624

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

107,634

Derivatives

 

 

57,892

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

57,902

Short positions

 

 

20,979

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

20,979

Deposits

 

 

28,753

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

28,753

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

59,616

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

59,616

Deposits

 

 

55,971

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

55,971

Marketable debt securities

 

 

3,056

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,056

Other financial liabilities

 

 

589

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

589

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

 

1,126,069

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,126,069

Deposits

 

 

883,320

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

883,320

Marketable debt securities

 

 

214,910

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

214,910

Other financial liabilities

 

 

27,839

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27,839

Hedging derivatives

 

 

8,044

 

 —

 

(10)

 

 —

 

8,034

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

 

330

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

330

Provisions

 

 

14,489

 

 —

 

 —

 

197

 

14,686

Contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

617

 

 —

 

 —

 

197

 

814

Other provisions (*)

 

 

13,872

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

13,872

Other liabilities (**)

 

 

21,300

 

 —

 

41

 

(3)

 

21,338

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

1,337,472

 

 —

 

41

 

194

 

1,337,707


(*)    Includes Pensions and other post-retirements obligations, Other long-term employee benefits, Taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities).

(**)  Includes Liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts, Tax liabilities, Other liabilities and Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

 

15

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAS39

 

 

 

Classification and

 

Impairment

 

IFRS9

EQUITY (Million of euros)

  

  

12-31-2017

    

Naming modifications (*)

    

measurement impact

    

impact

    

01-01-2018

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

116,265

 

 —

 

91

 

(1,401)

 

114,955

Capital

 

 

8,068

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

8,068

Share premium

 

 

51,053

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

51,053

Equity instruments issued other than capital

 

 

525

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

525

Other equity

 

 

216

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

216

Accumulated retained earnings

 

 

53,437

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

53,437

Revaluation reserves

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reserves

 

 

(1,602)

 

 —

 

91

 

(1,401)

 

(2,912)

Own shares

 

 

(22)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(22)

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent

 

 

6,619

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,619

Interim dividends

 

 

(2,029)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2,029)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(21,776)

 

 —

 

(53)

 

 —

 

(21,829)

Items not reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

(4,034)

 

919

 

(152)

 

 —

 

(3,267)

Actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

 

(4,033)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4,033)

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments in joint ventures and associates

 

 

(1)

 

 5

 

(5)

 

 —

 

(1)

Other valuation adjustments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

914

 

(141)

 

 —

 

773

Inefficacy of fair value hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

 

 —

 

(6)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

(17,742)

 

(919)

 

99

 

 —

 

(18,562)

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations (effective portion)

 

 

(4,311)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4,311)

Exchange differences

 

 

(15,430)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(15,430)

Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion)

 

 

152

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

152

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

1,154

 

99

 

 —

 

1,253

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets available for sale

 

 

2,068

 

(2,068)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Debt instruments

 

 

1,154

 

(1,154)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

 

914

 

(914)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments in joint ventures and associates

 

 

(221)

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(226)

Non controlling interests

 

 

12,344

 

 —

 

15

 

(123)

 

12,236

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(1,436)

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

(1,433)

Other elements

 

 

13,780

 

 —

 

12

 

(123)

 

13,669

EQUITY

 

 

106,833

 

 —

 

53

 

(1,524)

 

105,362

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

 

1,444,305

 

 —

 

94

 

(1,330)

 

1,443,069


(*)    Due to the entry into force of Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017.

 

The Group has chosen to apply a progressive 5-year transition period in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/2395 of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Regulation (EU) 575/2013 as regards transitional provisions to mitigate the impact of the introduction of IFRS9 on shareholders' equity. If the transitional provision of IFRS 9 had not been applied, the total impact of the fully loaded CET1 ratio on December 31, 2018 would be -27 b.p.

-

IFRS15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018) - the new standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. It supersedes the following standards and interpretations previous in force: IAS18, Revenue; IAS11, Construction Contracts; IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programs; IFRIC 15, Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate; IFRIC 18, Transfers of Assets from Customers; and SIC-31, Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services. Under IFRS15, an entity recognises revenue in accordance with the core principle of the standard by applying the following five steps: identify the contract(s) with a customer; identify the performance obligations in the contract; determine the transaction price; allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations identified in the contract; and recognise revenue when as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

-

Clarifications to IFRS15 income coming from contracts with clients.

Given that IFRS15 does not apply to financial instruments and other contractual rights or obligations under the scope of IFRS9, no significant effects derived from the application of the aforementioned Accounting Standard and its clarifications in the Group's consolidated financial statements.

16

Table of Contents

-

Modification to IFRS4 "Insurance contracts" applying IFRS9 "Financial Instruments" (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018). The purpose of the amendment is to give all companies that issue insurance contracts the option to recognize in other comprehensive income, instead of profit or loss, the volatility that could arise when applying IFRS9, for new contracts before the adoption of the insurance standard and give companies whose activities are mostly insurance-related an optional temporary exemption from the application of IFRS9 until the year 2021. Entities that defer the application of IFRS9 will continue to apply the existing norm of Financial Instruments IAS39.

The deferral of the aforementioned accounting standard did not apply because of non-compliance with the conditions required for it.

-

Modification to the IFRS2 Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions – The amendments address the following areas: (a) Accounting for the effects that the requirements for the consolidation of the grant have in cash–settled share-based payment transactions, (b) Classification of share–based payment transactions with net settlement features for the tax withholding obligations; and (c) Accounting for modifications of share-based payment transactions terms and conditions from cash-settled to equity-settled payment transactions.

-

Modification of IAS40 Transfers of investment properties; changes are made to the existing requirements or provide with some additional guidance on the implementation of such requirements.

-

Improvements to IFRS Cycle 2014-2016 - introduce minor amendments to IFRS1, referring to the elimination of short-term exemptions for entities adopting IFRS for the first time, and IAS28, related to the valuation of an investment in an associated or a joint venture at fair value. Minor amendments to IFRS12 regarding this cycle came into force for the years beginning on January 1, 2017.

-

Interpretation to IFRIC 22 on Foreign currency transactions and advance considerations – When an entity reports a payment of advance consideration in order to recognise the profits associated to the income statement, it shall recognise both the consideration received as a non-monetary liability (deferred income or contract liabilities) in the statement of financial position at the exchange rate obtained according to the IAS21 The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. When the deferred incomes are subsequently recognised in the income statement as incomes, the issue is raised on whether its measurement should reflect: the amount at which the deferred income was originally recognised, namely, when the consideration was originally received; or the consideration amount received is translated to the existing exchange rate on the date when the non-monetary element is generated as income in the income statement, generating an exchange gain or loss that reflects the difference between the amount of the consideration translated (i) to the exchange rate in force in the moment of its receipt and (ii) to the exchange rate I force when it is recognised in the income statement as a profit or loss.

The application of the aforementioned accounting standards did not have any material effects of the Group´s consolidated financial statements.

Also, at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the following amendments with an effective date subsequent to December 31, 2018 were in force:

-

IFRS16 Leases substitutes IAS17, IFRIC (International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee) 4, SIC (Standard Interpretations Committee)-15 and SIC-27. It was adopted by the European Union on October 31, 2017 through the Regulation (EU) 2017/1986.

IFRS16 (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with an early adoption option that the Group has not applied) establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and breakdown of lease contracts, with the objective of reporting information that faithfully represents the lease transactions. IFRS16 provides a single accounting model for the lessee, whereby the lessee must recognise the assets by right of use and the corresponding lease liabilities of all the lease contracts, unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset is of low value.

Transition

The criteria established by the Standard for the registration of the lease contracts will be applied in a retrospective modified way adjusting the opening balance on the first day of application (January 1, 2019). The Group, has decided to apply the practical solution allowed by the Standard of not evaluating in the first application of the contracts are or contain a lease (under the new definition), and therefore, the IFRS16 will only apply to those contracts that were previously identified as lease contracts.

17

Table of Contents

The Group has estimated an impact due to the first standard adoption on the ordinary capital ratio (Common Equity Tier 1 – CET 1) fully loaded of -20 b.p. Likewise, it is estimated that assets with the right to use will be approximately recognised by an amount of EUR 6.7 thousand million.

The main causes of this impact are the requirements of registration of the asset with the right to use derived from all the lease contracts active during the first application. Thus, the impact being greater for the Groups leased properties.

The following are the main policies, estimates and criteria for the application of IFRS16 currently defined by the Group for its practical adoption:

-

Lease term: in general, the lease term of each contract will coincide with the initial term established. With regard to property contracts, in certain cases the possible consideration of exercising extension or early cancellation options has been evaluated, based mainly on market factors specific to each asset in each geography.

-

Discount rate: taking into account that the Group has opted to apply the modified standard retrospectively, the discount rate used in transition will be the lessee's incremental borrowing rate at this date. For these purposes, the entity has calculated this incremental interest rate taking as a reference the quoted debt instruments issued by the Group. In this regard, the Group has estimated different interest rate curves based on the currency and economic environment in which the contracts are located.

-

Practical exemptions in transition: the Group has considered the practical solutions defined in paragraph C10 of the standard in the application of the modified retrospective method. This application was made on a contract-by-contract basis, and none of the exemptions were generally applied.

Strategy of implementation of the IFRS16 and governance

The Group established a global project and multidisciplinary with the objective of adapting its processes to the new Standard of accounting of the lease contracts, granting that said processes are adopted in a homogenous way in all the units of the Group, and at the same time, to the particularities of each unit.

Thus, the Group has worked since 2017 in the analysis and identification of the contracts affected by the Standard, as well as the definition of the main technical criteria that affects the accounting of the lease contracts.

With respect to the structure of the project´s governance, the Group has established a periodic meeting of the direction of the project, and a team in charge of granting the participation of the responsible teams and coordination with all the geographies.

Main steps and milestones of the project

In relation to the entry of this new Standard, the Group reported in the interim condensed financial statements as of 30 June 2018 the progress to that date of the implementation plan of the same.

The Group has prepared the accounting policy and a methodological framework that has been the benchmark for the development of the implementation carried out in the different local units. The internal regulation has been approved under the relevant corporate bodies before the entry into force of the Standard.

Likewise, the corporate development of the control model over the registration process of the lease contracts is complete, both in transition and once the Standard is applied. The proposed model includes a reference design of the controls to be employed in the new developments made for the implementation of the Standard. 

-

IFRIC 23: The uncertainty over income tax treatment; - (mandatory for annual periods starting from January 1, 2019) it applies to the tax gain or loss determination, tax bases, effects of tax laws, taxes and interest rates, when there is uncertainty about taxes treatment according to IAS12.

-

Modification of IFRS9 Financial instruments - (mandatory for annual periods starting from January 1, 2019) a clarification has been published on the treatment of certain prepayment options in relation to the evaluation of contractual flows of principal and interest of financial instruments.

-

Modification of IAS28 Investments in associates and joint ventures - (mandatory for annual periods starting from January 1, 2019). The amendments clarify the accounting for long-term interests in an associate or joint venture, which in substance form

18

Table of Contents

part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture, but to which equity accounting is not applied. Entities must account for such interests under IFRS9 Financial instruments before applying the loss allocation and impairment requirements in IAS28 Investments in associates and joint ventures.

Lastly, at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the following standards which effectively come into force after December 31, 2018 had not yet been adopted by the European Union:

-

IFRS17 Insurance contracts; it is a new integrated accounting standard for insurance contracts, which includes recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure.

-

Modification of IFRS Cycle 2015 - 2017- introduces minor amendments to IFRS3, IFRS11, IAS12 and IAS23.

-

Modification of IAS19 Benefits to employees – amendments, reductions and agreements on defined benefit plans are introduced.

-

Modification of IFRS conceptual framework: The IFRS Framework, which sets out the fundamental concepts of financial reporting, is amended. The revised Framework includes: a new chapter about measurement; guidance on financial reporting; improved definitions, in particular the definition of liabilities; and clarifications such as management functions, prudence and measurement uncertainty in financial reporting. It will apply from January 1, 2020.

-

Modification of IFRS3 Business combinations - amendments are introduced. The amendments are intended to assist entities to determine whether a transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or as an asset acquisition. IFRS3 continues to adopt a market participant’s perspective to determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business.

The amendments are mainly due to: clarify the minimum requirements for a business; remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing elements; add guidance to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive; narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs; and introduce an optional fair value concentration test.

-

Mod ification of IAS1 and IAS8 - A new definition of material is incorporated. The amendments clarify the accounting treatment for sales or the contribution of assets between an investor and its associates or joint ventures. They confirm that the accounting treatment depends on whether the non-monetary assets sold or contributed to an associate or joint venture constitute a "business" (as defined in IFRS3, Business combination).

The Group is currently analysing the possible effects of these new standards and interpretations.

All accounting policies and measurement bases with a material effect on the consolidated financial statements for 2018 were applied in their preparation.

c) Use of critical estimates

The consolidated results and the determination of consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting policies, measurement bases and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The main accounting policies and measurement bases are set forth in Note 2.

In the consolidated financial statements estimates were occasionally made by the senior management of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and obligations reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate basically to the following:

-

The impairment losses on certain assets: it applies to financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets at amortised cost, non-current assets held for sale, investments, tangible assets and intangible assets (see Notes 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 17 and 18);

-

The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations (see Note 25);

-

The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 16 and 18);

-

The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation (see Note 17);

19

Table of Contents

-

The calculation of provisions and the consideration of contingent liabilities (see Note 25);

-

The fair value of certain unquoted assets and liabilities (see Notes 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 20, 21 and 22);

-

The recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 27); and

-

The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in business combinations (see Note 3).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available at 2018 year-end, future events might make it necessary to change these estimates (upwards or downwards) in coming years. Changes in accounting estimates would be applied prospectively, recognising the effects of the change in estimates in the related consolidated income statement.

d) Information relating to 2017 and 2016

In July 2014, the IASB published IFRS9, which was adopted with the subsequent amendments by the Group on January 1, 2018. As permitted by the regulation itself, the Group has chosen not to re-classify the comparative financial statements without having re-classified under these criteria the information relating to the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 so that it is not comparative. However, Note 1.b includes a reconciliation of balances as of December 31, 2017 under IAS39 and the corresponding balances as of January 1, 2018 under IFRS9 where the effect of the first application of the rule is broken down.

Similarly, to adapt the accounting system of Spanish credit institutions to the changes related to IFRS15 and IFRS9, on December 6, 2017, Circular 4/2017, of 27 November, of the Bank of Spain, was published, which repeals Circular 4/2004, of December 22, for those years beginning as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this Circular has modified the breakdown and presentation of certain headings in the financial statements, to adapt them to the aforementioned IFRS9. Information corresponding to the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, has not been restated under this Circular.

On 2018, the Group changed the accounting policy for recognition of non-controlling interests in equity stake reduction transactions without loss of control. In accordance with international financial reporting standards, the goodwill associated with these transactions must be kept on balance. The non-controlling interests resulting from the equity stake reduction can be accounted for by their participation in the identifiable net assets or by attributing the goodwill associated with the participation sold. In this sense, the Group has chosen to account for the non-controlling interests by its participation in net assets. The application of the accounting policy change, without impact on net equity, was made on January 1, 2018.

The information in Note 4 relating to the ordinary shares outstanding of 2016 period has been recasted, in order to be presented in a comparative manner due to the capital increase described in Note 31.a.

Additionally, the impact of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. (See Note 3) is not reflected in the comparative of the figures, mainly in the balance sheet, corresponding to the year 2016.

In order to interpret the changes in the balances with respect to December 31, 2018, it is necessary to take into consideration the exchange rate effect arising from the volume of foreign currency balances held by the Group in view of its geographic diversity (see Note 51.b) and the impact of the appreciation/depreciation of the various currencies against the euro in 2018, based on the exchange rates at the end of 2018: Mexican peso (5.20%), US dollar (4.74%), Brazilian real (-10.60%), Argentine peso (-47.50%),  sterling pound (-0.82%), Chilean peso (-7.26%), and Polish zloty (-2.89%); as well as the evolution of the comparable average exchange rates: Mexican peso (-6.16%), US dollar (-4.46%), Brazilian real (-16.30%), Argentine peso (-40.43%), sterling pound (-0.96%), Chilean peso (-3.32%) and Polish zloty (-0.10%).

e) Capital management

i. Regulatory and economic capital

The Group’s capital management is performed at regulatory and economic levels.

The aim is to secure the Group’s solvency and guarantee its economic capital adequacy and its compliance with regulatory requirements, as well as an efficient use of capital. 

20

Table of Contents

To this end, the regulatory and economic capital figures and their associated metrics RORWA (return on risk-weighted assets), RORAC (return on risk-adjusted capital) and value creation of each business unit- are generated, analysed and reported to the relevant governing bodies on a regular basis.

Within the framework of the internal capital adequacy assessment process (Pillar II of the Basel Capital Accord), the Group uses an economic capital measurement model with the objective of ensuring that there is sufficient capital available to support all the risks of its activity in various economic scenarios, with the solvency levels agreed upon by the Group; at the same time the Group assesses, also in the various scenarios, whether it meets the regulatory capital ratio requirements.

In order to adequately manage the Group’s capital, it is essential to estimate and analyse future needs, in anticipation of the various phases of the business cycle. Projections of regulatory and economic capital are made based on the budgetary information (balance sheet, income statement, etc.) and the macroeconomic scenarios defined by the Group’s economic research service. These estimates are used by the Group as a reference when planning the management actions (issues, securitisations, etc.) required to achieve its capital targets.

In addition, certain stress scenarios are simulated in order to assess the availability of capital in adverse situations. These scenarios are based on sharp fluctuations in macroeconomic variables (GDP, interest rates, housing prices, etc.) that mirror historical crisis that could happen again or plausible but unlikely stress situations.

Following is a brief description of the regulatory capital framework to which the Group is subject.

On June 26, 2013 the Basel III legal framework was included in European law through Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV), repealing Directives 2006/48 and 2006/49, and through Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (CRR).

The CRD IV was transposed into Spanish legislation through Law 10/2014 on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions, and its subsequent implementing regulations contained in Royal Decree-Law 84/2015 and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016, was completed the adaptation to the Spanish law.

The CRR came into force immediately, establishes a phase-in that will permit a progressive adaptation to the new requirements in the European Union. These phase-in arrangements were incorporated into Spanish regulations through the approval of Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014. They affect both the new deductions and the issues and items of own funds which cease to be eligible as such under this new regulation. In March 2016, the European Central Bank published Regulation 2016/445/UE that modifies some of the phase-in dates applicable to Group, especially deferred tax assets calendar. The capital buffers provided for in CRD IV are also subject to phase-in; they are applicable for the first time in 2016 and must be fully implemented by 2019.

The review of the existing capital regulatory framework (CRR/CRD IV) by European governing bodies is being finalised. The new framework (CRR II/CRDV), which is expected to be approved at the beginning of 2019, incorporates different Basel standards such as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book for Market Risk, the Net Stable Funding Ratio for liquidity risk, the SA-CCR for the calculation of the EAD for counterparty risk or the interest rate risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB). It also introduces modifications related to the treatment of central counterparties, MDA, Pillar 2, leverage ratio and Pillar 3 among others.

The most relevant initiative is the implementation of the TLAC Term Sheet established at international level by the FSB (Financial Stability Board) within the European capital framework, called MREL (Minimum requirement of Eligible Liabilities) in such a way that systemic entities will have to comply with the requirements of MREL in Pillar 1. Within this package of modifications, the modification of the Resolution Directive (BRRD) is also included, replacing it with the BRRD II where MREL requirements are established for Pillar 2 for all resolution entities, whether systemic or not, where the resolution authority will decide on a case-by-case basis the requirements.

The Single Resolution Board's MREL policy for 2017 was based on a step-by-step approach to achieve the MREL target level within several years, and non-compliance could result in the consideration that the entity cannot be resolved. In relation to the subordination requirement, the Single Resolution Board considered that entities of global systemic importance (G-SIIs) have to meet, as a minimum, a level of subordination equal to 13.5% of the RWA plus the combined buffer requirement.

In 2018 the SRB has set target requirements for MREL at a consolidated level based on the 2017 policy. These objectives are established for each resolution group, either in MPE (Multiple Point of Entry) strategies as in the case of the Group, or in SPE (Single Point of Entry) strategies.

21

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018 the Group met the minimum capital requirements established by current legislation (See Note 54).

ii. Plan for the roll-out of advanced approaches and authorisation from the supervisory authorities

The Group continues adopting, over the next few years, the advanced internal ratings-based (AIRB) approach under Basel II for substantially all its banks, until the percentage of exposure of the loan portfolio covered by this approach exceeds 90%. The commitment assumed before the supervisor still implies the adoption of advanced models within the ten key markets where Santander Group operates.

Accordingly, the Group continued in 2018 with the project for the progressive implementation of the technology platforms and methodological improvements required for the roll-out of the AIRB approach for regulatory capital calculation purposes at the various Group units.

The Group has obtained authorisation from the supervisory authorities to use the AIRB approach for the calculation of regulatory capital requirements for credit risk for the Parent and the main subsidiaries in Spain, the United Kingdom and Portugal, as well as for certain portfolios in Germany, Mexico, Brazil, Chile, the Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden and Finland), France and the United States.

During 2018, approval was obtained for the sovereign portfolios, Institutions (FIRB method) and specialised financing (Slotting) in Chile, mortgages and most revolving portfolio of Santander Consumer Germany as well as the portfolios of dealers of PSA France and PSA UK (FIRB method).

As regards the other risks explicitly addressed under Basel Pillar I, the Group is authorised to use its internal model for market risk for its treasury trading activities in the UK, Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.

For the purpose of calculating regulatory capital for operational risk, the Group uses the standardised approach provided for the CRR. On 2018 the European Central Bank authorised the use of the Alternative Standardised Approach to calculate the capital requirements at consolidated level in Banco Santander México, S.A., Institucion de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, in addition to the approval obtained in 2016 in Brazil.

f) Environmental impact

In view of the business activities carried on by the Group entities, the Group does not have any environmental liability, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that might be material with respect to its consolidated equity, financial position or results. Therefore, no specific disclosures relating to environmental issues are included in these consolidated financial statements.

g) Events after the reporting period

On February 6, the Group announced that it had completed the placement of preferred securities contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank, excluding preemptive subscription rights and for a nominal value of USD 1,200,000,000 (EUR 1,052,000,000) (the “Issue” and the “CCPS”).

The CCPS were issued at par and its remuneration has been set at 7.50% on an annual basis for the first five years. The payment of the remuneration of the CCPS is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. After that, it will be reviewed every five years by applying a margin of 498.9 basis points on the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate.

h) Other information

Argentina

The economic situation in Argentina in recent years, which led to the signing of an agreement with the International Monetary Fund for the granting of a loan of USD 57,000 million, has had an impact on the country's main economic indicators, especially inflation data, which at the end of the year amounts to 47.64%, being accumulated inflation in the last three years 147%. In this sense, the Group has reviewed the macroeconomic indicators that affect Argentina’s economy and from this review has concluded the need to

22

Table of Contents

apply to these consolidated financial statements the accounting standard IAS29 for hyperinflationary economies to its activity in Argentina. This fact has meant:

·

Adjustment of the historical cost of non-monetary assets and liabilities and the various items of equity of these companies from their date of acquisition or inclusion in the consolidated statement of financial position to the end of the year to reflect the changes in purchasing power of the currency caused by inflation, according to the official indexes published by the “Federación Argentina de Consejos Profesionales de Ciencias Económicas (FCPCE)”. These indices result from combining the National Consumer Price Index with the internal wholesale price index.

·

The cumulative impact corresponding to previous years has been reflected in the equity at the beginning of 2018.  

·

All components of the financial statements of the Argentine companies have been translated at the closing exchange rate, which at December 31, 2018 was 43.12 Argentine peso.

·

The different components of the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of cash flows have been adjusted for the inflation index since their generation, with a balancing entry in financial results and a reconciling item in the statement of cash flows, respectively.

·

At January 1, 2018, an amount of EUR 1,716 million corresponding to the exchange losses in 2017 and prior years has been reclassified in the total statement of changes in equity from Other comprehensive income - Exchange differences to Other reserves. At this date, a credit to Other reserves was registered for EUR 131 million due to the non-monetary assets revaluation. Also, EUR -398 million were recognised under Other reserves during 2018, including EUR 104 million due to non-monetary assets revaluation.

The comparative figures for 2017 and 2016 have not been modified, in accordance with IAS21.

The impact on results, both by the adjustment of the figures in the consolidated income statement at the year-end exchange rate, and by the adjustment of the financial loss corresponding to the impact of the inflation of the year on the net monetary assets, as well as the effect on the CET1, is immaterial for the Group.

UK Referendum

On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum (the UK European Union Referendum) on its membership of the European Union, in which a majority voted for the UK to leave the European Union. Immediately following the result, the UK and global stock and foreign exchange markets commenced a period of significant volatility, including a steep devaluation of the pound sterling. There remains significant uncertainty relating to the UK’s exit from, and future relationship with, the European Union and the basis of the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world.

On March 29, 2017, the UK Prime Minister gave notice under Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the European Union. The delivery of the Article 50(2) notice triggered a two year period of negotiation to determine the terms on which the UK will exit the EU and the framework for the UK’s future relationship with the European Union. Unless extended, the UK’s European Union membership will cease after this two year period. There is a possibility that the UK’s European Union membership ends at such time without reaching any agreement on the terms of its relationship with the European Union going forward. Currently this agreement is pending to be ratified by the parliament of the United Kingdom.

The outcome of Brexit remains unclear, however, a UK exit from the European Union with a no-deal continues to remain a possibility and the consensus view is that this would have a negative impact on the UK economy, affecting its growth prospects. While the longer term effects of the UK’s imminent departure from the European Union are difficult to predict, there is short term political and economic uncertainty.

Santander UK is subject to substantial European Union-derived regulation and oversight. Although legislation has now been passed transferring the European Union acquis into UK law, there remains significant uncertainty regarding the respective legal and regulatory environments, in which Santander UK and its subsidiaries will operate when the UK is no longer a member of the European Union, and the basis on which cross-border financial business will take place after the UK leaves the European Union.

Operationally, Santander UK and other financial institutions may no longer be able to rely on the European passporting framework for financial services, and it is unclear what alternative regime may be in place following the UK’s departure from the European Union. This uncertainty, and any actions taken as a result of this uncertainty, as well as new or amended rules, may have a significant impact on the operating results, profitability and business of the Group.

23

Table of Contents

The aforementioned political events in the UK, along with any further changes in government structure and policies, may lead to further market volatility and changes to the fiscal, monetary and regulatory landscape in which Santander UK operates and could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us and, more generally, on our operating results, financial condition and prospects. The Group, with the best estimate at the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements, has considered such circumstances in its evaluation of the different items affected in the consolidated financial statements, mainly in the recoverability of the cash generating unit that underpins Santander UK goodwill.

2.     Accounting policies

The accounting policies applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements were as follows:

a)    Foreign currency transactions

i. Presentation currency

The Bank’s functional and presentation currency is the euro. Also, the presentation currency of the Group is the euro.

ii. Translation of foreign currency balances

Foreign currency balances are translated to euros in two consecutive stages:

-

Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates); and

-

Translation to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency

Foreign currency transactions performed by consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) not located in European Monetary Union (“EMU”) countries are initially recognised in their respective currencies. Monetary items in foreign currency are subsequently translated to their functional currencies using the closing rate.

Furthermore:

-

Non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of acquisition.

-

Non-monetary items measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date when the fair value was determined.

-

Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the year for all the transactions performed during the year. When applying this criterion, the Group considers whether there have been significant changes in the exchange rates in the year which, in view of their materiality with respect to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, would make it necessary to use the exchange rates at the transaction date rather than the aforementioned average exchange rates.

-

The balances arising from non-hedging forward foreign currency/foreign currency and foreign currency/euro purchase and sale transactions are translated at the closing rates prevailing in the forward foreign currency market for the related maturity.

Translation of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) whose functional currency is not the euro are translated to euros as follows:

-

Assets and liabilities, at the closing rates.

-

Income and expenses, at the average exchange rates for the year.

-

Equity items, at the historical exchange rates.

24

Table of Contents

iii. Recognition of exchange differences

The exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency balances to the functional currency are generally recognised at their net amount under Exchange differences in the consolidated income statement, except for exchange differences arising on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognised in the consolidated income statement without distinguishing them from other changes in fair value, and for exchange differences arising on non-monetary items measured at fair value through equity, which are recognised under Other comprehensive income–Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss–Exchange differences (See note 29).

The exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements denominated in functional currencies other than the euro are recognised in Other comprehensive income–Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss–Exchange differences in the consolidated balance sheet, whereas those arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for using the equity method are recognised in equity under Other comprehensive income–Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss and Items not reclassified to profit or loss–Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (See note 29), until the related item is derecognised, at which time they are recognised in profit or loss.

Exchange differences arising on actuarial gains or losses when converting to euros the financial statements denominated in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is different from the euro are recognised under equity–Other comprehensive income–Items not reclassified to profit or loss–Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans (See note 29).

iv. Entities located in hyperinflationary economies

Exchange differences arising on the translation to the Group´s presentation currency of financial statements denominated in functional currencies other than euro of countries with high inflation rates are recorded in the consolidated statement of changes in total equity - Other reserves.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016 none of the functional currencies of the consolidated entities and associates located abroad related to hyperinflationary economies as defined by International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Accordingly, at the end of these reporting periods it was not necessary to adjust the financial statements of any of the consolidated entities or associates to correct for the effect of inflation.

At December 31, 2018 the economic situation in Argentina which led to the review by the Group of the macroeconomic indicators that affect Argentina’s economy and from this review the Group has concluded the need to apply to these annual financial statements the accounting standard IAS29 for hyperinflationary economies to its activity in Argentina (See note 1.h).

v. Exposure to foreign currency risk

The Group hedges a portion of its long-term foreign currency positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (see Note 36). Also, the Group manages foreign currency risk dynamically by hedging its short-term position (with a potential impact on profit or loss) in order to limit the impact of currency depreciations while optimising the cost of financing the hedges.

The following tables show the sensitivity of the consolidated income statement and consolidated equity to changes in exchange positions arising from investments in Group companies with currencies other than the euro and their results, due to percentage changes of 1% in the various foreign currencies in which the Group maintains significant balances.

25

Table of Contents

The estimated effect on the consolidated equity attributable to the Group and on consolidated profit of a 1% appreciation of the euro against the corresponding currency is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Effect on consolidated equity

 

Effect on consolidated profit

Currency

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar

 

(162.3)

 

(157.9)

 

(187.1)

 

(4.1)

 

(1.4)

 

(4.5)

Chilean peso

 

(22.9)

 

(29.0)

 

(27.9)

 

(5.1)

 

(1.8)

 

(4.2)

Pound sterling

 

(171.2)

 

(176.6)

 

(184.9)

 

(4.5)

 

(3.1)

 

(10.0)

Mexican peso

 

(18.3)

 

(16.0)

 

(16.2)

 

(1.7)

 

(1.2)

 

(5.4)

Brazilian real

 

(85.6)

 

(93.1)

 

(122.3)

 

(5.6)

 

(6.5)

 

(6.3)

Polish zloty

 

(36.2)

 

(34.5)

 

(31.5)

 

(4.2)

 

(1.5)

 

(3.3)

Argentine peso

 

(7.8)

 

(7.4)

 

(9.0)

 

(0.6)

 

(3.5)

 

(3.3)

 

Similarly, the estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and on consolidated profit of a 1% depreciation of the euro against the corresponding currency is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Effect on consolidated equity

 

Effect on consolidated profit

Currency

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar

 

165.6

 

161.1

 

190.8

 

4.2

 

1.5

 

4.5

Chilean peso

 

23.4

 

29.6

 

28.4

 

5.2

 

1.8

 

4.3

Pound sterling

 

174.7

 

180.2

 

188.7

 

4.6

 

3.2

 

10.2

Mexican peso

 

18.6

 

16.3

 

16.5

 

1.8

 

1.2

 

5.5

Brazilian real

 

87.4

 

95.0

 

124.7

 

5.7

 

6.6

 

6.5

Polish zloty

 

36.9

 

35.2

 

32.1

 

4.2

 

1.5

 

3.3

Argentine peso

 

8.0

 

7.6

 

9.2

 

0.6

 

3.6

 

3.3

 

The foregoing data were obtained as follows:

a.

Effect on consolidated equity: in accordance with the accounting policy detailed in Note 2.a.iii, the exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements in the functional currencies of the Group entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognised in consolidated equity. The possible effect that a change in the exchange rates of the related currency would have on the Group’s consolidated equity was therefore determined by applying the aforementioned change to the net value of each unit’s assets and liabilities -including, where appropriate, the related goodwill- and by taking into consideration the offsetting effect of the hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

b.

Effect on consolidated profit: the effect was determined by applying the fluctuations in the average exchange rates used for the year, as indicated in Note 2.a.ii, to translate to euros the income and expenses of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro, taking into consideration, where appropriate, the offsetting effect of the various hedging transactions in place.

The estimates used to obtain the foregoing data were performed considering the effects of the exchange rate fluctuations in isolation from the effect of the performance of other variables whose changes would affect equity and profit or loss, such as variations in the interest rates of the reference currencies or other market factors. Accordingly, all variables other than the exchange rate fluctuations were kept constant with respect to their positions at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

b) Basis of consolidation

i. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise control. The Bank controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and effects of the transactions between consolidated companies are eliminated on consolidation.

26

Table of Contents

On acquisition of control of a subsidiary, its assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognised at their acquisition-date fair values. Any positive differences between the acquisition cost and the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired are recognised as goodwill (See Note 17). Negative differences are recognised in profit or loss on the date of acquisition.

Additionally, the share of third parties of the Group’s equity is presented under Non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet (See Note 28). Their share of the profit for the year is presented under Profit attributable to non-controlling interests in the consolidated income statement.

The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of subsidiaries for which control is lost during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the beginning of the year to the date of disposal.

At December 31, 2018 the Group controlled the following company in which it held an ownership interest of less than 50% of the share capital, Luri 1, S.A. apart from the structured consolidated entities. The percentage ownership interest in the aforementioned company is 36% (See Appendix I). Although the Group holds less than half the voting power, it manages and, as a result, exercises control over this entity. The company´s corporate purpose for the entity is the acquisition of real estate and other general operations relating thereto, including rental, and the purchase and sale of properties; the company object of the latter entity is the provision of payment services. The impact of the consolidation of this company on the Group's consolidated financial statements is immaterial.

The Appendices contain significant information on the subsidiaries.

ii. Interests in joint ventures

Joint ventures are deemed to be entities that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. This is evidenced by contractual arrangements whereby two or more parties have interests in entities so that decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

In the consolidated financial statements, investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with a joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest therein.

The Appendices contain significant information on the joint ventures.

iii. Associates

Associates are entities over which the Bank is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control. It is presumed that the Bank exercises significant influence if it holds 20% or more of the voting power of the investee.

In the consolidated financial statements, investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.

There are certain investments in entities which, although the Group owns 20% or more of their voting power, are not considered to be associates because the Group is not in a position to exercise significant influence over them. These investments are not significant for the Group.

There are also certain investments in associates where the Group owns less than 20% of the voting rights, as it is determined that it has the capacity to exercise significant influence over them. The impact of these companies is immaterial in the Group's consolidated financial statements.

The Appendices contain significant information on the associates.

iv. Structured entities

When the Group incorporates entities, or holds ownership interests therein, to enable its customers to access certain investments, or for the transfer of risks or other purposes (also called structured entities since the voting or similar power is not a key factor in deciding who controls the entity), the Group determines, using internal criteria and procedures and taking into consideration the applicable legislation, whether control (as defined above) exists and, therefore, whether these entities should be consolidated.

27

Table of Contents

Specifically, for those entities to which this policy applies (mainly investment funds and pension funds), the Group analyses the following factors:

-

Percentage of ownership held by the Group; 20% is established as the general threshold.

-

Identification of the fund manager, and verification as to whether it is a company controlled by the Group since this could affect the Group’s ability to direct the relevant activities.

-

Existence of agreements between investors that might require decisions to be taken jointly by the investors, rather than by the fund manager.

-

Existence of currently exercisable removal rights (possibility of removing the manager from his position), since the existence of such rights might limit the manager’s power over the fund, and it may be concluded that the manager is acting as an agent of the investors.

-

Analysis of the fund manager’s remuneration regime, taking into consideration that a remuneration regime that is proportionate to the service rendered does not, generally, create exposure of such importance as to indicate that the manager is acting as the principal. Conversely, if the remuneration regime is not proportionate to the service rendered, this might give rise to an exposure that would lead the Group to a different conclusion.

These structured entities also include the securitisation special purpose vehicles (“SPV”), which are consolidated in the case of the SPVs over which, being exposed to variable yield, it is considered that the Group continues to exercise control.

The exposure associated with unconsolidated structured entities are not material with respect to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

v. Business combinations

A business combination is the bringing together of two or more separate entities or economic units into one single entity or group of entities.

Business combinations whereby the Group obtains control over an entity or a business are recognised for accounting purposes as follows:

-

The Group measures the cost of the business combination, which is normally the consideration transferred, defined as the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the acquirer. In cases where the amount of the consideration to be transferred has not been definitively established at the acquisition date, but rather depends on future events, any contingent consideration is recognised as part of the consideration transferred and measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Moreover, acquisition-related costs do not for these purposes form part of the cost of the business combination.

-

The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity or business, including any intangible assets identified in the business combination which might not have been recognised by the acquiree, are estimated and recognised in the consolidated balance sheet; the Group also estimates the amount of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of the previously held equity interest in the acquiree.

-

Any positive difference between the aforementioned items is recognised as discussed in Note 2.m. Any negative difference is recognised under negative goodwill recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Goodwill is only calculated and recognised once, when control of a business or an entity is obtained.

vi. Changes in the levels of ownership interests in subsidiaries

Acquisitions and disposals not giving rise to a change in control are recognised as equity transactions, and no gain or loss is recognised in the income statement and the initially recognised goodwill is not remeasured. The difference between the consideration transferred or received and the decrease or increase in non-controlling interests, respectively, is recognised in reserves.

28

Table of Contents

Similarly, when control over a subsidiary is lost, the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests and any other items recognised in Other Comprehensive income of that company are derecognised from the consolidated balance sheet, and the fair value of the consideration received and of any remaining equity interest is recognised. The difference between these amounts is recognised in profit or loss.

vii. Acquisitions and disposals

Note 3 provides information on the most significant acquisitions and disposals in the last three years.

c) Definitions and classification of financial instruments

i. Definitions

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

An equity instrument is a contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the issuing entity after deducting all of its liabilities.

A financial derivative is a financial instrument whose value changes in response to the change in an observable market variable (such as an interest rate, foreign exchange rate, financial instrument price, market index or credit rating), whose initial investment is very small compared with other financial instruments with a similar response to changes in market factors, and which is generally settled at a future date.

Hybrid financial instruments are contracts that simultaneously include a non-derivative host contract together with a derivative, known as an embedded derivative, that is not separately transferable and has the effect that some of the cash flows of the hybrid contract vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative.

Compound financial instruments are contracts that simultaneously create for their issuer a financial liability and an own equity instrument (such as convertible bonds, which entitle their holders to convert them into equity instruments of the issuer).

The preference shares contingently convertible into ordinary shares eligible as Additional Tier 1 capital (“CCPSs”) -perpetual shares, which may be repurchased by the issuer in certain circumstances, the interest on which is discretionary, and would convert into a variable number of newly issued ordinary shares if the capital ratio of the Bank or its consolidated group falls below a given percentage (trigger event), as those two terms are defined in the related issue prospectuses- are recognised for accounting purposes by the Group as compound instruments. The liability component reflects the issuer’s obligation to deliver a variable number of shares and the equity component reflects the issuer’s discretion in relation to the payment of the related coupons. In order to effect the initial allocation, the Group estimates the fair value of the liability as the amount that would have to be delivered if the trigger event were to occur immediately and, accordingly, the equity component, calculated as the residual amount, is zero. In view of the aforementioned discretionary nature of the payment of the coupons, they are deducted directly from equity.

Capital perpetual preference shares (“CPPSs”), with the possibility of purchase by the issuer in certain circumstances, whose remuneration is discretionary, and which will be amortised permanently, totally or partially, in the event that the Bank or its consolidated group submits a capital ratio lesser than a certain percentage (trigger event), as defined in the corresponding prospectuses, are accounted for by the Group as equity instruments.

The following transactions are not treated for accounting purposes as financial instruments:

-

Investments in associates and joint ventures (see Note 13).

-

Rights and obligations under employee benefit plans (see Note 25).

-

Rights and obligations under insurance contracts (see Note 15).

-

Contracts and obligations relating to employee remuneration based on own equity instruments (see Note 34).

29

Table of Contents

ii. Classification of financial assets for measurement purposes

Financial assets are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as Non-current assets held for sale or they relate to Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (asset side), Hedging derivatives and Investments, which are reported separately.

Classification of financial instruments: the classification criteria for financial assets depends on the business model for their management and the characteristics of their contractual flows.

The Group's business models refer to the way in which it manages its financial assets to generate cash flows. In defining these models, the Group takes into account the following factors:

-

How key management staff are assessed and reported on the performance of the business model and the financial assets held in the business model.

-

The risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held in the business model) and, specifically, the way in which these risks are managed.

-

How business managers are remunerated.

-

The frequency and volume of sales in previous years, as well as expectations of future sales.

The analysis of the characteristics of the contractual flows of financial assets requires an assessment of the congruence of these flows with a basic loan agreement. Contractual cash flows that are only principal and interest payments on the outstanding principal amount meet this requirement.

Depending on these factors, the asset can be measured at amortised cost, at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, or at fair value with changes through profit and loss. IFRS9 also establishes an option to designate an instrument at fair value with changes in profit or loss, under certain conditions. The Group uses the following criteria for the classification of financial debt instruments:

-

Amortised cost: financial instruments under a business model whose objective is to collect principal and interest flows, over which there is no significant unjustified sales and fair value is not a key element in the management of these assets and contractual conditions they give rise to cash flows on specific dates, which are only payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount. In this sense, unjustified sales are considered to be those other than those related to an increase in the credit risk of the asset, unanticipated funding needs (stress case scenarios). Additionally, the characteristics of its contractual flows represent substantially a “basic financing agreement”.

-

Fair value with changes in other comprehensive income: financial instruments held in a business model whose objective is to collect principal and interest cash flows and the sale of these assets, where fair value is a key factor in their management. Additionally, the contractual cash flow characteristics substantially represent a “basic financing agreement”.

-

Fair value with changes in profit or loss: financial instruments included in a business model whose objective is not obtained through the above mentioned models, where fair value is a key factor in managing of these assets, and financial instruments whose contractual cash flow characteristics do not substantially represent a “basic financing agreement”. In this section it can be enclosed the portfolios classified under “Financial assets held for trading”, “Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”.

Equity instruments will be classified at fair value under IFRS9, with changes in profit or loss, unless the Group decides, for non-trading assets, to classify them at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (irrevocably) in the initial moment. The Group has generally applied this option to the equity instruments classified as “Available-for-sale” at December 31, 2017 under IAS39. In general, the Group has applied this option in the case of equity instruments classified under "Available for Sale" at December 31, 2017 under IAS39.

30

Table of Contents

Until December 31, 2017, the Group applied IAS39, under which the following three categories existed that are not applicable under IFRS9 (See note 1.b):

-

Financial assets available-for-sale: this category includes debt instruments not classified as Held-to-maturity investments, Loans and receivables or Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, provided that such instruments have not been classified as Financial assets held for trading or as Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss.

-

Loans and receivables: this category includes the investment arising from ordinary lending activities, such as the cash amounts of loans drawn down and not yet repaid by customers or the deposits placed with other institutions, whatever the legal instrument, unquoted debt securities and receivables from the purchasers of goods, or the users of services, constituting part of the Group's business.

-

Investments held-to-maturity: this category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments, for which the Group has both the intention and proven ability to hold to maturity.

iii. Classification of financial assets for presentation purposes

Financial assets are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:

-

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand: cash balances and balances receivable on demand relating to deposits with central banks and credit institutions.

-

Loans and advances: includes the debit balances of all credit and loans granted by the Group, other than those represented by securities, as well as finance lease receivables and other debit balances of a financial nature in favour of the Group, such as cheques drawn on credit institutions, balances receivable from clearing houses and settlement agencies for transactions on the stock exchange and organised markets, bonds given in cash, capital calls, fees and commissions receivable for financial guarantees and debit balances arising from transactions not originating in banking transactions and services, such as the collection of rentals and similar items. They are classified, on the basis of the institutional sector to which the debtor belongs, into:

-

Central banks: credit of any nature, including deposits and money market transactions received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.

-

Credit institutions: credit of any nature, including deposits and money market transactions, in the name of credit institutions.

-

Customers: includes the remaining credit, including money market transactions through central counterparties.

-

Debt instruments: bonds and other securities that represent a debt for their issuer, that generate an interest return, and that are in the form of certificates or book entries.

-

Equity instruments: financial instruments issued by other entities, such as shares, which have the nature of equity instruments for the issuer, other than investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. Investment fund units are included in this item.

-

Derivatives: includes the fair value in favour of the Group of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments.

-

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts credited to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are effectively hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.

-

Hedging derivatives: Includes the fair value in favour of the Group of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments, designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.

31

Table of Contents

iv. Classification of financial liabilities for measurement purposes

Financial liabilities are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale or they relate to Hedging derivatives or Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (liability side), which are reported separately.

IAS39 financial liabilities classification and measurement criteria remains substantially unchanged under IFRS9. Nevertheless, in most cases, the changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value with changes recognised through profit or loss for the year, due to the entity credit risk, are classified under other comprehensive income.

Financial liabilities are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:

-

Financial liabilities held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes financial liabilities incurred for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices, financial derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, and financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets acquired under reverse repurchase agreements (“reverse repos”) or borrowed (short positions).

-

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss: financial liabilities are included in this category when they provide more relevant information, either because this eliminates or significantly reduces recognition or measurement inconsistencies (accounting mismatches) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains or losses on them on different bases, or because a group of financial liabilities or financial assets and liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided on that basis to the Group’s key management personnel. Liabilities may only be included in this category on the date when they are incurred or originated.

-

Financial liabilities at amortised cost: financial liabilities, irrespective of their instrumentation and maturity, not included in any of the above-mentioned categories which arise from the ordinary borrowing activities carried on by financial institutions.

v. Classification of financial liabilities for presentation purposes

Financial liabilities are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:

-

Deposits: includes all repayable balances received in cash by the Group, other than those instrumented as marketable securities and those having the substance of subordinated liabilities (amount of the loans received, which for credit priority purposes are after common creditors), except for the debt instruments. This item also includes cash bonds and cash consignments received the amount of which may be invested without restriction. Deposits are classified on the basis of the creditor’s institutional sector into:

-

Central banks: deposits of any nature, including credit received and money market transactions received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.

-

Credit institutions: deposits of any nature, including credit received and money market transactions in the name of credit institutions.

-

Customer: includes the remaining deposits, including money market transactions through central counterparties.

-

Marketable debt securities: includes the amount of bonds and other debt represented by marketable securities, other than those having the substance of subordinated liabilities (amount of the loans received, which for credit priority purposes are after common creditors, and includes the amount of the financial instruments issued by the Group which, having the legal nature of capital, do not meet the requirements to qualify as equity, such as certain preferred shares issued). This item includes the component that has the consideration of financial liability of the securities issued that are compound financial instruments.

-

Derivatives: includes the fair value, with a negative balance for the Group, of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from the host contract, which do not form part of hedge accounting.

-

Short positions: includes the amount of financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets acquired under reverse repurchase agreements or borrowed.

32

Table of Contents

-

Other financial liabilities: includes the amount of payment obligations having the nature of financial liabilities not included in other items, and liabilities under financial guarantee contracts, unless they have been classified as non-performing.

-

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are effectively hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.

-

Hedging derivatives: includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments, designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.

d) Measurement of financial assets and liabilities and recognition of fair value changes

In general, financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised at fair value which, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, is deemed to be the transaction price. Financial instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss are adjusted by the transaction costs. Financial assets and liabilities are subsequently measured at each year-end as follows:

i. Measurement of financial assets

Financial assets are measured at fair value are valued mainly at their fair value without deducting any transaction cost for their sale.

The fair value of a financial instrument on a given date is taken to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be paid for it on an active, transparent and deep market (quoted price or market price). At December 31, 2018 there were no significant investments in quoted financial instruments that had ceased to be recognised at their quoted price because their market could not be deemed to be assets.

If there is no market price for a given financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.

All derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value from the trade date. If the fair value is positive, they are recognised as an asset and if the fair value is negative, they are recognised as a liability. The fair value on the trade date is deemed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to be the transaction price. The changes in the fair value of derivatives from the trade date are recognised in Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading (net) in the consolidated income statement. Specifically, the fair value of financial derivatives traded in organised markets included in the portfolios of financial assets or liabilities held for trading is deemed to be their daily quoted price and if, for exceptional reasons, the quoted price cannot be determined on a given date, these financial derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure OTC derivatives.

The fair value of OTC derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (present value or theoretical close) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: net present value (NPV), option pricing models and other methods.

The amount of debt securities and loans and advances under a business model whose objective is to collect the principal and interest flows are valued at their amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method in their determination. Amortised cost refers to the acquisition cost of a corrected financial asset or liability (more or less, as the case may be) for repayments of principal and the part systematically charged to the consolidated income statement of the difference between the initial cost and the corresponding reimbursement value at expiration. In the case of financial assets, the amortised cost includes, in addition, the corrections to their value due to the impairment. In the loans and advances covered in fair value hedging transactions, the changes that occur in their fair value related to the risk or the risks covered in these hedging transactions are recorded.

The effective interest rate is the discount rate that exactly matches the carrying amount of a financial instrument to all its estimated cash flows of all kinds over its remaining life. For fixed rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the contractual interest rate established on the acquisition date plus, where applicable, the fees and transaction costs that, because of their nature, form part of their financial return. In the case of floating rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the rate of return prevailing in all connections until the next benchmark interest reset date.

33

Table of Contents

Equity instruments and contracts related with these instruments are measured at fair value. However, in certain circumstances the Group estimates cost value as a suitable estimate of the fair value. This can happen if the recent event available information is not enough to measure the fair value or if there is a broad range of possible measures and the cost value represents the best estimates of fair value within this range.

The amounts at which the financial assets are recognised represent, in all material respects, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at each reporting date. Also, the Group has received collateral and other credit enhancements to mitigate its exposure to credit risk, which consist mainly of mortgage guarantees, cash collateral, equity instruments and personal security, assets leased out under finance lease and full-service lease agreements, assets acquired under repurchase agreements, securities loans and credit derivatives.

ii. Measurement of financial liabilities

In general, financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost, as defined above, except for those included under Financial liabilities held for trading and Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and financial liabilities designated as hedged items (or hedging instruments) in fair value hedges, which are measured at fair value.

iii. Valuation techniques

The following table shows a summary of the fair values, at the end of 2018, 2017 and 2016, of the financial assets and liabilities indicated below, classified on the basis of the various measurement methods used by the Group to determine their fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

 

in active

 

models

 

 

 

in active

 

Models

 

 

 

in active

 

models

 

 

 

 

markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

Financial assets held for trading

 

37,108

 

55,771

 

92,879

 

58,215

 

67,243

 

125,458

 

64,259

 

83,928

 

148,187

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,835

 

8,895

 

10,730

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,102

 

54,358

 

57,460

 

3,823

 

30,959

 

34,782

 

3,220

 

28,389

 

31,609

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

103,590

 

17,501

 

121,091

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets available-for-sale (**)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

113,258

 

18,802

 

132,060

 

89,563

 

25,862

 

115,425

Hedging derivatives (assets)

 

 —

 

8,607

 

8,607

 

 —

 

8,537

 

8,537

 

216

 

10,161

 

10,377

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

16,104

 

54,239

 

70,343

 

21,828

 

85,796

 

107,624

 

20,906

 

87,859

 

108,765

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

987

 

67,071

 

68,058

 

769

 

58,847

 

59,616

 

 —

 

40,263

 

40,263

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

 

 5

 

6,358

 

6,363

 

 8

 

8,036

 

8,044

 

 9

 

8,147

 

8,156

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 —

 

765

 

765

 

 —

 

1,117

 

1,117

 

 —

 

652 

 

652


(*)     See further detail regarding the impacts of the entry into force of IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)   In addition to the financial instruments measured at fair value shown in the foregoing table, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Group held equity instruments classified as Financial assets available-for-sale and carried at cost amounting to EUR 1,211 million and EUR 1,349 million, respectively (see Note 51.c).

The financial instruments at fair value determined on the basis of published price quotations in active markets (Level 1) include government debt securities, private-sector debt securities, derivatives traded in organised markets, securitised assets, shares, short positions and fixed-income securities issued.

In cases where price quotations cannot be observed, management makes its best estimate of the price that the market would set, using its own internal models. In most cases, these internal models use data based on observable market parameters as significant inputs (Level 2) and, in cases, they use significant inputs not observable in market data (Level 3). In order to make these estimates, various techniques are employed, including the extrapolation of observable market data. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument can be obtained from other market transactions performed with the same or similar instruments or can be measured by using a valuation technique in which the variables used include only observable market data, mainly interest rates.

The Group has developed a formal process for the systematic valuation and management of financial instruments, which has been implemented worldwide across all the Group’s units. The governance scheme for this process distributes responsibilities between two independent divisions: Treasury (development, marketing and daily management of financial products and market data) and Risk (on

34

Table of Contents

a periodic basis, validation of pricing models and market data, computation of risk metrics, new transaction approval policies, management of market risk and implementation of fair value adjustment policies).

The approval of new products follows a sequence of steps (request, development, validation, integration in corporate systems and quality assurance) before the product is brought into production. This process ensures that pricing systems have been properly reviewed and are stable before they are used.

The following subsections set forth the most important products and families of derivatives, and the related valuation techniques and inputs, by asset class:

Fixed income and inflation

The fixed income asset class includes basic instruments such as interest rate forwards, interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps, which are valued using the net present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted taking into account basis swap and cross currency spreads determined on the basis of the payment frequency and currency of each leg of the derivative. Vanilla options , including caps, floors and swaptions, are priced using the Black - Scholes model, which is one of the benchmark industry models. More exotic derivatives are priced using more complex models which are generally accepted as standard across institutions.

These pricing models are fed with observable market data such as deposit interest rates, futures rates, cross currency swap and constant maturity swap rates, and basis spreads, on the basis of which different yield curves, depending on the payment frequency, and discounting curves are calculated for each currency. In the case of options, implied volatilities are also used as model inputs. These volatilities are observable in the market for cap and floor options and swaptions, and interpolation and extrapolation of volatilities from the quoted ranges are carried out using generally accepted industry models. The pricing of more exotic derivatives may require the use of non-observable data or parameters, such as correlation (among interest rates and cross-asset), mean reversion rates and prepayment rates, which are usually defined from historical data or through calibration.

Inflation-related assets include zero-coupon or year-on-year inflation-linked bonds and swaps, valued with the present value method using forward estimation and discounting. Derivatives on inflation indices are priced using standard or more complex bespoke models, as appropriate. Valuation inputs of these models consider inflation-linked swap spreads observable in the market and estimations of inflation seasonality, on the basis of which a forward inflation curve is calculated. Also, implied volatilities taken from zero-coupon and year-on-year inflation options are also inputs for the pricing of more complex derivatives.

Equity and foreign exchange

The most important products in these asset classes are forward and futures contracts; they also include vanilla, listed and OTC (Over-The-Counter) derivatives on single underlying assets and baskets of assets. Vanilla options are priced using the standard Black-Scholes model and more exotic derivatives involving forward returns, average performance, or digital, barrier or callable features are priced using generally accepted industry models or bespoke models, as appropriate. For derivatives on illiquid stocks, hedging takes into account the liquidity constraints in models.

The inputs of equity models consider yield curves, spot prices, dividends, asset funding costs (repo margin spreads), implied volatilities, correlation among equity stocks and indices, and cross-asset correlation. Implied volatilities are obtained from market quotes of European and American-style vanilla call and put options. Various interpolation and extrapolation techniques are used to obtain continuous volatility for illiquid stocks. Dividends are usually estimated for the mid and long term. Correlations are implied, when possible, from market quotes of correlation-dependent products. In all other cases, proxies are used for correlations between benchmark underlyings or correlations are obtained from historical data.

The inputs of foreign exchange models include the yield curve for each currency, the spot foreign exchange rate, the implied volatilities and the correlation among assets of this class. Volatilities are obtained from European call and put options which are quoted in markets as of-the-money, risk reversal or butterfly options. Illiquid currency pairs are usually handled by using the data of the liquid pairs from which the illiquid currency can be derived. For more exotic products, unobservable model parameters may be estimated by fitting to reference prices provided by other non-quoted market sources.

Credit

The most common instrument in this asset class is the credit default swap (CDS), which is used to hedge credit exposure to third parties. In addition, models for first-to-default (FTD), n-to-default (NTD) and single-tranche collateralised debt obligation (CDO)

35

Table of Contents

products are also available. These products are valued with standard industry models, which estimate the probability of default of a single issuer (for CDS) or the joint probability of default of more than one issuer for FTD, NTD and CDO.

Valuation inputs are the yield curve, the CDS spread curve and the recovery rate. For indices and important individual issuers, the CDS spread curve is obtained in the market. For less liquid issuers, this spread curve is estimated using proxies or other credit-dependent instruments. Recovery rates are usually set to standard values. For listed single-tranche CDO, the correlation of joint default of several issuers is implied from the market. For FTD, NTD and bespoke CDO, the correlation is estimated from proxies or historical data when no other option is available.

Valuation adjustment for counterparty risk or default risk

The Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) is a valuation adjustment to OTC derivatives as a result of the risk associated with the credit exposure assumed to each counterparty.

The CVA is calculated taking into account potential exposure to each counterparty in each future period. The CVA for a specific counterparty is equal to the sum of the CVA for all the periods. The following inputs are used to calculate the CVA:

-

Expected exposure: including for each transaction the mark-to-market (MtM) value plus an add-on for the potential future exposure for each period. Mitigating factors such as collateral and netting agreements are taken into account, as well as a temporary impairment factor for derivatives with interim payments.

-

Loss Given Default: percentage of final loss assumed in a counterparty credit event/default.

-

Probability of default: for cases where there is no market information (the CDS quoted spread curve, etc.), proxies based on companies holding exchange-listed CDS, in the same industry and with the same external rating as the counterparty, are used.

-

Discount factor curve.

The debit valuation adjustment (DVA) is a valuation adjustment similar to the CVA but, in this case, it arises as a result of the Group’s own risk assumed by its counterparties in OTC derivatives.

The CVA at December 31, 2018 amounted to EUR 351 million (8.8% compared to December 31, 2017) and DVA amounted to EUR 261 million (18.9% compared to December 31, 2017). The variations are due to the fact that credit spreads for the most liquid maturities have been increased in percentages over 30%.

In addition, the Group amounts the funding fair value adjustment (FFVA) is calculated by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralised component of the OTC derivative portfolio. This includes the uncollateralised component of collateralised derivatives in addition to derivatives that are fully uncollateralised. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where available. The FFVA impact is not material for the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

As a result of the first application of IFRS9, the exposure at January 1, 2018, in level 3 financial instruments, has increased by EUR 2,183 million, mainly for loans and receivables, arising from new requirements regarding the classification and measurement of amortised cost items at other fair value items whose value is calculated using unobservable market inputs (see note 1.b).

In addition, the Group has reclassified in 2018 to level 3 the market value of certain transactions of bonds, long-term repos and derivatives for an approximate amount of EUR 1,300 million, the reason for this classification has been mainly due to lack of liquidity in certain significant inputs in the fair value of the aforementioned financial instruments.

In addition, during 2016 the Group carried out a review of its financial instruments valuation processes with the purpose of increasing the observability of certain inputs and parameters used in its valuation techniques. As a result of this review, it started to receive prices of interest rate derivatives with the option of a clear type of discount for EUR and USD and correlations between pairs of shares to services of consensus pricing, which has allowed to incorporate the inputs obtained directly or inferred from instrument prices, in their internal valuation processes. As a consequence, those non-observable inputs (the parameter of the reversion to the average of the interest rates and the correlations between shares, respectively) used in the valuation of interest rate derivatives with the option of cancelling type EUR and USD and derivatives on Stock baskets had become measurable and considered observable parameters, and therefore, these products were reclassified from Level 3 to Level 2.

36

Table of Contents

During 2018, 2017 and 2016 the Group has not carried out significant reclassifications of financial instruments between levels except the changes disclosed in the level 3 table.

Valuation adjustments due to model risk

The valuation models described above do not involve a significant level of subjectivity, since they can be adjusted and recalibrated, where appropriate, through internal calculation of the fair value and subsequent comparison with the related actively traded price. However, valuation adjustments may be necessary when market quoted prices are not available for comparison purposes.

The sources of risk are associated with uncertain model parameters, illiquid underlying issuers, and poor quality market data or missing risk factors (sometimes the best available option is to use limited models with controllable risk). In these situations, the Group calculates and applies valuation adjustments in accordance with common industry practice. The main sources of model risk are described below:

-

In the fixed income markets, the sources of model risk include bond index correlations, basis spread modelling, the risk of calibrating model parameters and the treatment of near-zero or negative interest rates. Other sources of risk arise from the estimation of market data, such as volatilities or yield curves, whether used for estimation or cash flow discounting purposes.

-

In the equity markets, the sources of model risk include forward skew modelling, the impact of stochastic interest rates, correlation and multi-curve modelling. Other sources of risk arise from managing hedges of digital callable and barrier option payments. Also worthy of consideration as sources of risk are the estimation of market data such as dividends and correlation for quanto and composite basket options.

-

For specific financial instruments relating to home mortgage loans secured by financial institutions in the UK (which are regulated and partially financed by the Government) and property asset derivatives, the main input is the Halifax House Price Index (HPI). In these cases, risk assumptions include estimations of the future growth and the volatility of the HPI, the mortality rate and the implied credit spreads.

-

Inflation markets are exposed to model risk resulting from uncertainty around modelling the correlation structure among various CPI rates. Another source of risk may arise from the bid-offer spread of inflation-linked swaps.

-

The currency markets are exposed to model risk resulting from forward skew modelling and the impact of stochastic interest rate and correlation modelling for multi-asset instruments. Risk may also arise from market data, due to the existence of specific illiquid foreign exchange pairs.

-

The most important source of model risk for credit derivatives relates to the estimation of the correlation between the probabilities of default of different underlying issuers. For illiquid underlying issuers, the CDS spread may not be well defined.

37

Table of Contents

Set forth below are the financial instruments at fair value whose measurement was based on internal models (Levels 2 and 3) at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

internal models at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18 (**)

 

 

 

 

(*)

  

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Valuation techniques

    

Main assumptions

ASSETS:

 

 

140,659

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

55,033

 

738

 

 

 

 

Credit institutions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Customers (***)

 

 

205

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Debt and equity instruments

 

 

314

 

153

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, HPI, FX market prices

Derivatives

 

 

54,514

 

585

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

44,423

 

185

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (****)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, HPI, Basis, Liquidity

Exchange rate options

 

 

617

 

 2

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

 

3,778

 

149

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate futures

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Index and securities options

 

 

1,118

 

198

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

 

4,578

 

51

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX and EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, Others

Hedging derivatives

 

 

8,586

 

21

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

7,704

 

21

 

Present value method

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Basis

Interest rate options

 

 

20

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Volatility surfaces

Other

 

 

862

 

 —

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Credit, Liquidity, Others

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

7,492

 

1,403

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

985

 

462

 

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments

 

 

5,085

 

481

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves

Loans and receivables (***)

 

 

1,422

 

460

 

Present value method, swap asset model & CDS

 

Interest rates curves and Credit curves

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

53,482

 

876

 

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 

9,226

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Credit institutions

 

 

22,897

 

201

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Customers

 

 

21,355

 

560

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices, HPI

Debt instruments

 

 

 4

 

115

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

16,066

 

1,435

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

455

 

581

 

Present value method

 

Market price, Interest rates curves, Dividends and Others

Debt instruments

 

 

14,699

 

165

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices

Loans and receivables

 

 

912

 

689

 

Present value method

 

Interest rates curves, FX market prices and Credit curves

Financial assets available for sale

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

127,991

 

442

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

53,950

 

289

 

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Credit institutions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Customers

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Derivatives

 

 

53,950

 

289

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

43,489

 

111

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (****)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, Basis, Liquidity, HPI

Exchange rate options

 

 

610

 

 7

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

 

4,411

 

26

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Index and securities options

 

 

1,233

 

143

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Interest rate and equity futures

 

 

 7

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

 

4,200

 

 2

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Short positions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Equity

Hedging derivatives

 

 

6,352

 

 6

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

 

5,868

 

 6

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Basis

Interest rate options

 

 

158

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Other

 

 

326

 

 —

 

Present value method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity, Other

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

66,924

 

147

 

Present value method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 

765

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

38

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Fair values calculated using internal models at

 

 

 

 

12/31/17 (**)

 

12/31/16 (**)

 

 

 

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Valuation techniques

ASSETS:

 

124,178

 

1,363

 

146,991

 

1,349

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

66,806

 

437

 

83,587

 

341

 

 

Credit institutions

 

1,696

 

 —

 

3,220

 

 —

 

Present value method

Customers (***)

 

8,815

 

 —

 

9,504

 

 —

 

Present value method

Debt and equity instruments

 

335

 

32

 

798

 

40

 

Present value method

Derivatives

 

55,960

 

405

 

70,065

 

301

 

 

Swaps

 

44,766

 

189

 

53,499

 

55

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (****)

Exchange rate options

 

463

 

 5

 

524

 

 2

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate options

 

4,747

 

162

 

5,349

 

173

 

Black's Model, Heath-Jarrow- Morton Model

Interest rate futures

 

 2

 

 —

 

1,447

 

 —

 

Present value method

Index and securities options

 

1,257

 

 5

 

1,725

 

26

 

Black-Scholes Model

Other

 

4,725

 

44

 

7,521

 

45

 

Present value method, Monte Carlo simulation and others

Hedging derivatives

 

8,519

 

18

 

10,134

 

27

 

 

Swaps

 

7,896

 

18

 

9,737

 

27

 

Present value method

Interest rate options

 

13

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

Other

 

610

 

 —

 

384

 

 —

 

N/A

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

30,677

 

282

 

28,064

 

325

 

 

Credit institutions

 

9,889

 

 —

 

10,069

 

 —

 

Present value method

Customers (*****)

 

20,403

 

72

 

17,521

 

74

 

Present value method

Debt and equity instruments

 

385

 

210

 

474

 

251

 

Present value method

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

18,176

 

626

 

25,206

 

656

 

 

Debt and equity instruments

 

18,176

 

626

 

25,206

 

656

 

Present value method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

153,600

 

196

 

136,835

 

86

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

85,614

 

182

 

87,790

 

69

 

 

Central banks

 

282

 

 —

 

1,351

 

 —

 

Present value method

Credit institutions

 

292

 

 —

 

44

 

 —

 

Present value method

Customers

 

28,179

 

 —

 

9,996

 

 —

 

Present value method

Derivatives

 

56,860

 

182

 

73,481

 

69

 

 

Swaps

 

45,041

 

100

 

57,103

 

 1

 

Present value method, Gaussian Copula (****)

Exchange rate options

 

497

 

 9

 

413

 

 —

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate options

 

5,402

 

19

 

6,485

 

21

 

Black's Model, Heath-Jarrow- Morton Model

Index and securities options

 

1,527

 

41

 

1,672

 

46

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate and equity futures

 

 1

 

 —

 

1,443

 

 —

 

Black's Model

Other

 

4,392

 

13

 

6,365

 

 1

 

Present value method, Monte Carlo simulation and others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short positions

 

 1

 

 —

 

2,918

 

 —

 

Present value method

Hedging derivatives

 

8,029

 

 7

 

8,138

 

 9

 

 

Swaps

 

7,573

 

 7

 

6,676

 

 9

 

Present value method

Interest rate options

 

287

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

Other

 

169

 

 —

 

1,452

 

 —

 

N/A

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

58,840

 

 7

 

40,255

 

 8

 

Present value method

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

1,117

 

 —

 

652

 

 —

 

See Note 15


(*)          See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (See Note 1.b)

(**)        Level 2 internal models use data based on observable market parameters, while level 3 internal models use significant non-observable inputs in market data.

(***)     Includes mainly short-term loans and reverse repurchase agreements with corporate customers (mainly brokerage and investment companies).

(****)   Includes credit risk derivatives with a net fair value of EUR 0 million at December 31, 2018 (December 31, 2017 and 2016: net fair value of EUR 0 million and EUR-1 million, respectively). These assets and liabilities are measured using the Standard Gaussian Copula Model.

(*****) Includes home mortgage loans to financial institutions in the UK (which are regulated and partly financed by the Government). The fair value of these loans was obtained using observable market variables, including current market transactions with similar amounts and collateral facilitated by the UK Housing Association. Since the Government is involved in these financial institutions, the credit risk spreads have remained stable and are homogeneous in this sector. The results arising from the valuation model are checked against current market transactions.

Level 3 financial instruments

Set forth below are the Group’s main financial instruments measured using unobservable market data as significant inputs of the internal models (Level 3):

-

Instruments in Santander UK’s portfolio (loans, debt instruments and derivatives) linked to the House Price Index (HPI). Even if the valuation techniques used for these instruments may be the same as those used to value similar products (present value in the case of loans and debt instruments, and the Black-Scholes model for derivatives), the main factors used in the valuation of these instruments are the HPI spot rate, the growth and volatility thereof, and the mortality rates, which are not always observable in the market and, accordingly, these instruments are considered illiquid.

·

HPI spot rate: for some instruments the NSA HPI spot rate, which is directly observable and published on a monthly basis, is used. For other instruments where regional HPI rates must be used (published quarterly), adjustments are made to reflect the different composition of the rates and adapt them to the regional composition of Santander UK’s portfolio.

39

Table of Contents

·

HPI growth rate: this is not always directly observable in the market, especially for long maturities, and is estimated in accordance with existing quoted prices. To reflect the uncertainty implicit in these estimates, adjustments are made based on an analysis of the historical volatility of the HPI, incorporating reversion to the mean.

·

HPI volatility: the long-term volatility is not directly observable in the market but is estimated on the basis of shorter-term quoted prices and by making an adjustment to reflect the existing uncertainty, based on the standard deviation of historical volatility over various time periods.

·

Mortality rates: these are based on published official tables and adjusted to reflect the composition of the customer portfolio for this type of product at Santander UK.

-

Callable interest rate derivatives (Bermudan-style options) where the main unobservable input is mean reversion of interest rates.

-

Trading derivatives on interest rates, taking as an underlying asset titling and with the amortization rate (CPR, Conditional prepayment rate) as unobservable main entry.

-

Derivatives from trading on inflation in Spain, where volatility is not observable in the market.

-

Derivatives on volatility of long-term interest rates (more than 30 years) where volatility is not observable in the market at the indicated term.

-

Equity volatility derivatives, specifically indices and equities, where volatility is not observable in the long term.

-

HTC&S (Hold to collect and sale) syndicated loans classified in the fair value category with changes in other comprehensive income, where the cost of liquidity is not directly observable in the market, as well as the prepayment option in favour of the borrower.

The measurements obtained using the internal models might have been different if other methods or assumptions had been used with respect to interest rate risk, to credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or to their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, the Bank’s directors consider that the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.

The net amount recognised in profit and loss in 2018 arising from models whose significant inputs are unobservable market data (Level 3) amounted to EUR 10 million profit (EUR 116 million loss in 2017 and EUR 60 million profit in 2016).

40

Table of Contents

The table below shows the effect, at December 31, 2018 on the fair value of the main financial instruments classified as Level 3 of a reasonable change in the assumptions used in the valuation. This effect was determined by applying the probable valuation ranges of the main unobservable inputs detailed in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Impacts (Million of euros)

 

Portfolio/Instrument (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Unfavourable

 

Favorable

 

(Level 3)

 

Valuation technique

 

Main unobservable inputs

 

Range

 

average

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading derivatives

 

Present value method

 

Curves on TAB indices (**)

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

(0.3)

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term rates MXN

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

Present value method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%‑5%

 

2.7%

 

(24.0)

 

20.7

 

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

783

(***)   

(7.8)

 

7.8

 

 

 

Interest Rate Curves, FX Market Prices

 

CPR

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(163.2)

 

(84.4)

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term FX volatility

 

11%‑17%

 

14.75%

 

(34.4)

 

5.0

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments and equity holdings

 

Present value method, others

 

Contingencies for litigation

 

0%‑100%

 

29%

 

(23.8)

 

9.7

 

 

 

Present value method, others

 

Late payment and prepayment rate capital cost long-term profit growth rate

 

 —

(a)   

 —

(a)   

(6.6)

 

6.6

 

 

 

Present value method, others

 

Interest Rate Curves, FX Market Prices and Credit Curves

 

 —

(a)   

 —

(a)   

1.8

 

(1.8)

 

 

 

Local Volatility

 

Long term volatility

 

n/a

 

34.0%

 

244.9

 

(313.8)

 

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit to customers

 

Weighted average by probability (according to forecast mortality rates) of European HPI options, using the Black-Scholes model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%-5%

 

2.8%

 

(6.2)

 

5.0

 

Debt instruments and equity instruments

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

783

(***)   

(11.2)

 

11.2

 

 

 

TD Black

 

Spain volatility

 

n/a

 

4.7%

 

2.2

 

(11.5)

 

 

 

Model Asset Swap & CDS

 

Model - Interest Rate Curves and Credit

 

n/a

 

7.7%

 

(19.8)

 

4.4

 

 

 

Cvx. Adj (SLN)

 

Long term volatility

 

n/a

 

8.0%

 

(121.2)

 

105.1

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading derivatives

 

Present value method, modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0%‑5%

 

2.6%

 

(5.4)

 

5.8

 

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

722

(***)   

(4.9)

 

4.8

 

 

 

 

 

Curves on TAB indices (**)

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

Discounted flows denominated in different currencies

 

Long-term rates MXN

 

Bid Offer Spread
IRS TIIE 2bp - 6bp
X-CCY USD/MXN 3bp - 10bp

 


IRS TIIE 3bp
X-CCY MXN/USD 4bp

 

(1.2)

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

 

Advanced models of local and stochastic volatility

 

Correlation between the price of shares

 

55%-75%

 

65%

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

Advanced multi-factor interest rate models

 

Mean reversion of interest rates

 

0.0001-0.03

 

0.01

(****)  

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

(b)   

 —

(b)   


(*)         See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)       TAB: “Tasa Activa Bancaria” (Active Bank Rate). Average interest rates on 30, 90, 180 and 360-day deposits published by the Chilean Association of Banks and Financial Institutions (ABIF) in nominal currency (Chilean peso) and in real terms, adjusted for inflation (in Chilean unit of account (Unidad de Fomento - UF)).

(***)     There are national and regional HPIs. The HPI spot value is the weighted average of the indices that correspond to the positions of each portfolio. The impact reported is in response to a 10% shift.

(****)   Theoretical average value of the parameter. The change made for the favourable scenario is from 0.0001 to 0.03. An unfavourable scenario was not considered as there was no margin for downward movement from the parameter’s current level.

(a)

The exercise was performed for the unobservable inputs described in the column "Main unobservable inputs" under probable scenarios. The weighted average range and value used is not shown because this exercise has been carried out jointly for different inputs or variants of them (for example, the TAB input are vector-term curves, for which there are also nominal and indexed curves to inflation), it is not possible to break down the result in an isolated manner by type of input. In the case of the TAB curve, the result is reported before movements of +/‑100 b.p. for the joint sensitivity of this index in CLP (Chilean peso) and UF. The same applies for interest rates in MXN (Mexican peso).

(b)

The Group calculates the potential impact on the measurement of each instrument on a joint basis, regardless of whether the individual value is positive (assets) or negative (liabilities), and discloses the joint effect associated with the related instruments classified on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

41

Table of Contents

Lastly, the changes in the financial instruments classified as Level 3 in 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

01-01-2018 (*)

 

Changes

 

12/31/2018

 

    

Fair value

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

Purchases/

 

Sales/

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Million of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Settlements

 

Amortization

 

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

437

 

85

 

(26)

 

(34)

 

(16)

 

 —

 

312

 

(20)

 

738

Debt instruments and equity instruments

 

32

 

22

 

(6)

 

(34)

 

 2

 

 —

 

141

 

(4)

 

153

Trading derivatives

 

405

 

63

 

(20)

 

 —

 

(18)

 

 —

 

171

 

(16)

 

585

Swaps

 

189

 

 —

 

(8)

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

 

(4)

 

185

Exchange rate options

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 2

Interest rate options

 

162

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

 8

 

(2)

 

149

Index and securities options

 

 5

 

41

 

(1)

 

 —

 

(35)

 

 —

 

195

 

(7)

 

198

Other

 

44

 

22

 

(8)

 

 —

 

31

 

 —

 

(36)

 

(2)

 

51

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

Swaps

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 —

 

105

 

 —

 

 —

 

19

 

 —

 

699

 

53

 

876

Credit entities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

202

 

 —

 

201

Loans and advances to customers

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

 

 —

 

497

 

57

 

560

Debt instruments

 

 —

 

105

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4)

 

115

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,365

 

66

 

(30)

 

(5)

 

12

 

 —

 

31

 

(36)

 

1,403

Loans and advances to customers

 

465

 

56

 

(22)

 

 —

 

20

 

 —

 

 —

 

(59)

 

460

Debt instruments

 

518

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

(29)

 

 —

 

 1

 

(2)

 

481

Equity instruments

 

382

 

10

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

21

 

 —

 

30

 

25

 

462

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1,726

 

162

 

(238)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(269)

 

147

 

(93)

 

1,435

TOTAL ASSETS

 

3,546

 

418

 

(294)

 

(39)

 

18

 

(269)

 

1,189

 

(96)

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

182

 

41

 

(95)

 

 —

 

 9

 

 —

 

161

 

(9)

 

289

Trading derivatives

 

182

 

41

 

(95)

 

 —

 

 9

 

 —

 

161

 

(9)

 

289

Swaps

 

100

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

28

 

(3)

 

111

Exchange rate options

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

Interest rate options

 

19

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

10

 

(1)

 

26

Index and securities options

 

41

 

41

 

(87)

 

 —

 

25

 

 —

 

128

 

(5)

 

143

Others

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(6)

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 2

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

 7

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

Swaps

 

 7

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 7

 

140

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

147

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

196

 

181

 

(95)

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

161

 

(9)

 

442


(*) See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

Changes

 

2017

 

    

Fair value

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Million of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Purchases

    

Sales

    

Issues

    

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

341

 

45

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(129)

 

 —

 

200

 

 1

 

437

Debt and equity instruments

 

40

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

32

Derivatives

 

301

 

45

 

(14)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(128)

 

 —

 

200

 

 1

 

405

Swaps

 

55

 

 1

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(59)

 

 —

 

200

 

(2)

 

189

Exchange rate options

 

 2

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

Interest rate options

 

173

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

162

Index and securities options

 

26

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(18)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 5

Other

 

45

 

39

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

 

44

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

27

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

Swaps

 

27

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

325

 

 —

 

(9)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(20)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(14)

 

282

Loans and advances to customers

 

74

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

72

Debt instruments

 

237

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(10)

 

199

Equity instruments

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

11

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

656

 

 1

 

(239)

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

59

 

(6)

 

160

 

626

TOTAL ASSETS

 

1,349

 

46

 

(271)

 

 —

 

(5)

 

(156)

 

59

 

194

 

147

 

1,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

69

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

126

 

(5)

 

182

Derivatives

 

69

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

126

 

(5)

 

182

Swaps

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(26)

 

 —

 

126

 

(1)

 

100

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 9

Interest rate options

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

19

Index and securities options

 

46

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

41

Other

 

 1

 

12

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

13

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

Swaps

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 8

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 7

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

86

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(40)

 

 —

 

126

 

(6)

 

196

 

42

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

Changes

 

2016

 

    

Fair value

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Million of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Purchases

    

Sales

    

Issues

    

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

950

 

 —

 

(157)

 

 —

 

 —

 

52

 

 —

 

(489)

 

(15)

 

341

Debt and equity instruments

 

43

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

40

Derivatives

 

907

 

 —

 

(152)

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

 

 —

 

(489)

 

(14)

 

301

Swaps

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

55

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

Interest rate options

 

619

 

 —

 

(52)

 

 —

 

 —

 

39

 

 —

 

(433)

 

 —

 

173

Index and securities options

 

120

 

 —

 

(30)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

(56)

 

(5)

 

26

Other

 

114

 

 —

 

(70)

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

(13)

 

45

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

18

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

Swaps

 

18

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

514

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

(104)

 

 6

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(82)

 

325

Loans and advances to customers

 

81

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

(12)

 

74

Debt instruments

 

283

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

(40)

 

237

Equity instruments

 

150

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(104)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(30)

 

14

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

999

 

37

 

(263)

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

(11)

 

(29)

 

(49)

 

656

TOTAL ASSETS

 

2,481

 

37

 

(431)

 

 —

 

(132)

 

71

 

(11)

 

(520)

 

(146)

 

1,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

302

 

 —

 

(34)

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(10)

 

69

Derivatives

 

302

 

 —

 

(34)

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(10)

 

69

Swaps

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Interest rate options

 

194

 

 —

 

(19)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

(155)

 

 —

 

21

Index and securities options

 

107

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

(44)

 

(10)

 

46

Other

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

11

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

Swaps

 

11

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

11

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 8

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

324

 

 —

 

(37)

 

 —

 

 —

 

11

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(13)

 

86

 

iv.    Recognition of fair value changes

As a general rule, changes in the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated income statement. A distinction is made between the changes resulting from the accrual of interest and similar items, (which are recognised under Interest income or Interest expense, as appropriate), and those arising for other reasons, which are recognised at their net amount under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities.

Adjustments due to changes in fair value arising from:

-

Financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income are recorded temporarily, in the case of debt instruments in other comprehensive income - Elements that can be reclassified to profit or loss - Financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, while in the case of equity instruments are recorded in other comprehensive income - Elements that will not be reclassified to line item - Changes in the fair value of equity instruments valued at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income. Exchange differences on debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income are recognised under Exchange Differences, net of the consolidated income statement. Exchange differences on equity instruments, in which the irrevocable option of being measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income has been chosen, are recognised in Other comprehensive income - Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income.

-

Items charged or credited to Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Exchange differences in equity remain in the Group's consolidated equity until the asset giving rise to them is impaired or derecognised, at which time they are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

-

Unrealised gains on Financial assets classified as Non-current assets held for sale because they form part of a disposal group or a discontinued operation are recognised in Other comprehensive income under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Non-current assets held for sale.

43

Table of Contents

v.    Hedging transactions

The consolidated entities use financial derivatives for the following purposes: i) to facilitate these instruments to customers who request them in the management of their market and credit risks; ii) to use these derivatives in the management of the risks of the Group entities’ own positions and assets and liabilities (hedging derivatives); and iii) to obtain gains from changes in the prices of these derivatives (derivatives).

Financial derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are treated for accounting purposes as trading derivatives.

A derivative qualifies for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are met:

1. The derivative hedges one of the following three types of exposure:

a.

Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations, among others, in the interest rate and/or exchange rate to which the position or balance to be hedged is subject (fair value hedge);

b.

Changes in the estimated cash flows arising from financial assets and liabilities, commitments and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedge);

c.

The net investment in a foreign operation (hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation).

2. It is effective in offsetting exposure inherent in the hedged item or position throughout the expected term of the hedge, which means that:

a.

At the date of arrangement the hedge is expected, under normal conditions, to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness).

b.

There is sufficient evidence that the hedge was actually effective during the whole life of the hedged item or position (retrospective effectiveness). To this end, the Group checks that the results of the hedge were within a range of 80% to 125% of the results of the hedged item.

3. There must be adequate documentation evidencing the specific designation of the financial derivative to hedge certain balances or transactions and how this hedge was expected to be achieved and measured, provided that this is consistent with the Group’s management of own risks.

The changes in value of financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting are recognised as follows:

a. In fair value hedges, the gains or losses arising on both the hedging instruments and the hedged items attributable to the type of risk being hedged are recognised directly in the consolidated income statement.

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk on a portfolio of financial instruments, the gains or losses that arise on measuring the hedging instruments are recognised directly in the consolidated income statement, whereas the gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the hedged amount (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognised in the consolidated income statement with a balancing entry under Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk on the asset or liability side of the balance sheet, as appropriate.

b. In cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in value of the hedging instrument is recognised temporarily in Other comprehensive income – under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedging derivatives – Cash flow hedges (effective portion) until the forecast transactions occur, when it is recognised in the consolidated income statement, unless, if the forecast transactions result in the recognition of non-financial assets or liabilities, it is included in the cost of the non-financial asset or liability.

c. In hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gains or losses attributable to the portion of the hedging instruments qualifying as an effective hedge are recognised temporarily in Other comprehensive income under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedges of net investments in foreign operations until the gains or losses – on the hedged item are recognised in profit or loss.

44

Table of Contents

d. The ineffective portion of the gains or losses on the hedging instruments of cash flow hedges and hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation is recognised directly under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) in the consolidated income statement, in Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net.

If a derivative designated as a hedge no longer meets the requirements described above due to expiration, ineffectiveness or for any other reason, the derivative is classified for accounting purposes as a trading derivative.

When fair value hedge accounting is discontinued, the adjustments previously recognised on the hedged item are amortised to profit or loss at the effective interest rate recalculated at the date of hedge discontinuation. The adjustments must be fully amortised at maturity.

When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity under other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss (from the period when the hedge was effective) remains in this equity item until the forecast transaction occurs, at which time it is recognised in profit or loss, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case the cumulative gain or loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

vi.    Derivatives embedded in hybrid financial instruments

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or in other host contracts are accounted for separately as derivatives if their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts, provided that the host contracts are not classified as financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss or as Financial assets/liabilities held for trading.

e) Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:

1. If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties unconditional sale of financial assets, sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at their fair value at the date of repurchase, sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is deeply out of the money, securitisation of assets in which the transferor does not retain a subordinated debt or grant any credit enhancement to the new holders, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is derecognised and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognised simultaneously.

2. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at a fixed price or at the sale price plus interest, a securities lending agreement in which the borrower undertakes to return the same or similar assets, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is not derecognised and continues to be measured by the same criteria as those used before the transfer. However, the following items are recognised:

a.

An associated financial liability, which is recognised for an amount equal to the consideration received and is subsequently measured at amortised cost, unless it meets the requirements for classification under Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

b.

The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognised and any expense incurred on the new financial liability, without offsetting.

3. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is not deeply in or out of the money, securitisation of assets in which the transferor retains a subordinated debt or other type of credit enhancement for a portion of the transferred asset, and other similar cases- the following distinction is made:

a.

If the transferor does not retain control of the transferred financial asset, the asset is derecognised and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognised.

b.

If the transferor retains control of the transferred financial asset, it continues to recognise it for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognises a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortised cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.

45

Table of Contents

Accordingly, financial assets are only derecognised when the rights to the cash flows they generate have expired or when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties. Similarly, financial liabilities are only derecognised when the obligations they generate have been extinguished or when they are acquired with the intention either to cancel them or to resell them.

f) Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial asset and liability balances are offset, i.e. reported in the consolidated balance sheet at their net amount, only if the Group entities currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Following is the detail of financial assets and liabilities that were offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

    

assets

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

107,055

 

(42,509)

 

64,546

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

79,114

 

(4,031)

 

75,083

Total

 

186,169

 

(46,540)

 

139,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

    

assets

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

103,740

 

(37,960)

 

65,780

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

56,701

 

(7,145)

 

49,556

Total

 

160,441

 

(45,105)

 

115,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

 

    

Gross amount

    

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

 

assets

 

sheet

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,679

 

(45,259)

 

82,420

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

53,159

 

(2,213)

 

50,946

Total

 

180,838

 

(47,472)

 

133,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

104,213

 

(42,509)

 

61,704

Repurchase agreements

 

82,201

 

(4,031)

 

78,170

Total

 

186,414

 

(46,540)

 

139,874

 

46

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

103,896

 

(37,960)

 

65,936

Repurchase agreements

 

110,953

 

(7,145)

 

103,808

Total

 

214,849

 

(45,105)

 

169,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,784

 

(45,259)

 

82,525

Repurchase agreements

 

82,543

 

(2,213)

 

80,330

Total

 

210,327

 

(47,472)

 

162,855

 

Also, at December 31, 2018 the Group has offset other items amounting to EUR 1,445 million (December 31, 2017 and 2016: EUR 1,645 million and EUR 1,742 million, respectively).

At December 31, 2018 the balance sheet shows the amounts EUR 128,637 million (2017: EUR 97,017 million and 2016: EUR 110,445 million) on derivatives and repos as assets and EUR 130,969 million (2017: EUR 153,566 million and 2016: EUR 137,097 million) on derivatives and repos as liabilities that are subject to netting and collateral arrangements.

g) Impairment of financial assets

i. Definition

The Group associates an impairment in the value to financial assets measured at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, lease receivables and commitments and guarantees granted that are not measured at fair value.

The impairment for expected credit losses is recorded with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment arises. In the event of occurrence, the recoveries of previously recognised impairment losses are recorded in the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment no longer exists or is reduced.

In the case of purchased or originated credit-impaired assets, the Group only recognizes at the reporting date the changes in the expected credit losses during the life of the asset since the initial recognition as a credit loss. In the case of assets measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, the changes in the fair value due to expected credit losses are charged in the consolidated income statement of the year where the change happened, reflecting the rest of the valuation in other comprehensive income.

As a rule, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between the contractual cash flows to be recovered and the expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate. In the case of purchased or originated credit-impaired assets, this difference is discounted using the effective interest rate adjusted by credit rating.

Depending on the classification of financial instruments, which is mentioned in the following sections, the expected credit losses may be along 12 months or during the life of the financial instrument:

-

12-month expected credit losses: arising from the potential default events, as defined in the following sections that are estimated to be likely to occur within the 12 months following the reporting date. These losses will be associated with financial assets classified as "normal risk" as defined in the following sections.

47

Table of Contents

-

Expected credit losses over the life of the financial instrument: arising from the potential default events that are estimated to be likely to occur throughout the life of the financial instruments. These losses are associated with financial assets classified as "normal risk under watchlist" or "doubtful risk".

With the purpose of estimating the expected life of the financial instrument all the contractual terms have been taken into account (e.g. prepayments, duration, purchase options, etc.), being the contractual period (including extension options) the maximum period considered to measure the expected credit losses. In the case of financial instruments with an uncertain maturity period and a component of undrawn commitment (e.g.: credit cards), the expected life is estimated through quantitative analyses to determine the period during which the entity is exposed to credit risk, also considering the effectiveness of management procedures that mitigate such exposure (e.g. the ability to unilaterally cancel such financial instruments, etc.).

The following constitute effective guarantees:

a)    Mortgage guarantees on housing as long as they are first duly constituted and registered in favour of the entity. The properties include:

i.

Buildings and building elements, distinguishing among:

-

Houses;

-

Offices, stores and multi-purpose premises;

-

Rest of buildings such as non-multi-purpose premises and hotels.

ii.

Urban and developable ordered land.

iii.

Rest of properties that classify as: buildings and building elements under construction, such as property development in progress and halted development, and the rest of land types, such as rustic lands.

b)   Collateral guarantees on financial instruments in the form of cash deposits and debt securities issued by creditworthy issuers.

c)    Other types of real guarantees, including properties received in guarantee and second and subsequent mortgages on properties, as long as the entity demonstrates its effectiveness. When assessing the effectiveness of the second and subsequent mortgages on properties the entity will implement particularly restrictive criteria. It will take into account, among others, whether the previous charges are in favour of the entity itself or not and the relationship between the risk guaranteed by them and the property value.

d)    Personal guarantees, as well as the incorporation of new owners, covering the entire amount of the financial instruments and implying direct and joint liability to the entity of persons or other entities whose solvency is sufficiently proven to ensure the repayment of the loan on the agreed terms.

ii. Financial instruments presentation

For the purposes of estimating the impairment amount, and in accordance with its internal policies, the Group classifies its financial instruments (financial assets, commitments and guarantees) measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income in one of the following categories:

-

Normal Risk ("Stage 1"): includes all instruments that do not meet the requirements to be classified in the rest of the categories.

-

Normal risk under watchlist ("Stage 2"): includes all instruments that, without meeting the criteria for classification as doubtful or default risk, have experienced significant increases in credit risk since initial recognition.

48

Table of Contents

In order to determine whether a financial instrument has increased its credit risk since initial recognition and is to be classified in Stage 2, the Group considers the following criteria:

Quantitative criteria

Changes in the risk of a default occurring through the expected life of the financial instrument are analysed and quantified with respect to its credit level in its initial recognition.

With the purpose of determining if such changes are considered as significant, with the consequent classification into stage 2, each Group unit has defined the quantitative thresholds to consider in each of its portfolios taking into account corporate guidelines ensuring a consistent interpretation in all units.

Qualitative criteria

In addition to the quantitative criteria indicated, various indicators are used that are aligned with those used by the Group in the normal management of credit risk. Irregular positions of more than 30 days and renewals (see Note 54.c) are common criteria in all Group units. In addition, each unit can define other qualitative indicators, for each of its portfolios, according to the particularities and normal management practices in line with the policies currently in force (e.g. use of management alerts, etc.).

The use of these qualitative criteria is complemented with the use of an expert judgement, under the corresponding governance.

 

In the case of forbearances, instruments classified as "normal risk under watchlist" may be generally reclassified to "normal risk" in the following circumstances: at least two years have elapsed from the date of reclassification to that category or from its forbearance date, the client has paid the accrued principal and interest balance, and the client has no other instruments with more than 30 days past due balances.

-

Doubtful Risk (“Stage 3"): includes financial instruments, overdue or not, in which, without meeting the circumstances to classify them in the category of default risk, there are reasonable doubts about their total repayment (principal and interests) by the client in the terms contractually agreed. Likewise, off-balance-sheet exposures whose payment is probable and their recovery doubtful are considered in Stage 3. Within this category, two situations are differentiated:

-

Doubtful risk for non-performing loans: financial instruments, irrespective of the client and guarantee, with balances more than 90 days past due for principal, interest or expenses contractually agreed. This category also includes all loan balances for a client which overdue amount more than 90 days past due is greater than 20% of the loan receivable balance.

These instruments may be reclassified to other categories if, as a result of the collection of part of the past due balances, the reasons for their classification in Stage 3 do not remain and the client does not have balances more than 90 days past due in other loans.

-

Doubtful risk for reasons other than non-performing loans: this category includes doubtful recovery financial instruments that are not more than 90 days past due.

The Group considers that a financial instrument to be doubtful for reasons other than delinquency when one or more combined events have occurred with a negative impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial instrument. To this end, the following indicators, among others, are considered:

a)

Negative net equity or decrease because of losses of the client's net equity by at least 50% during the last financial year.

b)

Continued losses or significant decrease in revenue or, in general, in the client's recurring cash flows.

c)

Generalised delay in payments or insufficient cash flows to service debts.

d)

Significantly inadequate economic or financial structure or inability to obtain additional financing by the client.

e)

Existence of an internal or external credit rating showing that the client is in default.

49

Table of Contents

f)

Existence of overdue customer commitments with a significant amount to public institutions or employees.

These financial instruments may be reclassified to other categories if, as a result of an individualised study, reasonable doubts do not remain about the total repayment under the contractually agreed terms and the client does not have balances with more than 90 days past due.

In the case of forbearances, instruments classified as doubtful risk may be reclassified to the category of 'normal risk under watchlist' when the following circumstances are present: a minimum period of one year has elapsed from the forbearance date, the client has paid the accrued principal and interest amounts, and the client has no other loan balance with more than 90 days past due.

-

Default Risk: includes all financial assets, or part of them, for which, after an individualised analysis, their recovery is considered remote due to a notorious and irrecoverable deterioration of their solvency.

In any case, except in the case of financial instruments with collateral covering more than 10% of the balance of the loan, the Group considers as a general rule the following as a remote recovery: the loans of clients who are in the liquidation phase of bankruptcy proceedings, doubtful balances due to non-performing loans older than four years in this category and doubtful balances due to non-performing loans whose portion not covered by collateral has been maintained with 100% credit risk coverage for more than two years.

A financial asset amount is maintained in the balance sheet until they are considered as a "default risk", either all or a part of it, and the write-off is registered against the balance sheet.

In the case of operations that have only been partially derecognised, for forgiveness reasons or because part of the total balance is considered unrecoverable, the remaining amount shall be fully classified in the category of "doubtful risk", except where duly justified.

The classification of a financial asset, or part of it, as a 'default risk' does not involve the disruption of negotiations and legal proceedings to recover the amount.

iii.   Impairment valuation assessment

The Group has policies, methods and procedures in place to hedge its credit risk, both due to the insolvency attributable to counterparties and its residence in a specific country. These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the concession, study and documentation of financial assets, commitments and guarantees, as well as in the identification of their impairment and in the calculation of the amounts needed to cover their credit risk.

The asset impairment model in IFRS9 applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost, debt instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, lease receivables and commitments and guarantees granted that are not measured at fair value.

The impairment represents the best estimation of the financial assets expected credit losses at the balance sheet date, assessed both individually and collectively.

-

Individually: for the purposes of estimating the provisions for credit risk arising from the insolvency of a financial instrument, the Group individually assesses impairment by estimating the expected credit losses on those financial instruments that are considered to be significant and with sufficient information to make such an estimate.

Therefore, this classification mostly includes wholesale banking customers - Corporations, specialised financing - as well as some of the largest companies – Chartered and real estate developers - from retail banking.

The individually assessed impairment estimate is equal to the difference between the gross carrying amount of the financial instrument and the estimated value of the expected cash flows receivable discounted using the original effective interest rate of the transaction. The estimate of these cash flows takes into account all available information on the financial asset and the effective guarantees associated with that asset.

50

Table of Contents

-

Collectively: the Group also assesses impairment by estimating the expected credit losses collectively in cases where they are not assessed on an individual basis. This includes, for example, loans with individuals, sole proprietors or businesses in retail banking  subject to a standardised risk management.

For the purposes of the collective assessment of expected credit losses, the Group has consistent and reliable internal models. For the development of these models, instruments with similar credit risk characteristics that are indicative of the debtors' capacity to pay are considered.

The credit risk characteristics used to group the instruments are, among others: type of instrument, debtor's sector of activity, geographical area of activity, type of guarantee, aging of past due balances and any other factor relevant to estimating the future cash flows.

The Group performs retrospective and monitoring tests to evaluate the reasonableness of the collective estimate.

On the other hand, the methodology required to estimate the expected credit loss due to credit events is based on an unbiased and weighted consideration by the probability of occurrence of a series of scenarios, considering a range of three to five possible future scenarios, depending on the characteristics of each unit, which could have an impact on the collection of contractual cash flows, always taking into account the time value of money, as well as all available and relevant information on past events, current conditions and forecasts of the evolution of macroeconomic factors that are shown to be relevant for the estimation of this amount (for example: GDP (Gross Domestic Product), housing price, unemployment rate, etc.).

For the estimation of the parameters used in the estimation of impairment provisions (EAD (Exposure at Default), PD (Probability of Default), LGD (Loss Given Default)), the Group based its experience in developing internal models for the estimation of parameters both in the regulatory area and for management purposes, adapting the development of the impairment provision models under IFRS9.

-

Exposure at default: is the amount of estimated risk incurred at the time of the counterparty's analysis.

-

Probability of default: is the estimated probability that the counterparty will default on its principal and/or interest payment obligations.

-

Loss given default: is the estimate of the severity of the loss incurred in the event of non-compliance. It depends mainly on the updating of the guarantees associated with the operation and the future cash flows that are expected to be recovered.

The definition of default implemented by the Group for the purpose of calculating the impairment provision models is based on the definition in Article 178 of Regulation 575/2013 of the European Union (CRR), which is fully aligned with the requirements of IFRS9, which considers that a "default" exists in relation to a specific customer/contract when at least one of the following circumstances exists: the entity considers that there are reasonable doubts about the payment of all its credit obligations or that the customer/contract is in an irregular situation for more than 90 days with respect to any significant credit obligation.

In addition, the Group considers the risk generated in all cross-border transactions due to circumstances other than the usual commercial risk of insolvency (sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks arising from international financial activity, such as wars, natural catastrophes, balance of payments crisis, etc.).

IFRS9 includes a series of practical solutions that can be implemented by entities, with the aim of facilitating its implementation. However, in order to achieve a complete and high-level implementation of the standard, and following the best practices of the industry, the Group does not apply these practical solutions in a generalised manner:

-

Rebuttable presumption that the credit risk has increased significantly, when payments are more than 30 days past due: this threshold is used as an additional, but not primary, indicator of significant risk increase. Additionally, there may be cases in the Group where its use has been rebutted as a result of studies that show a low correlation of the significant risk increase with this past due threshold.

-

Assets with low credit risk at the reporting date: the Group assesses the existence of significant risk increase in all its financial instruments.

This information is provided in more detail in Note 54.c (Credit risk).

51

Table of Contents

h) Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements

Purchases (sales) of financial instruments under a non-optional resale (repurchase) agreement at a fixed price (repos) are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet as financing granted (received), based on the nature of the debtor (creditor), under Loans and advances with central banks, Loans and advances to credit institutions or Loans and advances to customers (Deposits from central banks, Deposits from credit institutions or Customer deposits).

Differences between the purchase and sale prices are recognised as interest over the contract term.

i) Non-current assets and Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

Non-current assets held for sale includes the carrying amount of individual items, disposal groups or items forming part of a business unit earmarked for disposal (discontinued operations), whose sale in their present condition is highly likely to be completed within one year from the reporting date. Therefore, the recovery of the carrying amount of these items -which can be of a financial nature or otherwise- will foreseeably be effected through the proceeds from their disposal.

Specifically, property or other non-current assets received by the consolidated entities as total or partial settlement of their debtors’ payment obligations to them are deemed to be Non-current assets held for sale, unless the consolidated entities have decided to make continuing use of these assets. In this connection, for the purpose of its consideration in the initial recognition of these assets, the Group obtains, at the foreclosure date, the fair value of the related asset through a request for appraisal by external appraisal agencies.

The Group has in place a corporate policy that ensures the professional competence and the independence and objectivity of the external appraisal agencies, in accordance with the regulations, which require appraisal agencies to meet independence, neutrality and credibility requirements, so that the use of their estimates does not reduce the reliability of its valuations. This policy establishes that all the appraisal companies and agencies with which the Group works in Spain should be registered in the Official Register of the Bank of Spain and that the appraisals performed by them should follow the methodology established in Ministry of Economy Order ECO/805/2003, of March 27. The main appraisal companies and agencies with which the Group worked in Spain in 2018 are as follows: Eurovaloraciones, S.A., Ibertasa, S.A., Tinsa Tasaciones Inmobiliarias, S.A.U., Krata, S.A. y Valtenic, S.A. Also, this policy establishes that the various subsidiaries abroad work with appraisal companies that have recent experience in the area and the type of asset under appraisal and meet the independence requirements established in the corporate policy. They should verify, inter alia, that the appraisal company is not a party related to the Group and that its billings to the Group in the last twelve months do not exceed 15% of the appraisal company’s total billings.

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale includes the balances payable arising from the assets held for sale or disposal groups and from discontinued operations.

Non-current assets and disposal groups of items that have been classified as held for sale are generally recognised at the date of their allocation to this category and are subsequently valued at the lower of their fair value less costs to sell or its book value. Non-current assets and disposal groups of items that are classified as held for sale are not amortised as long as they remain in this category.

At December, 31 2018 the fair value less costs to sell of non-current assets held for sale exceeded their carrying amount by EUR 471 million; however, in accordance with the accounting standards, this unrealised gain could not be recognised.

The valuation of the portfolio of non-current assets held for sale has been made in compliance with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards in relation to the estimate of the fair value of tangible assets and the value-in-use of financial assets.

The value of the portfolio is determined as the sum of the values of the individual elements that compose the portfolio, without considering any total or batch grouping in order to correct the individual values.

In the case of real estate assets foreclosed in Spain, which represent 86.5% of the Group’s total non-current assets held for sale, the valuation of the portfolio is carried out by applying the following models:

-

Market Value Model used in the valuation of finished residential properties (housing and parkings) and buildings of a tertiary nature (offices, commercial premises and multipurpose buildings). The current market value of real estate is based on automated valuations obtained by comparison of peers distinguishing by location and typology of the property. In addition, for individual significant assets, complete individual valuations are performed. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 2.

52

Table of Contents

-

Market Value Model according to the Evolution of Market Values issued in the valuation of property developments in progress. The current market value of the properties is estimated on the basis of complete individual valuations of third parties, calculated from the values of feasibility studies and development costs of the promotion, as well as selling expenses, distinguishing by location and typology of the property. The valuation of real estate assets under construction is made considering the current situation of the property and not considering the final value of the property. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 3.

-

Market Value Model according to the Statistical Evolution of Lands Values (Methodology used in the valuation of lands). A statistical update method is used, taking as reference the indexes published by the Ministry of Development applied to the latest individual valuations (appraisals) carried out by independent valuation companies and agencies. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 2.

In addition, in relation to the previously mentioned valuations, less costs to sell, are contrasted with the sales experience of each type of asset in order to confirm that there is no significant difference between the sale price and the valuation.

Impairment losses on an asset or disposal group arising from a reduction in its carrying amount to its fair value (less costs to sell) are recognised under Gains or (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement. The gains on a non-current asset held for sale resulting from subsequent increases in fair value (less costs to sell) increase its carrying amount and are recognised in the consolidated income statement up to an amount equal to the impairment losses previously recognised.

j) Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts

Insurance contracts involve the transfer of a certain quantifiable risk in exchange for a periodic or one-off premium. The effects on the Group’s cash flows will arise from a deviation in the payments forecast and/or an insufficiency in the premium set.

The Group controls its insurance risk as follows:

-

By applying a strict methodology in the launch of products and in the assignment of value thereto.

-

By using deterministic and stochastic actuarial models for measuring commitments.

-

By using reinsurance as a risk mitigation technique as part of the credit quality guidelines in line with the Group’s general risk policy.

-

By establishing an operating framework for credit risks.

-

By actively managing asset and liability matching.

-

By applying security measures in processes.

Reinsurance assets includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive for reinsurance contracts with third parties and, specifically, the reinsurer’s share of the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated insurance entities.

At least once a year these assets are reviewed to ascertain whether they are impaired (i.e. there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under the terms of the contract and the amount that will not be received can be reliably measured), and any impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement and the assets are written down.

Liabilities under insurance contracts includes the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at year-end.

Insurers’ results relating to their insurance business are recognised, according to their nature, under the related consolidated income statement items.

In accordance with standard accounting practice in the insurance industry, the consolidated insurance entities credit to the income statement the amounts of the premiums written and charge to income the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof.

53

Table of Contents

Insurance entities are therefore required to accrue at period-end the unearned revenues credited to their income statements and the accrued costs not charged to income.

At least at each reporting date the Group assesses whether the insurance contract liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet are adequate. For this purpose, it calculates the difference between the following amounts:

-

Current estimates of future cash flows under the insurance contracts of the consolidated entities. These estimates include all contractual cash flows and any related cash flows, such as claims handling costs; and

-

The carrying amount recognised in the consolidated balance sheet of its insurance contract liabilities (See Note 15), less any related deferred acquisition costs or related intangible assets, such as the amount paid to acquire, in the event of purchase by the entity, the economic rights held by a broker deriving from policies in the entity’s portfolio.

If the calculation results in a positive amount, this deficiency is charged to the consolidated income statement. When unrealised gains or losses on assets of the Group’s insurance companies affect the measurement of liabilities under insurance contracts and/or the related deferred acquisition costs and/or the related intangible assets, these gains or losses are recognised directly in equity. The corresponding adjustment in the liabilities under insurance contracts (or in the deferred acquisition costs or in intangible assets) is also recognised in equity.

The most significant items forming part of the technical provisions (see Note 15) are detailed below:

-

Non-life insurance provisions:

i)

Provision for unearned premiums: relates to the portion of the premiums received at year-end that is allocable to the period from the reporting date to the end of the policy cover period.

ii)

Provisions for unexpired risks: this supplements the provision for unearned premiums to the extent that the amount of the latter is not sufficient to reflect all the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the insurance companies in the policy period not elapsed at the reporting date.

-

Life insurance provisions: represent the value of the net obligations acquired vis-à-vis life insurance policyholders. These provisions include:

iii)

Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks: this relates to the portion of the premiums received at year-end that is allocable to the period from the reporting date to the end of the policy cover period.

iv)

Mathematical provisions: these relate to the value of the insurance companies’ obligations, net of the policyholders’ obligations. These provisions are calculated on a policy-by-policy basis using an individual capitalisation system, taking as a basis for the calculation the premium accrued in the year, and in accordance with the technical bases of each type of insurance updated, where appropriate, by the local mortality tables.

-

Provision for claims outstanding: this reflects the total obligations outstanding arising from claims incurred prior to the reporting date. This provision is calculated as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid and all the amounts already paid in relation to such claims.

-

Provision for bonuses and rebates: this provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insureds or beneficiaries and that of any premiums to be returned to policyholders or insureds, to the extent that such amounts have not been assigned at the reporting date. These amounts are calculated on the basis of the conditions of the related individual policies.

-

Technical provisions for life insurance policies where the investment risk is borne by the policyholders: these provisions are calculated on the basis of the indices established as a reference to determine the economic value of the policyholders’ rights.

k) Tangible assets

Tangible assets includes the amount of buildings, land, furniture, vehicles, computer hardware and other fixtures owned by the consolidated entities or acquired under finance leases. Tangible assets are classified by use as follows:

54

Table of Contents

i. Property, plant and equipment for own use

Property, plant and equipment for own use – including tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial satisfaction of financial assets representing receivables from third parties which are intended to be held for continuing use and tangible assets acquired under finance leases– are presented at acquisition cost, less the related accumulated depreciation and any estimated impairment losses (carrying amount higher than recoverable amount).

Depreciation is calculated, using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value. The land on which the buildings and other structures stand has an indefinite life and, therefore, is not depreciated.

The period tangible asset depreciation charge is recognised in the consolidated income statement and is calculated using the following depreciation rates (based on the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Average 

 

 

 

annual rate

 

Buildings for own use

 

2.0

%

Furniture

 

7.7

%

Fixtures

 

7.0

%

Office and IT equipment

 

25.0

%

Leasehold improvements

 

7.0

%

 

The consolidated entities assess at the reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired (i.e. its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount). If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and future depreciation charges are adjusted in proportion to the revised carrying amount and to the new remaining useful life (if the useful life has to be re-estimated).

Similarly, if there is an indication of a recovery in the value of a tangible asset, the consolidated entities recognise the reversal of the impairment loss recognised in prior periods and adjust the future depreciation charges accordingly. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognised in prior years.

The estimated useful lives of the items of property, plant and equipment for own use are reviewed at least at the end of the reporting period with a view to detecting significant changes therein. If changes are detected, the useful lives of the assets are adjusted by correcting the depreciation charge to be recognised in the consolidated income statement in future years on the basis of the new useful lives.

Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to property, plant and equipment for own use are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred, since they do not increase the useful lives of the assets.

ii.    Investment property

Investment property reflects the net values of the land, buildings and other structures held either to earn rentals or for obtaining profits by sales due to future increase in market prices.

The criteria used to recognise the acquisition cost of investment property, to calculate its depreciation and its estimated useful life and to recognise any impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.

In order to evaluate the possible impairment the Group determines periodically the fair value of its investment property so that, at the end of the reporting period, the fair value reflects the market conditions of the investment property at that date. This fair value is determined annually, taking as benchmarks the valuations performed by independent experts. The methodology used to determine the fair value of investment property is selected based on the status of the asset in question; thus, for properties earmarked for lease, the valuations are performed using the sales comparison approach, whereas for leased properties the valuations are made primarily using the income capitalisation approach and, exceptionally, the sales comparison approach.

In the sales comparison approach, the property market segment for comparable properties is analysed, inter alia, and, based on specific information on actual transactions and firm offers, current prices are obtained for cash sales of those properties. The valuations performed using this approach are considered as Level 2 valuations.

55

Table of Contents

In the income capitalisation approach, the cash flows estimated to be obtained over the useful life of the property are discounted taking into account factors that may influence the amount and actual obtainment thereof, such as: (i) the payments that are normally received on comparable properties; (ii) current and probable future occupancy; (iii) the current or foreseeable default rate on payments. The valuations performed using this approach are considered as Level 3 valuations, since significant unobservable inputs are used, such as current and probable future occupancy and/or the current or foreseeable default rate on payments.

iii. Assets leased out under an operating lease

Property, plant and equipment - Leased out under an operating lease reflects the amount of the tangible assets, other than land and buildings, leased out by the Group under an operating lease.

The criteria used to recognise the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognise the impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.

l) Accounting for leases

i. Finance leases

Finance leases are leases that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessors of an asset, the sum of the present value of the lease payments receivable from the lessee, including the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option at the end of the lease term when such exercise price is sufficiently below fair value at the option date such that it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised, is recognised as lending to third parties and is therefore included under Loans and receivables in the consolidated balance sheet.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, they present the cost of the leased assets in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the leased asset, and, simultaneously, recognise a liability for the same amount (which is the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the sum of the present value of the lease payments payable to the lessor plus, if appropriate, the exercise price of the purchase option). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for property, plant and equipment for own use.

In both cases, the finance income and finance charges arising under finance lease agreements are credited and debited, respectively, to interest and similar income and Interest expense and similar charges in the consolidated income statement so as to produce a constant rate of return over the lease term.

ii. Operating leases

In operating leases, ownership of the leased asset and substantially all the risks and rewards incidental thereto remain with the lessor.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessors, they present the acquisition cost of the leased assets under Tangible assets (See Note 16). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for similar items of property, plant and equipment for own use, and income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis under Other operating income in the consolidated income statement.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, the lease expenses, including any incentives granted by the lessor, are charged on a straight-line basis to Other general administrative expenses in their consolidated income statements.

The present value calculated applying IAS17 as of December 31, 2018 of the future payments committed by the Group for existing non-cancellable operating lease agreements amounts to EUR 8,699 million, of which EUR 739 million is payable within one year, EUR 2,472 million between one and five years and EUR 5,488 million in more than five years.

iii. Sale and leaseback transactions

In sale and leaseback transactions where the sale is at fair value and the leaseback is an operating lease, any profit or loss is recognised at the time of sale. In the case of finance leasebacks, any profit or loss is amortised over the lease term.

In accordance with IAS17, in determining whether a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, the Group should analyse, inter alia, whether at the inception of the lease there are purchase options whose terms and conditions make it reasonably

56

Table of Contents

certain that they will be exercised, and to whom the gains or losses from the fluctuations in the fair value of the residual value of the related asset will accrue.

m) Intangible assets

Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets (separable from other assets) without physical substance which arise as a result of a legal transaction or which are developed internally by the consolidated entities. Only assets whose cost can be estimated reliably and from which the consolidated entities consider it probable that future economic benefits will be generated are recognised.

Intangible assets are recognised initially at acquisition or production cost and are subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

i. Goodwill

Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first-time consolidation, is allocated as follows:

-

If it is attributable to specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired, by increasing the value of the assets (or reducing the value of the liabilities) whose fair values were higher (lower) than the carrying amounts at which they had been recognised in the acquired entities’ balance sheets.

-

If it is attributable to specific intangible assets, by recognising it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that the fair value of these assets within twelve months following the date of acquisition can be measured reliably.

-

The remaining amount is recognised as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more cash-generating units (a cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operation, generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets). The cash-generating units represent the Group’s geographical and/or business segments.

Goodwill (only recognised when it has been acquired by consideration) represents, therefore, a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets of the acquired entity that are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognised.

At the end of each annual reporting period or whenever there is any indication of impairment goodwill is reviewed for impairment (i.e. a reduction in its recoverable amount to below its carrying amount) and, if there is any impairment, the goodwill is written down with a charge to Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets, net - Intangible assets in the consolidated income statement.

An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

ii. Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets includes the amount of identifiable intangible assets (such as purchased customer lists and computer software).

Other intangible assets can have an indefinite useful life -when, based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the consolidated entities- or a finite useful life, in all other cases.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but rather at the end of each reporting period or whenever there is any indication of impairment the consolidated entities review the remaining useful lives of the assets in order to determine whether they continue to be indefinite and, if this is not the case, to take the appropriate steps.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised over those useful lives using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets.

The intangible asset amortisation charge is recognised under Depreciation and amortisation in the consolidated income statement.

57

Table of Contents

In both cases the consolidated entities recognise any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with a charge to Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets, net - Intangible assets in the consolidated income statement. The criteria used to recognise the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the reversal of impairment losses recognised in prior years are similar to those used for tangible assets (See Note 2.k).

Internally developed computer software

Internally developed computer software is recognised as an intangible asset if, among other requisites (basically the Group’s ability to use or sell it), it can be identified and its ability to generate future economic benefits can be demonstrated.

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the year in which it is incurred and cannot be subsequently capitalised.

n) Other assets

Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet includes the amount of assets not recorded in other items, the breakdown being as follows:

-

Inventories: this item includes the amount of assets, other than financial instruments, that are held for sale in the ordinary course of business, that are in the process of production, construction or development for such purpose, or that are to be consumed in the production process or in the provision of services. Inventories include land and other property held for sale in the property development business.

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value, which is the estimated selling price of the inventories in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs required to make the sale.

Any write-downs of inventories -such as those due to damage, obsolescence or reduction of selling price- to net realisable value and other impairment losses are recognised as expenses for the year in which the impairment or loss occurs. Subsequent reversals are recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they occur.

The carrying amount of inventories is derecognised and recognised as an expense in the period in which the revenue from their sale is recognised.

-

Other: this item includes the balance of all prepayments and accrued income (excluding accrued interest, fees and commissions), the net amount of the difference between pension plan obligations and the value of the plan assets with a balance in the entity’s favour, when this net amount is to be reported in the consolidated balance sheet, and the amount of any other assets not included in other items.

o) Other liabilities

Other liabilities includes the balance of all accrued expenses and deferred income, excluding accrued interest, and the amount of any other liabilities not included in other categories.

p) Provisions and contingent assets and liabilities

When preparing the financial statements of the consolidated entities, the Bank’s directors made a distinction between:

-

Provisions: credit balances covering present obligations at the reporting date arising from past events which could give rise to a loss for the consolidated entities, which is considered to be likely to occur and certain as to its nature but uncertain as to its amount and/or timing.

-

Contingent liabilities: possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the consolidated entities. They include the present obligations of the consolidated entities when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them. The Group does not recognise the contingent liability. The Group will disclose a contingent liability, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote.

58

Table of Contents

-

Contingent assets: possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognised in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement, but rather are disclosed in the notes, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions with respect to which it is considered that it is more likely than not the obligation will have to be settled. In accordance with accounting standards, contingent liabilities must not be recognised in the consolidated financial statements, but must rather be disclosed in the notes.

Provisions, which are quantified on the basis of the best information available on the consequences of the event giving rise to them and are reviewed and adjusted at the end of each year, are used to cater for the specific obligations for which they were originally recognised. Provisions are fully or partially reversed when such obligations cease to exist or are reduced.

Provisions are classified according to the obligations covered as follows (See Note 25):

-

Provision for pensions and similar obligations: includes the amount of all the provisions made to cover post-employment benefits, including obligations to pre-retirees and similar obligations.

-

Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments: include the amount of the provisions made to cover contingent liabilities -defined as those transactions in which the Group guarantees the obligations of a third party, arising as a result of financial guarantees granted or contracts of another kind- and contingent commitments -defined as irrevocable commitments that may give rise to the recognition of financial assets.

-

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions: include the amount of the provisions recognised to cover tax and legal contingencies and litigation and the other provisions recognised by the consolidated entities. Other provisions includes, inter alia, any provisions for restructuring costs and environmental measures.

q) Court proceedings and/or claims in process

At the end of 2018 certain court proceedings and claims were in process against the consolidated entities arising from the ordinary course of their operations (see Note 25).

r) Own equity instruments

Own equity instruments are those meeting both of the following conditions:

-

The instruments do not include any contractual obligation for the issuer: (i) to deliver cash or another financial asset to a third party; or (ii) to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the issuer.

-

The instruments will or may be settled in the issuer’s own equity instruments and are: (i) a non-derivative that includes no contractual obligation for the issuer to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments; or (ii) a derivative that will be settled by the issuer through the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are charged directly to equity.

Changes in the value of instruments classified as own equity instruments are not recognised in the consolidated financial statements. Consideration received or paid in exchange for such instruments, including the coupons on preference shares contingently convertible into ordinary shares and the coupons associated with CCPP, is directly added to or deducted from equity.

s) Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration

Own equity instruments delivered to employees in consideration for their services, if the instruments are delivered once the specific period of service has ended, are recognised as an expense for services (with the corresponding increase in equity) as the services are rendered by employees during the service period. At the grant date the services received (and the related increase in equity) are

59

Table of Contents

measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. If the equity instruments granted are vested immediately, the Group recognises in full, at the grant date, the expense for the services received.

When the requirements stipulated in the remuneration agreement include external market conditions (such as equity instruments reaching a certain quoted price), the amount ultimately to be recognised in equity will depend on the other conditions being met by the employees (normally length of service requirements), irrespective of whether the market conditions are satisfied. If the conditions of the agreement are met but the external market conditions are not satisfied, the amounts previously recognised in equity are not reversed, even if the employees do not exercise their right to receive the equity instruments.

t) Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the Group to recognise its income and expenses are summarised as follows:

i. Interest income, interest expenses and similar items

Interest income, interest expenses and similar items are generally recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. Dividends received from other companies are recognised as income when the consolidated entities’ right to receive them arises.

ii. Commissions, fees and similar items

Fee and commission income and expenses are recognised in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The main criteria are as follows:

-

Fee and commission income and expenses relating to financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognised when paid.

-

Those arising from transactions or services that are performed over a period of time are recognised over the life of these transactions or services.

-

Those relating to services provided in a single act are recognised when the single act is carried out.

iii. Non-finance income and expenses

They are recognised for accounting purposes when the good is delivered or the non-financial service is rendered. To determine the amount and timing of recognition, a five-step model is followed: identification of the contract with the customer, identification of the separate obligations of the contract, determination of the transaction price, distribution of the transaction price among the identified obligations and finally recording of income as the obligations are satisfied.

iv. Deferred collections and payments

These are recognised for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

v. Loan arrangement fees

Loan arrangement fees, mainly loan origination, application and information fees, are accrued and recognised in income over the term of the loan.

u) Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are defined as contracts whereby an entity undertakes to make specific payments on behalf of a third party if the latter fails to do so, irrespective of the various legal forms they may have, such as guarantees, insurance policies or credit derivatives.

The Group initially recognises the financial guarantees provided on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and simultaneously the Group recognises the amount of the fees, commissions and similar interest received at the inception of the transactions and a credit on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet for the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

60

Table of Contents

Financial guarantees, regardless of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments carried at amortised cost (described in Note 2.g above).

The provisions made for these transactions are recognised under Provisions - Provisions for commitments and guarantees given in the consolidated balance sheet (See Note 25). These provisions are recognised and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to Provisions or reversal of provisions, net, in the consolidated income statement.

If a specific provision is required for financial guarantees, the related unearned commissions recognised under Financial liabilities at amortised cost - Other financial liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet are reclassified to the appropriate provision.

v) Assets under management and investment and pension funds managed by the Group

Assets owned by third parties and managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. Management fees are included in Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statement.

The investment funds and pension funds managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet since the related assets are owned by third parties. The fees and commissions earned in the year for the services rendered by the Group entities to these funds (asset management and custody services) are recognised under Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statement.

Note 2.b.iv describes the internal criteria and procedures used to determine whether control exists over the structured entities, which include, inter alia, investment funds and pension funds.

w) Post-employment benefits

Under the collective agreements currently in force and other arrangements, the Spanish banks included in the Group and certain other Spanish and foreign consolidated entities have undertaken to supplement the public social security system benefits accruing to certain employees, and to their beneficiary right holders, for retirement, permanent disability or death, and the post-employment welfare benefits.

The Group's post-employment obligations to its employees are deemed to be defined contribution plans when the Group makes pre-determined contributions (recognised under Personnel expenses in the consolidated income statement) to a separate entity and will have no legal or effective obligation to make further contributions if the separate entity cannot pay the employee benefits relating to the service rendered in the current and prior periods. Post-employment obligations that do not meet the aforementioned conditions are classified as defined benefit plans (See Note 25).

Defined contribution plans

The contributions made in this connection in each year are recognised under Personnel expenses in the consolidated income statement. The amounts not yet contributed at each year-end are recognised, at their present value, under Provisions - Provision for pensions and similar obligations on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.

Defined benefit plans

The Group recognises under Provisions - Provision for pensions and similar obligations on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet (or under Other assets on the asset side, as appropriate) the present value of its defined benefit post-employment obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets.

Plan assets are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet the following conditions:

-

They are not owned by the consolidated entities, but by a legally separate third party that is not a party related to the Group.

-

They are only available to pay or fund post-employment benefits and they cannot be returned to the consolidated entities unless the assets remaining in the plan are sufficient to meet all the benefit obligations of the plan and of the entity to current and former employees, or they are returned to reimburse employee benefits already paid by the Group.

61

Table of Contents

If the Group can look to an insurer to pay part or all of the expenditure required to settle a defined benefit obligation, and it is practically certain that said insurer will reimburse some or all of the expenditure required to settle that obligation, but the insurance policy does not qualify as a plan asset, the Group recognises its right to reimbursement -which, in all other respects, is treated as a plan asset- under Insurance contracts linked to pensions on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

Post-employment benefits are recognised as follows:

-

Current service cost, (the increase in the present value of the obligations resulting from employee service in the current period), is recognised under Personnel expenses.

-

The past service cost, which arises from changes to existing post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits and includes the cost of reductions, is recognised under Provisions or reversal of provisions.

-

Any gain or loss arising from a liquidation of the plan is included in the Provisions or reversion of provisions.

-

Net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), i.e. the change during the period in the net defined benefit liability (asset) that arises from the passage of time, is recognised under Interest expense and similar charges (Interest and similar income if it constitutes income) in the consolidated income statement.

The remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability (asset) is recognised in Other comprehensive income under Items not reclassified to profit or loss and includes:

-

Actuarial gains and losses generated in the year, arising from the differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred and from the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions.

-

The return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

-

Any change in the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

x) Other long-term employee benefits

Other long-term employee benefits, defined as obligations to pre-retirees -taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree-, long-service bonuses, obligations for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that actuarial gains and losses are recognised under Provisions or reversal of provisions, net, in the consolidated income statement (see Note 25).

y) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised when there is a detailed formal plan identifying the basic changes to be made, provided that implementation of the plan has begun, its main features have been publicly announced or objective facts concerning its implementation have been disclosed.

z) Income tax

The expense for Spanish income tax and other similar taxes applicable to the foreign consolidated entities is recognised in the consolidated income statement, except when it results from a transaction recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax effect is also recognised in equity.

The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.

62

Table of Contents

Tax assets includes the amount of all tax assets, which are broken down into current -amounts of tax to be recovered within the next twelve months- and deferred -amounts of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from tax loss or tax credit carryforwards.

Tax liabilities includes the amount of all tax liabilities (except provisions for taxes), which are broken down into current -the amount payable in respect of the income tax on the taxable profit for the year and other taxes in the next twelve months- and deferred -the amount of income tax payable in future years.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are only recognised for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilised, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit nor accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognised if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilised.

Income and expenses recognised directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed at the reporting date in order to ascertain whether any adjustments need to be made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

aa) Residual maturity periods and average interest rates

The analysis of the maturities of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheet and the average interest rates at the end of the reporting periods is provided in Note 51.

ab) Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

This statement presents the income and expenses generated by the Group as a result of its business activity in the year, and a distinction is made between the income and expenses recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year and the other income and expenses recognised directly in consolidated equity.

Accordingly, this statement presents:

a.

Consolidated profit for the year.

b.

The net amount of the income and expenses recognised in Other comprehensive income under items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss.

c.

The net amount of the income and expenses recognised in Other comprehensive income under items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.

d.

The income tax incurred in respect of the items indicated in b) and c) above, except for the valuation adjustments arising from investments in associates or joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, which are presented net.

e.

Total consolidated recognised income and expense, calculated as the sum of a) to d) above, presenting separately the amount attributable to the parent company and the amount relating to non-controlling interests.

The statement presents the items separately by nature, grouping together items that, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss since the requirements established by the corresponding accounting standards are met.

63

Table of Contents

ac) Statement of changes in total equity

This statement presents all the changes in equity, including those arising from changes in accounting policies and from the correction of errors. Accordingly, this statement presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the year of all the consolidated equity items, and the changes are grouped together on the basis of their nature into the following items:

a.

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies and to errors: include the changes in consolidated equity arising as a result of the retrospective restatement of the balances in the consolidated financial statements, distinguishing between those resulting from changes in accounting policies and those relating to the correction of errors.

b.

Income and expense recognised in the year: includes, in aggregate form, the total of the aforementioned items recognised in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.

c.

Other changes in equity: includes the remaining items recognised in equity, including, inter alia, increases and decreases in capital, distribution of profit, transactions involving own equity instruments, equity-instrument-based payments, transfers between equity items and any other increases or decreases in consolidated equity.

ad) Consolidated statement of cash flows

The following terms are used in the consolidated statements of cash flows with the meanings specified:

-

Cash flows: inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, irrespective of the portfolio in which they are classified.

The Group classifies as cash and cash equivalents the balances recognised under Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand in the consolidated balance sheet.

-

Operating activities: the principal revenue-producing activities of credit institutions and other activities that are not investing or financing activities.

-

Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents.

-

Financing activities: activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the equity and liabilities that are not operating activities.

During 2018 the Group received interest amounting to EUR 50,685 million and paid interest amounting to EUR 19,927 million.

Also, dividends received and paid by the Group are detailed in Notes 4, 28 and 40, including dividends paid to minority interests (non-controlling interests).

3.     Santander Group

a) Banco Santander, S.A. and international Group structure

The growth of the Group in the last decades has led the Bank to also act, in practice, as a holding entity of the shares of the various companies in its Group, and its results are becoming progressively less representative of the performance and earnings of the Group. Therefore, each year the Bank determines the amount of the dividends to be distributed to its shareholders on the basis of the consolidated net profit, while maintaining the Group’s traditionally high level of capitalisation and taking into account that the transactions of the Bank and of the rest of the Group are managed on a consolidated basis (notwithstanding the allocation to each company of the related net worth effect).

At the international level, the various banks and other subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of the Group are integrated in a corporate structure comprising various holding companies which are the ultimate shareholders of the banks and subsidiaries abroad.

The purpose of this structure, all of which is controlled by the Bank, is to optimise the international organisation from the strategic, economic, financial and tax standpoints, since it makes it possible to define the most appropriate units to be entrusted with acquiring,

64

Table of Contents

selling or holding stakes in other international entities, the most appropriate financing method for these transactions and the most appropriate means of remitting the profits obtained by the Group’s various operating units to Spain.

The Appendices provide relevant data on the consolidated Group companies and on the companies accounted for using the equity method.

b) Acquisitions and disposals

Following is a summary of the main acquisitions and disposals of ownership interests in the share capital of other entities and other significant corporate transactions performed by the Group in the last three years:

i. Sale of the 49% stake in Wizink

Once the relevant regulatory authorizations had been obtained, on November 6, 2018 the operations related to the agreement reached with entities managed by Värde Partners, Inc (“Varde) and with WiZink Bank, S.A. (“WiZink”) communicated by the Group on March 26, 2018 by virtue of which:

i. Banco Santander, S.A. sold its 49% stake in WiZink to Varde for EUR 1,043 million, with no significant impact on the Group's results and,

ii. Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Santander Totta, S.A. acquired the business of credit and debit cards marketed by Grupo Banco Popular in Spain and Portugal that WiZink had acquired in 2014 and 2016. As a result of this transaction, the Group paid a total of EUR 681 million, receiving net assets worth EUR 306 million (mainly customer loans worth EUR 315 million), with the business combination generating a goodwill of EUR 375 million, which will be managed by the businesses in Spain.

With these transactions, the Group resumed Grupo Banco Popular's debit and credit card business, which improves the commercial strategy and facilitates Grupo Banco Popular's integration process.

ii. Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska S.A.

On December 14, 2017 the Group announced that its subsidiary Santander Bank Polska S.A. (previously Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.) together with Banco Santander, S.A., had reached an agreement with Deutsche Bank, A.G. for the acquisition (through a carve out) of the retail and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska S.A., excluding the foreign currency mortgage portfolio and the CIB (Corporate & Investment Banking) business, and including the asset management company DB Securities, S.A. (Poland).

In November 2018, once the regulatory authorisations had been received and approved by the general shareholders' meetings of Santander Bank Polska S.A. and Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., the acquisition of EUR 298 million in cash and newly issued shares of Santander Bank Polska S.A. subscribed in full by Deutsche Bank, A.G. was closed. As a result of this transaction, the Group has acquired net assets worth EUR 365 million, mainly loans and deposits to customers and credit institutions amounting to EUR 4,304 million and EUR 4,025 million, respectively, and negative value adjustments amounting to 82 million euros (mainly under line "Loans").

The difference between the fair value of the net assets acquired and the transaction value resulted in a gain of EUR 67 million which was recognised under "Negative Goodwill Recognised in Income" in the Group's consolidated income statement.

iii. Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.

On June 7, 2017 (the acquisition date), as part of its growth strategy in the markets where it is present, the Group communicated the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. (merged with Banco Santander, see Note 3.b)v) as a result of a competitive sale process organised in the framework of a resolution scheme adopted by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) and executed by the FROB, Spanish single resolution board, in accordance with Regulation (EU) 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 15, 2014, and Law 11/2015, of June 18, for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

65

Table of Contents

As part of the execution of the resolution:

-

All the shares of Banco Popular outstanding at the closing of market on June 7, 2017 and all the shares resulting from the conversion of the regulatory capital instruments Additional Tier 1 issued by Banco Popular have been converted into undisposed reserves.

-

All the regulatory capital instruments Tier 2 issued by Banco Popular have been converted into newly issued shares of Banco Popular, all of which have been acquired for a total consideration of one euro by the Group.

The transaction was approved by all the applicable regulatory and antitrust authorities in the territories where Banco Popular operated.

In accordance with IFRS3, the Group measured the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The detail of this fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business combination date was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million

As of June 7, 2017

  

  

of euros 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

1,861

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

18,974

Deposits from credit institutions

 

 

2,971

Loans and receivables (*)

 

 

82,057

Investments

 

 

1,815

Intangible assets (*)

 

 

133

Tax assets (*)

 

 

3,945

Non-current assets held for sale (*)

 

 

6,531

Other assets

 

 

6,259

Total assets

 

 

124,546

Deposits from central banks

 

 

28,845

Deposits from credit institutions

 

 

14,094

Customer deposits

 

 

62,270

Marketable debt securities and other financial liabilities

 

 

12,919

Provisions (***)

 

 

1,816

Other liabilities

 

 

4,850

Total liabilities (**)

 

 

124,794

Net assets

 

 

(248)

Purchase consideration

 

 

 —

Goodwill

 

 

248


(*) The main fair value adjustments were the following:

-

Loans and receivables: in the estimation of their fair value, impairment have been considered for an approximate amount of EUR 3,239 million, considering, among others, the sale process carried out by the Bank.

-

Foreclosed assets: the valuation, considering the sale process carried out by the company, has meant a reduction in the value of EUR 3,806 million, approximately.

-

Intangible assets: includes value reductions amounting to approximately of EUR 2,469 million, mainly recorded under the “Intangible assets - goodwill”.

-

Deferred tax assets: mainly corresponds to the reduction of the value of negative tax bases and deductions for an approximate amount of EUR 1,711 million.

(**)  After the initial analysis and the conversion of the subordinated debt, the best estimation is there is no significant impact between fair value and previous carrying amount of the financial liabilities.

(***) As a result of the resolution of Banco Popular, it includes the estimated cost of EUR 680 million relating to the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular of which EUR 535 million have been applied to the fidelity action.

The Group during 2018, closed their assessment exercise of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value, without any modification with respect to what was recorded in 2017.

iv. Sale agreement of Banco Popular’s real estate business

In relation with Banco Popular’s real estate business, on 8 August 2017, the Group announced the agreement with a Blackstone fund for the acquisition by the fund of 51% of, and hence the assignment of control over, part of Banco Popular's real estate business (the “Business”), which comprises a portfolio of foreclosed properties, real estate companies, non-performing loans relating to the sector and other assets related to these activities owned by Banco Popular and its affiliates (including deferred tax assets allocated to specific real estate companies which are part of the transferred portfolio) registered on certain specified dates (March 31, 2017 or April 30, 2017).

66

Table of Contents

The agreements were entered following the European Commission’s unconditional authorization of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A. for the purposes of competition law.

The transaction closed on March 22, 2018 following receipt of the required regulatory authorizations and other usual conditions in this type of transactions. The transaction has consisted of the creation of various companies, being the parent company Project Quasar Investments 2017, S.L., in which Banco Santander, S.A. maintains 49% of the share capital and Blackstone the remaining 51%, and to which Banco Popular and some subsidiaries has transferred the business constituted by the indicated assets, and its participation in the capital of Aliseda Real Estate Management Services, S.L. The value attributed to the contributed assets is approximately 10,000 million euros, of which approximately 70% was financed with third party bank debt. After the contribution to the vehicle by its shareholders of the necessary liquidity for the transaction of the business, the 49% stake in the capital of the vehicles was recorded in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group for EUR 1,701 million in the "Investments in joint ventures and associates - entities" section, without significant impact in the Group´s income statement.

v. Merger by absorption of Banco Santander, S.A. with Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.

On April 23, 2018 the boards of directors of Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. agreed to approve and sign the merger project by absorption of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A.

On September 28, 2018 the merger certificate of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the Mercantile Registry of Cantabria. After the merger, Banco Santander, S.A. has acquired, by universal succession, all the rights and obligations of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., including those that have been acquired from Banco Pastor, S.A.U. and Popular Banca Privada, S.A.U., by virtue of the merger of Banco Pastor, S.A.U. and Popular Banca Privada, S.A.U. with Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. that was also approved on April 23, 2018 by the respective board of directors. This transaction has no impact on the Group's income statement.

vi. Agreement with Aegeon Group as partner for several insurance services

On July 3, 2018, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement with the Aegon Group, pursuant to which it will be the partner in Spain for the life-insurance business and several branches of general insurance. Given such agreement, and the perimeter under which it will be materialised, are subject to various conditions including the termination of the current alliance between Banco Popular and its current partner, it is not possible to estimate when these transactions will be closed. These transactions are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group's income statement.

vii. Agreement with Santander Asset Management

a)   Acquisition 50% SAM Investment Holdings Limited

On November 16, 2016, after the agreement with Unicredit Group on July 27, 2016 to integrate Santander Asset Management, and Pioneer Investments was abandoned, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement with Warburg Pincus (“WP”) and General Atlantic (“GA”) under which Santander acquired 50% of SAM Investment Holdings Limited., at December 22, 2017.

The Group disbursed a total amount of EUR 545 million and assumed financing of EUR 439 million, with the business combination generating a goodwill of EUR 1,173 million and EUR 320 million of “intangible assets - contracts and relationships with customers” identified in the purchase price allocation, without other value adjustments to net assets of the business. Likewise, the market valuation of the previous participation held did not have an impact on the Group’s income statement.

Considering that the main activity of the business is asset management, the main part of its activity are recorded off balance sheet. The main net assets acquired, in addition to the aforementioned intangible assets, were net deposits in credit institutions (EUR 181 million) and net tax assets (EUR 176 million). Given their nature, the fair value of these assets and liabilities do not differ from the book value recorded.

The Group has closed its assessment exercise of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value during the year 2018 without modification with respect to what was recorded at the end of 2017.

b)   Sale participation Allfunds Bank, S.A.

As part of the transaction, which consists in the acquisition of 50% of SAM Investment Holdings Limited, that was not owned by the Group, Santander, WP and GA agreed to explore different alternatives for the sale of its stake in Allfunds Bank, S.A. (“Allfunds

67

Table of Contents

Bank”), including a possible sale or a public offering. On March 7, 2017, the Bank announced that together with our partners in Allfunds Bank we had reached an agreement for the sale of 100% of Allfunds Bank to funds affiliated with Hellman & Friedman, a leading private equity investor, and GIC, Singapore’s sovereign wealth fund.

On November 21, 2017 the Group announced the closing of the sale by the Bank and its partners of 100% of Allfunds Bank’s capital, obtaining an amount of EUR 501 million from the sale of its 25% stake in Allfunds Bank, resulting in gains net of tax of EUR 297 million, which were recognised as “Gains or losses on disposal of non-financial assets and investments, net”, within the statement of profit or loss.

viii. Purchase of the shares to DDFS LLC in Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SCUSA)

On July 2, 2015, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement to purchase the 9.65% ownership interest held by DDFS LLC in SCUSA.

On November 15, 2017, after having agreed on some modifications to the original agreement and having obtained the required regulatory authorizations, the Group completed the acquisition of the aforementioned 9.65% of SCUSA shares for a total sum of USD 942 million (EUR 800 million), which have caused a decrease of EUR 492 million in the non-controlling interests balance and another reduction to reserves of EUR 307 million.

ix. Agreement with Banque PSA Finance

The Group, through its subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., and Banque PSA Finance, the vehicle financing unit of the PSA Peugeot Citroën Group, entered into an agreement in 2014 for the transaction of the vehicle and insurance financing business in twelve European countries. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Group will finance this business, under certain circumstances and conditions, from the date on which the transaction is completed.

In January 2015 the related regulatory authorisations to commence activities in France and the United Kingdom were obtained and, accordingly, on February 2 and 3, 2015 the Group acquired 50% of Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (actually PSA Banque France) and PSA Finance UK Limited for EUR 462 million and EUR 148 million, respectively.

On May 1, 2015, PSA Insurance Europe Limited and PSA Life Insurance Europe Limited (both insurance companies with registered office in Malta) were incorporated, in which the Group contributed 50% of the share capital, amounting to EUR 23 million. On August 3, the Group acquired a full ownership interest in PSA Gestão - Comércio E Aluguer de Veiculos, S.A. (actually Santander Consumer Services, S.A. and a company with registered office in Portugal) and the loan portfolio of the Portuguese branch of Banque PSA Finance for EUR 10 million and EUR 25 million, respectively. On October 1,, PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A. (a company with registered office in Spain) was incorporated, in which the Group contributed EUR 181 million (50% of the share capital). (This company owns the 100% of the share capital of PSA Finanse Suisse which is domiciled in Switzerland).

During 2016, the agreement obtained the necessary authorizations, by the regulators, to start activities in the rest of the countries covered by the framework agreement (Italy, the Netherlands, Austria, Belgium, Germany, Brazil and Poland). The Group’s disbursement during 2016 amounted to EUR 464 million to reach a 50% stake in the capital of each of the structures created in each geography, with the exception of PSA finance Arrendamento Mercantil SA (actually Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.) where 100% of capital is acquired.

During 2016 the new businesses acquired have contributed EUR 79 million to the Group’s profit. Had the business combination taken place on January 1, 2016, the profit contributed to the Group in 2016 would have been approximately EUR 118 million.

x. Metrovacesa agreement - Merlin

On June 21, 2016, Banco Santander hereby reached an agreement with Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., together with the other shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A., for the integration in Merlin group, following the total spin-off of Metrovacesa, S.A., of Metrovacesa, S.A. property rental asset business in Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and Metrovacesa, S.A. residential rental business in Metrovacesa, S.A. current subsidiary, Testa Residencial SOCIMI, S.A. (before, Testa Residencial, S.L.) The other assets of Metrovacesa, S.A. not integrated in Merlin group as a result of the integration, consisting of a residual group of land assets for development and subsequent lease, will be transferred to a newly created company wholly owned by the current shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A.

68

Table of Contents

On September 15, 2016, the general meeting of shareholders of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and Metrovacesa, S.A. took place and  the transaction was approved.

Subsequently, on October 20, 2016, the deed of total division of Metrovacesa, S.A. was granted in favour of the mentioned companies, and such deed was filed in the Commercial Register on October 26, 2016.

As a result of the integration, Santander Group has increased its participation to 21.95% of the equity capital of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., 46.21% of direct participation in the equity capital of Testa Residential, SOCIMI, S.A. and 70.27% in Metrovacesa Promoción y Arrendamiento, S.A.

The main impacts on the consolidated Group’s balance of this division have been; decrease of EUR 3,800 million in real estate investment (see Note 16), decrease of EUR 621 million under minority interests (see Note 28) and an increase in the heading of investments in joint ventures and associates participation of the businesses received in the associates Merlín Properties and Testa Residencial, of EUR:1,168 and 307 million, respectively. (See Note 13.a).

c) Off-shore entities

According to current Spanish regulation, Santander has entities in 4 off-shore territories: Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands. These four jurisdictions comply with OECD standards in terms of transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes. Santander have 4 subsidiaries and 4 operative branches in off-shore territories: these are governed by the tax regimes of those territories. Santander also has 4 subsidiaries in off-shore territories, of which 3 are tax resident in the UK and 1 tax resident in Spain, to whose tax regimes they are subjected. The Group has no presence in any of the 5 territories included in the European Union’s current blacklist according to the last update of November 2018, neither in non-cooperative territories for tax purposes as defined by the OECD in July 2017.

I)    Subsidiaries in off-shore territories.

At the reporting date, the Group has 4 subsidiaries resident in off-shore territories, two in Jersey, Whitewick Limited (inactive company) and Abbey National International Limited, and one in the Isle of Man, ALIL Services Limited. These subsidiaries contributed a profit of approximately EUR 0.2 million to the Group’s consolidated profit in 2018. In addition, during 2018, a new company domiciled in Jersey was created, named Santander International Limited, subsidiary of Santander UK Group Holdings plc, in order to make possible the separation of business imposed by the banking reform in the United Kingdom ("Ring-fence") that came into force on January 1, 2019, although this company will be liquidated in the near future.

II)   Off-shore branches.

Also, the Group has 4 operative off-shore branches: 2 in the Cayman Islands, 1 in the Isle of Man and 1 in Jersey. These branches report to, consolidate their balance sheets and income statements and are taxed with, their respective foreign headquarters (Cayman Islands) or in the territories where they are located (Jersey and Isle of Man). Additionally, as a result of complying with the Ring-Fence regulation in the UK mentioned in the previous point, there is another branch in Jersey of Santander UK plc, which is currently not operative and will be closed in early 2019.

The aforementioned entities have a total of 144 employees as of December 2018.

III)  Subsidiaries in off-shore territories that are tax resident in the UK and Spain.

As indicated, the Group also has 4 subsidiaries constituted in off-shore territories that are not considered to be off-shore entities, since 3 of them are tax residents in the UK and, therefore, subject to UK tax law during the period and operate exclusively from the UK (one of these subsidiaries is expected to be liquidated in 2019). Also, since April 2018, the fourth subsidiary has ceased to be a resident for tax purposes in the UK to become a tax resident in Spain.

IV)  Other off-shore investments.

The Group manages from Brazil a segregated portfolio company called Santander Brazil Global Investment Fund SPC in the Cayman Islands, and manages from the United Kingdom a protected cell company in Guernsey called Guaranteed Investment Products 1 PCC Limited. The Group also has, directly or indirectly, few financial investments located in tax havens including Olivant Limited in Guernsey, entity whose liquidation or sale is expected to be carried out soon.

69

Table of Contents

V)  OECD.

The Group has no presence in non-cooperative territories for tax purposes as defined by the OECD in July 2017. In this sense it should be noted that Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands, comply with OECD standards in terms of transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes.

VI) The European Union.

On December  5, 2017, the European Commission published some lists of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes (where there is no member state of the European Union): blacklist, gray list and territories which have received a grace period. Throughout 2018, the European Commission has updated these lists.

Currently the EU blacklist is composed of 5 jurisdictions in which the Group has no presence. These jurisdictions have not committed, or have not done it sufficiently, to comply with a series of measures in relation to fiscal transparency, corporate tax, or the respect of the principles of the OECD to avoid the erosion of the tax bases and the transfer of benefits (better known by the English term anti-BEPS).

On the contrary there are 63 jurisdictions in the gray list that have committed, in a way considered sufficient, to correct their legal frameworks to align them with international standards and whose implementation will be monitored by the EU. Among others, this list includes the 4 jurisdictions in which the Group has presence and are off-shore territories in accordance with current Spanish legislation (Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands). Additionally, Hong Kong, Bahamas, Switzerland, Uruguay and Panama are included in the gray list, although according to the current Spanish legislation are not off-shore territories and, as disclosed before, have committed to modify their legislation, as for example implementing the Common Reporting Standards (CRS), developed by the OECD, as an automatic information exchange system between jurisdictions.

The Group has 2 subsidiaries and 1 branch located in Hong Kong, 6 subsidiaries (1 of them in liquidation and 1 tax resident in the USA) and 2 branches in Bahamas (1 of them in process of closure), 6 subsidiaries in Switzerland, 12 subsidiaries in Uruguay (6  of which are in liquidation) and 1 subsidiary in Panama with reduced activity that has already received authorization from the Superintendency of Banks of Panama for its voluntary liquidation.

At present, Spain has in force Double Taxation Agreements with exchange of information clause with Hong Kong, Switzerland, Uruguay and Panama, as well as Tax Information Exchange Agreement with Bahamas.

VII) Impact of forthcoming changes to Spain’s tax law.

On October 23, 2018, the Spanish Government published the Draft Law on measures to prevent and fight against tax fraud, which expands the concept of tax haven, including not only the countries and territories that were already considered as such, but also other tax regimes that are determined as harmful in a regulatory manner. In addition, new criteria are regulated for inclusion in the list of tax havens. As long as the list of countries and territories and harmful tax regimes that are considered tax havens are not determined by regulation, the former list of tax havens established in Royal Decree 1080/1991, of 5th July, will continue in force.

The Group has established appropriate procedures and controls (risk management, supervision, verification and review plans and periodic reports) to prevent reputational, tax and legal risk at these entities. Also, the Group has continued to implement its policy of reducing the number of these off-shore units.

The financial statements of the Group’s off-shore units are audited by PwC (PricewaterhouseCoopers) member firms in 2018 and 2017.

70

Table of Contents

4.    Distribution of the Bank's profit, shareholder remuneration scheme and earnings per share

a)

Distribution of the Bank's profit and shareholder remuneration scheme

The distribution of the Bank's net profit for 2018 that the board of directors will propose for approval by the shareholders at the annual general meeting is as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Million

 

 

of euros

 

 

 

First and third interim dividends and final dividend

 

3,160

Acquisition, with a waiver of exercise, of bonus share rights from the shareholders which, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme, opted to receive in cash remuneration equivalent to the second interim dividend

 

132

 

 

3,292

Of which:

 

 

Approved at  December 31, 2018 (*)

 

2,237

Final dividend

 

1,055

To voluntary reserves

 

 9

Net profit for the year

 

3,301


(*)    Recognised under Shareholders' equity – Interim dividends.

In addition to the EUR 3,292 million indicated above, EUR 432 million in shares were allocated to the remuneration of shareholders under the shareholder remuneration scheme (Santander Dividendo Elección) approved by the shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 23 March 2018, whereby the Bank offered shareholders the possibility to opt to receive an amount equivalent to the second interim dividend out of 2018 profit in cash or new shares.

A remuneration of EUR 0.23 per share, charged to the 2018 annual period, will be proposed by the board of directors to the shareholders at the annual general meeting.

b) Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

i. Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group (adjusted by the after-tax amount of the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity - See Note 23) and the capital perpetual preference shares, if applicable, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the year.

Accordingly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Profit attributable to the parent (million of euros)

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (CCP) (million of euros) (Note 23)

 

(560)

 

(395)

 

(334)

 

 

7,250

 

6,224

 

5,870

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non controlling interest net) (million of euros)

 

 —

 

 —

 

Profit or Loss from continuing operations (net of non-controlling interests  and CCP) (million of euros)

 

7,250

 

6,224

 

5,870

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

16,150,090,739

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

Adjusted number of shares

 

16,150,090,739

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

Basic earnings per share (euros)

 

0.449

 

0.404

 

0.401

Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations (euros)

 

0.000

 

0.000

 

0.000

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.449

 

0.404

 

0.401

 

71

Table of Contents

ii. Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group (adjusted by the after-tax amount of the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognised in equity - See Note 23) and the capital perpetual preference shares, if applicable, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares and adjusted for all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, and convertible debt instruments).

Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Profit attributable to the parent (million of euros)

 

7,810

 

6,619

 

6,204

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (CCP) (million of euros) (Note 23)

 

(560)

 

(395)

 

(334)

 

 

7,250

 

6,224

 

5,870

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations (net of non-controlling interests) (million of euros)

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

Profit from continuing operations (net of non-controlling interests and CCP) (million of euros)

 

7,250

 

6,224

 

5,870

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

16,150,090,739

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

Dilutive effect of options/rights on shares

 

42,873,078

 

50,962,887

 

45,754,981

Adjusted number of shares

 

16,192,963,817

 

15,445,421,676

 

14,702,114,944

Diluted earnings per share (euros)

 

0.448

 

0.403

 

0.399

Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations (euros)

 

0.000

 

0.000

 

0.000

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.448

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

The capital increase in 2017 (See Note 31.a) had an impact on the basic and diluted earnings per share of the previous years due to the alteration in the number of shares outstanding. Due to this fact, the information relating to the 2016 period has been recasted according to the applicable legislation.

5.    Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers

The following section contains qualitative and quantitative disclosures on the remuneration paid to the members of the Board of Directors -both executive and non-executive directors- and senior managers for 2018 and 2017:

a) Remuneration of Directors

i.    Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

The annual General Meeting held on March 22, 2013 approved an amendment to the Bylaws, whereby the remuneration of directors in their capacity as board members became an annual fixed amount determined by the annual General Meeting. This amount shall remain in effect unless the shareholders resolve to change it at a general meeting. However, the Board of Directors may elect to reduce the amount in any years in which it deems such action justified. The remuneration established by the Annual General Meeting for the years 2018 and 2017, was EUR  6 million, with two components: (a) an annual emolument and (b) attendance fees.

The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each of the directors is determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, it takes into consideration the positions held by each director on the Board, their membership of the Board and the board committees and their attendance of the meetings thereof, and any other objective circumstances considered by the Board.

The total bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the Directors in 2018 amounted to EUR 4.6 million (EUR 4.7 million in 2017).

72

Table of Contents

Annual emolument

The amounts received individually by the directors in 2018 and 2017 based on the positions held by them on the board and their membership of the Board committees were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

Members of the board of directors

 

90,000

 

87,500

Members of the executive committee

 

170,000

 

170,000

Members of the audit committee

 

40,000

 

40,000

Members of the appointments committee

 

25,000

 

25,000

Members of the remuneration committee

 

25,000

 

25,000

Members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

40,000

 

40,000

Members of the responsible banking, sustainability and culture committee

 

15,000

 

 —

Chairman of the audit committee

 

70,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the appointments committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the remuneration committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the risk, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

70,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the responsible banking, sustainability and culture committee

 

50,000

 

 —

Lead director (*)

 

110,000

 

110,000

Non-executive deputy chairman

 

30,000

 

30,000


(*)   Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown, for duties performed as part of the board and board committees, specifically as chairman of the appointments and remuneration committees and as lead director, and for the time and dedication required to perform these duties, has been allocated minimum total annual remuneration of EUR 700,000 since 2015, including the aforementioned annual allowances and attendance fees corresponding to him.

Attendance fees

The directors receive fees for attending board and committee meetings, excluding executive committee meetings, since no attendance fees are received for this committee.

By resolution of the board of directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, the fees for attending board and committee meetings - excluding, as aforementioned, executive committee meetings - were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros

Meeting attendance fees

    

2018

2017

Board of directors

 

2,600

2,600

Audit committee and risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

1,700

1,700

Other committees (except the executive committee)

 

1,500

1,500

 

ii.    Salaries

The executive directors receive salaries. In accordance with the policy approved by the annual general meeting, salaries are composed of a fixed annual remuneration and a variable one consisting of a unique incentive, which is based on a deferred variable remuneration linked to multi-year objectives, which establishes the following payment scheme:

·

40% of the variable remuneration amount, determined at year-end on the basis of the achievement of the established objectives, is paid immediately.

·

The remaining 60% is deferred over five years, as the case may be, in five portions provided that the conditions of permanence of the Group and non-concurrence of the malus clauses are met, taking into account the following accrual scheme.

·

The accrual of the first and second portion (payment in 2020 and 2021) is not subject to the long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth, and fifth portion (payment in 2022, 2023 and 2024), is linked to certain objectives related to the period 2018-2020 and the metrics and scales associated with these objectives. The fulfilment of the objective determines the percentage to be paid of the deferred amount in these three annuities, being the maximum amount determined at the end of the 2018 when the total variable remuneration is approved.

73

Table of Contents

·

In accordance with current remuneration policies, the amounts already paid will be settled to a possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank during the period set out in the policy in force each moment.

The immediate payment (or short-term) as well as each deferred payment, whether subject or not to long-term, goals will be settled 50% in cash and the remaining 50% in Santander shares.

 

iii. Detail by director

The detail, by Bank director, of the short-term (immediate) and deferred (not subject to long-term goals) remuneration for 2018 and 2017 is provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

 

Short-term and deferred (not subject to long-term goals) salaries of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual emolument

 

 

 

executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk

 

Responsible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

regulation and

 

banking

 

Attendance

 

 

 

Variable –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compliance

 

sustainability

 

 fees

 

 

 

immediate payment

 

Deferred variable

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

Audit

 

Appointments

 

Remuneration

 

oversight

 

and culture

 

and

 

 

 

In

 

In

 

In

 

In

 

 

 

Pension

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

Directors

  

Board

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

commissions

  

Fixed

  

cash

  

shares

  

cash

  

shares

  

Total

  

contribution

  

(6)

  

Total

  

Total

Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y   O’Shea

 

 90

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

39

 

3,176

 

1,480

 

1,480

 

888

 

888

 

7,912

 

1,234

 

1,030

 

10,483

 

10,582

Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 90

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

34

 

2,541

 

989

 

989

 

593

 

593

 

5,705

 

1,050

 

1,596

 

8,645

 

8,893

Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

90

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

33

 

1,800

 

785

 

785

 

471

 

471

 

4,312

 

 —

 

225

 

4,830

 

4,281

Mr Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

 120

 

170

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

20

 

 —

 

81

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

441

 

473

Mr Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

383

 

170

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

40

 

 —

 

89

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

732

 

731

Mr Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca

 

 90

 

170

 

 —

 

13

 

25

 

40

 

 8

 

86

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

81

 

513

 

550

Mr Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (1)

 

 90

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

31

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

121

 

124

Ms Sol Daurella Comadrán

 

90

 

 —

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

 —

 

 8

 

67

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

215

 

207

Mr Carlos Fernández González

 

90

 

 —

 

40

 

25

 

25

 

 —

 

 —

 

86

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

266

 

285

Ms Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer

 

 90

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

40

 

 8

 

58

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

196

 

162

Ms Belén Romana García

 

160

 

85

 

40

 

 —

 

 —

 

40

 

 8

 

81

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

414

 

297

Mr Juan Miguel Villar Mir

 

 90

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

108

 

170

Ms Homaira Akbari

 

90

 

 —

 

40

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

61

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

199

 

159

Mr Ramiro Mato García Ansorena (2)

 

 115

 

170

 

40

 

 —

 

 —

 

40

 

 8

 

77

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

450

 

36

Mr Alvaro Cardoso de Souza (3)

 

 85

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

 

 5

 

31

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

148

 

 —

Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,266

Ms Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga (5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

418

Total 2018

 

1,763

 

1,275

 

160

 

113

 

125

 

247

 

61

 

872

 

7,517

 

3,254

 

3,254

 

1,952

 

1,952

 

17,929

 

2,284

 

2,932

 

27,761

 

 —

Total 2017

 

1,675

 

1,345

 

160

 

125

 

123

 

280

 

 —

 

973

 

7,568

 

3,698

 

3,698

 

2,219

 

2,219

 

19,402

 

5,164

 

2,387

 

 —

 

31,634


(1)    All the amounts received were repaid to the Fundación Marcelino Botín.

(2)    Director since 28 November 2017

(3)    Director since 23 March 2018

(4)    Ceased to be a member of the Board on 28 November, 2017. This table shows the remuneration information until his ceased as a member of the board. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president since November 28, 2017 is included in the corresponding section.

(5)    Ceased to be a member of the board on 28 November, 2017.

(6)    Includes committee chairmanship and other roles emoluments.

(7)    Includes, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group relating to Bank directors as well as a fixed supplement approved as part of the benefit systems transformation of the Executive Directors Ms Ana Botín and Mr José Antonio Álvarez

Following is the detail, by executive director, of the linked to multiannual objectives salaries at their fair value, which will only be received if the conditions of continued service, non-applicability of “ malus ” clauses and, full achievement of the objectives established (or, as the case may be, of the minimum thresholds thereof, with the consequent reduction of the agreed-upon amount in the end of the year) in the terms described in Note 47.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

Variable subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

objectives(2)

 

 

 

 

 

    

In cash

    

In shares

    

Total

    

Total (2)

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

932

 

932

 

1,864

 

1,726

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

623

 

623

 

1,246

 

1,154

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

495

 

495

 

990

 

900

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

880

Total

 

2,050

 

2,050

 

4,100

 

4,660


(1)

Ceased to be a member of the board on November 28, 2017. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president is included in the corresponding section.

74

Table of Contents

(2)

Corresponds with the fair value of the maximum amount they are entitled to in a total of 3 years: 2022, 2023 and 2024, subject to conditions of continued service, with the exceptions provided, and to the non-applicability of “malus” clauses and achievement of the objectives established. The fair value has been determined at the grant date based on the valuation report of an independent expert, Willis Towers Watson. According to the design of the plan for 2018 and the levels of achievement of similar plans in comparable entities, the expert concludes that the reasonable range for estimating the initial achievement ratio is around 60% - 80%. It has been considered that the fair value is 70% of the maximum (see Note 47).

Note 5.e) below includes disclosures on the shares delivered by virtue of the deferred remuneration schemes in place in previous years the conditions for delivery which were met in the corresponding years, and on the maximum number of shares receivable in future years in connection with the aforementioned 2018 and 2017 variable remuneration plans.

b)   Remuneration of the Board members as representatives of the Bank

By resolution of the executive committee, all the remuneration received by the Bank’s directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake, paid by those companies and relating to appointments made on or after March 18, 2002 accrues to the Group. In 2018 and 2017 the Bank’s directors did not receive any remuneration in respect of these representative duties.

Mr. Ma tías Rodríg uez Inciarte received EUR 42 thousand as non-executive director of U.C.I., S.A. in 2017.

c) Post-employment and other long-term benefits

The executive directors other than Mr Rodrigo Echenique participate in the defined benefit system created in 2012, which covers the contingencies of retirement, disability and death. The Bank makes annual contributions to the benefit plans of its executive directors. In 2012, the contracts of the executive directors (and the other members of the Bank’s senior management) with defined benefit pension commitments were amended to transform them into a defined contribution system. The new system gives executive directors the right to receive benefits upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are active at the Bank at such time, based on contributions to the system, and replaced their previous right to receive a pension supplement in the event of retirement 1 . In the event of pre-retirement and up until the retirement date, Ms Ana Botín and Mr José Antonio Álvarez have the right to receive an annual allotment.

The initial balance for each of the executive directors in the new defined benefits system corresponded to the market value of the assets from which the provisions corresponding to the respective accrued obligations had materialised on the date on which the old pension commitments were transferred into the new benefits system 2 .

Since 2013, the Bank has made annual contributions to the benefits system in favour of executive directors and senior executives, in proportion to their respective pensionable bases, until they leave the Group or until their retirement within the Group, death, or disability (including, if applicable, during pre-retirement). No contributions will be made with respect to executive directors or senior executives who exercised the option to receive their pension rights as capital prior to the transformation of the defined benefits pension commitments into the current defined forecast contribution system as set out in footnote 2 below.

Mr Rodrigo Echenique’s contract does not provide for any charge to Banco Santander regarding benefits, without prejudice to the pension rights to which Mr Echenique was entitled prior to his appointment as executive director.

The benefit plan is outsourced to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A., and the economic rights of the foregoing directors under this plan belong to them regardless of whether or not they are active at the Bank at the time of their retirement, death or disability. The contracts of these directors do not provide for any severance payment in the event of termination other than as may be required by law.


1  As provided in the contracts of the executive directors prior to 2012, Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte exercised the option to receive accrued pensions (or similar amounts) in the form of capital, i.e., in a lump sum, which means that he ceased to accrue pensions from such time, with a fixed capital amount to be received, which shall be updated at the agreed interest rate.

2  In the case of Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, the initial balance corresponded to the amount that was set when, as described above, he exercised the option to receive a lump sum, and includes the interest accrued on this amount from that date.

75

Table of Contents

In accordance with the provisions of the remuneration regulations, contributions made that are calculated on variable remuneration are subject to the discretionary pension benefits regime. Under this regime, these contributions are subject to malus clauses and clawback according to the policy in force at any time and during the same period in which the variable remuneration is deferred. Likewise, they must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the termination of executive directors in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the remainder of the accumulated balance of the executive director, or will be paid to him or her beneficiaries had there been any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

Until March 2018, the system also included a supplementary benefits scheme for cases of death (death of spouse and death of parent) and permanent disability of serving directors envisaged in the contracts of Ms Ana Botín and Mr José Antonio Álvarez. This benefit gave the widow/widower and any children under the age of 25 in the event of death, or the director in case of disability, the right to a pension supplemental to the pension they would have been entitled to receive from social security up to an annual maximum amount equal to their respective pensionable bases, as indicated above in connection with pre-retirement (in Mr Álvarez’s case, referring to his fixed remuneration as chief executive officer), with certain deductions.

As per the director´s remuneration policy approved at the March 23, 2018 general shareholder´s meeting, in 2018 the system has been changed with a focus on:

·

Aligning the annual contributions with practices of comparable institutions.

·

Reducing future liabilities by eliminating the supplementary benefits scheme in the event of death (death of spouse or parent) and permanent disability of serving directors.

·

No increase in total costs for the Bank.

The changes to the system in 2018 are the following:

·

Fixed and variable pension contributions have been reduced to 22% of the respective pensionable bases. The gross annual salaries and the benchmark variable remuneration have been increased in the corresponding amount with no increase in total costs for the Bank.

·

The death and disability supplementary benefits have been eliminated since April 1, 2018. A fixed remuneration supplement (included in other remunerations in section a.iii in this note) was implemented on the same date.

·

The total amount insured for life and accident insurance has been increased.

The provisions recognised in 2018 and 2017 for retirement pensions and supplementary benefits (surviving spouse and child benefits, and permanent disability) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of

 

 

euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

1,234

 

2,707

Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

1,050

 

2,456

 

 

2,284

 

5,163

 

Following is a detail of the balances relating to each of the executive directors under the welfare system at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of

 

 

euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (1)

 

46,093

 

45,798

Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

16,630

 

16,151

Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo (2)

 

13,614

 

13,957

Mr Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

76,337

 

75,906


(1)

Includes the amounts relating to the period of provision of services at Banesto, externalised with another insurance company.

76

Table of Contents

(2)

Executive director since January 16, 2015 Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo doesn´t participate in the pension system and the right to the bank to make contributions in its favour in this regard. The amount at December 31, 2018 and 2017, corresponds to him prior to his appointment as executive director in January 2015.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017, retained their pension rights as of December 31,, 2017 amounted to EUR 48,750 thousand.

The payments made during 2018 to the members of the Board entitled to post-employment benefits amount to EUR 0.9 million (EUR 0.9  million in 2017).

d)   Insurance

The Group has taken out life insurance policies for the Bank’s directors, who will be entitled to receive benefits if they are declared disabled; in the event of death, the benefits will be payable to their heirs. The premiums paid by the Group are included in the Other remuneration column of the table shown in Note 5.a.iii above. Also, the following table provides information on the sums insured for the Bank’s executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insured capital

 

 

(Thousand of euros)

 

    

2018

    

2017

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

22,710

 

7,500

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

19,694

 

6,000

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

5,400

 

4,500

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

47,804

 

18,000


(1)

Ceased to be member of the board on November 28, 2017. The insured capital at December 31, 2017 amounted to EUR 5,131 thousand.

The insured capital has changed for in 2018 as Ms Ana Botín and Mr José Antonio Alvarez as part of the pension transformation set out in Note 5.c) above, that has encompassed the elimination of the supplementary benefits and the increase of the life insurance annuities.

During years 2018 and 2017, the Group has disbursed a total amount of EUR 10.1 and 10.5 million, respectively, for the payment of civil-liability insurance premiums. These premiums correspond to several civil-liability insurance policies that hedge, among others, directors, senior executives and other managers and employees of the Group and the Bank itself as well as its subsidiaries, in light of certain types of potential claims, for which it is not possible to disaggregate or individualize the amount that correspond to the directors and executives.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no obligations in this connection to other directors.

e)    Deferred variable remuneration systems

The following information relates to the maximum number of shares to which the executive directors are entitled at the beginning and end of 2018 and 2017 due to their participation in the deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to 2018 and prior years, as well as on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made to them in 2018 and 2017 where the conditions for the receipt thereof had been met (see Note 47):

i) Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan

From 2011 to 2015, the bonuses of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) and employees who assume risk, who perform control functions or receive an overall remuneration that puts them on the same remuneration level as senior executives and employees who assume risk (all of whom are referred to as identified staff) have been approved by the Board of Directors and instrumented, respectively, through various cycles of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan. Application of these cycles, insofar as they entail the delivery of shares to the plan beneficiaries, was authorized by the related Annual General Meetings.

The purpose of these plans is to defer a portion of the bonus of the plan beneficiaries (60% in the case of executive directors) over a period of five years (three years for the plans approved up to 2014) for it to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares; the other portion of the bonus is also to be paid in cash and Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below.

In addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in Santander Group’s employ, the accrual of the deferred remuneration is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the Board of Directors following a proposal of the

77

Table of Contents

remuneration committee- in relation to the corresponding year in the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or its risk profile. All the foregoing shall in each case be governed by the rules of the relevant plan cycle.

On each delivery, the beneficiaries will be paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends paid for the amount deferred in shares and the interest on the amount deferred in cash. If the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme is applied, payment will based on the price offered by the Bank for the bonus share rights corresponding to those shares.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated taking into account the daily volume-weighted average prices for the 15 trading sessions prior to the date on which the Board of Directors approves the bonus for the Bank’s Executive Directors for each year.

This plan and the Performance Shares (ILP) plan described below have been integrated for the executive directors and other senior managers in the deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives, in the terms approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 18, 2016.

ii) Performance shares plans (ILP)

The annual general meeting held on March 27, 2015 approved the second cycle of the performance shares plan. The accrual of this long-term incentive plan (LTI) and its amount are conditional on the performance of certain metrics of Banco Santander between 2015 and 2017, as well as compliance with the remaining conditions of the plan until the end of the accrual period (December 31, 2018). The maximum benchmark LTI in number of shares for executive directors was set by the board at the end of 2015.

At year-end 2018, the corresponding amounts to be received by each exclusive director in relation to LTI (the accrued LTI amount) was established taking into account the performance of the following indicators: (1) ranking of Santander´s earning per share growth for the 2015-2017 period compared to a peer group of 17 credit institutions; (2) ROTE in 2017; (3) number of principal markets in which Santander is in the Top 3 of the best banks to work for in 2017; (4) number of principal markets in which Santander is in the Top 3 of the best banks on the customer satisfaction index in 2017; (5) retail loyal clients at December 31, 2017; and (6) SME and corporate loyal clients at December 31, 2017. The overall compliance of the plan was assessed by the Board at the 65.67%.

As a result of the aforementioned process and following a proposal by the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved the following number of shares to be paid in 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

Approved

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum LTI

 

 

 

Final number

 

    

amount (1)

    

Ratio

    

of shares

Ms Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 187,070

 

65.67

%

122,849

Mr José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 126,279

 

65.67

%

82,927

Mr Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

93,540

 

65.67

%

61,428

Total

 

406,889

 

 

 

267,204


(1)

91.50% of the maximum established benchmark approved at the AGM on March 27, 2015.

 

With regards to the ILP of 2014 (see Note 47), in both 2017 and 2018, the position achieved in the Total Return for the Shareholders has not been such that determines the accrual of the second and third thirds. Therefore, the plan has expired.

iii) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives

In 2016, with the aim of simplifying the remuneration structure, improving risk adjustment before and increasing the incidence of long-term objectives, the bonus plan (deferred and conditioned variable compensation plan) and ILP were replaced by one single plan, the deferred multiyear objectives variable remuneration plan. The variable remuneration of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) corresponding to 2018 has been approved by the Board of Directors and implemented through the third cycle of the deferred variable remuneration plan linked to multi-year objectives. The application of the plan, thus far as it entails the delivery of shares to the beneficiaries, was authorized by the annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

78

Table of Contents

As indicated in section a.ii of this Note, 60% of the variable remuneration amount is deferred for five years (three years for certain beneficiaries, not including executive directors), for their payment, where appropriate by fifth parties provided that the conditions of permanence in the group and non-concurrence of the clauses malus are met, according to the following accrual scheme:

·

The accrual of the first and second parts (instalments in 2020 and 2021) is not subject to the fulfilment of long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth and fifth parts is linked to the fulfilment of certain objectives related to the period 2018‑2020 and the metrics and scales associated with those objectives. These objectives are:

o

the growth of consolidated earnings per share in 2020 compared to 2017;

o

the relative performance of the Bank’s total shareholder return (RTA) in the period 2018‑2020 in relation to the weighted RTAs of a reference group of 17 credit institutions;

o

compliance with the fully loaded ordinary level 1 capital objective for the year 2020;

Compliance with the above objectives determines the percentage to be applied to the deferred amount in these three annuities, the maximum being the amount determined at the end of the year 2018 when the total variable remuneration is approved.

Both the immediate (short-term) and each of the deferred (long-term and conditioned) portions are paid 50% in cash and the remaining 50% in Santander shares.

The accrual of deferred amounts (whether or not subject to performance measures) is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, to the fact that during the period prior to each of the deliveries, none of the circumstances giving rise to the malus clause as set out in the Group’s remuneration policy in its chapter related to malus and clawback. Likewise, the already paid amounts of the incentive will be subject to its possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank in the cases and during the term foreseen in said policy, always in the terms and conditions that are foreseen in it.

The application of malus and clawback is activated in cases in which there is poor financial performance of the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area of the entity or of the exposures generated by the personnel, and at least the following factors must be considered:

(i)

Significant failures in risk management committed by the entity, or by a business unit or risk control.

(ii)

The increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures.

(iii)

Regulatory sanctions or judicial sentences from events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity.

(iv)

Irregular conduct, whether individual or collective. The negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and the responsibilities of the people or bodies that made those decisions will be specially considered.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated by taking into account the weighted average daily volume of weighted average prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluded) the date on which the bonus is agreed by the board of executive directors of the Bank.

iv) Shares assigned by deferred variable remuneration plans

The following table shows the number of Santander shares assigned to each executive director and pending delivery as of January 1, 2017, December 31, 2017 and 2018, as well as the gross shares that were delivered to them in 2017 and 2018, either in the form of an immediate payment or a deferred payment. In this case after having been appraised by the board, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, that the corresponding one-fifth (one third until 2014) of each plan had accrued. They bring cause of each of the plans through which the variable remunerations of deferred conditional variable remuneration plans in 2013, 2014 and 2015 and of the deferred conditional and linked to multiannual objectives 2018, 2017 and 2016.

In order to mitigate the dilutive effect (and, therefore, not linked to the performance of the Group) of the capital increase with preferential subscription rights of the Bank that took place on July 2017 in certain cycles of the deferred compensation and long term

79

Table of Contents

incentive plans, the increase in the number of shares to be delivered to its beneficiaries was approved, considering for this a valuation of preferential subscription rights equivalent to their theoretical value, EUR 0.1047 per right. The effect of increasing the number of shares is detailed in the corresponding column of the table below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Shares 

  

Shares 

  

Shares 

  

Shares 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Shares 

  

Shares 

  

 

  

 

  

Variable

  

 

 

 

Maximum

 

delivered

 

delivered

 

delivered

 

delivered

 

Shares

 

Variable

 

 

 

delivered

 

delivered

 

Shares 

 

Shares

 

remuneration

 

Maximum

 

 

number of

 

in 2017

 

in 2017

 

in 2017

 

in 2017

 

arising from

 

remuneration

 

Maximum 

 

in 2018

 

in 2018

 

delivered

 

delivered

 

2018

 

number 

 

 

shares to be

 

(immediate

 

(deferred

 

(deferred

 

(deferred

 

the capital

 

2017 (maximum

 

number

 

(immediate

 

(deferred

 

in, 2018 (deferred

 

in, 2018 (deferred

 

(maximum

 

of shares

 

 

delivered at

 

payment 2016

 

payment 2014

 

payment 2013

 

payment 2012

 

increase of

 

number of

 

of shares to be

 

payment 2016

 

payment 2015

 

payment 2014

 

payment 2013

 

number of

 

to be delivered at

Share-based

 

January 1,

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

July

 

shares to be

 

delivered at

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

shares to be

 

December 31, 

variable remuneration

 

2017

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

2017

 

delivered)

 

December 31, 2017

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

delivered)   (1)

 

2018(4)

2013 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 33,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,120)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 19,561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,561)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

34,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,547)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,228)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2014 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 121,630

 

 

 

 

 

(60,814)

 

 

 

905

 

 

 

61,721

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(61,721)

 

 

 

 —

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 52,484

 

 

 

 

 

(26,242)

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

26,632

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(26,632)

 

 

 

 —

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

92,725

 

 

 

 

 

(46,363)

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

47,052

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(47,052)

 

 

 

 —

 

 

266,839

 

 

 

 

 

(133,419)

 

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

135,405

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

(135,405)

 

 

 

 —

2015 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 317,300

 

 

 

(63,460)

 

 

 

 

 

3,777

 

 

 

257,617

 

 

 

 —

 

(64,404)

 

 

 

 

 

193,213

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 210,914

 

 

 

(42,183)

 

 

 

 

 

2,511

 

 

 

171,242

 

 

 

 —

 

(42,811)

 

 

 

 

 

128,431

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

156,233

 

 

 

(31,247)

 

 

 

 

 

1,860

 

 

 

126,846

 

 

 

 —

 

(31,712)

 

 

 

 

 

95,134

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

216,671

 

 

 

(43,334)

 

 

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

175,916

 

 

 

 —

 

(43,979)

 

 

 

 

 

131,937

 

 

901,118

 

 

 

(180,224)

 

 

 

 

 

10,727

 

 

 

731,621

 

 

 

 —

 

(182,906)

 

 

 

 

 

548,715

2016 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 592,043

 

(236,817)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,286

 

 

 

360,512

 

 —

 

(72,102)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

288,410

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 399,607

 

(159,843)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

 

 

243,332

 

 —

 

(48,667)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

194,665

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

295,972

 

(118,389)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,643

 

 

 

180,226

 

 —

 

(36,046)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

144,180

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

352,455

 

(140,982)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

214,620

 

 —

 

(42,924)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,696

 

 

1,640,077

 

(656,031)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,644

 

 

 

998,690

 

 —

 

(199,739)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

798,951

2017 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 574,375

 

574,375

 

(229,750)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

344,625

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 384,118

 

384,118

 

(153,647)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

230,471

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

299,346

 

299,346

 

(119,738)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

179,608

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292,771

 

292,771

 

(117,108)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

175,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,550,610

 

1,550,610

 

(620,243)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

930,366

2018 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

860,865

 

860,865

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

575,268

 

575,268

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

456,840

 

456,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892,973

 

1,892,973


(1)

For each director, 40% of the shares indicated correspond to the short-term variable (or immediate payment). The remaining 60% is deferred for delivery, where appropriate, by fifths in the next five years, the last three being subject to the fulfilment of multiannual objectives.

(2)

Maximum number of shares resulting from their participation in the corresponding plans during their stage as general manager.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. The shares corresponding to his variable remuneration between November 28, 2017 and January 2, 2018 as executive vice president are included in Note 5.g.

(4)

In addition, Mr. Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca maintains the right to a maximum of 106,113 shares arising from his participation in the corresponding plans during his term as executive vice president.

 

80

Table of Contents

Also, the table below show the cash delivered in 2018 and 2017, by way of either immediate payment or deferred payment, in the latter case once the Board had determined, at the proposal of the remuneration committee that one-third relating to each plan had accrued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

    

 

    

Cash

    

 

    

Cash paid

 

 

 

 

paid

 

 

 

(one-third of

 

 

 

 

(deferred

 

 

 

deferred

 

 

Cash paid

 

payments from

 

Cash paid

 

payment

 

 

(immediate

 

2016, 2015

 

(immediate

 

2015, 2014

 

 

payment 2017

 

and

 

payment 2016

 

and

 

 

variable

 

2014 variable

 

variable

 

2013 variable

 

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

1,370

 

947

 

1,205

 

825

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (1)

 

916

 

574

 

814

 

461

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

714

 

305

 

603

 

124

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

718

 

690

 

 

3,000

 

1,826

 

3,339

 

2,099


(1)

Includes paid cash corresponding to his participation in the corresponding plans during the time as executive vice president.

(2)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. The cash paid corresponding to his variable remuneration between November 28, 2017 and January 2, 2018 as executive vice president is included in Note 5.g.

v) Information on former members of the Board of Directors

Following is information on the maximum number of shares to which former members of the Board of Directors who ceased in office prior to January 1, 2017 are entitled for their participation in the various deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to the years in which they were Executive Directors. Also set forth below is information on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made in 2018 and 2017 to former board members, upon achievement of the conditions for the receipt thereof (see Note 47):

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of shares to be delivered (1)

    

2018

    

2017

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

 —

 

101,537

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

50,604

 

67,472

Plan performance shares (ILP 2015)

 

33,785

 

51,447

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2016)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

    

2018

    

2017

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

 —

 

80,718

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

101,537

 

100,049

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

16,868

 

16,621

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2016)

 

 —

 

 —


(1) At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved adjusting the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The actions derived from this adjustment are 3,233 shares. At year-end 2018, the overall compliance of the 2015 LTI Plan was assessed by the Board at the 65.67%.

In addition, EUR 685 thousand and EUR 1,224 thousand relating to the deferred portion payable in cash of the aforementioned plans were paid each in 2018 and 2017.

81

Table of Contents

f)     Loans

The Group’s direct risk exposure to the Bank’s directors and the guarantees provided for them are detailed below. These transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or the related compensation in kind was recognised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

    

Loans

    

 

    

 

    

Loans

    

 

    

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

 

credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 18

 

 —

 

18

 

10

 

 —

 

10

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 8

 

 —

 

 8

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

Mr. Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

29

 

 —

 

29

 

22

 

 —

 

22

Mr. Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 15

 

 —

 

15

 

17

 

 —

 

17

Ms. Sol Daurella Comadran

 

53

 

 —

 

53

 

27

 

 —

 

27

Mr.Carlos Fernandez Gonzalez

 

12

 

 —

 

12

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ms. Esther Gimenez-Salinas i Colomer

 

 1

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ms. Belén Romana García

 

21

 

 —

 

21

 

 3

 

 —

 

 3

Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

 21

 

 —

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

178

 

 —

 

178

 

88

 

 —

 

88


(1)    Ceased to be a board director on November 28, 2017. On December 31, 2017, to loans and credits amounted to EUR 13 thousand.

g) Senior managers

The table below includes the amounts relating to the short-term remuneration of the members of senior management at December 31, 2018 and those at December 31, 2017, excluding the remuneration of the executive directors, which is detailed above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term salaries and deferred remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bonus) -

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Immediate

 

variable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

payment

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Number of

    

 

    

In

    

In

    

In

    

In

    

 

    

Other

    

 

Year

 

persons

 

Fixed

 

cash

 

shares (2)

 

cash

 

shares

 

Pensions

 

remuneration (1)

 

Total (3)

2018

 

18

 

22,475

 

8,374

 

8,374

 

3,791

 

3,791

 

6,193

 

7,263

 

60,261

2017

 

19

 

17,847

 

8,879

 

8,879

 

4,052

 

4,052

 

13,511

 

7,348

 

64,568


(1)

Includes other remuneration items such as life insurance premiums and localization aids totalling EUR 1,641 thousand (2017: EUR 692 thousand).

(2)

The amount of the immediate payment in shares for 2018 relates to Santander shares 1,936,037 (2017: 1,430,143 Santander shares and 225,564 shares of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México.

(3)

Additionally, and as a result of the incorporation and compensation agreements of long-term and deferred compensation lost in previous jobs, compensations were agreed in 2017 for the amount of EUR 4,650 thousand and 648,457 shares of Banco Santander, S.A. These compensations are partially subject to deferral and / or recovery in certain cases.

Also, the detail of the breakdown of the linked to multiannual objective salaries of the members of senior management at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is provided below. These remuneration payments shall be received, as the case may be, in the corresponding deferral periods upon achievement of the conditions stipulated for each payment (see Note 47):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of euros

 

 

 

 

Variable remuneration subject to long-term objectives (1)

Year

    

Number of people

    

Cash payment

    

Share payment

    

Total

2018

 

18

 

3,981

 

3,981

 

7,962

2017

 

19

 

4,255

 

4,255

 

8,510


(1)

Relates in 2018 with the fair value of the maximum annual amounts for years 2022, 2023 and 2024 of the third cycle of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2021, 2022 and 2023 for the first cycle of the deferred variable compensation plan linked to annual objectives for the year 2017).

82

Table of Contents

Also, executive vice presidents who retired in 2018 and, therefore, were not members of senior management at year-end, received in 2018 salaries and other remuneration relating to their retirement amounting to EUR 1,861 thousand (EUR 5,237 thousand in 2017), however, the right to obtain variable remuneration, like subject to long-term objectives has not been generated as part of the senior management (2017: EUR 999 thousand).

Other than Executive directors the average total remuneration awarded in 2018 to women senior managers is 0.7% higher than the average remuneration of men senior managers.

Following is a detail of the maximum number of Santander shares that the members of senior management at each plan grant date (excluding executive directors) were entitled to receive at December 31, 2018 and 2017 relating to the deferred portion under the various plans then in force (see Note 47):

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of

    

    

    

    

shares to be delivered (1)

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014) 

 

 —

 

323,424

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015) 

 

705,075

 

1,296,424

Performance shares plan ILP (2015)

 

515,456

 

1,050,087

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2016) 

 

1,079,654

 

1,854,495

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2017)

 

1,434,047

 

1,779,302

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2018)

 

2,192,901

 


(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved adjusting the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The actions derived from this adjustment are 66,339 shares.

In 2018 and 2017, since the conditions established in the corresponding deferred share-based remuneration schemes for prior years had been met, in addition to the payment of the related cash amounts, the following number of Santander shares was delivered to the executive vice presidents:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

 —

 

226,766

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

248,963

 

318,690

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

261,109

 

349,725

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2016)

 

258,350

 

 

As indicated in Note 5.c above, the senior managers participate in the defined benefit system created in 2012, which covers the contingencies of retirement, disability and death. The Bank makes annual contributions to the benefit plans of its senior managers. In 2012, the contracts of the senior managers with defined benefit pension commitments were amended to transform them into a defined contribution system. The system, which is outsourced to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A., gives senior managers the right to receive benefits upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are active at the Bank at such time, based on contributions to the system, and replaced their previous right to receive a pension supplement in the event of retirement. In the event of pre-retirement, and up to the retirement date, senior managers appointed prior to September 2015 are entitled to receive an annual allowance.

In addition, in application of the provisions of the remuneration regulations, from 2016 (inclusive), a discretionary pension benefit component of at least 15% of the total has been included in contributions to the pension system. Under the regime corresponding to these discretionary benefits, the contributions made that are calculated on variable remunerations are subject to malus and clawback clauses according to the policy in force at each moment and during the same period in which the variable remuneration is deferred.

Likewise, the annual contributions calculated on variable remunerations must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the cessation of senior management in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the rest of the accumulated balance of the senior manager, or he will be paid to him or her beneficiaries if there were any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

The contracts of certain senior managers have gone through the changes set out in note 5.c. for executive directors. The changes, aiming at aligning the annual contributions with practices of comparable institutions and reducing future liabilities by eliminating the

83

Table of Contents

supplementary benefits scheme in the event of death (death of spouse or parent) and permanent disability of certain with no increase in total costs for the Bank, are the following:

·

Contributions of the pensionable bases have been reduced. Gross annual salaries have been increased in the corresponding amount with no increases in total costs for the Bank.

·

The death and disability supplementary benefits have been eliminated since January 1, 2018. A fixed remuneration supplement reflected in other remuneration in the table above was implemented on the same date.

·

Thesum insured for the life and accident insurance has been increased.

All the above without an increase in total cost for the Bank.

The balance as of December 31, 2018 in the pension system for those who were part of senior management during the year amounted to EUR: 66.5 million (EUR: 118.7 million in December 31, 2017).

The net charge to income corresponding to pension and supplementary benefits for widows, orphans and permanent invalidity amounted to EUR 6.4 million in 2018 (EUR: 14.5 in December 31, 2017).

In 2018 and 2017 there is no payments in the form of a single payment of the annual voluntary pre-retirement allowance.

Additionally, the capital insured by life and accident insurance at December 31, 2018 of this group amounts to EUR 133.3 million (EUR: 53.6 million at December 31, 2017).

h) Post-employment benefits to former Directors and former executive vice presidents

The post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2018 to former directors of the Bank, other than those detailed in note 5.c amounted to EUR 13.8 million (2017: EUR 26.2 million). Also, the post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2018 to former executive vice presidents amounted to EUR 63 million (2017: EUR 17.7 million).

Contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits to previous members of the Bank’s Management Board, amounted to EUR 0.5 million in 2018 (EUR 0.5 million in 2017). Likewise, contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits for previous managing directors amounted to EUR 5.4 million in 2018 (EUR 5.5 million in 2017).

In 2018 a period provision of EUR 0.08 million (release of EUR 0.5 million in 2017) was recognised in the consolidated income statement in connection with the Group’s pension and similar obligations to former directors of the Bank (including insurance premiums for supplementary surviving spouse/child and permanent disability benefits), and no period provision was recognised in relation to former executive vice presidents (2017: a period provision of EUR 5.6 million was recognised).

In addition, Provisions - Pension Fund and similar obligations in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2018 included EUR 70.2 million in respect of the post-employment benefit obligations to former Directors of the Bank (December 31, 2017: EUR 81.8 million) and EUR 179 million corresponding to former executive vice presidents (2017: EUR 195.8 million).

i) Pre-retirement and retirement

The following executive directors will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination, if they have not yet reached the age of retirement, on the terms indicated below:

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than breach. In such case, she will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to her fixed remuneration plus 30% of the average of her latest amounts of variable remuneration, up to a maximum of three. This emolument would be reduced by up to 8% in the event of voluntary retirement before the age of 60. This assignment will be subject to malus and clawback conditions in effect for a period of 5 years. Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than his own free will or breach. In such case, he will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to the fixed remuneration corresponding to him as executive vice president. This assignment will be subject to malus and clawback conditions in effect for a period of 5 years.

84

Table of Contents

j) Contract termination

The executive directors and senior executives have indefinite-term employment contracts. Executive directors or senior executives whose contracts are terminated voluntarily or due to breach of duties are not entitled to receive any economic compensation. If the Bank terminates the contract for any other reason, they will be entitled to the corresponding legally-stipulated termination benefit, without prejudice to the compensation that corresponds to the non-competition obligations, as detailed in the remuneration policy of the directors

If the Bank were to terminate her contract, Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea would have to remain at the Bank’s disposal for a period of four months in order to ensure an adequate transition, and would receive her fixed salary during that period.

Other non-director members of the Group's senior management, other than those whose contracts were amended in 2012 as indicated above, have contracts which entitle them, in certain circumstances, to an extraordinary contribution to their welfare system in the event of termination for reasons other than voluntary redundancy, retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. These benefits are recognised as a provision for pensions and similar obligations and as a Personnel expenses only when the employment relationship between the Bank and its executives is terminated before the normal retirement date.

k) Information on investments held by the directors in other companies and conflicts of interest

None of the members of the board of directors or persons related to them perform, as independent professionals or as employees, activities that involve effective competition, be it present or potential, with the activities of Banco Santander, S.A., or that, in any other way, place the directors in an ongoing conflict with the interests of Banco Santander, S.A.

Without prejudice to the foregoing, following is a detail of the declarations by the directors with respect to their equity interests in companies not related to the Group whose object is banking, financing or lending; and of the management or governing functions, if any, that the directors discharge thereat.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Number of

    

 

Administrator

 

Denomination

 

shares

 

Functions

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

Bankinter, S.A. (1)

 

5,000,000

 

Mr. Bruce Neil Carnegie-Brown

 

Moneysupermarket.com Group plc

 

30,000

 

President (2)

 

 

Lloyd’s of London Ltd

 

 —

 

President (2)

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group (1)

 

17,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. (The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.)

 

19,546

 

Mr. Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

Bankinter, S.A.

 

6,929,853

 

 

 

JB Capital Markets Sociedad de Valores, S.A.

 

2,077,198

 

President

Ms. Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer

 

Gawa Capital Partners, S.L.

 

 —

 

Manager officer (2)

Mr. Ramiro Mato García-Ansorena

 

BNP Paribas, S.A.

 

13,806

 


(1)    Indirect ownership.

(2)    Non-executive.

With regard to situations of conflict of interest, as stipulated in Article 40 of the rules and regulations of the Board, the directors must notify the board of any direct or indirect conflict with the interests of the Bank in which they or persons related thereto may be involved. The director involved shall refrain from taking part in discussions or voting on any resolutions or decisions in which the director or any persons related thereto may have a conflict of interest.

Accordingly, the related party transactions carried out during the financial year met the conditions established in the regulations of the board of directors so as not to require a prior favourable report from the audit committee and subsequent authorisation from the board of directors.

In addition, during the 2018 financial year there were 60 occasions in which, in accordance with the provisions of article 36.1 (b) (iii) of the Regulations of the Board, the directors have abstained from intervening and voting in the deliberation of matters in the sessions of the board of directors or its committees. The breakdown of the 60 cases is as follows: on 26 occasions they were due to proposals for the appointment, re-election or resignation of directors, as well as the appointment of members of board committees or in Group companies or related to them; on 30 occasions it was about retributive aspects or the granting of loans or credits; on 1 occasion when

85

Table of Contents

investment or financing proposals or other risk operations were discussed in favour of companies related to different directors and on 3 occasions the abstention occurred in relation to the annual verification of the directors' nature.

6.     Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

The detail, by classification, type and currency, of Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CENTRAL BANKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 —

 

 —

 

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

9,226

 

 —

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

15,601

 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

 

 —

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

 

24,827

 

26,278

 

27,973

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

15,601

 

17,359

 

14,445

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

9,226

 

8,919

 

13,528

Impaired assets

 

 —

 

 —

 

Valuation adjustments for impairment

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

24,827

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 —

 

1,696

 

3,221

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

 2

 

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

23,097

 

9,889

 

10,069

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

35,480

 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

 

 —

 

39,567

 

35,424

 

 

58,579

 

51,152

 

48,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

10,759

 

8,169

 

6,577

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

33,547

 

21,765

 

20,867

Non- loans advances

 

14,283

 

21,232

 

21,281

Impaired assets

 

 2

 

 4

 

 4

Valuation adjustments for impairment

 

(12)

 

(18)

 

(15)

 

 

58,579

 

51,152

 

48,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

24,801

 

23,286

 

24,278

Pound sterling

 

4,073

 

5,582

 

4,337

US dollar

 

19,238

 

15,325

 

11,996

Brazilian real

 

28,310

 

28,140

 

32,013

Other currencies

 

6,984

 

5,097

 

4,063

TOTAL

 

83,406

 

77,430

 

76,687


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b) .

The loans and advances classified under Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss consist of assets of Spanish and foreign institutions acquired under reverse repurchase agreements.

86

Table of Contents

The loans and advances to credit institutions classified under Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS9) and Loans and receivables (IAS39) are mainly time accounts and deposits.

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS9) and Loans and receivables (IAS39) and of the related average interest rates.

At December 31, 2018 the exposure and the loan loss provision by impairment stage of assets accounted for under IFRS9 amounts to EUR 51,090 million and EUR 12 million in stage 1, EUR 1 million without loan loss provision in stage 2, and EUR 2 million without loan loss provision in stage 3.

7.     Debt instruments

a)    Detail

The detail, by classification, type and currency, of Debt instruments in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

27,800

 

36,351

 

48,922

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

5,587

 

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,222

 

3,485

 

3,398

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

116,819

 

 

 

 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 —

 

128,481

 

111,287

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

37,696

 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

 

 —

 

17,543

 

13,237

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 —

 

13,491

 

14,468

 

 

191,124

 

199,351

 

191,312

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish government debt securities (**)

 

50,488

 

59,186

 

45,696

Foreign government debt securities

 

99,959

 

99,424

 

103,070

Issued by financial institutions

 

10,574

 

12,155

 

16,874

Other fixed-income securities

 

29,868

 

28,299

 

25,397

Impaired financial assets

 

870

 

1,017

 

773

Impairment losses

 

(635)

 

(730)

 

(498)

 

 

191,124

 

199,351

 

191,312

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro (**)

 

76,513

 

93,250

 

73,791

Pound sterling

 

19,153

 

16,203

 

16,106

US dollar

 

22,864

 

25,191

 

31,401

Brazilian real

 

40,871

 

39,233

 

43,370

Other currencies

 

32,358

 

26,204

 

27,142

Total gross

 

191,759

 

200,081

 

191,810

Impairment losses

 

(635)

 

(730)

 

(498)

 

 

191,124

 

199,351

 

191,312


(*)     See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  The increase in 2017 corresponds mainly to Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. acquisition.

At December 31, 2018 the exposure by impairment stage of the book assets under IFRS9 amounted to EUR 154,164 million in stage 1, EUR 117 million in stage 2, and EUR 870 million in stage 3, respectively.

87

Table of Contents

b) Breakdown

The breakdown, by origin of the issuer, of Debt instruments at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, net of impairment losses, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

    

4,748

 

50,488

 

55,236

 

28.90

%

5,272

 

59,186

 

64,458

 

32.33

%

6,153

 

45,696

 

51,849

 

27.10

%

United Kingdom

 

5,615

 

9,512

 

15,127

 

7.91

%

4,339

 

10,717

 

15,056

 

7.55

%

3,531

 

11,910

 

15,441

 

8.07

%

Portugal

 

3,663

 

6,943

 

10,606

 

5.55

%

3,972

 

7,892

 

11,864

 

5.95

%

4,068

 

7,689

 

11,757

 

6.15

%

Italy (*)

 

857

 

3,134

 

3,991

 

2.09

%

1,287

 

7,171

 

8,458

 

4.24

%

1,035

 

3,547

 

4,582

 

2.40

%

Ireland (**)

 

4,543

 

 2

 

4,545

 

2.38

%

3,147

 

 2

 

3,149

 

1.58

%

518

 

 

518

 

0.27

%

Poland

 

683

 

10,489

 

11,172

 

5.85

%

772

 

6,619

 

7,391

 

3.71

%

707

 

6,265

 

6,972

 

3.64

%

Other European countries

 

6,101

 

1,518

 

7,619

 

3.99

%

7,195

 

1,733

 

8,928

 

4.48

%

7,203

 

1,736

 

8,939

 

4.67

%

United States

 

6,833

 

10,362

 

17,195

 

9.00

%

7,986

 

11,670

 

19,656

 

9.86

%

10,559

 

13,058

 

23,617

 

12.34

%

Brazil

 

5,285

 

36,583

 

41,868

 

21.91

%

4,729

 

34,940

 

39,669

 

19.90

%

5,364

 

39,770

 

45,134

 

23.59

%

Mexico

 

520

 

11,325

 

11,845

 

6.20

%

461

 

9,478

 

9,939

 

4.99

%

587

 

10,628

 

11,215

 

5.86

%

Chile

 

79

 

2,729

 

2,808

 

1.47

%

62

 

4,071

 

4,133

 

2.07

%

1,315

 

3,643

 

4,958

 

2.59

%

Other American countries

 

1,111

 

1,375

 

2,486

 

1.30

%

755

 

913

 

1,668

 

0.84

%

782

 

1,262

 

2,044

 

1.07

%

Rest of the world

 

639

 

5,987

 

6,626

 

3.47

%

764

 

4,218

 

4,982

 

2.50

%

724

 

3,562

 

4,286

 

2.24

%

 

 

40,677

 

150,447

 

191,124

 

100

%

40,741

 

158,610

 

199,351

 

100

%

42,546

 

148,766

 

191,312

 

100

%


(*)    Of the exposure in Italy, EUR 1,855 million corresponds to bonds sold in forward.

(**)  Includes mainly UK securities issued by Irish vehicles with underlying risk UK.

The detail, by issuer rating, of Debt instruments at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

AAA

 

18,901

 

834

 

19,735

 

10.33

%

16,239

 

924

 

17,163

 

8.61

%

18,916

 

1,008

 

19,924

 

10.41

%  

AA

 

2,715

 

20,966

 

23,681

 

12.39

%

2,714

 

23,522

 

26,236

 

13.16

%

1,632

 

29,639

 

31,271

 

16.35

%  

A

 

3,464

 

69,392

 

72,856

 

38.12

%

4,373

 

8,037

 

12,410

 

6.23

%

2,928

 

3,285

 

6,213

 

3.25

%  

BBB

 

5,093

 

21,837

 

26,930

 

14.09

%

6,449

 

91,012

 

97,461

 

48.89

%

7,579

 

66,955

 

74,534

 

38.96

%  

Below BBB

 

668

 

37,412

 

38,080

 

19.92

%

2,393

 

35,109

 

37,502

 

18.81

%

4,751

 

47,872

 

52,623

 

27.51

%  

Unrated

 

9,836

 

 6

 

9,842

 

5.15

%

8,573

 

 6

 

8,579

 

4.30

%

6,740

 

 7

 

6,747

 

3.53

%  

 

 

40,677

 

150,447

 

191,124

 

100

%

40,741

 

158,610

 

199,351

 

100

%

42,546

 

148,766

 

191,312

 

100

%  

 

The distribution of the exposure by rating level of the previous table has been affected by the different ratings reviews of the sovereign issuers that have occurred in recent years. Thus, the principal changes in 2018 have been Spain and Poland which went from BBB+ to A-. Likewise, the main revisions during 2017 were Portugal that went from BB+ to BBB- and Chile from AA- to A+. During 2016 United Kingdom went from AAA to AA, Poland went from A to BBB, and Argentina that did not have a rating went to B-.

The detail, by type of financial instrument, of Private fixed-income securities at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, net of impairment losses, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitised mortgage bonds

 

2,942

 

2,458

 

1,584

Other asset-backed bonds

 

9,805

 

5,992

 

2,803

Floating rate debt

 

13,721

 

13,756

 

11,818

Fixed rate debt

 

14,209

 

18,535

 

26,341

Total

 

40,677

 

40,741

 

42,546

 

88

Table of Contents

c) Impairment losses

The changes in the impairment losses on Debt instruments are summarised below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

704

 

498

 

291

Net impairment losses for the year (**)

 

43

 

348

 

380

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses charged to income

 

138

 

386

 

423

Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income

 

(95)

 

(38)

 

(43)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(112)

 

(116)

 

(172)

Balance at end of year

 

635

 

730

 

498

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By geographical location of risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

European Union

 

22

 

30

 

40

Latin America

 

613

 

700

 

458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(**) Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances

 

 —

 

348

 

405

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

43

 

 

 

 

Financial assets available for sale

 

 —

 

 —

 

(25)

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 

 


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

At December 31, 2018 the loan loss provision by impairment stage of the assets accounted for under IFRS9 amounted to EUR 30 million in stage 1, EUR 9 million in stage 2, and EUR 596 million in stage 3.

8.     Equity instruments

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by classification and type, of Equity instruments in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

Classification:

    

 

    

 

    

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

8,938

 

21,353

 

14,497

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,260

 

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 —

 

933

 

546

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

2,671

 

 

 

 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 —

 

4,790

 

5,487

 

 

14,869

 

27,076

 

20,530

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of Spanish companies

 

3,448

 

4,199

 

3,098

Shares of foreign companies

 

9,107

 

20,448

 

15,342

Investment fund shares

 

2,314

 

2,429

 

2,090

 

 

14,869

 

27,076

 

20,530


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

Note 29 contains a detail of the Other comprehensive income, recognised in equity, on Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (IFRS9) and Financial assets available-for-sale, and also the related impairment losses (IAS39).

89

Table of Contents

b)    Changes

The changes in Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (IFRS9), and Financial assets available-for-sale (IAS39) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the year

    

3,169

    

5,487

    

4,849

Net additions (disposals)

 

(324)

 

(331)

 

(294)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Visa Europe, Ltd.

 

 —

 

 —

 

(263)

Valuation adjustment and other items

 

(174)

 

(366)

 

932

Balance at end of year

 

2,671

 

4,790

 

5,487


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

Visa Europe, Ltd.

On June 21, 2016 the Group disposed its Visa Europe, Ltd. stake, classified as available for sale, obtaining a gain net of taxes of EUR 227 million (see Note 44 Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net).

c) Notifications of acquisitions of investments

The notifications of the acquisitions and disposals of holdings in investees made by the Bank in 2018, in compliance with Article 155 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law and Article 125 of Spanish Securities Market Law 24/1998, are listed in Appendix IV.

9.     Trading Derivatives (assets and liabilities) and short positions

a) Trading Derivatives

The detail, by type of inherent risk, of the fair value of the trading derivatives arranged by the Group is as follows (see Note 11):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

36,087

 

36,487

 

38,030

 

37,582

 

47,884

 

48,124

Currency risk

 

16,912

 

17,025

 

16,320

 

18,014

 

21,087

 

23,500

Price risk

 

2,828

 

1,673

 

2,167

 

2,040

 

2,599

 

2,402

Other risks

 

112

 

156

 

726

 

256

 

473

 

343

 

 

55,939

 

55,341

 

57,243

 

57,892

 

72,043

 

74,369

 

90

Table of Contents

b) Short positions

Following is a breakdown of the short positions (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

1,213

 

2,447

 

2,250

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 1,213

 

890

 

930

Santander UK plc

 

 —

 

1,557

 

1,319

Equity instruments

 

1,087

 

1,671

 

1,142

Of which: Santander UK plc

 

 —

 

1,500

 

991

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

987

 

98

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

12,702

 

16,861

 

19,613

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

5,336

 

8,621

 

7,472

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 26

 

46

 

1,872

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 7,300

 

8,188

 

9,197

 

 

15,002

 

20,979

 

23,005

 

 

10.   Loans and advances to customers

a) Detail

The detail, by classification, of Loans and advances to customers in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

  

2018 (*)

  

2017

  

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading (**)

 

202

 

8,815

 

9,504

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,881

 

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

21,915

 

20,475

 

17,596

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1,601

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

857,322

 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

 

 —

 

819,625

 

763,370

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses

 

(23,307)

 

(23,934)

 

(24,393)

 

 

882,921

 

848,915

 

790,470

Loans and advances to customers disregarding impairment losses

 

906,228

 

872,849

 

814,863


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  The decrease reflects the run-down of UK's trading business due to the banking reform (Ring-fencing).

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS9) and loans and receivables (IAS39) and of the related average interest rates.

Note 54 shows the Group’s total exposure, by origin of the issuer.

There are no loans and advances to customers for material amounts without fixed maturity dates.

91

Table of Contents

b) Breakdown

Following is a breakdown, by loan type and status, geographical area of residence and interest rate formula, of the loans and advances to customers of the Group, which reflect the Group’s exposure to credit risk in its core business, disregarding impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan type and status:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial credit

 

33,301

 

29,287

 

23,894

Secured loans

 

478,068

 

473,936

 

454,677

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

32,310

 

18,864

 

16,609

Other term loans

 

265,696

 

257,441

 

232,288

Finance leases

 

30,758

 

28,511

 

25,357

Receivable on demand

 

8,794

 

6,721

 

8,102

Credit cards receivables

 

23,083

 

21,809

 

21,363

Impaired assets

 

34,218

 

36,280

 

32,573

 

 

906,228

 

872,849

 

814,863

Geographical area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

215,764

 

227,446

 

161,372

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

411,550

 

390,536

 

379,666

United States and Puerto Rico

 

89,325

 

75,777

 

87,318

Other OECD countries

 

82,607

 

74,463

 

74,157

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

87,406

 

88,302

 

93,207

Rest of the world

 

19,576

 

16,325

 

19,143

 

 

906,228

 

872,849

 

814,863

Interest rate formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

497,365

 

447,788

 

417,448

Floating rate

 

408,863

 

425,061

 

397,415

 

 

906,228

 

872,849

 

814,863

 

At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 the Group had granted loans amounting to EUR 13,615, 16,470 and 14,127 million to Spanish public sector agencies which had a rating at December 31, 2018 of A (ratings of BBB at December 31, 2017 and 2016), and EUR 10,952,  18,577 and 16,483 million to the public sector in other countries (at December 31, 2018, the breakdown of this amount by issuer rating was as follows: 13.8% AAA, 12.2% AA, 3.2% A, 58.3% BBB and 12.5% below BBB).

Without considering the Public Administrations, the amount of the loans and advances at December 31, 2018 amounts to EUR 881,661 million, of which, EUR 847,443 million euros are classified as performing.

The above-mentioned ratings were obtained by converting the internal ratings awarded to customers by the Group (See Note 54) into the external ratings classification established by Standard & Poor’s, in order to make them more readily comparable.

Following is a detail, by activity, of the loans to customers at December 31, 2018, net of impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net exposure

 

Loan-to-value ratio (***)

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

More than

    

More than

    

More than

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40% and

 

60% and

 

80% and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

Of which:

 

Less than 

 

less than

 

less than

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without

 

property

 

other

 

or equal

 

or equal to

 

or equal to

 

or equal to

 

More than

 

 

Total

 

collateral

 

collateral

 

collateral

 

to 40%

 

60%

 

80%

 

100%

 

100%

Public sector

 

22,659

 

21,480

 

279

 

900

 

114

 

86

 

125

 

699

 

155

Other financial institutions (financial business activity)

 

53,155

 

15,929

 

864

 

36,362

 

684

 

388

 

196

 

35,663

 

295

Non-financial corporations and individual entrepreneurs (non-financial business activity) (broken down by purpose)

 

301,975

 

173,482

 

68,555

 

59,938

 

24,752

 

21,090

 

17,244

 

38,514

 

26,893

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and property development

 

24,641

 

1,884

 

20,855

 

1,902

 

8,300

 

6,224

 

4,208

 

2,126

 

1,899

Civil engineering construction

 

3,248

 

1,803

 

525

 

920

 

138

 

306

 

157

 

368

 

476

Large companies

 

156,666

 

104,023

 

18,949

 

33,694

 

5,766

 

6,671

 

6,657

 

19,022

 

14,527

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

 

117,420

 

65,772

 

28,226

 

23,422

 

10,548

 

7,889

 

6,222

 

16,998

 

9,991

Households – other (broken down by purpose)

 

487,695

 

115,997

 

321,119

 

50,579

 

83,889

 

104,266

 

103,496

 

46,296

 

33,751

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

314,017

 

1,682

 

311,513

 

822

 

77,643

 

97,815

 

98,240

 

32,361

 

6,276

Consumer loans

 

156,116

 

109,810

 

2,387

 

43,919

 

3,406

 

4,709

 

3,225

 

8,766

 

26,200

Other purposes

 

17,562

 

4,505

 

7,219

 

5,838

 

2,840

 

1,742

 

2,031

 

5,169

 

1,275

Total (*)

 

865,484

 

326,888

 

390,817

 

147,779

 

109,439

 

125,830

 

121,061

 

121,172

 

61,094

Memorandum item

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refinanced and restructured transactions (**)

 

30,527

 

6,278

 

14,032

 

10,217

 

3,328

 

3,422

 

3,210

 

3,541

 

10,748

 

92

Table of Contents


(*)     In addition, the Group has granted advances to customers amounting to EUR 17,437 million, bringing the total of loans and advances to EUR 882,921 million.

(**)   Includes the net balance of the impairment of the accumulated value or accumulated losses in the fair value due to credit risk.

(***) The ratio is the carrying amount of the transactions at December 31, 2018 provided by the latest available appraisal value of the collateral.

Note 54 contains information relating to the restructured/refinanced loan book.

Following is the movement of the gross exposure broken down by impairment stage of loans and advances to customers recognised under "Financial assets at amortised cost" and “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” under IFRS9 during 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Stage 1

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

 

Total

Balance at the beginning of year

    

746,654

    

60,304

    

35,477

    

842,435

Movements

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Transfers

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Transfer to Stage 2 from Stage 1

 

(31,234)

 

31,234

 

  

 

 —

Transfer to Stage 3 from Stage 1

 

(3,980)

 

  

 

3,980

 

 —

Transfer to Stage 3 from Stage 2

 

  

 

(13,998)

 

13,998

 

 —

Transfer to Stage 1 from Stage 2

 

21,795

 

(21,795)

 

  

 

 —

Transfer to Stage 2 from Stage 3

 

  

 

4,103

 

(4,103)

 

 —

Transfer to Stage 1 from Stage 3

 

835

 

  

 

(835)

 

 —

Net changes on financial assets

 

79,727

 

(5,265)

 

(1,997)

 

72,465

Write-offs

 

 —

 

 —

 

(12,673)

 

(12,673)

Exchange differences and others

 

(17,968)

 

(2,400)

 

(386)

 

(20,754)

Loss allowance as of December 31, 2018

 

795,829

 

52,183

 

33,461

 

881,473

 

At December 31, 2018, the Group had EUR 757 million (January 1, 2018: EUR 803 million) in purchased credit-impaired assets, which relate mainly to the business combinations carried out by the Group.

c) Impairment losses on loans and advances to customers at amortised cost and at fair value through other comprehensive income

The changes in the impairment losses on the assets making up the balances of financial assets at amortised cost and at fair value through other comprehensive income - Loans and advances - Customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Balance at beginning of the year (*)

 

25,936

 

24,393

 

26,517

Impairment losses charged to income for the year

 

10,501

 

10,513

 

10,734

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses charged to profit or loss

 

17,850

 

19,006

 

17,081

Impairment losses reversed with a credit to profit or loss

 

(7,349)

 

(8,493)

 

(6,347)

Change of perimeter

 

 —

 

 —

 

(136)

Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance

 

(12,673)

 

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

Exchange differences and other changes (**)

 

(457)

 

2,550

 

36

Balance at end of the year

 

23,307

 

23,934

 

24,393

Which correspond to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired assets

 

14,906

 

16,207

 

15,331

Other assets

 

8,401

 

7,727

 

9,062

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually calculated

 

4,905

 

5,311

 

6,097

Collective calculated

 

18,402

 

18,623

 

18,296


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  In 2017, mainly includes the balances from the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.

In addition, provisions for debt securities amounting to EUR 43 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 348 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 405 million) and written-off assets recoveries have been recorded in the year amounting to EUR 1,558 million. (December 31, 2017: EUR 1,620 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 1,582 million). With this, the impairment recorded in Financial assets at amortised cost amounts EUR 8,986 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 9,241 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 9,557 million).

93

Table of Contents

Following is the movement of the loan loss provision broken down by impairment stage of loans and advances to customers recognised under "Financial assets at amortised cost" under IFRS9 during 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Stage 1

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

 

Total

Loss allowance as of January 1, 2018

    

4,350

    

5,079

    

16,507

    

25,936

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1

 

(1,173)

 

3,854

 

 

 

2,681

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1

 

(279)

 

 

 

1,264

 

985

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2

 

 

 

(1,971)

 

4,529

 

2,558

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2

 

438

 

(1,656)

 

 

 

(1,218)

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3

 

 

 

435

 

(1,264)

 

(829)

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3

 

84

 

 

 

(173)

 

(89)

Net changes of the exposure and modifications in the credit risk

 

304

 

(961)

 

7,070

 

6,413

Write-offs

 

 —

 

 —

 

(12,673)

 

(12,673)

FX and other movements

 

(66)

 

(37)

 

(354)

 

(457)

Carrying amount as of December 31, 2018

 

3,658

 

4,743

 

14,906

 

23,307

 

d) Impaired assets and assets with unpaid past-due amounts

The detail of the changes in the balance of the financial assets classified as Financial assets at amortised cost – Customers (IFRS9) and Loans and receivables - Loans and advances to customers (IAS39) considered to be impaired due to credit risk is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

36,280

 

32,573

 

36,133

Net additions

 

10,821

 

8,409

 

7,393

Written-off assets

 

(12,673)

 

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

Changes in the scope of consolidation

 

177

 

9,618

 

661

Exchange differences and other

 

(387)

 

(798)

 

1,144

Balance at end of year

 

34,218

 

36,280

 

32,573

 

This amount, after deducting the related allowances, represents the Group’s best estimate of the discounted value of the flows that are expected to be recovered from the impaired assets.

At December 31, 2018, the Group’s written-off assets totalled EUR 47,751 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 43,508 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 40,473 million).

Following is a detail of the financial assets classified as Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS9) and Loans and receivables to costumers (IFRS39) and considered to be impaired due to credit risk at December 31, 2018, classified by geographical location of risk and by age of the oldest past-due amount:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

5,671

 

780

 

551

 

656

 

8,724

 

16,382

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

2,940

 

1,213

 

577

 

519

 

2,662

 

7,911

United States and Puerto Rico

 

1,906

 

531

 

30

 

31

 

178

 

2,676

Other OECD countries

 

1,414

 

498

 

143

 

162

 

520

 

2,737

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

1,221

 

1,145

 

782

 

561

 

803

 

4,512

 

 

13,152

 

4,167

 

2,083

 

1,929

 

12,887

 

34,218

 

94

Table of Contents

The detail at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

6,012

 

938

 

793

 

814

 

9,643

 

18,200

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

2,023

 

1,526

 

811

 

558

 

3,829

 

8,747

United States and Puerto Rico

 

1,221

 

641

 

42

 

50

 

192

 

2,146

Other OECD countries

 

1,523

 

563

 

166

 

128

 

378

 

2,758

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

945

 

1,309

 

709

 

578

 

888

 

4,429

 

 

11,724

 

4,977

 

2,521

 

2,128

 

14,930

 

36,280

 

The detail at December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

4,845

 

508

 

360

 

625

 

7,009

 

13,347

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

2,648

 

1,783

 

877

 

654

 

3,262

 

9,224

United States and Puerto Rico

 

805

 

833

 

38

 

61

 

242

 

1,979

Other OECD countries

 

1,601

 

481

 

145

 

158

 

474

 

2,859

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

1,242

 

1,059

 

1,131

 

677

 

1,055

 

5,164

 

 

11,141

 

4,664

 

2,551

 

2,175

 

12,042

 

32,573

 

Set forth below for each class of impaired asset are the gross amount, associated allowances and information relating to the collateral and/or other credit enhancements obtained at December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

Estimated

 

  

Gross

  

Allowance

  

collateral

 

 

amount

 

recognised

 

value(*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without associated real collateral

 

13,250

 

(8,636)

 

 —

With real estate collateral

 

16,228

 

(4,408)

 

11,653

With other collateral

 

4,740

 

(1,862)

 

1,913

Total

 

34,218

 

(14,906)

 

13,566


(*)   Including the estimated value of the collateral associated with each loan. Accordingly, any other cash flows that may be obtained, such as those arising from borrowers’ personal guarantees, are not included.

When classifying assets in the previous table, the main factors considered by the Group to determine whether an asset has become impaired are the existence of amounts past due -assets impaired due to arrears- or other circumstances may be arise which will not result in all contractual cash flow being recovered, such as a deterioration of the borrower’s financial situation, the worsening of its capacity to generate funds or difficulties experienced by it in accessing credit.

95

Table of Contents

Past-due amounts receivable

In addition, at December 31, 2018, there were assets with amounts receivable that were past due by 90 days or less, the detail of which, by age of the oldest past-due amount, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

Less than1

    

1 to 2

    

2 to 3

 

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

2,023

 

629

 

617

Of which Public Sector

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

2,023

 

629

 

617

 

e) Securitisation

Loans and advances to customers includes, inter alia, the securitised loans transferred to third parties on which the Group has retained the risks and rewards, albeit partially, and which therefore, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, cannot be derecognised. The breakdown of the securitised loans, by type of original financial instrument, and of the securitised loans derecognised because the stipulated requirements were met (See Note 2.e) is shown below. Note 22 details the liabilities associated with these securitisation transactions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognised

 

47

 

241

 

477

Of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitised mortgage assets (*)

 

47

 

241

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained on the balance sheet

 

88,767

 

91,208

 

100,675

Of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitised mortgage assets

 

33,900

 

36,844

 

44,311

Of which: UK assets

 

13,519

 

15,694

 

20,969

Other securitised assets

 

54,867

 

54,364

 

56,364

Total

 

88,814

 

91,449

 

101,152


(*)    Of which EUR 35 million correspond to the amount of Multifamily loans of Santander Bank, National Association.

 

Securitisation is used as a tool for the management of regulatory capital and as a means of diversifying the Group's liquidity sources. In 2018, 2017 and 2016 the Group did not derecognise any of the securitisations performed, and the balance shown as derecognised for those years relates to securitisations performed in prior years.

The loans derecognised include assets of Santander Bank, National Association amounting to approximately EUR 35 million at December 31, 2018 (December 31, 2017: EUR 113 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 324 million) that were sold, prior to this company’s inclusion in the Group, on the secondary market for multifamily loans, and over which control was transferred and substantially all the associated risks and rewards were not retained.

The loans retained on the face of the balance sheet include the loans associated with securitisations in which the Group retains a subordinated debt and/or grants any manner of credit enhancements to the new holders.

The loans transferred through securitisation are mainly mortgage loans, loans to companies and consumer loans.

96

Table of Contents

11.   Trading derivatives

The detail of the notional amounts and the market values of the trading derivatives held by the Group in 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Notional

    

Market

    

Notional

    

Market

    

Notional

    

Market

 

 

amount

 

value

 

amount

 

value

 

amount

 

value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading derivatives:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Forward rate agreements

 

308,340

 

(1)

 

190,553

 

(15)

 

370,244

 

(64)

Interest rate swaps

 

4,197,246

 

115

 

3,312,025

 

974

 

3,092,360

 

804

Options, futures and other derivatives

 

543,138

 

(514)

 

540,424

 

(511)

 

565,635

 

(980)

Credit risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Credit default swaps

 

18,889

 

33

 

25,136

 

68

 

38,827

 

37

Foreign currency risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Foreign currency purchases and sales

 

275,449

 

301

 

236,805

 

(29)

 

259,336

 

1,102

Foreign currency options

 

54,215

 

 2

 

43,488

 

(37)

 

36,965

 

112

Currency swaps

 

334,524

 

(416)

 

295,753

 

(1,628)

 

321,316

 

(3,627)

Securities and commodities derivatives and other

 

59,932

 

1,078

 

70,325

 

529

 

76,523

 

290

Total

 

5,791,733

 

598

 

4,714,509

 

(649)

 

4,761,206

 

(2,326)

 

 

12.   Non-current assets

The detail of Non-current assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets

 

5,424

 

11,661

 

5,743

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets

 

5,334

 

11,566

 

5,640

Of which: property assets in Spain

 

4,488

 

10,533

 

4,902

Other tangible assets held for sale

 

90

 

95

 

103

Other assets (*)

 

 2

 

3,619

 

29

Total (**)

 

5,426

 

15,280

 

5,772


(*)    In 2017 include, mainly, Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. assets under the sale of the real estate business to Blackstone (see Note 3).

(**)  In March 2018, the agreement for the operation of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. real estate business with Blackstone has materialised (see Note 3).

At December 31, 2018, the allowances recognised for the total non-current assets held for sale represented 49% (2017: 50% without considering the assets of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. sold on March 2018 and 2016: 51%). The charges recorded in those years amounted to EUR 320 million, EUR 347 million and EUR 241 million, respectively, and the recoveries during these exercises are amounted to EUR 61 million, EUR 41 million and EUR 29 million, respectively.

Without taking into consideration the Blackstone agreement already mentioned in Note 2, during 2018 the Group sold, for EUR 1,578 million, foreclosed assets with a gross carrying amount of EUR 2,190 million, for which provisions totalling EUR 736 million had been recognised. These sales gave rise to gains of EUR 124 million.

In addition, other tangible assets were sold for EUR 117 million, giving rise to a gain of EUR 12 million.

97

Table of Contents

13.   Investments

a) Breakdown

The detail, by company, of Investments is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Associated entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Project Quasar Investment 2017 S.L.

 

1,701

 

 —

 

 —

Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A.

 

1,358

 

1,242

 

1,168

Metrovacesa, S.A.

 

1,255

 

 —

 

 —

Companies Zurich Santander

 

961

 

988

 

1,011

Testa Residencial, SOCIMI, S.A.

 

 —

 

651

 

307

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

431

 

438

 

 —

Companies Santander Insurance

 

392

 

358

 

325

Other companies

 

511

 

520

 

431

 

 

6,609

 

4,197

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joint Ventures entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

 —

 

1,017

 

 —

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

 

 202

 

207

 

177

Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. y Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. (former Aegon Santander Seguros)

 

 163

 

186

 

197

SAM Investment Holdings Limited (*)

 

 —

 

 —

 

525

Other companies

 

614

 

577

 

695

 

 

979

 

1,987

 

1,594


(*)    SAM Investment Holdings Limited became part of the Group in 2017.

Of the entities included above, at December 31, 2018, the entity Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A, Metrovacesa S.A. and Compañía Española de Viviendas en Alquiler, S.A. are the only listed companies.

b)

Changes

The changes in the investments were as followed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

6,150

 

4,836

 

3,251

Acquisitions (disposals) of companies and capital increases (reductions)

 

(1,761)

 

1,893

 

(72)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

(1,033)

 

1,017

 

 —

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

 —

 

438

 

 —

Changes in the consolidation method (Note 3)

 

2,967

 

(582)

 

1,457

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quasar

 

1,701

 

 —

 

 —

Metrovacesa

 

1,255

 

 —

 

Effect of equity accounting

 

737

 

704

 

444

Dividends paid and reimbursements of share premium

 

(404)

 

(376)

 

(305)

Exchange differences and other changes

 

(101)

 

(291)

 

61

Balance at end of year

 

7,588

 

6,184

 

4,836


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

c) Impairment losses

In 2018, 2017 and 2016 there was no evidence of material impairment on the Group’s investments.

98

Table of Contents

d) Other information

Following is a summary of the financial information on the companies accounted for using the equity method (obtained from the information available at the date of preparation of the financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

74,765

 

63,093

 

55,791

Total liabilities

 

(58,153)

 

(51,242)

 

(45,623)

Net assets

 

16,612

 

11,851

 

10,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group’s share of net assets

 

6,157

 

4,194

 

3,381

Goodwill

 

1,431

 

1,990

 

1,455

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Zurich Santander

 

526

 

526

 

526

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

 —

 

553

 

 —

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

347

 

347

 

 —

Companies Santander Insurance

 

205

 

205

 

205

Total Group share

 

7,588

 

6,184

 

4,836

Total income

 

12,174

 

12,536

 

11,766

Total profit

 

1,867

 

1,699

 

984

Group’s share of profit

 

737

 

704

 

444

 

Following is a summary of the financial information for 2018 on the main associates and joint ventures (obtained from the information available at the date of preparation of the financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

Total assets

    

Total liabilities

    

Total income

    

Total profit

Joint Ventures entities

 

21,934

 

20,324

 

4,301

 

334

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

 

 12,105

 

11,701

 

351

 

 7

Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. y Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. (former Aegon Santander Seguros)

 

 132

 

84

 

122

 

15

Associated entities

 

52,831

 

37,829

 

7,873

 

1,533

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Santander Zurich

 

13,805

 

12,915

 

4,143

 

402

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

3,238

 

3,028

 

113

 

113

Companies Santander Insurance

 

2,276

 

1,899

 

822

 

77

Total

 

74,765

 

58,153

 

12,174

 

1,867

 

 

14.   Insurance contracts linked to pensions

The detail of Insurance contracts linked to pensions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets relating to insurance contracts covering post-employment benefit plan obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

210

 

239

 

269

 

 

210

 

239

 

269

 

 

99

Table of Contents

15.   Liabilities and assets under insurance contracts and reinsurance assets

The detail of Liabilities under insurance contracts and reinsurance assets in the consolidated balance sheets (See Note 2.j) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance

 

(balance

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance 

 

(balance

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance

 

(balance

Technical provisions for:

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned premiums and unexpired risks

 

52

 

(47)

 

 5

 

50

 

(41)

 

 9

 

61

 

(46)

 

15

Life insurance

 

227

 

(163)

 

64

 

483

 

(151)

 

332

 

159

 

(138)

 

21

Unearned premiums and risks

 

140

 

(127)

 

13

 

100

 

(96)

 

 4

 

76

 

(76)

 

 —

Mathematical provisions

 

87

 

(36)

 

51

 

383

 

(55)

 

328

 

83

 

(62)

 

21

Claims outstanding

 

397

 

(86)

 

311

 

423

 

(115)

 

308

 

358

 

(98)

 

260

Bonuses and rebates

 

20

 

(9)

 

11

 

29

 

(11)

 

18

 

19

 

(8)

 

11

Other technical provisions

 

69

 

(19)

 

50

 

132

 

(23)

 

109

 

55

 

(41)

 

14

 

 

765

 

(324)

 

441

 

1,117

 

(341)

 

776

 

652

 

(331)

 

321

 

 

16.   Tangible assets

a) Changes

The changes in Tangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Leased out under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

an operating

 

Investment

 

 

 

    

For own use

    

lease

    

property

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2016

 

17,442

 

14,921

 

7,345

 

39,708

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation (*)

 

(17)

 

287

 

(4,278)

 

(4,008)

Additions / disposals (net)

 

763

 

2,380

 

(64)

 

3,079

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(76)

 

650

 

462

 

1,036

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

18,112

 

18,238

 

3,465

 

39,815

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

1,740

 

205

 

 —

 

1,945

Additions / disposals (net)

 

781

 

2,445

 

(100)

 

3,126

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(1,357)

 

(2,215)

 

(223)

 

(3,795)

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

19,276

 

18,673

 

3,142

 

41,091

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

34

 

44

 

(630)

 

(552)

Additions / disposals (net)

 

589

 

5,545

 

(182)

 

5,952

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(1,164)

 

825

 

48

 

(291)

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

18,735

 

25,087

 

2,378

 

46,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2016

 

(9,448)

 

(3,376)

 

(284)

 

(13,108)

Disposals due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

 5

 

(3)

 

121

 

123

Disposals

 

311

 

457

 

29

 

797

Charge for the year

 

(1,079)

 

 

(10)

 

(1,089)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

 

(2,247)

 

(53)

 

(2,300)

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

(10,211)

 

(5,169)

 

(197)

 

(15,577)

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Disposals

 

478

 

639

 

 8

 

1,125

Charge for the year

 

(1,165)

 

 

(25)

 

(1,190)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(22)

 

(1,574)

 

25

 

(1,571)

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

(10,920)

 

(6,104)

 

(189)

 

(17,213)

Disposals due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

(12)

 

(34)

 

 —

 

(46)

Disposals

 

629

 

413

 

17

 

1,059

Charge for the year

 

(1,159)

 

 —

 

(13)

 

(1,172)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

938

 

(2,679)

 

(14)

 

(1,755)

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

(10,524)

 

(8,404)

 

(199)

 

(19,127)

 

100

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Leased out

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operating

 

Investment

 

 

 

    

For own   use

    

lease

    

property

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2016

 

(45)

 

(159)

 

(1,076)

 

(1,280)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(12)

 

(43)

 

(62)

 

(117)

Releases

 

 1

 

 1

 

60

 

62

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 1

 

 

309

 

310

Exchange differences and other

 

14

 

42

 

17

 

73

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

(41)

 

(159)

 

(752)

 

(952)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(16)

 

(42)

 

(21)

 

(79)

Releases

 

 4

 

 —

 

 3

 

 7

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(3)

Exchange differences and other

 

(24)

 

 5

 

142

 

123

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

(77)

 

(198)

 

(629)

 

(904)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(30)

 

(56)

 

(8)

 

(94)

Releases

 

 6

 

 —

 

 5

 

11

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange differences and other

 

40

 

15

 

16

 

71

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

(61)

 

(239)

 

(616)

 

(916)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

7,860

 

12,910

 

2,516

 

23,286

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

8,279

 

12,371

 

2,324

 

22,974

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

8,150

 

16,444

 

1,563

 

26,157


(*)    The decreases in 2016 in Tangible assets - Investment property was due to the separation and deconsolidation of Metrovacesa, S.A. (See Note 3).

b) Tangible assets for own use

The detail, by class of asset, of Tangible assets - For own use in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

    

Cost

    

depreciation

    

losses

    

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

5,713

 

(1,967)

 

(41)

 

3,705

IT equipment and fixtures

 

5,225

 

(4,161)

 

 

1,064

Furniture and vehicles

 

6,963

 

(4,023)

 

 

2,940

Construction in progress and other items

 

211

 

(60)

 

 

151

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

18,112

 

(10,211)

 

(41)

 

7,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

5,892

 

(2,014)

 

(77)

 

3,801

IT equipment and fixtures

 

5,608

 

(4,422)

 

 

1,186

Furniture and vehicles

 

7,213

 

(4,391)

 

 

2,822

Construction in progress and other items

 

563

 

(93)

 

 

470

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

19,276

 

(10,920)

 

(77)

 

8,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

6,127

 

(2,056)

 

(61)

 

4,010

IT equipment and fixtures

 

5,605

 

(4,455)

 

 —

 

1,150

Furniture and vehicles

 

6,686

 

(3,946)

 

 —

 

2,740

Construction in progress and other items

 

317

 

(67)

 

 —

 

250

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

18,735

 

(10,524)

 

(61)

 

8,150

 

The carrying amount at December 31, 2018 in the foregoing table includes the following approximate amounts EUR 5,390 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 5,455 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 5,906 million) relating to property, plant and equipment owned by Group entities and branches located abroad.

101

Table of Contents

c) Investment property

The fair value of investment property at December 31, 2018 amounted to EUR 1,825 million (2017: EUR 2,435 million; 2016: EUR 2,583 million). A comparison of the fair value of investment property at December 31, 2018, with the net book value shows gross unrealised gains of EUR 262 million (2017: EUR 128 million and 2016: EUR 67 million), attributed completely to the group.

The rental income earned from investment property and the direct costs related both to investment properties that generated rental income in 2018, 2017 and 2016 and to investment properties that did not generate rental income in those years are not material in the context of the consolidated financial statements.

 

17.   Intangible assets – Goodwill

The detail of goodwill, based on the cash-generating units giving rise thereto, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK

 

8,307

 

8,375

 

8,679

Banco Santander (Brasil)

 

4,459

 

4,988

 

5,769

Santander Bank Polska

 

2,402

 

2,473

 

2,342

Santander Consumer USA

 

2,102

 

2,007

 

3,182

Santander Bank, National Association

 

1,793

 

1,712

 

1,948

Santander Consumer Germany

 

1,217

 

1,217

 

1,217

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

1,173

 

1,173

 

 —

Santander Portugal

 

1,040

 

1,040

 

1,040

Santander España (*)

 

1,023

 

648

 

371

Banco Santander - Chile

 

627

 

676

 

704

Santander Consumer Nordics

 

502

 

518

 

537

Grupo Financiero Santander (Mexico)

 

434

 

413

 

449

Other companies

 

387

 

529

 

486

Total goodwill

 

25,466

 

25,769

 

26,724


(*)    Includes mainly goodwill arising from purchases of Popular's network and Wizink's card business.

 

The changes in goodwill were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Balance at beginning of year

 

25,769

 

26,724

 

26,960

Additions (Note 3)

 

383

 

1,644

 

 —

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

 —

 

1,173

 

 —

Santander España

 

375

 

248

 

 —

Impairment losses

 

 —

 

(899)

 

(50)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Consumer USA

 

 —

 

(799)

 

 —

Disposals or changes in scope of consolidation

 

(130)

 

 —

 

(2)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(556)

 

(1,700)

 

(184)

Balance at end of year

 

25,466

 

25,769

 

26,724

 

The Group has goodwill generated by cash-generating units located in non-euro currency countries (mainly the UK, Brazil, the United States, Poland, Chile, Norway, Sweden and Mexico) and, therefore, this gives rise to exchange differences on the translation to euros, at closing rates, of the amounts of goodwill denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, in 2018 there was an increase in goodwill, mainly due to the purchase of the card businesses from Wizink Bank, S.A. (the increase in 2017 is due to the purchase of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U) and a decrease by EUR 556 million (EUR 1,700 and 184 million in 2017 and 2016) due to exchange differences which, pursuant to current standards, were recognised with a debit to Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences in other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense (see Note 29.d).

102

Table of Contents

At least once per year (or whenever there is any indication of impairment), the Group reviews goodwill for impairment (i.e. a potential reduction in its recoverable value to below its carrying amount). The first step that must be taken in order to perform this analysis is the identification of the cash-generating units, i.e. the Group's smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The amount to be recovered of each cash-generating unit is determined taking into consideration the carrying amount (including any fair value adjustment arising on the business combination) of all the assets and liabilities of all the independent legal entities composing the cash-generating unit, together with the related goodwill.

The amount to be recovered of the cash-generating unit is compared with its recoverable amount in order to determine whether there is any impairment.

The Group’s directors assess the existence of any indication that might be considered to be evidence of impairment of the cash-generating unit by reviewing information including the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (population data, political situation, economic situation -including banking concentration level-, among others) and (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing the investments of the Group with the financial services industry of the country in which the cash-generating unit carries on most of its business activities (balance sheet composition, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital adequacy ratio, return on equity, among others).

Regardless of whether there is any indication of impairment, every year the Group calculates the recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated and, to this end, it uses price quotations, if available, market references (multiples), internal estimates and appraisals performed by independent experts.

Firstly, the Group determines the recoverable amount by calculating the fair value of each cash-generating unit on the basis of the quoted price of the cash-generating units, if available, and of the Price Earnings Ratio of comparable local entities.

In addition, the Group performs estimates of the recoverable amounts of certain cash-generating units by calculating their value in use using discounted cash flow projections. The main assumptions used in this calculation are: (i) earnings projections based on the financial budgets approved by the Group’s directors which cover between three and five year period (unless a longer time horizon can be justified), (ii) discount rates determined as the cost of capital taking into account the risk-free rate of return plus a risk premium in line with the market and the business in which the units operate and (iii) constant growth rates used in order to extrapolate earnings in perpetuity which do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the market in which the cash-generating unit in question operates.

The cash flow projections used by Group management to obtain the values in use are based on the financial budgets approved by both local management of the related local units and the Group’s directors. The Group’s budgetary estimation process is common for all the cash-generating units. The local management teams prepare their budgets using the following key assumptions:

a) Microeconomic variables of the cash-generating unit: management takes into consideration the current balance sheet structure, the product mix on offer and the business decisions taken by local management in this regard.

b) Macroeconomic variables: growth is estimated on the basis of the changing environment, taking into consideration expected GDP growth in the unit’s geographical location and forecast trends in interest and exchange rates. These data, which are based on external information sources, are provided by the Group’s economic research service.

c) Past performance variables: in addition, management takes into consideration in the projection the difference (both positive and negative) between the cash-generating unit’s past performance and that of the market.

103

Table of Contents

Following is a detail of the main assumptions used in determining the recoverable amount, at 2018 year-end, of the most significant cash-generating units which were valued using the discounted cash flow method:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 

 

Projected

 

Discount

 

perpetual

 

 

    

period

    

rate    (*)

    

growth rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK

 

5 years

 

8.4

2.5

%

Santander Consumer USA

 

3 years

 

11.1

1.5

%

Santander Bank, National Association

 

3 years

 

10.6

3.8

%

Santander Consumer Germany

 

5 years

 

8.5

2.5

%

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

5 years

 

9.6

2.5

%

Santander Portugal

 

5 years

 

9.6

2.0

%

Santander Consumer Nordics

 

5 years

 

9.2

2.5

%


(*)    Post-tax discount rate.

Given the degree of uncertainty of these assumptions, the Group performs a sensitivity analysis thereof using reasonable changes in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units is based in order to confirm whether their recoverable amount still exceeds their carrying amount. The sensitivity analysis involved adjusting the discount rate by +/- 50 basis points and the perpetuity growth rate by +/- 50 basis points. Following the sensitivity analysis performed, the value in use of all the cash-generating units still exceeds their recoverable amount, albeit:

-

In the case of Santander Consumer USA, the Group recognised in 2017 a goodwill impairment amounting to EUR 799 million. The mentioned impairment was estimated considering the decrease in the entity’s profit in contrast with the forecasts carried out in the previous years, derived from a change in the long term business strategy.

-

As disclosed in note 1.h, the recent political events as consequence of UK intention to leave the European Union are producing economic volatility that has unfavourably affected the assumptions included in the Santander UK value in use estimate. This value is close to the recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of Santander Bank Polska (former Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.), Banco Santander - Chile, Grupo Financiero Santander (México) and Banco Santander (Brasil) was calculated as the fair values of the aforementioned cash-generating units obtained from the market prices of their shares at year-end. This value exceeded the recoverable amount.

Based on the above, and in accordance with the estimates, forecasts and sensibility analysis available for the managers of the Bank, during 2018 the Group has not recognised goodwill impairment losses within Impairment losses on other assets (net) - Goodwill and other intangible assets caption (EUR 899 and 50 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively).

104

Table of Contents

18.   Intangible assets - Other intangible assets

The detail of Intangible assets - Other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets and of the changes therein in 2018, 2017, and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31, 

 

    

useful life

    

2017

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2018

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

35

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

6,945

 

1,468

 

 1

 

 —

 

(1,102)

 

(178)

 

7,134

Other

 

 

 

1,560

 

 1

 

12

 

 —

 

(50)

 

(13)

 

1,510

Accumulated amortisation

 

 

 

(5,386)

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(1,253)

 

1,035

 

173

 

(5,432)

Development

 

 

 

(4,721)

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(1,153)

 

985

 

147

 

(4,743)

Other

 

 

 

(665)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(100)

 

50

 

26

 

(689)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(240)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(117)

 

117

 

86

 

(154)

Of which: addition

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(118)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

liberation

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

1,469

 

12

 

(1,370)

 

 —

 

69

 

3,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31, 

 

    

useful life

    

2016

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2017

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

39

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

(4)

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

6,558

 

1,470

 

42

 

 

(679)

 

(446)

 

6,945

Other

 

 

 

1,245

 

68

 

436

 

 

(126)

 

(63)

 

1,560

Accumulated amortisation

 

 

 

(4,848)

 

 —

 

(64)

 

(1,403)

 

694

 

235

 

(5,386)

Development

 

 

 

(4,240)

 

 

(14)

 

(1,310)

 

627

 

216

 

(4,721)

Other

 

 

 

(608)

 

 

(50)

 

(93)

 

67

 

19

 

(665)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(297)

 

 

 

(174)

 

111

 

120

 

(240)

Of which: addition

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(174)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2,697

 

1,538

 

414

 

(1,577)

 

 —

 

(158)

 

2,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31,

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31,

 

    

useful life

    

2015

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2016

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

49

 

 1

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

5,411

 

1,726

 

 

 

(890)

 

311

 

6,558

Other

 

 

 

1,306

 

41

 

(124)

 

 

 

22

 

1,245

Accumulated amortisation

 

 

 

(3,873)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,275)

 

716

 

(416)

 

(4,848)

Development

 

 

 

(3,353)

 

 

 

(1,168)

 

716

 

(435)

 

(4,240)

Other

 

 

 

(520)

 

 

 

(107)

 

 

19

 

(608)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(423)

 

 

 

(11)

 

185

 

(48)

 

(297)

Of which: addition

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2,470

 

1,768

 

(124)

 

(1,286)

 

 —

 

(131)

 

2,697

 

105

Table of Contents

In 2018, 2017 and 2016, impairment losses of EUR 117, EUR 174 and EUR 11 million, respectively, were recognised under Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets, net – intangible assets. This impairment losses related mainly to the decline in or loss of the recoverable value of certain computer systems and applications as a result of the processes initiated by the Group to adapt to the various regulatory changes and to transform or integrate businesses.

19.   Other assets

The detail of Other assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Transactions in transit

 

143

 

206

 

431

Net pension plan assets (Note 25)

 

1,015

 

604

 

521

Prepayments and accrued income

 

3,089

 

2,326

 

2,232

Other

 

4,744

 

4,427

 

3,878

 

 

8,991

 

7,563

 

7,062

 

 

20.   Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

The detail, by classification, counterparty, type and currency, of Deposits from central banks and Deposits from credit institutions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CENTRAL BANKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 —

 

282

 

1,351

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

14,816

 

8,860

 

9,112

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

72,523

 

71,414

 

44,112

 

 

87,339

 

80,556

 

54,575

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits on demand

 

 5

 

 5

 

 5

Time deposits

 

82,797

 

78,801

 

46,278

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

4,537

 

1,750

 

8,292

 

 

87,339

 

80,556

 

54,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 —

 

292

 

44

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

10,891

 

18,166

 

5,015

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

89,679

 

91,300

 

89,764

 

 

100,570

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits on demand

 

6,154

 

6,444

 

4,220

Time deposits

 

53,421

 

54,159

 

61,321

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

40,873

 

49,049

 

29,277

Subordinated deposits

 

122

 

106

 

 5

 

 

100,570

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

97,323

 

119,606

 

74,746

Pound sterling

 

19,301

 

14,820

 

12,237

US dollar

 

45,848

 

33,259

 

40,514

Brazilian real

 

18,657

 

16,485

 

16,537

Other currencies

 

6,780

 

6,144

 

5,364

TOTAL

 

187,909

 

190,314

 

149,398

 

106

Table of Contents

The increase in Deposits from central banks measured at amortised cost mainly relates to the Grupo Banco Popular acquisition in 2017 and the Group’s participation in the last years in the European Central Bank's targeted longer-term refinancing operations (LTRO (Long-Term Refinancing Operation) and TLTROs (Targeted Long-Term Refinancing Operation)) which amounts to EUR 55,382 million at December 31, 2018.

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortised cost and of the related average interest rates.

21.   Customer deposits

The detail, by classification, geographical area and type, of Customer deposits is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading (*)

 

 —

 

28,179

 

9,996

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

 

39,597

 

28,945

 

23,345

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

740,899

 

720,606

 

657,770

 

 

780,496

 

777,730

 

691,111

Geographical area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

267,210

 

260,181

 

181,888

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

309,615

 

318,580

 

295,059

United States and Puerto Rico

 

53,843

 

50,771

 

63,429

Other OECD countries

 

67,462

 

62,980

 

62,761

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

82,343

 

84,752

 

87,519

Rest of the world

 

23

 

466

 

455

 

 

780,496

 

777,730

 

691,111

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current accounts

 

346,345

 

328,217

 

279,494

Savings accounts

 

196,493

 

189,845

 

180,611

Other demand deposits

 

5,873

 

7,010

 

7,156

Time deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-term deposits and other term deposits

 

195,540

 

195,285

 

176,581

Home-purchase savings accounts

 

40

 

45

 

50

Discount deposits

 

 3

 

 3

 

448

Hybrid financial liabilities

 

3,419

 

4,295

 

3,986

Subordinated liabilities

 

23

 

21

 

24

Repurchase agreements

 

32,760

 

53,009

 

42,761

 

 

780,496

 

777,730

 

691,111


(*)  The decrease reflects the run-down of UK's trading business due to the banking reform (Ring-fencing).

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortised cost and of the related average interest rates.

107

Table of Contents

22.   Marketable debt securities

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by classification and type, of Marketable debt securities is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 —

 

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

2,305

 

3,056

 

2,791

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

244,314

 

214,910

 

226,078

 

 

246,619

 

217,966

 

228,869

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds and debentures outstanding

 

195,498

 

176,719

 

183,278

Subordinated

 

23,676

 

21,382

 

19,873

Notes and other securities

 

27,445

 

19,865

 

25,718

 

 

246,619

 

217,966

 

228,869

 

The breakdown of book value by maturity of the subordinated liabilities and Bonds and debentures outstanding at December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

Within 1 year

    

1 to 3 years

    

3 to 5 years

    

More than 5 years

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated Liabilities

 

580

 

129

 

1,341

 

21,626

 

23,676

Covered bonds

 

16,009

 

29,105

 

12,287

 

28,035

 

85,436

Other bonds and debentures

 

21,492

 

41,858

 

24,873

 

21,839

 

110,062

Total bonds and debentures outstanding

 

37,501

 

70,963

 

37,160

 

49,874

 

195,498

Total bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities

 

38,081

 

71,092

 

38,501

 

71,500

 

219,174

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortised cost and of the related average interest rates in those years.

b) Bonds and debentures outstanding

The detail, by currency of issue, of Bonds and debentures outstanding is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

issue amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in foreign

 

Annual

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

currency

 

interest

 

Currency of issue

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

(Million)

    

rate (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

85,479

 

83,321

 

77,231

 

85,479

 

1.25

%

US dollar

 

62,021

 

48,688

 

48,134

 

71,014

 

3.14

%

Pound sterling

 

16,616

 

13,279

 

15,098

 

14,864

 

2.40

%

Brazilian real

 

15,778

 

17,309

 

27,152

 

70,117

 

5.53

%

Chilean peso

 

6,460

 

5,876

 

6,592

 

5,133,310

 

5.00

%

Other currencies

 

9,144

 

8,246

 

9,070

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

195,498

 

176,719

 

183,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

Table of Contents

The changes in Bonds and debentures outstanding were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

176,719

 

183,278

 

182,073

Net inclusion of entities in the Group

 

 —

 

11,426

 

1,009

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A. (Group Banco Popular)

 

 —

 

11,426

 

Banca PSA Italia S.p.a.

 

 —

 

 —

 

500

PSA Bank Deutschland GmbH

 

 —

 

 —

 

497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issues

 

68,306

 

62,260

 

57,012

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 16,422

 

16,732

 

7,699

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

15,627

 

11,242

 

11,699

Grupo Santander UK

 

14,984

 

7,625

 

12,815

Banco Santander, S.A.  (*)

 

7,683

 

10,712

 

6,385

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

3,605

 

2,508

 

4,567

Banco Santander - Chile.

 

1,483

 

579

 

3,363

Santander Consumer Bank A.S.

 

1,342

 

1,117

 

1,537

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

1,210

 

4,133

 

2,798

PSA Banque France

 

716

 

1,032

 

 —

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 560

 

118

 

1,840

Santander Consumer Bank AG

 

 —

 

749

 

 —

PSA Financial Services Spain, EFC, SA

 

 —

 

 —

 

726

SCF Rahoituspalvelut KIMI VI DAC

 

 —

 

635

 

 —

Auto ABS French Lease Master Compartiment 2016

 

 —

 

 —

 

635

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

 —

 

1,999

 

 —

Redemptions and repurchases

 

(48,319)

 

(66,871)

 

(59,036)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 (14,802)

 

(23,187)

 

(7,579)

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

(11,939)

 

(10,264)

 

(11,166)

Santander Group UK

 

(6,800)

 

(13,303)

 

(13,163)

Banco Santander, S.A. (*)

 

(4,752)

 

(9,956)

 

(12,837)

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

(2,366)

 

(1,618)

 

(4,117)

Santander Consumer Bank AS

 

(1,268)

 

(337)

 

(710)

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

(903)

 

(759)

 

(1,786)

Banca PSA Italia S.p.A.

 

 (600)

 

 —

 

 —

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 (579)

 

(224)

 

(1,453)

Santander International Products, Plc.

 

(491)

 

(310)

 

(332)

Banco Santander- Chile

 

(204)

 

(1,442)

 

(516)

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

 (41)

 

(998)

 

(856)

Santander Bank, National Association

 

 —

 

(886)

 

 —

Exchange differences and other movements

 

(1,208)

 

(13,374)

 

2,219

Balance at year-end

 

195,498

 

176,719

 

183,278


(*)     As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, issuer entities were included.

c) Notes and other securities

These notes were issued basically by Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.; Santander UK plc; Banco Santander México, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México and  Banco Santander, S.A.

d) Guarantees

Set forth below is information on the liabilities secured by financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

38,140

 

32,505

 

38,825

Of which, mortgage-backed securities

 

5,197

 

4,034

 

8,561

Other mortgage securities

 

46,026

 

52,497

 

44,616

Of which: mortgage-backed bonds

 

22,023

 

23,907

 

16,965

Territorial covered bond

 

1,270

 

1,270

 

592

 

 

85,436

 

86,272

 

84,033

 

109

Table of Contents

The main characteristics of the assets securing the aforementioned financial liabilities are as follows:

1.

Asset-backed securities:

a.

Mortgage-backed securities- these securities are secured by securitised mortgage assets (see Note 10.e) with average maturities of more than ten years that must: be a first mortgage for acquisition of principal or second residence, be current in payments, have a loan-to-value ratio below 80% and have a liability insurance policy in force covering at least the appraisal value. The value of the financial liabilities broken down in the foregoing table is lower than the balance of the assets securing them - securitised assets retained on the balance sheet - mainly because the Group repurchases a portion of the bonds issued, and in such cases they are not recognised on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.

b.

Other asset - backed securities - including asset-backed securities and notes issued by special-purpose vehicles secured mainly by mortgage loans that do not meet the foregoing requirements and other loans (mainly personal loans with average maturities of five years and loans to SMEs with average maturities of seven years).

2.

Other mortgage securities include mainly: (i) mortgage-backed bonds with average maturities of more than ten years that are secured by a portfolio of mortgage loans and credits (included in secured loans - see Note 10.b) which must: not be classified as of procedural stage; have available appraisals performed by specialised entities; have a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio below 80% in the case of home loans and below 60% for loans for other assets and have sufficient liability insurance, (ii) other debt securities issued as part of the Group’s liquidity strategy in the UK, mainly covered bonds in the UK secured by mortgage loans and other assets.

The fair value of the guarantees received by the Group (financial and non-financial assets) which the Group is authorised to sell or pledge even if the owner of the guarantee has not defaulted is scantly material taking into account the Consolidated financial statements as a whole.

e) Spanish mortgage-market issues

The members of the board of directors hereby state that the Group entities operating in the Spanish mortgage-market issues area have established and implemented specific policies and procedures to cover all activities carried on and guarantee strict compliance with mortgage-market regulations applicable to these activities as provided for in Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24 implementing certain provisions of Mortgage Market Law 2/1981, of March 25, and, by application thereof, in Bank of Spain Circulars 7/2010 and 5/2011, and other financial and mortgage system regulations. Also, financial management defines the Group entities' funding strategy.

The risk policies applicable to mortgage market transactions envisage maximum loan-to-value (LTV) ratios, and specific policies are also in place adapted to each mortgage product, which occasionally require the application of stricter limits.

The Bank’s general policies in this respect require the repayment capacity of each potential customer (the effort ratio in loan approval) to be analysed using specific indicators that must be met. This analysis must determine whether each customer’s income is sufficient to meet the repayments of the loan requested. In addition, the analysis of each customer must include a conclusion on the stability over time of the customer’s income considered with respect to the life of the loan. The aforementioned indicator used to measure the repayment capacity (effort ratio) of each potential customer takes into account mainly the relationship between the potential debt and the income generated, considering on the one hand the monthly repayments of the loan requested and other transactions and, on the other, the monthly salary income and duly supported income.

The Group entities have specialised document comparison procedures and tools for verifying customer information and solvency (see Note 54).

The Group entities’ procedures envisage that each mortgage originated in the mortgage market must be individually valued by an appraisal company not related to the Group.

In accordance with Article 5 of Mortgage Market Law 41/2007, any appraisal company approved by the Bank of Spain may issue valid appraisal reports. However, as permitted by this same article, the Group entities perform several checks and select, from among these companies, a small group with which they enter into cooperation agreements with special conditions and automated control mechanisms. The Group’s internal regulations specify, in detail, each of the internally approved companies, as well as the approval requirements and procedures and the controls established to uphold them. In this connection, the regulations establish the functions of an appraisal company committee on which the various areas of the Group related to these companies are represented. The aim of the committee is to regulate and adapt the internal regulations and the activities of the appraisal companies to the current market and business situation (See note 2.i).

110

Table of Contents

Basically, the companies wishing to cooperate with the Group must have a significant level of activity in the mortgage market in the area in which they operate, they must pass a preliminary screening process based on criteria of independence, technical capacity and solvency -in order to ascertain the continuity of their business- and, lastly, they must pass a series of tests prior to obtaining definitive approval.

In order to comply in full with the legislation, any appraisal provided by the customer is reviewed, irrespective of which appraisal company issues it, to check that the requirements, procedures and methods used to prepare it are formally adapted to the valued asset pursuant to current legislation and that the values reported are customary in the market.

The information required by Bank of Spain Circulars 7/2010 and 5/2011, by application of Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face value of the outstanding mortgage loans and credits that support the issuance of mortgage-backed and mortgage bonds pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 (excluding securitised bonds)

 

85,610

 

91,094

 

56,871

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans eligible to cover issues of mortgage-backed securities

 

60,195

 

59,422

 

38,426

Transfers of assets retained on balance sheet: mortgage-backed certificates and other securitised mortgage assets

 

15,807

 

18,202

 

19,509

 

Mortgage-backed bonds

The mortgage-backed bonds (“cédulas hipotecarias”) issued by the Group entities are securities the principal and interest of which are specifically secured by mortgages, there being no need for registration in the property register, by mortgage on all those that at any time are recorded in favour of the issuer and are not affected by the issuance of mortgage bonds and / or are subject to mortgage participations, and / or mortgage transfer certificates, and, if they exist, by substitution assets eligible to be hedged and for the economic flows generated by derivative financial instruments linked to each issue, and without prejudice to the issuer’s unlimited liability.

The mortgage bonds include the credit right of its holder against the issuing entity, guaranteeing in the manner provided for in the previous paragraph, and involve the execution to claim from the issuer the payment after due date. The holders of these securities are recognised as preferred creditors, singularly privileged, with the preference, included in number 3º of article 1,923 of the Spanish Civil Code against any other creditor, in relation with the entire group of loans and mortgage loans registered in favour of the issuer, except those that act as coverage for mortgage bonds and / or are subject to mortgage participations and / or mortgage transfer certificates.

In the event of insolvency, the holders of mortgage-backed bonds will enjoy the special privilege established in Article 90.1.1 of Insolvency Law 22/2003, of 9 July. Without prejudice to the foregoing, in accordance with Article 84.2.7 of the Insolvency Law, during the insolvency proceedings, the payments relating to the repayment of the principal and interest of the bonds issued and outstanding at the date of the insolvency filing will be settled up to the amount of the income received by the insolvent party from the mortgage loans and credits and, where appropriate, from the replacement assets backing the bonds and from the cash flows generated by the financial instruments associated with the issues (Final Provision 19 of the Insolvency Law).

If, due to a timing mismatch, the income received by the insolvent party is insufficient to meet the payments described in the preceding paragraph, the insolvency managers must settle them by realising the replacement assets set aside to cover the issue and, if this is not sufficient, they must obtain financing to meet the mandated payments to the holders of the mortgage-backed bonds, and the finance provider must be subrogated to the position of the bond-holders.

In the event that the measure indicated in Article 155.3 of the Insolvency Law were to be adopted, the payments to all holders of the mortgage-backed bonds issued would be made on a pro-rata basis, irrespective of the issue dates of the bonds.

The outstanding mortgage-backed bonds issued by the Group totalled EUR 22,023 million at December 31, 2018 (all of which were denominated in euros), of which EUR 21,523 million were issued by Banco Santander, S.A. and EUR 500 million were issued by Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. The issues outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are detailed in the separate financial statements of each of these companies.

Mortgage-backed bond issuers have an early redemption option solely for the purpose of complying with the limits on the volume of outstanding mortgage-backed bonds stipulated by mortgage market regulations.

111

Table of Contents

None of the mortgage-backed bonds issued by the Group entities had replacement assets assigned to them.

23.   Subordinated liabilities

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by currency of issue, of Subordinated liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

issue amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in foreign

 

Annual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

interest

 

Currency of issue

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

(million)

    

rate (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

14,001

 

11,240

 

8,044

 

14,001

 

3.89

%

US dollar

 

7,813

 

8,008

 

9,349

 

8,946

 

5.30

%

Pound sterling

 

628

 

874

 

949

 

562

 

8.92

%

Brazilian real

 

 —

 

131

 

136

 

 —

 

 —

 

Other currencies

 

1,378

 

1,257

 

1,424

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

23,820

 

21,510

 

19,902

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, preference shares

 

345

 

404

 

413

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, preference participations

 

9,717

 

8,369

 

6,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of subordinated liabilities at each year-end and of the related average interest rates in each year.

b) Changes

The changes in Subordinated liabilities in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

21,510

 

19,902

 

21,153

Net inclusion of entities in the Group (Note 3)

 

 —

 

11

 

 —

Of which: Banco Santander, S.A. (Grupo Banco Popular)

 

 —

 

11

 

 —

Placements

 

3,283

 

2,994

 

2,395

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A. (*)

 

2,750

 

2,894

 

2,328

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 281

 

 —

 

59

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

 

235

 

 —

 

PSA Banque France

 

 —

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net redemptions and repurchases (**)

 

(1,259)

 

(870)

 

(2,812)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.  (*)

 

(401)

 

(453)

 

(1,976)

Santander UK plc

 

(313)

 

(60)

 

(51)

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

(195)

 

(72)

 

 —

Santander Bank, National Association

 

(163)

 

(285)

 

 —

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo   Financiero Santander México

 

 (125)

 

 —

 

 —

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 (62)

 

 —

 

(716)

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

 —

 

 —

 

(70)

Exchange differences and other movements

 

286

 

(527)

 

(834)

Balance at end of year

 

23,820

 

21,510

 

19,902


(*)    As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, issuer entities were included.

(**)  The balance relating to issuances, redemptions and repurchases (EUR 2,024 million), together with the interest paid in remuneration of these issuances including PPCC (EUR 1,245 million), is included in the cash flow from financing activities.

 

112

Table of Contents

c) Other disclosures

This item includes the preference shares (participaciones preferentes) and other financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity (preference shares).

The preference shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties and, except for the shares of Santander UK plc referred to below, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the terms and conditions of each issue.

At December 31, 2018, Santander UK plc had a GBP 2,041 million subordinated issue which is convertible (having acquired the Group GBP 900 million), at Santander UK plc’s option, into preference shares of Santander UK plc, at a price of GBP 1 per share.

For the purposes of payment priority, preference shares (participaciones preferentes) are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The remuneration of these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.

The other issues are subordinated and, therefore, for the purposes of payment priority, they are junior to all general creditors of the issuers.

At December 31, 2018, the following issues were convertible into Bank shares:

On March 5, May 8 and September 2, 2014, Banco Santander, S.A. announced that its executive committee had resolved to launch three issues of preference shares contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“CCPSs”) for a nominal amount of EUR 1,500 million, USD 1,500 million and EUR 1,500 million, respectively. The interest on the CCPSs, payment of which is subject to certain conditions and is discretionary, was set at 6.25% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 541 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the March issue, at 6.375% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 478.8 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the May issue and at 6.25% per annum for the first seven years (to be repriced every five years thereafter by applying a 564 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the September issue.

On March 25, May 28, and September 30, 2014, the Bank of Spain confirmed that the CCPSs were eligible as Additional Tier 1 capital under the new European capital requirements of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are perpetual, although they may be redeemed early in certain circumstances and would convert into newly issued ordinary shares of Banco Santander if the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of the Bank or its consolidated group fell below 5.125%, calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are traded on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Furthermore, on January 29, 2014 Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. launched an issue of Tier 1 perpetual subordinated notes for a nominal amount of USD 1,248 million, of which the Group has acquired 89.6%. The notes are perpetual and would convert into ordinary shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. if the common equity Tier 1 ratio, calculated as established by the Central Bank of Brazil, were to fall below 5.125%.

On December 30, 2016, Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. of C.V. made an issue of perpetual subordinated notes for a nominal amount of USD 500 million of which the Group has acquired 88.2%. Perpetual obligations are automatically converted into shares when the Regulatory Capital Index (CET1) is equal to or less than 5.125% at the conversion price.

On April 25, and September 29, 2017, Banco Santander, S.A. issued preferred shares contingently convertible in newly issued common shares of the Bank (the “CCPP”), for a nominal amount of 750 million euros, and 1,000 million euros, respectively. The remuneration of the CCPPs, whose payment is subject to certain conditions and is also discretionary, was fixed at 6.75% annually for the first five years (being reviewed thereafter by applying a margin of 680.3 basis points over the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the issue paid out in April, and at 5.25% annually for the first six years (reviewed thereafter by applying a margin of 499.9 basis points over the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the issue paid out in September.

On February 8, 2018, Banco Santander, S.A. carried out an issue of subordinated obligations for a term of ten years, amounting to EUR1,250 million. The issue accrues an annual interest of 2.125% payable annually.

On March 19, 2018, Banco Santander, S.A. carried out an issue of contingently convertible preferred shares in common shares of the newly issued Bank (the "PPCC"), for a nominal amount of EUR 1,500 million. The remuneration of the CCPPs, whose payment is subject to certain conditions and is also discretionary, was fixed at an annual 4.75%, payable quarterly, for the first seven years (being revised thereafter applying a margin of 410 basis points over the type Mid-swap).

113

Table of Contents

On April 20, 2018, Santander Bank Polska S.A. carried out an issue of subordinated obligations for a term of ten years and with an option to amortize the fifth anniversary of the issue date, for an amount of EUR 1,000 million Polish zlotys. The issue accrues a floating interest of Wibor (6M) + 160 basic points payable semiannually.

On October 1, 2018, Banco Santander México, S.A ., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México it issued a subordinated debt for a term of ten years for a nominal amount of 1,300 million US dollars and at an interest rate of 5.95%, the group having acquired 75% of the issue.

The accrued interests from the subordinated liabilities during 2018 amounted to EUR 770 million (EUR 966 million and EUR 945 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively). Interests from the “CCPS” during 2018 amounted to EUR 560 million (EUR 395 million and EUR 334 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively).

24.   Other financial liabilities

The detail of Other financial liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

1,323

 

1,559

 

1,230

Clearing houses

 

434

 

767

 

676

Tax collection accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Institutions

 

3,968

 

3,212

 

2,790

Factoring accounts payable

 

263

 

290

 

180

Unsettled financial transactions

 

3,373

 

6,375

 

7,418

Other financial liabilities

 

15,303

 

16,225

 

14,222

 

 

24,664

 

28,428

 

26,516

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of other financial liabilities at each year-end.

25.   Provisions

a)

Breakdown

The detail of Provisions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for pensions and other obligations post-employments

 

5,558

 

6,345

 

6,576

Other long term employee benefits

 

1,239

 

1,686

 

1,712

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

 

3,174

 

3,181

 

2,994

Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments (Note 2)

 

779

 

617

 

459

Other provisions

 

2,475

 

2,660

 

2,718

Provisions

 

13,225

 

14,489

 

14,459

 

114

Table of Contents

b) Changes

The changes in Provisions in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for other

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for other

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for other

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

long term

 

contingent

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

long term

 

commitments

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

long term

 

commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

liabilities and

 

Other

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

and guarantees

 

Other

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

and guarantees

 

Other

 

 

 

  

plans

  

benefits

  

commitments (*)

  

provisions

  

Total

  

plans

  

benefits

  

given

  

provisions

  

Total

  

plans

  

benefits

  

given

  

provisions

  

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at beginning of year

 

6,345

 

1,686

 

814

 

5,841

 

14,686

 

6,576

 

1,712

 

459

 

5,712

 

14,459

 

6,356

 

1,916

 

618

 

5,604

 

14,494

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(30)

 

(30)

 

59

 

184

 

146

 

1,365

 

1,754

 

11

 

 8

 

(4)

 

13

 

28

Additions charged to income:

 

38

 

251

 

(49)

 

2,253

 

2,493

 

237

 

293

 

(49)

 

2,863

 

3,344

 

227

 

368

 

(40)

 

2,235

 

2,790

Interest expense(Note 39)

 

165

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

186

 

175

 

23

 

 —

 

 —

 

198

 

170

 

31

 

 

 

201

Personnel expenses (Note 47)

 

78

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

84

 

82

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

88

 

73

 

 8

 

 

 

81

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

(205)

 

224

 

(49)

 

2,253

 

2,223

 

(20)

 

264

 

(49)

 

2,863

 

3,058

 

(16)

 

329

 

(40)

 

2,235

 

2,508

Addition

 

 7

 

227

 

455

 

4,612

 

5,301

 

 2

 

264

 

606

 

3,855

 

4,727

 

24

 

377

 

226

 

3,024

 

3,651

Release

 

(212)

 

(3)

 

(504)

 

(2,359)

 

(3,078)

 

(22)

 

 —

 

(655)

 

(992)

 

(1,669)

 

(40)

 

(48)

 

(266)

 

(789)

 

(1,143)

Other additions arising from insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in value recognised in equity

 

(482)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(482)

 

369

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

369

 

1,275

 

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments to pensioners and pre-retirees with a charge to internal provisions

 

(332)

 

(625)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(957)

 

(355)

 

(498)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(853)

 

(367)

 

(603)

 

 

 

(970)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(260)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(260)

 

(20)

 

 

 

 

(20)

Insurance premiums paid

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

(1)

Payments to external funds

 

(368)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(368)

 

(273)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(273)

 

(852)

 

 

 

 

(852)

Amounts used

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

(2,548)

 

(2,551)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

(2,997)

 

(3,000)

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2,149)

 

(2,151)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer, exchange differences and other changes

 

366

 

(73)

 

17

 

133

 

443

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

64

 

(1,102)

 

(1,044)

 

(50)

 

23

 

(113)

 

 9

 

(131)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at end of year

 

5,558

 

1,239

 

779

 

5,649

 

13,225

 

6,345

 

1,686

 

617

 

5,841

 

14,489

 

6,576

 

1,712

 

459

 

5,712

 

14,459


(*)   See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

c)   Provision for pensions and other obligations post –employments and Other long term employee benefits

The detail of Provisions for pensions and similar obligations is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for post-employment plans - Spanish entities

 

3,930

 

4,274

 

4,701

Provisions for other similar obligations - Spanish entities

 

1,189

 

1,643

 

1,664

Of which: pre-retirements

 

1,172

 

1,630

 

1,644

Provisions for post-employment plans - United Kingdom

 

130

 

323

 

306

Provisions for post-employment plans - Other subsidiaries

 

1,498

 

1,748

 

1,569

Provisions for other similar obligations - Other subsidiaries

 

50

 

43

 

48

Provision for pensions and other obligations post -employments and Other long term employee benefits

 

6,797

 

8,031

 

8,288

Of which: defined benefits

 

6,791

 

8,026

 

8,277

 

i. Spanish entities - Post-employment plans and other similar obligations

At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Spanish entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. In addition, in various years some of the consolidated entities offered certain of their employees the possibility of taking pre-retirement and, therefore, provisions are recognised each year for the obligations to employees taking pre-retirement -in terms of salaries and other employee benefit costs- from the date of their pre-retirement to the agreed end date. In 2017, in parallel and simultaneously, Banco Santander and Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. reached an agreement with the workers’ representatives to implement a pre-retirement and incentivised retirement plan, which welcomed 1,715 employees during 2018, being the provision set up to cover these commitments of EUR 209 million . In 2017 and 2016 the provisions accounted for benefit plans and contribution commitments were EUR 248 and 361 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

115

Table of Contents

In October 2017, the Bank and the workers’ representatives reached an agreement for the elimination and compensation of certain passive rights arising from extra-covenant improvement agreements. The effect of the settlement of the mentioned commitments is shown in the tables included below in the "benefit paid for settlement" line.

The expenses incurred by the Spanish companies in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to EUR 87 million in 2018 (2017: EUR 90 million; 2016: EUR 93 million).

The amount of the defined benefit obligations was determined on the basis of the work performed by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:

1.

Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.

2.

Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual discount rate

 

1.55%

 

1.40% and 1.38% B. Popular

 

1.50%

 

1.55%

 

1.40%

 

1.50%

Mortality tables

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

Cumulative annual CPI growth

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

Annual salary increase rate

 

2.0%(*)

 

B. Popular 1.75% in 2018 and Rest
B. Santander 1,25%

 

2.00% (*)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Annual social security pension increase rate

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Annual benefit increase rate

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

From 0% to 1.50%

 

From 0% to 1.50%

 

From 0% to 1.50%


(*)    Corresponds to the Group’s defined-benefit obligations.

The discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds (at least AA in euros) with terms consistent with those of the obligations.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2018, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the post-employment obligations of +5.33% (-50 b.p) to -4.88% (+50 b.p.),respectively, and an increase or decrease in the present value of the long-term obligations of +1.11% (-50 b.p.) to -1.09% (+50 b.p.), respectively. These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets and insurance contracts linked to pensions.

3.

The estimated retirement age of each employee is the first at which the employee is entitled to retire or the agreed-upon age, as appropriate.

The fair value of insurance contracts was determined as the present value of the related payment obligations, taking into account the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected rate of return on plan assets

 

1.55

%  

1.40

%  

1.50

%  

1.55

%  

1.40

%  

N/A

Expected rate of return on reimbursement rights

 

1.55

%  

1.40

%  

1.50

%  

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

116

Table of Contents

The funding status of the defined benefit obligations in 2018 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To current employees

 

60

 

138

 

50

 

48

 

62

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Vested obligations to retired employees

 

5,332

 

5,662

 

4,423

 

4,551

 

4,708

 

 —

 

 

 

 

To pre-retirees employees

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

1,187

 

1,647

 

1,644

 

1,801

 

2,220

Long-service bonuses and other benefits

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

13

 

13

 

12

 

13

Other

 

35

 

112

 

383

 

380

 

307

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 4

 

 

5,427

 

5,912

 

4,856

 

4,979

 

5,077

 

1,204

 

1,660

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

Less - Fair value of plan assets

 

1,500

 

1,640

 

157

 

157

 

167

 

15

 

17

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

3,927

 

4,272

 

4,699

 

4,822

 

4,910

 

1,189

 

1,643

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

3,720

 

4,036

 

4,432

 

4,524

 

4,565

 

1,189

 

1,642

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 14)

 

210

 

238

 

269

 

299

 

345

 

 —

 

 1

 

 

 

Unrecognised net assets for pensions

 

(3)

 

(2)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statements in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

18

 

16

 

11

 

 1

 

 1

 

 1

Interest cost (net)

 

73

 

79

 

91

 

18

 

21

 

27

Expected return on insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

linked to pensions

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses recognised in the year

 

 —

 

 

 

 7

 

13

 

 6

Past service cost

 

 3

 

 —

 

 6

 

 5

 

 

Pre-retirement cost

 

 1

 

 —

 

 6

 

208

 

248

 

355

Other

 

(4)

 

(2)

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 

87

 

89

 

88

 

239

 

283

 

388

 

In addition, in 2018 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans decreased by EUR 65 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (increased 2017: EUR 41 million; increased 2016: EUR 141 million).

117

Table of Contents

The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

5,912

 

4,856

 

4,979

 

1,660

 

1,657

 

1,813

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

(36)

 

1,563

 

 —

 

 —

 

202

 

Current service cost

 

18

 

16

 

11

 

 1

 

 1

 

 1

Interest cost

 

99

 

94

 

95

 

18

 

21

 

27

Pre-retirement cost

 

 1

 

 —

 

 6

 

208

 

248

 

355

Effect of curtailment/settlement

 

(4)

 

(2)

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

Benefits paid

 

(423)

 

(388)

 

(353)

 

(617)

 

(490)

 

(570)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

 —

 

(260)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Past service cost

 

 3

 

 —

 

 6

 

 5

 

 —

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(145)

 

57

 

136

 

 6

 

13

 

 6

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(21)

 

(7)

 

15

 

(3)

 

10

 

(1)

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(124)

 

64

 

121

 

 9

 

 3

 

 7

Exchange differences and other items

 

 2

 

(24)

 

(3)

 

(77)

 

 8

 

25

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

5,427

 

5,912

 

4,856

 

1,204

 

1,660

 

1,657

 

The changes in the fair value of plan assets and of insurance contracts linked to pensions were as follows:

Plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

1,640

 

157

 

157

 

17

 

 —

 

 —

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

1,507

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

 

 —

Expected return on plan assets

 

26

 

15

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Benefits paid

 

(115)

 

(58)

 

(8)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 —

Contributions/(surrenders)

 

21

 

 3

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

(73)

 

24

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange differences and other items

 

 1

 

(8)

 

(3)

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

1,500

 

1,640

 

157

 

15

 

17

 

 —

 

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year

 

238

 

269

 

299

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

Expected return on insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 4

 

 4

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Benefits paid

 

(27)

 

(29)

 

(32)

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

 —

Paid premiums

 

 2

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

(7)

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at end of year

 

210

 

238

 

269

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

In view of the conversion of the defined-benefit obligations to defined-contribution obligations, the Group has not made material current contributions in Spain in 2018 to fund its defined-benefit pension obligations.

The plan assets and the insurance contracts linked to pensions are instrumented mainly through insurance policies.

118

Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2018 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Million

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2019

 

792

2020

 

662

2021

 

569

2022

 

486

2023

 

425

2024 to 2028

 

1,604

 

ii. United Kingdom

At the end of each of the last three years, the businesses in the United Kingdom had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to EUR 93 million in 2018 (2017: EUR 82 million; 2016: EUR 81 million).

The amount of the defined benefit obligations was determined on the basis of the work performed by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:

1.

Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.

2.

Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual discount rate

 

2.90

%  

2.49

%  

2.79

%

Mortality tables

 

108/86 S2 Light 

 

108/86 S2 Light 

 

116/98 S1 Light TMC

 

Cumulative annual CPI growth

 

3.22

%  

3.15

%  

3.12

%

Annual salary increase rate

 

1.00

%  

1.00

%  

1.00

%

Annual pension increase rate

 

2.94

%  

2.94

%  

2.92

%

 

The discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds (at least AA in pounds sterling) that coincide with the terms of the obligations.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2018, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of +9.80% (-50 b.p.) and -8.74% (+50 b.p.), respectively.If the inflation assumption had been increased or decreased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of + 6.57% (+50 b.p.) and -6.31% (-50 b.p.), respectively. These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets.

The funding status of the defined benefit obligations in 2018 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations

 

12,079

 

13,056

 

12,955

 

12,271

 

11,959

Less-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

12,887

 

13,239

 

13,118

 

12,880

 

12,108

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

(808)

 

(183)

 

(163)

 

(609)

 

(149)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

130

 

323

 

306

 

150

 

256

Net assets for pensions

 

(938)

 

(506)

 

(469)

 

(759)

 

(405)

 

119

Table of Contents

The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statements in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

31

 

36

 

31

Interest cost (net)

 

(6)

 

(6)

 

(22)

 

 

25

 

30

 

 9

 

In addition, in 2018 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans decreased by EUR 481 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (2017: increase of EUR 121 million; 2016: increase of EUR 621 million).

The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

13,056

 

12,955

 

12,271

Current service cost

 

31

 

36

 

31

Interest cost

 

320

 

347

 

407

Benefits paid

 

(489)

 

(445)

 

(332)

Contributions made by employees

 

24

 

20

 

20

Past service cost

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(766)

 

602

 

2,315

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(21)

 

(184)

 

(59)

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(745)

 

786

 

2,374

Exchange differences and other items

 

(97)

 

(459)

 

(1,757)

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

12,079

 

13,056

 

12,955

 

The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

13,239

 

13,118

 

12,880

Expected return on plan assets

 

326

 

353

 

429

Benefits paid

 

(489)

 

(445)

 

(332)

Contributions

 

209

 

208

 

304

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

(285)

 

481

 

1,694

Exchange differences and other items

 

(113)

 

(476)

 

(1,857)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

12,887

 

13,239

 

13,118

 

In 2019 the Group expects to make current contributions to fund these obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2018.

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

17

%  

20

%  

25

%

Debt instruments

 

50

%  

46

%  

49

%

Properties

 

10

%  

13

%  

12

%

Other

 

23

%  

21

%  

14

%

 

120

Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2018 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Million

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2019

 

297

2020

 

301

2021

 

321

2022

 

345

2023

 

363

2024 to 2028

 

2,127

 

iii. Other foreign subsidiaries

Certain of the consolidated foreign entities have acquired commitments to their employees similar to post-employment benefits.

At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, these entities had defined-contribution and defined-benefit post-employment benefit obligations. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to EUR 107 million in 2018 (2017: EUR 99 million; 2016: EUR 92 million).

The actuarial assumptions used by these entities (discount rates, mortality tables and cumulative annual CPI growth) are consistent with the economic and social conditions prevailing in the countries in which they are located.

Specifically, the discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds, except in the case of Brazil where there is no extensive corporate bond market and, accordingly the discount rate was determined by reference to the series B bonds issued by the Brazilian National Treasury Secretariat for a term coinciding with that of the obligations. In Brazil the discount rate used was between 9.11% and 9.26%, the CPI 4% and the mortality table the AT-2000.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2018, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of + 5.25% (-50 b.p.) and -4.80% (+50 b.p.), respectively.These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets.

The funding status of the obligations similar to post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits in 2018 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

business in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

Brazil

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations

 

9,116

 

6,649

 

9,534

 

9,876

 

8,337

 

10,324

Less-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which: with a charge to the participants

 

167

 

167

 

193

 

153

 

133

 

151

Fair value of plan assets

 

7,743

 

6,046

 

7,927

 

8,445

 

7,008

 

8,458

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

1,206

 

436

 

1,414

 

1,278

 

1,196

 

1,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

1,541

 

756

 

1,787

 

1,613

 

1,478

 

1,999

Net assets for pensions

 

(77)

 

(62)

 

(98)

 

(52)

 

(28)

 

(8)

Unrecognised net assets for pensions

 

(258)

 

(258)

 

(275)

 

(283)

 

(254)

 

(276)

 

121

Table of Contents

The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statements in relation to these obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

34

 

35

 

38

Interest cost (net)

 

101

 

104

 

105

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses recognised in the year

 

 5

 

 1

 

(9)

Past service cost

 

 3

 

 3

 

18

Pre-retirement cost

 

(6)

 

 —

 

(9)

Other

 

(203)

 

(19)

 

(37)

 

 

(66)

 

124

 

106

 

In addition, in 2018 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans increased by EUR 64 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (increased EUR 207 million and increased EUR 513 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively).

In December 2011, the financial entities of Portugal, including Banco Santander Totta, S.A. made a partial transfer of the pension commitments to the Social Security. Consequently, Banco Santander Totta, S.A. carried out the transfer of the corresponding assets and liabilities and the current value of the net commitments of the fair value of the corresponding assets of the plan, as of December 31, 2011, under Provisions - Funds for pensions and similar obligations. In 2016, the collective bargaining agreement of the banking sector was approved, consolidating the sharing of responsibility for the pension commitments between the State and the banks.

On the other hand, in 2016 the Group in Brazil updated the recognition of its obligations of certain health benefits in the terms stipulated in the regulation that develops them and that establishes the coverage of this benefit in equal proportion between the sponsor and partners. The effect of this liquidation, together with that of the businesses in Portugal, is shown in the following tables under the heading “benefits paid due to settlements”.

In June 2018, the Group in Brazil reached an agreement with the labour unions to modify the scheme of contributions to certain health benefits, which implied a reduction in commitments amounting to 186 million euros, shown in the following tables under the heading "Effect to curtailment/settlement".

The changes in the present value of the accrued obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

9,534

 

9,876

 

8,337

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

36

 

165

 

171

Current service cost

 

34

 

35

 

38

Interest cost

 

646

 

807

 

802

Pre-retirement cost

 

(6)

 

 —

 

(9)

Effect of curtailment/settlement

 

(199)

 

(19)

 

(37)

Benefits paid

 

(634)

 

(716)

 

(690)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

 —

 

(24)

 

(1,352)

Contributions made by employees

 

 5

 

 6

 

 8

Past service cost

 

 3

 

 3

 

18

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

390

 

404

 

1,269

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(59)

 

(140)

 

439

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

449

 

544

 

830

Exchange differences and other items

 

(693)

 

(1,003)

 

1,321

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

9,116

 

9,534

 

9,876

 

122

Table of Contents

The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

7,927

 

8,445

 

7,008

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

166

 

154

Expected return on plan assets

 

573

 

732

 

732

Benefits paid

 

(602)

 

(683)

 

(637)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

 —

 

(24)

 

(1,328)

Contributions

 

199

 

94

 

559

Liquidation gains/(losses)

 

 —

 

 

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

308

 

203

 

687

Exchange differences and other items

 

(662)

 

(1,006)

 

1,270

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

7,743

 

7,927

 

8,445

 

In 2019 the Group expects to make contributions to fund these obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2018.

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 7

%  

 6

%  

 7

%

Debt instruments

 

83

%  

84

%  

88

%

Properties

 

 1

%  

 3

%  

 1

%

Other

 

 9

%  

 7

%  

 4

%

 

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2018 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Million

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2019

 

593

2020

 

603

2021

 

612

2022

 

629

2023

 

644

2024 to 2028

 

3,429

 

d) Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions

Provisions - Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Provisions - Other provisions, which include, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and tax-related and non-tax-related proceedings, were estimated using prudent calculation procedures in keeping with the uncertainty inherent to the obligations covered. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, these obligations have no fixed settlement period and, in other cases, depend on the legal proceedings in progress.

The detail, by geographical area, of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised by Spanish companies

 

1,647

 

1,666

 

1,148

Recognised by other EU companies

 

1,044

 

1,127

 

1,300

Recognised by other companies

 

2,958

 

3,048

 

3,264

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil

 

2,496

 

2,504

 

2,715

 

 

5,649

 

5,841

 

5,712

 

123

Table of Contents

Set forth below is the detail, by type of provision, of the balance at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions. The types of provision were determined by grouping together items of a similar nature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for taxes

 

864

 

1,006

 

1,074

Provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil)

 

859

 

868

 

915

Provisions for other legal proceedings

 

1,451

 

1,307

 

1,005

Provision for customer remediation

 

652

 

885

 

685

Regulatory framework-related provisions

 

105

 

101

 

253

Provision for restructuring

 

492

 

360

 

472

Other

 

1,226

 

1,314

 

1,308

 

 

5,649

 

5,841

 

5,712

 

Relevant information is set forth below in relation to each type of provision shown in the preceding table:

The provisions for taxes include provisions for tax-related proceedings.

The provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil) relate to claims filed by trade unions, associations, the prosecutor’s office and ex-employees claiming employment rights to which, in their view, they are entitled, particularly the payment of overtime and other employment rights, including litigation concerning retirement benefits. The number and nature of these proceedings, which are common for banks in Brazil, justify the classification of these provisions in a separate category or as a separate type from the rest. The Group calculates the provisions associated with these claims in accordance with past experience of payments made in relation to claims for similar items. When claims do not fall within these categories, a case-by-case assessment is performed and the amount of the provision is calculated in accordance with the status of each proceeding and the risk assessment carried out by the legal advisers.

The provisions for other legal proceedings include provisions for court, arbitration or administrative proceedings (other than those included in other categories or types of provisions disclosed separately) brought against Santander Group companies.

The provisions for customer remediation include mainly the estimated cost of payments to remedy errors relating to the sale of certain products in the UK and the estimated amount related to the floor clauses of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. To calculate the provision for customer remediation, the best estimate of the provision made by management is used, which is based on the estimated number of claims to be received and, of these, the number that will be accepted, as well as the estimated average payment per case.

The regulatory framework-related provisions include mainly the provisions relating to the FSCS (Financial Services Compensation Scheme), the Bank Levy in the UK and in Poland the provision related to the Banking Tax.

The provisions for restructuring include only the costs arising from restructuring processes carried out by the various Group companies.

Qualitative information on the main litigation is provided in Note 25.e to the consolidated financial statements.

Our general policy is to record provisions for tax and legal proceedings in which we assess the chances of loss to be probable and we do not record provisions when the chances of loss are possible or remote. We determine the amounts to be provided for as our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the corresponding claim based, among other factors, on a case-by-case analysis of the facts and the legal opinion of internal and external counsel or by considering the historical average amount of the loss incurred in claims of the same nature. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, the obligations do not have a fixed settlement term and, in others, they depend on legal proceedings in progress.

The main movements during the 2018 of the breakdown provisions are shown below:

Regarding the provisions arising from civil contingencies and legal nature, Brazil provides in the period EUR 359 million (2017: EUR 355 million, 2016: EUR 201 million) due to civil contingencies and EUR 288 million (2017: EUR 505 million, 2016:EUR 395 million) arising from employment related claims. This increase was partially offset by the use of available provisions of which EUR 299 million (2017: EUR 388 million, 2016:EUR 284 million) were related to payments of employment-related claims and EUR 191 million (2017: EUR 203 million, 2016: EUR 239 million) due to civil contingencies.

124

Table of Contents

Regarding the provisions arising for customer remediation, EUR 16 million (2017: EUR 164 million, 2016: EUR 179 million) are released, and EUR 128 million (2017: EUR 106 million, 2016: EUR 173 million) are used in United Kingdom. On the other hand, in Banco Popular. S.A.U., an amount of EUR 119 million (2017: EUR 223 million) has been used in the year from floor clauses.

Regarding the provisions constituted by regulatory framework, EUR 73 million have been charged (2017: EUR 106 million; 2016: EUR 173 million) and EUR 88 million have been used during 2018 (2017: EUR 151 million; 2016: EUR 169 million) in United Kingdom (Bank Levy and FSCS). In addition, EUR 100 million have been provisioned and paid in Poland.

Regarding the provisions for restructuring process, a further provision of EUR 290 million (2017: EUR 425 million; 2016: EUR 244 million) was registered in Spain. This increase was partially offset by the use of EUR 179 million (2017: EUR 162 million ; 2016: EUR 206 million).

e)     Litigation and other matters

i. Tax-related litigation

At December 31, 2018 the main tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and certain Group companies in Brazil challenging the increase in the rate of Brazilian social contribution tax on net income from 9% to 15% stipulated by Interim Measure 413/2008, ratified by Law 11.727/2008, a provision having been recognised for the amount of the estimated loss. Due to recent unfavourable decisions of the courts, the Group in Brazil has withdrawn their actions and paid the amount claimed, using the existing provision.

-

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group entities to avoid the application of Law 9.718/98, which modifies the basis to calculate PIS and COFINS social contribution, extending it to all the entities income, and not only to the income from the provision of services. In relation of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. process, in May 2015 the Federal Supreme Court (FSC) admitted the extraordinary appeal filed by the Federal Union regarding PIS, and dismissed the extraordinary appeal lodged by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor's Office regarding COFINS contribution, confirming the decision of Federal Regional Court favourable to Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. The appeals filed by the other entities before the Federal Supreme Court, both for PIS and COFINS, are still pending. The risk is classified as possible and there is a provision for the amount of the estimated loss.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil have appealed against the assessments issued by the Brazilian tax authorities questioning the deduction of loan losses in their income tax returns (IRPJ and CSLL) in relation to different administrative processes of various years on the ground that the requirements under the applicable legislation were not met. The appeals are pending decision in CARF. No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against several municipalities that demand payment of the Service Tax on certain items of income from transactions not classified as provisions of services. There are several cases in different judicial instances. No provision was recognised in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability."

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against the tax authorities in connection with the taxation for social security purposes of certain items which are not considered to be employee remuneration. There are several cases in different judicial instances. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

-

In May 2003 the Brazilian tax authorities issued separate infringement notices against Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. (DTVM, currently Santander Brasil Tecnologia S.A.) and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to the Provisional Tax on Financial Movements (CPMF) of the years 2000, 2001 and part of 2002. In July 2015, after the unfavourable decision of CARF, both entities appealed at Federal Justice in a single proceeding. There is a provision recognised for the estimated loss.

-

In December 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Santander Seguros S.A. (Brazil), currently Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A., as the successor by merger to ABN AMRO Brasil dois Participações S.A., in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2005, questioning the tax treatment applied to a sale of shares of Real Seguros, S.A. Actually it is appealed before the CARF. As the former parent of Santander Seguros S.A. (Brasil), Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is liable in the event of any adverse outcome of this proceeding. No provision was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it is considered to be a contingent liability.

125

Table of Contents

-

In November 2014 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to corporate income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2009 questioning the tax-deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill of Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. performed prior to the absorption of this bank by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., but accepting the amortization performed after the merger. Actually it is appealed before the Higher Chamber of CARF. No provision was recognised in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. has also appealed against infringement notices issued by the tax authorities questioning the tax deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banco Comercial e de Investimento Sudameris S.A from years 2007 to 2012. No provision was recognised in connection with this matter as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brazil) S.A. and other companies of the Group in Brazil are undergoing administrative and judicial procedures against Brazilian tax authorities for not admitting tax compensation with credits derived from other tax concepts, not having registered a provision for such amount since it is considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is involved in appeals in relation to infringement notices initiated by tax authorities regarding the offsetting of tax losses in the CSLL ('Social Contribution on Net Income') of year 2009. The appeal is pending decision in CARF. A provision was recognised in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

-

Legal action brought by Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (currently Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) claiming its right to take a foreign tax credit for taxes paid outside the United States in fiscal years 2003 to 2005 as well as the related issuance and financing costs. On July 17, 2018, the District Court finally ruled against Santander Holdings USA, Inc. Final resolution is anticipated within the coming months, with no effect on income, as it is fully provisioned.

-

Banco Santander has appealed before European Courts the Decisions 2011/5/CE of 28 October 2009, and 2011/282/UE of January 12, 2011 of the European Commission, ruling that the deduction regulated pursuant to Article 12.5 of the Corporate Income Tax Law constituted illegal State aid. On November 2018 the General Court confirmed these Decisions but these judgements have been appealed at the Court of justice of the European Union. The Group has not recognised provisions for these suits since they are considered to be a contingent liability.

At the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements certain other less significant tax-related proceedings were also in progress.

ii. Non-tax-related proceedings

At December 31, 2018, the main non-tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI): claims associated with the sale by Santander UK plc of payment protection insurance or PPI to its customers. As of December 31, 2018, the remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to GBP 246 million (EUR 275 million) and GBP 356 million (EUR 406 million) as of December 31, 2017. This provision represents management’s best estimate of Santander UK plc future liability in respect of mis-selling of PPI policies and is based on recent claims experience and consideration of the FCA policy statement PS19/2  (Previously rejected PPI complaints and further mailing requirements – Feedback on Cp18/33 and final rules and guidance). It has been calculated using key assumptions such as the estimated number of customer complaints received, the number of rejected misselling claims that will be in scope for Plevin and Recurring Non Disclosure of Commission redress, and the determination of liability with respect to a specific portfolio of claims. The provision will be subject to continuous review, taking into account the impact of any further claims received and FCA guidance.

-

Delforca: dispute arising from equity swaps entered into by Gaesco (now Delforca 2008, S.A.) on shares of Inmobiliaria Colonial. The bank is claiming to Delforca a total of EUR 66 million from the liquidation of the swaps. Two arbitration proceedings were instigated before the Spanish Court of Arbitration with an outcome of two awards in favour of the Bank. However, these two arbitration awards were annulled for procedural issues. Mobiliaria Monesa (Delforca’s parent company) has commenced a civil proceeding against the Bank claiming damages which, as of date have not been determined. The proceeding has been stayed because the jurisdiction of the Court has been challenged. Within insolvency proceedings before the Commercial Court, both Delforca and Mobiliaria Monesa have instigated a claim against the Bank seeking the recovery of EUR 56.8 million that the Bank received from the liquidation of the swap. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection.

-

A claim was filed in 1998 by the association of retired Banespa employees (AFABESP) requesting the payment of a half-yearly bonus contemplated in the by-laws of Banespa in the event that Banespa obtained a profit and that the distribution of this profit were approved by the board of directors. The bonus was not paid in 1994 and 1995 since Banespa had had not made a profit during

126

Table of Contents

those years. Partial payments were made from 1996 to 2000, as approved by the board of directors. The relevant clause in the by-laws was eliminated in 2001. The Regional Labor Court and the High Employment Court ordered Santander Brasil, as successor to Banespa, to pay this half-yearly bonus for the period from 1996 to the present. On March 20, 2019, a decision from the Federal Court of Justice (Supremo Tribunal Federal, or “STF”) rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by Santander Brasil. We intended to bring a rescission action and/or a final appeal to revert the decision in the main proceedings and suspend procedural enforcement. Our legal advisers have classified the risk of loss as possible. The current court decision does not define a specific amount to be paid by the defendants (this would only be determined once a final decision is issued and the enforcement process has begun).

-

“Planos Económicos”: like the rest of the banking system in Brasil, Santander Brasil has been the target of customer complaints and collective civil suits stemming from legislative changes and its application to bank deposits, fundamentally ('economic plans'). At the end of 2017, there was an agreement between regulatory entities and the Brazilian Federation of Banks (Febraban), already homologated by the Supremo Tribunal Federal, with the purpose of closing the lawsuits. Discussions focused on specifying the amount to be paid to each affected client according to the balance in their notebook at the time of the Plan. Finally, the total value of the payments will depend on the number of endorsements they have made and the number of savers who have demonstrated the existence of the account and its balance on the date the indexes were changed. In November 2018, the STF ordered the suspension of all economic plan processes for two years from February 2018.The provisions recorded for the economic plan processes are considered sufficient.

-

CNMC: after an administrative investigation on several financial entities, including Banco Santander, S.A., in relation to possible collusive practices or price-fixing agreements, as well as exchange of commercially sensitive information in relation to financial derivative instruments used as hedge of interest rate risk for syndicated loans, on February 13, 2018, the Competition Directorate of the Spanish “National Commission for Antitrust and Markets” (CNMC) published its decision, by which it fined the Bank and another three financial institutions with EUR 91 million (EUR 23.9 million for the Bank) for offering interest rate derivatives in breach of Articles 1 of the Spanish Act 15/2007 on Defence of Competition and 101 of the Treaty of Functioning of the European Union. According to the CNMC, there is evidence that there was coordination between the hedging banks/lenders to coordinate the price of the derivatives and offer clients, in each case, a price different from the “market price”. This decision has been appealed before the Spanish National Court by the Bank, that has already paid the fine.

-

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”): As a consequence of the acquisition of Banco Popular, S.A.U, the Group has been exposed to a material number of transactions with floor clauses. The so-called "floor clauses" or minimum clauses are those under which the borrower accepts a minimum interest rate to be paid to the lender, regardless of the applicable reference interest rate. Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. included "floor clauses" in certain asset transactions with customers. In relation to this type of clauses, and after several rulings made by the Court of Justice of the European Union and the Spanish Supreme Court, and the extrajudicial process established by the Spanish Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 2, Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. made extraordinary provisions that were updated in order to cover the effect of the potential return of the excess interest charged for the application of the floor clauses between the contract date of the corresponding mortgage loans and May 2013. The Group considered that the maximum risk associated with the floor clauses applied in its contracts with consumers, in the most severe and not probable scenario, would amount to approximately EUR 900 million, as initially measured and without considering the returns performed. For this matter, after the purchase of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., EUR 357 million provisions have been used by the Group (EUR 238 million in 2017 and EUR 119 million in 2018) mainly for refunds as a result of the extrajudicial process mentioned above. As of December 31, 2018, the amount of the Group's provisions in relation to this matter amounts to EUR 104 million which covers the probable risk.

-

Banco Popular´s acquisition: considering the declaration setting out the resolution of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., the redemption and conversion of its capital instruments and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander, S.A. of the shares resulting from this conversion in exercise of the resolution instrument involving the sale of the institution's business, in the application accordance with the single resolution framework regulation referred to in Note 3, some investors have filed claims against the EU’s Single Resolution Board decision, the FROB's resolution executed in accordance to the aforementioned decision, and claims have been filed and may be filed in the future against Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., Banco Santander, S.A. or other Santander Group companies deriving from or related to the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.. There are also criminal investigations in progress led by the Spanish National Court in connection with Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., although not with its acquisition. On January 15, 2019, the Spanish National Court, applying article 130.2 of the Spanish Criminal Code, declared the Bank the successor entity to Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. (following the merger of the Bank and Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. on September 28, 2018), and, as a result, determined that the Bank assumed the role of the party being investigated in the criminal proceeding. The Bank has resorted this decision.

At this time it is not possible to foresee the total number of demands and additional claims that could be put forth by the former shareholders, nor their economic implications (particularly considering that the resolution decision in application of the new laws is unprecedented in Spain or any other Member State of the European Union and that possible future claims might not specify any

127

Table of Contents

specific amount, allege new legal interpretations or involve a large number of parties). The estimated cost of the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. has been accounted for as disclosed in Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

-

German shares investigation: the Cologne Public Prosecution Office is conducting an investigation against the Bank, and other group entities based in UK - Santander UK plc, Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited -, in relation to a particular type of tax dividend linked transactions known as cum-ex transactions. The Group is cooperating with the German authorities. As the investigations are at preliminary stage, the results and the effects for the Group, which may potentially include the imposition of financial penalties, cannot be anticipated. The Bank has not recognised any provisions in this connection.

-

Attorneys General Investigation of auto loan securitisation transactions and fair lending practices: in October 2014, May 2015, July 2015 and February 2017, Santander Consumer USA Inc. (SC) received subpoenas and/or Civil Investigative Demands (CIDs) from the Attorneys General of the U.S. states of California, Illinois, Oregon, New Jersey, Maryland and Washington under the authority of each state's consumer protection statutes. SC was informed that these states serve on behalf of a group of 32 state Attorneys General. The subpoenas contain broad requests for information and the production of documents related to SC’s underwriting, securitization, the recovery efforts servicing and collection of nonprime vehicle loans. SC has responded to these requests within the deadlines specified in the CIDs and has otherwise cooperated with the Attorneys General with respect to this matter. The provisions recorded for this investigation are considered sufficient.

-

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Puerto Rico Arbitrations: as of December 31, 2018, Santander Securities LLC (SSLLC) had received 589 FINRA arbitration cases related to Puerto Rico bonds and Puerto Rico closed-end funds (CEFs). The statements of claims allege, among other things, fraud, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract of the acquirers, unsuitability, over-concentration   of the investments and defect to supervise. There were 420 arbitration cases that remained pending as of December 31, 2018. The provisions recorded for these matters are considered sufficient.

As a result of various legal, economic and market factors impacting or that could impact of the value Puerto Rico bonds and CEFs, it is possible that additional arbitration claims and/or increased claim amounts may be asserted against SSLLC in future periods.

The Bank and the other Group companies are subject to claims and, therefore, are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of their business (including those in connection with lending activities, relationships with employees and other commercial or tax matters).

With the information available to it, the Group considers that, at December 31, 2018, it had reliably estimated the obligations associated with each proceeding and had recognised, where necessary, sufficient provisions to cover reasonably any liabilities that may arise as a result of these tax and legal risks. It also believes that any liability arising from such claims and proceedings will not have, overall, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

26.   Other liabilities

The detail of Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions in transit

 

803

 

811

 

994

Accrued expenses and deferred income

 

6,621

 

6,790

 

6,507

Other

 

5,664

 

4,990

 

3,569

 

 

13,088

 

12,591

 

11,070

 

 

27.  Tax matters

a) Consolidated Tax Group

Pursuant to current legislation, the Consolidated Tax Group includes Banco Santander, S.A. (as the parent) and the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for in Spanish legislation regulating the taxation of the consolidated profits of corporate groups (as the controlled entities). On January 1, 2018 those entities that were part of the Consolidated Tax Group which parent company was Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., and that meet the requirements have been integrated in the aforementioned Consolidate Tax Group.

The other Group companies file income tax returns in accordance with the tax regulations applicable to them.

128

Table of Contents

b) Years open for review by the tax authorities

In 2018 the conformity and non-conformity acts relating to the financial years 2009 to 2011 were formalised. The adjustments signed in conformity had no significant impact on results and, in relation to the concepts signed in disconformity both in this year and in previous years that have been appealed, Banco Santander, S.A., as the Parent of the Consolidated Tax Group, considers, in accordance with the advice of its external lawyers, that the adjustments made should not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements, and there are sound arguments as proof in the appeals pending or to be filed against them. Consequently, no provision has been recorded for this concept. Following the completion of these actions for 2009 to 2011, subsequent years up to and including 2018 are subject to review. At the date of approval of these accounts, the beginning of VAT proceedings for periods not yet prescribed up to and including 2016 have been notified.

Likewise, in 2018 the partial actions relating to corporate income tax for 2016 of the Consolidated Tax Group of which Banco Popular Español, S.A. U. was the parent were completed, and a certificate of conformity was drawn up confirming the tax return filed by the taxpayer. In relation to this Consolidated Tax Group, the years 2010 to 2017 inclusive are subject to review.

The other entities have the corresponding years open for review, pursuant to their respective tax regulations.

Because of the possible different interpretations which can be made of the tax regulations, the outcome of the tax audits of the years reviewed and of the open years might give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified. However, the Group’s tax advisers consider that it is unlikely that such tax liabilities will arise, and that in any event the tax charge arising therefrom would not materially affect the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

c) Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the income tax expense calculated at the tax rate applicable in Spain (30%) to the income tax expense recognised and the detail of the effective tax rate are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit (loss) before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From continuing operations

 

14,201

 

12,091

 

10,768

 

From discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

14,201

 

12,091

 

10,768

 

Income tax at tax rate applicable in Spain (30%)

 

4,260

 

3,628

 

3,230

 

By the effect of application of the various tax rates applicable in each country (*)

 

509

 

539

 

312

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil

 

719

 

656

 

396

 

United Kingdom

 

(99)

 

(78)

 

(63)

 

United States

 

(57)

 

68

 

94

 

Chile

 

(35)

 

(48)

 

(54)

 

Effect of profit or loss of associates and joint ventures

 

(221)

 

(211)

 

(133)

 

Effect of deduction of goodwill in Brazil

 

 —

 

(164)

 

(184)

 

Effect of reassessment of deferred taxes

 

 —

 

(282)

 

(20)

 

Permanent differences (**)

 

338

 

374

 

77

 

Current income tax

 

4,886

 

3,884

 

3,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

34.40

%

32.12

%

30.48

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

4,886

 

3,884

 

3,282

 

Discontinued operations (Note 37)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes

 

4,763

 

3,777

 

1,493

 

Deferred taxes

 

123

 

107

 

1,789

 

Taxes paid in the year

 

3,342

 

4,137

 

2,872

 


(*) Calculated by applying the difference between the tax rate applicable in Spain and the tax rate applicable in each jurisdiction to the profit or loss contributed to the Group by the entities which operate in each jurisdiction.

(**) Including the recognition of tax credits in Portugal in 2018.

129

Table of Contents

d) Tax recognised in equity

In addition to the income tax recognised in the consolidated income statement, the Group recognised the following amounts in consolidated equity in 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items not reclassified to profit or loss

 

(225)

 

60

 

364

Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

(199)

 

60

 

364

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value with changes in results attributed to changes in credit risk

 

(26)

 

 —

 

 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

124

 

 —

 

(694)

Cash flow hedges

 

(50)

 

108

 

(136)

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments through other comprehensive income

 

167

 

 —

 

 

Financial assets available for sale

 

 —

 

(97)

 

(552)

Debt instruments

 

 —

 

(366)

 

(368)

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

269

 

(184)

Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 7

 

(11)

 

(6)

Total

 

(101)

 

60

 

(330)


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

e) Deferred taxes

Tax assets in the consolidated balance sheets includes debit balances with the Public Treasury relating to deferred tax assets. Tax liabilities includes the liability for the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.

On June 26, 2013, the Basel III legal framework was included in European law through Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV) and Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (CRR), directly applicable in every member state as from January 1, 2014, albeit with a gradual timetable with respect to the application of, and compliance with, various requirements.

This legislation establishes that deferred tax assets, the use of which relies on future profits being obtained, must be deducted from regulatory capital.

In this regard, pursuant to Basel III, in recent years several countries have amended their tax regimes with respect to certain deferred tax assets so that they may continue to be considered regulatory capital since their use does not rely on the future profits of the entities that generate them (referred to hereinafter as “monetizable tax assets”).

Italy had a very similar regime to that described above, which was introduced by Decree-Law no. 225, of December 29, 2010, and amended by Law no. 10, of  February 26, 2011.

In addition, in 2013 in Brazil, by means of Provisional Measure no. 608, of February 28, 2013 and, in Spain, through Royal Decree-Law 14/2013, of 29 November confirmed by Law 27/2014, of November 27 tax regimes were established whereby certain deferred tax assets (arising from provisions to allowances for loan losses in Brazil and provisions to allowances for loan losses, provisions to allowances for foreclosed assets and provisions for pension and pre-retirement obligations in Spain) may be converted into tax receivables in specific circumstances. As a result, their use does not rely on the entities obtaining future profits and, accordingly, they are exempt from deduction from regulatory capital.

In 2015 Spain completed its regulations on monetizable tax assets with the introduction of a financial contribution which will involve the payment of 1.5% for maintaining the right to monetise which will be applied to the portion of the deferred tax assets that qualify under the legal requirements as monetizable assets generated prior to 2016.

In a similar manner, Italy, by decree of May 3, 2016 has introduced a fee of 1.5% annually to maintain the monetizable of part of the deferred tax assets.

130

Table of Contents

The detail of deferred tax assets, by classification as monetizable or non-monetizable assets, and of deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

 

 

(*)(**)

 

Other

 

(*)(**)

 

Other

 

(*)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax assets:

 

10,866

    

12,392

    

11,046

    

12,164

    

9,649

    

11,615

Tax losses and tax credits

 

 —

 

4,276

 

 

4,457

 

 

4,934

Temporary differences

 

10,866

 

8,116

 

11,046

 

7,707

 

9,649

 

6,681

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible provisions

 

 —

 

2,613

 

 

2,336

 

 

1,645

Valuation of financial instruments

 

 —

 

609

 

 

530

 

 

1,042

Loan losses

 

7,279

 

1,308

 

7,461

 

1,159

 

6,082

 

940

Pensions

 

3,587

 

632

 

3,585

 

723

 

3,567

 

641

Valuation of tangible and intangible assets

 

 —

 

1,215

 

 

1,077

 

 

537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax liabilities:

 

 —

 

5,568

 

 

4,837

 

 

5,694

Temporary differences

 

 —

 

5,568

 

 

4,837

 

 

5,694

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of financial instruments

 

 —

 

1,168

 

 

1,207

 

 

1,105

Valuation of tangible and intangible assets

 

 —

 

1,503

 

 

1,256

 

 

1,916

Investments in Group companies

 

 —

 

880

 

 

808

 

 

1,265


(*)    Not deductible from regulatory capital.

(**)  Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. requested the conversion of part of its monetizable assets in 2017 (EUR 486 million which were approved in 2018) and in 2018 (EUR 995 million pending resolution) given the circumstances of the aforementioned regulations are applied.

The Group only recognises deferred tax assets for temporary differences or tax loss and tax credit carryforwards where it is considered probable that the consolidated entities that generated them will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilised.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed at the reporting date in order to ascertain whether any adjustments need to be made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

These analyses take into account, inter alia: (i) the results generated by the various entities in prior years, (ii) each entity or tax group’s projected earnings, (iii) the estimated reversal of the various temporary differences, based on their nature, and (iv) the period and limits established by the legislation of each country for the recovery of the various deferred tax assets, thereby concluding on each entity or tax group’s ability to recover its recognised deferred tax assets.

The projected earnings used in these analyses are based on the financial budgets approved by the Group’s directors for the various entities applying constant growth rates not exceeding the average long-term growth rate for the market in which the consolidated entities operate, in order to estimate the earnings for subsequent years considered in the analyses.

Relevant information is set forth below for the main countries which have recognised deferred tax assets:

Spain

The deferred tax assets recognised at the Consolidated Tax Group total EUR 12,987 million, of which EUR 7,422 million were for monetizable temporary differences with the right to conversion into a credit against the Public Finance, EUR 2,465 million for other temporary differences and EUR 3,100 million for tax losses and credits.

The Group estimates that the recognised deferred tax assets for temporary differences will be recovered in a maximum period of 15 years. This period would also apply to the recovery of the recognised tax loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Brazil

The deferred tax assets recognised in Brazil total EUR 5,869 million, of which EUR 3,249 million were for monetizable temporary differences,EUR 2,392 million for other temporary differences and EUR 228 million for tax losses and credits.

The Group estimates that the recognised deferred tax assets for temporary differences, tax losses and credits will be recovered in approximately 10 years.

131

Table of Contents

United States

The deferred tax assets recognised in the United States total EUR 1,209 million, of which EUR 512 million were for temporary differences and EUR 697 million for tax losses and credits.

The Group estimates that the recognised deferred tax assets for temporary differences will be recovered before 2028. The recognised tax loss and tax credit carryforwards will be recovered before 2029.

The changes in Tax assets - Deferred and Tax liabilities - Deferred in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS9

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

impact

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at 

 

(Balance at

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisition

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

1 January

 

(Charge)/

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

Credit   to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

23,210

 

680

 

241

 

(807)

 

149

 

(215)

 

23,258

Tax losses and tax credits

 

4,457

 

 —

 

(128)

 

 1

 

 —

 

(54)

 

4,276

Temporary differences

 

18,753

 

680

 

369

 

(808)

 

149

 

(161)

 

18,982

Of which: monetizable

 

11,046

 

273

 

390

 

(843)

 

 —

 

 —

 

10,866

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,837)

 

 —

 

(364)

 

(114)

 

(315)

 

62

 

(5,568)

Temporary differences

 

(4,837)

 

 —

 

(364)

 

(114)

 

(315)

 

62

 

(5,568)

 

 

18,373

 

680

 

(123)

 

(921)

 

(166)

 

(153)

 

17,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisitions

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2017

Deferred tax assets

 

21,264

 

 

 

(675)

 

(756)

 

(1)

 

3,378

 

23,210

Tax losses and tax credits

 

4,934

 

 

 

(279)

 

(205)

 

 —

 

 7

 

4,457

Temporary differences

 

16,330

 

 

 

(396)

 

(551)

 

(1)

 

3,371

 

18,753

Of which: monetizable

 

9,649

 

 

 

(185)

 

(455)

 

 —

 

2,037

 

11,046

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,694)

 

 

 

568

 

414

 

19

 

(144)

 

(4,837)

Temporary differences

 

(5,694)

 

 

 

568

 

414

 

19

 

(144)

 

(4,837)

 

 

15,570

 

 

 

(107)

 

(342)

 

18

 

3,234

 

18,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisitions

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2016

Deferred tax assets

 

22,045

 

 

 

(1,311)

 

1,355

 

(551)

 

(274)

 

21,264

Tax losses and tax credits

 

4,808

 

 

 

194

 

110

 

 

(178)

 

4,934

Temporary differences

 

17,237

 

 

 

(1,505)

 

1,245

 

(551)

 

(96)

 

16,330

Of which: monetizable

 

8,887

 

 

 

49

 

713

 

 

 

9,649

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,565)

 

 

 

(478)

 

98

 

(26)

 

277

 

(5,694)

Temporary differences

 

(5,565)

 

 

 

(478)

 

98

 

(26)

 

277

 

(5,694)

 

 

16,480

 

 

 

(1,789)

 

1,453

 

(577)

 

 3

 

15,570

 

Also, the Group did not recognise deferred tax assets relating to tax losses, tax credits for investments and other incentives amounting to approximately EUR 5,500 million, the use of which EUR 450 million is subject, among other requirements, to time limits.

132

Table of Contents

f) Tax reforms

The following significant tax reforms were approved in 2018 and previous years:

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Act) was approved in the United States on December 22, 2017. The main amendments introduced in this tax regulation affected the US corporate tax rates, some business-related exclusions and deductions and credits. Likewise, this amendment entailed an international tax impact for many companies that operate internationally. The main impact is derived from the decrease in the federal tax rate that was reduced from 35% to 21%, which affected both the amount and estimation of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and liabilities during 2017 as well as the profit after tax from 2018. The estimated impact on the Group, arisen from the affected subsidiaries, which was already recorded as of December 31, 2017, did not represent a significant amount in the attributable profit.

On December 29, 2017, Law No. 27430 on the reform of the Argentine tax system was published, whose main measures entered into force on January 1, 2018, therefore it had no effect on the Group’s accounts in 2017. Among other measures, it is established a gradual reduction of the income tax from the 35% applicable until 2017, to 30% in 2018 and 2019, and up to 25% in 2020 and ahead, which is complemented by a dividend withholding of 7% for those distributed with a charge to 2018 and 2019 financial years, and 13% if distributed with a charge to 2020 onwards.

On December 2016, the Royal Decree-Law 3-2016 was approved in Spain under which the following tax measures were adopted , among others,: (i) The limit for the integration of deferred monetizable tax assets, as well as for set-off for the negative tax was reduced (the limit was reduced from 70% to 25% of the tax base), (ii) this regulation set out a new limit of 50% of the tax rate for the application of deductions in order to avoid double taxation, (iii) this regulation also set out the compulsory impairment reversion for deductible participations in previous years by one fifths independently from the recovery of the participated, and (iv) the regulation included the non-deductibility of the losses generated from the transmission of participations performed from January 1, 2017.

The effects of this reform for the consolidated tax Group were: (i) the consolidation in 2016 of deferred tax assets for impairment of non-deductible participations, in a non significant amount; (ii) the integration in 2016 tax base and the next four fiscal years of a minimum reversal of the impairment of investments in shares that were tax deductible in years prior to 2013, that has no an adverse effect on the accounts, since there are no legal restrictions on the availability of shares; (iii) the slowdown in the consumption of credits for monetizable deferred tax assets; And negative tax bases and (iv) the limitation of the application of deductions to avoid double taxation, all this makes provision for an increase in the amount of taxes payable in Spain in the coming years by the consolidated tax group.

In the United Kingdom, a progressive reduction was approved in 2016 regarding the tax rate of the Corporate Tax, from 20% to 17%. The applicable rate from April 1, 2017 is 19% and it will be 17% from April 1, 2020. Also, in 2015, a surcharge of 8% on the standard income tax rate for bank profits was approved. This surcharge applies from January 1, 2016. In addition, from 2015 customer remediation payments are no longer considered to be tax-deductible.

In Poland, the introduction of a tax on certain bank assets at a monthly rate of 0.0366%, which comes into force in 2016, was approved.

In Brazil, in 2015, there was also an increase for insurance and financial companies and in the rate of the Brazilian social contribution tax on net income (CSL) from 15% to 20% (applicable from September 1, 2015 to December 31, 2018). Since January 1, 2019, the tax rate is 15% again, as a result of which the income tax rate (25%) plus the CSL rate total 40% for those companies.

As a result of the tax reform approved in Chile in 2012, the applicable tax rate gradually increased from 20% to 27% from 2018 onwards.

g) Other information

In compliance with the disclosure requirement established in the Listing Rules Instrument 2005 published by the UK Financial Conduct Authority, it is hereby stated that shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom will be entitled to a tax credit for taxes paid abroad in respect of withholdings that the Bank has to pay on the dividends to be paid to such shareholders if the total income of the dividend exceeds the amount of exempt dividends of GBP 2,000 for the year 2018/19. The shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom who hold their ownership interest in the Bank through Santander Nominee Service will be informed directly of the amount thus withheld and of any other data they may require to complete their tax returns in the United Kingdom. The other shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom should contact their bank or securities broker.

Banco Santander, S.A. is part of the Large Business Forum and has adhered since 2010 to the Code of Good Tax Practices in Spain. Also Santander UK is a member of the HMRC’s Code of Practice on Taxation in the United Kingdom, actively participating in both cases in the cooperative compliance programs being developed by these Tax Administrations.

133

Table of Contents

28.   Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests include the net amount of the equity of subsidiaries attributable to equity instruments that do not belong, directly or indirectly, to the Bank, including the portion attributed to them of profit for the year.

a) Breakdown

The detail, by Group company, of Equity - Non-controlling interests is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

1,652

 

1,479

 

1,963

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

 

1,538

 

1,901

 

1,653

Grupo PSA

 

1,409

 

1,305

 

1,149

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 1,114

 

1,489

 

1,784

Banco Santander México, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 1,093

 

1,056

 

1,069

Banco Santander - Chile

 

1,085

 

1,209

 

1,204

Grupo Metrovacesa

 

 —

 

836

 

449

Other companies (*)

 

1,493

 

1,481

 

1,208

 

 

9,384

 

10,756

 

10,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(Loss) for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,505

 

1,588

 

1,282

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 292

 

288

 

194

Banco Santander - Chile

 

279

 

264

 

215

Grupo PSA

 

232

 

206

 

171

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

218

 

368

 

256

Banco Santander México, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

216

 

194

 

190

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

 

173

 

160

 

148

Other companies

 

95

 

108

 

108

 

 

10,889

 

12,344

 

11,761


(*)    Includes a Santander UK plc issuance of perpetual equity instruments of EUR 1,280 million in 2018 (EUR 1,290 million and EUR 753 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively).

134

Table of Contents

b) Changes

The changes in Non-controlling interests are summarised as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

Balance at the end of the previous year

    

12,344

    

11,761

    

10,713

Effect of changes in accounting policies (**)

 

(1,292)

 

 —

 

 —

Balance at beginning of year

 

11,052

 

11,761

 

10,713

Other comprehensive income

 

(109)

 

(583)

 

374

Exchange differences

 

(135)

 

(653)

 

360

Cash flow hedge

 

(1)

 

(11)

 

45

Available for sale equity

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(30)

Available for sale fixed income

 

 —

 

71

 

38

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments

 

(12)

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments

 

40

 

 —

 

 —

Other

 

(1)

 

12

 

(39)

Other

 

(54)

 

1,166

 

674

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,505

 

1,588

 

1,282

Modification of participation rates

 

(65)

 

(819)

 

(28)

Change of perimeter

 

(660)

 

(39)

 

(197)

Dividends paid to minority shareholders

 

(687)

 

(665)

 

(800)

Changes in capital and others concepts

 

(147)

 

1,101

 

417

Balance at end of year

 

10,889

 

12,344

 

11,761


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  See change in consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

 

During 2016, there was a decrease of EUR 621 million in Non - controlling interests due to the transaction of Metrovacesa, S.A. (See Note 3).

Additionally, during the year 2016, the Group incorporated the remaining geographies included in the PSA framework agreement (Netherlands, Belgium, Italy, Germany, Brazil and Poland) (see Note 3), generating an increase in the balance of Non - controlling interests of EUR 410 million.

During the year 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of 9.65% of shares of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc (See Note 3), which resulted in a reduction of EUR 492 million in the balance of Non - controlling interests.

In 2018 there was a loss of control over Metrovacesa, S.A. in the Group, which has led to a decrease of EUR 826 million in the balance of Minority interests (see Note 3).

The foregoing changes are shown in the consolidated statement of changes in total equity.

c) Other information

The financial information on the subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests at December 31, 2018 is summarised below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco

 

 

 

Financiero

 

 

 

Santander

 

 

Santander

 

Banco

 

Santander

 

Santander

 

Consumer

 

 

(Brasil)

 

Santander -

 

México,

 

Bank

 

USA

 

 

S.A.

 

(Chile), S.A.

 

S.A.B. de C.V.

 

Polska S.A.

 

Holdings   Inc.

Total assets

    

166,036

    

50,911

    

65,876

    

43,669

    

38,526

Total liabilities

 

150,760

 

46,035

 

60,507

 

38,736

 

32,340

Net assets

 

15,276

 

4,876

 

5,369

 

4,933

 

6,186

Total income

 

13,345

 

2,535

 

3,527

 

1,488

 

4,215

Total profit

 

2,940

 

901

 

975

 

424

 

710


(*)    Information prepared in accordance with the segment reporting criteria described in Note 52 and, therefore, it may not coincide with the information published separately by each entity.

135

Table of Contents

.

 

29.   Other comprehensive income

The balances of Other comprehensive income include the amounts, net of the related tax effect, of the adjustments to assets and liabilities recognised in equity through the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense. The amounts arising from subsidiaries are presented, on a line by line basis, in the appropriate items according to their nature.

Respect to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss, the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense includes changes in other comprehensive income as follows:

-

Revaluation gains (losses): includes the amount of the income, net of the expenses incurred in the year, recognised directly in equity. The amounts recognised in equity in the year remain under this item, even if in the same year they are transferred to the income statement or to the initial carrying amount of the assets or liabilities or are reclassified to another line item.

-

Amounts transferred to income statement: includes the amount of the revaluation gains and losses previously recognised in equity, even in the same year, which are recognised in the income statement.

-

Amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items: includes the amount of the revaluation gains and losses previously recognised in equity, even in the same year, which are recognised in the initial carrying amount of assets or liabilities as a result of cash flow hedges.

-

Other reclassifications: includes the amount of the transfers made in the year between the various valuation adjustment items.

The amounts of these items are recognised gross, including the amount of the Other comprehensive income relating to non-controlling interests, and the corresponding tax effect is presented under a separate item, except in the case of entities accounted for using the equity method, the amounts for which are presented net of the tax effect.

136

Table of Contents

a) Breakdown of Other comprehensive income - Items that will not be reclassified in results and Items that can be classified in results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

12-31-2018

 

12-31-2017

 

12-31-2016

 

    

(IFRS9) (*)

    

(IAS39)

 

(IAS39)

Other comprehensive income

 

(22,141)

 

(21,776)

 

(15,039)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

(2,936)

 

(4,034)

 

(3,933)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

(3,609)

 

(4,033)

 

(3,931)

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

 

 1

 

(1)

 

(2)

Other valuation adjustments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

597

 

 

 

 

Inefficiency of fair value hedges of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedged item)

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (hedging instrument)

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk

 

75

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

(19,205)

 

(17,742)

 

(11,106)

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)

 

(4,312)

 

(4,311)

 

(4,925)

Exchange differences

 

(15,730)

 

(15,430)

 

(8,070)

Hedging derivatives (effective portion)

 

277

 

152

 

469

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

 

828

 

 

 

 

Hedging instruments (items not designated)

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Financial assets available for sale

 

 

 

2,068

 

1,571

Debt instruments

 

 

 

1,154

 

423

Equity instruments

 

 

 

914

 

1,148

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Share in other income and expenses recognised in investments, joint ventures and associates

 

(268)

 

(221)

 

(151)


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

b) Other comprehensive income- Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans   include the actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, less the administrative expenses and taxes inherent to the plan, and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

Its variation is shown in the consolidated statement of income and expense.

The provisions against equity in 2018 amounted to EUR 618 million - See Note 25.b -, with the following breakdown:

-

Decrease of EUR 65 million in the accumulates actuarial losses relating to the Group´s entities in Spain, mainly due to the evolution experienced by the discount rate - increase from 1.40% to 1.55%.

-

Decrease of EUR 481 million in the cumulative actuarial losses relating to the Group´s businesses in the UK, mainly due to the evolution experienced by the discount rate – increase from 2.49% to 2.90%.

-

Increase of EUR 95 million in accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group’s business in Brazil, mainly due to the reduction in the discount rate (from 9.53% to 9.11% in pension benefits and 9.65% to 9.26% in medical benefits), as well as variations in the other hypotheses.

The other modification in accumulated actuarial profit or losses is a decrease of EUR 167 million as a result of exchange rate and other effects, mainly in Brazil (depreciation of the real).

137

Table of Contents

c) Other comprehensive income - Items that will not be reclassified in results - Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income

Includes the net amount of unrealised fair value changes of equity instruments at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income.

The following is a breakdown of the composition of the balance as of December 31, 2018 (IFRS9) under "Other comprehensive income" - Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other global result depending on the geographical origin of the issuer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of   euros

 

 

12-31-18 (*)

 

    

Capital gains by
valuation

    

Capital losses by
valuation

    

Net gains/losses by
valuation

    

Fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

20

 

(216)

 

(196)

 

417

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of Europe

 

160

 

(76)

 

84

 

652

United States

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

 

42

Latin America and rest

 

708

 

(8)

 

700

 

1,560

 

 

897

 

(300)

 

597

 

2,671

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publicly listed

 

818

 

(18)

 

800

 

1,943

Non publicly listed

 

79

 

(282)

 

(203)

 

728


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

d) Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) and exchange differences

The changes in 2018 reflect the negative effect of the depreciation of large part of the currencies, mainly the Brazilian real and pound sterling, whereas the changes in 2017 reflect the negative effect of the sharp depreciation of the Brazilian real and the US dollar.

Of the change in the balance in these years, a loss of EUR 556,  1,704 and 185 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016 relate to the measurement of goodwill.

The detail, by country is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Net balance at end of year

    

(20,042)

    

(19,741)

    

(12,995)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazilian Real

 

(12,950)

 

(11,056)

 

(8,435)

Pound Sterling

 

(3,924)

 

(3,732)

 

(2,996)

Mexican Peso

 

(2,312)

 

(2,230)

 

(1,908)

Argentine Peso(*)

 

-

 

(1,684)

 

(1,309)

Chilean Peso

 

(1,238)

 

(866)

 

(614)

US Dollar

 

1,330

 

555

 

2,849

Other

 

(948)

 

(728)

 

(582)


(*)    In 2018, due to the application of IAS29 for hyperinflationary economies, they have been transferred to Other Reserves (see Note 33).

 

e) Other comprehensive income -Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedging derivatives – Cash flow hedges (Effective portion)

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Cash flow hedges includes the gains or losses attributable to hedging instruments that qualify as effective hedges. These amounts will remain under this heading until they are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the periods in which the hedged items aff1ect it (See Note 11).

138

Table of Contents

f) Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (IFRS9) and available-for-sale (IAS39)

Includes the net amount of unrealised changes in the fair value of assets classified as Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (IFRS9) and Financial assets available-for-sale (IAS39) (See Notes 7 and 8).

The breakdown, by type of instrument and geographical origin of the issuer, of Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Changes in the fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (IFRS9) and Financial assets available-for-sale (IAS39) at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

December 31, 2018 (*)

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation 

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

    

gains

    

losses

    

(losses)

    

value

    

gains

    

losses

    

(losses)

    

value

  

gains

  

losses

  

(losses)

  

value

Debt instruments

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

   

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

Government debt securities and debt Instruments issued by central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

326

 

(3)

 

323

 

38,550

 

660

 

(25)

 

635

 

48,217

 

610

 

(26)

 

584

 

32,729

Rest of Europe

 

373

 

(55)

 

318

 

17,494

 

306

 

(24)

 

282

 

20,244

 

50

 

(170)

 

(120)

 

16,879

Latin America and rest of the world

 

448

 

(117)

 

331

 

42,599

 

404

 

(129)

 

275

 

39,132

 

167

 

(163)

 

 4

 

35,996

Private-sector debt securities

 

37

 

(178)

 

(141)

 

19,777

 

90

 

(128)

 

(38)

 

20,888

 

117

 

(162)

 

(45)

 

25,683

 

 

1,184

 

(353)

 

831

 

118,420

 

1,460

 

(306)

 

1,154

 

128,481

 

944

 

(521)

 

423

 

111,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments Domestic

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Spain International

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

 

(2)

 

 3

 

1,373

 

48

 

(5)

 

43

 

1,309

Rest of Europe

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

166

 

(2)

 

164

 

979

 

284

 

(4)

 

280

 

1,016

United States

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

(5)

 

 9

 

560

 

21

 

 —

 

21

 

772

Latin America and rest of the world

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

744

 

(6)

 

738

 

1,878

 

811

 

(7)

 

804

 

2,390

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

929

 

(15)

 

914

 

4,790

 

1,164

 

(16)

 

1,148

 

5,487

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

828

 

(5)

 

823

 

2,900

 

999

 

(11)

 

988

 

3,200

Unlisted

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

101

 

(10)

 

91

 

1,890

 

165

 

(5)

 

160

 

2,287

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,389

 

(321)

 

2,068

 

133,271

 

2,108

 

(537)

 

1,571

 

116,774


(*)     See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

At the end of 2017 and 2016 the Group assessed whether there is any objective evidence that the instruments classified Changes in the fair value of debt and equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income and Financial assets available-for-sale (IAS39) (debt securities and equity instruments) were impaired.

This assessment included but was not limited to an analysis of the following information: i) the issuer’s economic and financial position, the existence of default or late payment, analysis of the issuer’s solvency, the evolution of its business, short-term projections, trends observed with respect to its earnings and, if applicable, its dividend distribution policy; ii) market-related information such as changes in the general economic situation, changes in the issuer’s sector which might affect its ability to pay; iii) changes in the fair value of the security analysed, analysis of the origins of such changes - whether they are intrinsic or the result of the general uncertainty concerning the economy or the country - and iv) independent analysts’ reports and forecasts and other independent market information.

As of January 1, 2018, with the entry into force of IFRS9, the Group estimates the expected losses on debt instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income. These losses are recorded with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period.

At the end of the years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Group recorded under Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net due to modification of the consolidated income statement, in the line of financial assets at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income (IFRS9) a provision of EUR 1 million in 2018, and in the line of available-for-sale financial assets (IAS39) a provision of EUR 10 million in equity instruments in 2017, and a reversal of provision of EUR 25 million and a provision of EUR 14 million in debt and equity instruments, respectively, in 2016.

Until December 31, 2017, in the case of quoted equity instruments, when the changes in the fair value of the instrument under analysis were assessed, the duration and significance of the fall in its market price below cost for the Group was taken into account. As a

139

Table of Contents

general rule, for these purposes the Group considers a significant fall to be a 40% drop in the value of the asset or a continued fall over a period of 18 months. Nevertheless, it should be noted that the Group assessed, on a case-by-case basis, each of the securities that have suffered losses, and monitors the performance of their prices, recognising an impairment loss as soon as it is considered that the recoverable amount could be affected, even though the price may not have fallen by the percentage or for the duration mentioned above.

If, after the above assessment has been carried out, the Group considers that the presence of one or more of these factors could affect recovery of the cost of the asset, an impairment loss was recognised in the income statement for the amount of the loss registered in equity under Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Other Valuation adjustments. Also, where the Group was not intend and/or is not able to hold the investment for a sufficient amount of time to recover the cost, the instrument was written down to its fair value.

As of January 1 2018, with the entry into force of IFRS9, no impairment analysis is performed of equity instruments recognised under Other comprehensive income . IFRS9 eliminates the need to carry out the impairment estimate on this class of equity instruments and the reclassification to profit and loss on the disposal of these assets.

g) Other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss and Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Other recognised income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

The changes in other comprehensive income - Entities accounted for using the equity method were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Balance at beginning of year

    

(222)

    

(153)

    

(232)

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

(65)

 

(84)

 

79

Net amounts transferred to profit or loss

 

20

 

15

 

Balance at end of year

 

(267)

 

(222)

 

(153)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

(159)

 

(145)

 

(84)

 

 

30.   Shareholders’ equity

The changes in Shareholders' equity are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in total equity. Significant information on certain items of Shareholders' equity and the changes therein in 2018 is set forth below.

31.   Issued capital

a) Changes

At December 31, 2015 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 14,434,492,579 shares with a total par value of EUR 7,217 million.

On November 4, 2016, a capital increase of EUR 74 million was made, through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme took place, whereby 147,848,122 shares were issued (1.02% of the share capital).

At December 31, 2016 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 14,582,340,701 shares with a total par value of EUR 7,291 million.

As a result of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. described in Note 3, and in order to strengthen and optimize the Bank’s equity structure to provide adequate coverage of the acquisition, the Group, on July 3, 2017, reported on the agreement of the executive committee of Banco Santander , S.A.to increase the capital of the Bank by EUR 729 million by issuing and putting into circulation 1,458,232,745 new ordinary shares of the same class and series as the shares currently in circulation and with preferential subscription rights for the shareholders.

The issue of new shares was carried out at a nominal value of fifty euro cents (EUR 0.50) plus a premium of EUR 4.35 per share, so the total issue rate of the new shares was EUR 4.85 per share and the total effective amount of the capital increase (including nominal and premium) of EUR 7,072 million.

Each outstanding share had been granted a preferential subscription right during the preferential subscription period that took place from July 6 to 20, 2017, where 10 preferential subscription rights were required to subscribe 1 new share.

140

Table of Contents

On November 7, 2017, a capital increase of EUR 48 million was made, through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme took place, whereby 95,580,136 shares were issued (0.6% of the share capital).

At December 31, 2017 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 16,136,153,582 shares with a total par value of EUR 8,068 million.

On November 7, 2018, a capital increase of EUR 50 million was made, through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme took place, whereby 100,420,360 shares were issued (0.62% of the share capital).

Therefore, the Bank’s new capital consists of EUR 8,118 million at December 31, 2018, represented by 16,236,573,942 shares of EUR 0.50 of nominal value each one and all of them from a unique class and series.

The Bank’s shares are listed on the Spanish Stock Market Interconnection System and on the New York, London, Mexico and Warsaw Stock Exchanges, and all of them have the same features and rights. Santander shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under Crest Depository Interest (CDI’s), each CDI representing one Bank’s share. They are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange under American Depositary Receipts (BDRs), each BDR representing one share. During 2018 and the beginning of 2019 the number of markets where the Bank is listed has been reduced; the Bank's shares has been delisted from Buenos Aires, Milan, Lisboa and Sao Paulo's markets.

At December 31, 2018, the only shareholders listed in the Bank’s shareholders register with ownership interests of more than 3% 1 were State Street Bank & Trust Company (13.09%), The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (8.85%), Chase Nominees Ltd. (6.69%), EC Nominees Limited (3.96%) and BNP Paribas (3.79%).

However, the Bank considers that these ownership interests are held in custody on behalf of third parties and that none of them, as far as the Bank is aware, has an ownership interest of more than 3% of the Bank’s share capital 2 or voting power.

As of December 31, 2018, the shareholders of the Bank did not have owners of shares resident in tax havens with a participation of more than 1% of the share capital.

(1) The threshold stipulated in Royal Decree 1362/2007 of October 19, which implemented the Spanish Securities Market Act 24/1988 of July 28 defining the concept of significant holding.

(2) The website of the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (www.cnmv.es) contains a notice of significant holding published by Blackrock, Inc. on August 9, 2017, in which it notifies an indirect holding in the voting rights attributable to Bank shares of 5.585%, plus a further stake of 0.158% held through financial instruments. During 2018, Blackrock Inc. informed the Spanish CNMV of the following movements regarding its voting rights in the Bank: April 23, 2018, reduction below 5%, and May 8, 2018, increase above 5%. However, according to the Bank’s shareholder register, Blackrock, Inc did not hold more than 3% of the voting rights on that date, or on December 31, 2018.

b) Other considerations

The shareholders at the annual general meeting of March 18, 2016 also resolved to increase the Bank's capital by a par value of EUR 500 million and granted the board the broadest powers to set the date and establish the terms and conditions of this capital increase within one year from the date of the aforementioned annual general meeting. If the board does not exercise the powers delegated to it within the period established by the annual general meeting, these powers will be rendered null and void.

In addition, the ordinary general meeting of shareholders of April 7, 2017 also agreed to delegate to the board of directors the broadest powers so that, within one year from the date of the meeting, it can indicate the date and set the conditions for a capital increase with the issuance of new shares, for an amount of EUR 500 million. The capital increase will have no value or effect if, within the period of one year, the board of directors does not exercise the powers delegated to it.

Likewise, the additional capital authorised by the ordinary general meeting of shareholders on April 7, 2017 is not more than EUR 3,645,585,175. The term available to the Bank’s administrators to execute and carry out capital increases up to that limit ends on April 7, 2020. The agreement grants the board the power to totally or partially exclude the pre-emptive subscription right under the terms of article 506 of the Capital Companies Law, although this power is limited to EUR 1,458,234,070.

At March 23, 2018, the ordinary general meeting of shareholders also agreed to delegate to the board of directors the broadest power to execute the capital increase agreement adopted by the shareholders meeting and the authorization to the Board of directors to increase it.

At December 31, 2018 the shares of the following companies were listed on official stock markets: Banco Santander Río, S.A.; Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A. de C.V.; Banco Santander - Chile; Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV; Santander Chile Holding

141

Table of Contents

S.A.; Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., Santander Bank Polska S.A. (former Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.) and Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

At December 31, 2018 the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and managed by Group management companies (mainly portfolio, collective investment undertaking and pension fund managers) or jointly managed was 63 million shares, which represented 0.39% of the Bank’s share capital. In addition, the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and received as security was 212 million shares (equal to 1.30% of the Bank’s share capital).

At December 31, 2018 the capital increases in progress at Group companies and the additional capital authorised by their shareholders at the respective general meetings were not material at Group level (See Appendix V).

32.   Share premium

Share premium includes the amount paid up by the Bank’s shareholders in capital issues in excess of the par value.

The Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law expressly permits the use of the share premium account balance to increase capital at the entities at which it is recognised and does not establish any specific restrictions as to its use.

The reduction of EUR 74 million in 2016 is the result for the capital increases arising from the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. The increase in the balance of Share premium in 2017 is the result of the capital increase of EUR 6,343 million approved on July 3, 2017 (See note 31.a) and the reduction of EUR 48 million is due the capital increases charge to reserve arising from the Santander Diviendo Elección program.

The decrease produced in 2018 is a consequence of the reduction of EUR 50 million to cope with the capital increase as a result of the Santander Dividendo Elección program.

Also, in 2018, 2017 and 2016 an amount of EUR 10 million was transferred from the Share premium account to the Legal reserve (2017: EUR 154 million; 2016: EUR 15 million) (See note 33.b.i).

33.   Accumulated retained earnings

a) Definitions

The balance of Equity - Accumulated gains and Other reserves includes the net amount of the accumulated results (profits or losses) recognised in previous years through the consolidated income statement which in the profit distribution were allocated in equity, the expenses of own equity instrument issues, the differences between the amount for which the treasury shares are sold and their acquisition price, as well as the net amount of the results accumulated in previous years, generated by the result of non-current assets held for sale, recognised through the consolidated income statement.

b) Breakdown

The detail of Accumulated retained earnings and Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Restricted reserves

 

2,580

 

2,880

 

2,686

Legal reserve

 

1,624

 

1,614

 

1,459

Own shares

 

902

 

1,212

 

1,173

Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996

 

43

 

43

 

43

Reserve for retired capital

 

11

 

11

 

11

Unrestricted reserves

 

12,100

 

11,368

 

11,285

Voluntary reserves (*)

 

5,737

 

6,904

 

7,192

Consolidation reserves attributable to the Bank

 

6,363

 

4,464

 

4,093

Reserves of subsidiaries

 

37,593

 

36,862

 

34,568

Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method

 

917

 

725

 

465

 

 

53,190

 

51,835

 

49,004


(*)    In accordance with the commercial regulations in force in Spain.

142

Table of Contents

i.     Legal reserve

Under the Consolidated Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law, 10% of net profit for each year must be transferred to the legal reserve. These transfers must be made until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount.

In 2018 the Bank transferred EUR 10 million from the Share premium account to the Legal reserve (2017: EUR 154 million; 2016: EUR 15 million).

Consequently, once again, after the capital increases described in Note 31 had been carried out, the balance of the Legal reserve reached 20% of the share capital, and at December 31, 2018 the Legal reserve was of the stipulated level.

ii.     Reserve for treasury shares

Pursuant to the Consolidated Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recognised for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Bank shares owned by subsidiaries. The balance of this reserve will become unrestricted when the circumstances that made it necessary to record it cease to exist. Additionally, this reserve covers the outstanding balance of loans granted by the Group secured by Bank shares and the amount equivalent to loans granted by Group companies to third parties for the acquisition of treasury shares plus the own treasury shares amount.

iii.   Revaluation reserve Royal Decree Law 7/1996, of 7 June

The balance of Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996 can be used, free of tax, to increase share capital. From January 1, 2007, the balance of this account can be taken to unrestricted reserves, provided that the monetary surplus has been realised. The surplus will be deemed to have been realised in respect of the portion on which depreciation has been taken for accounting purposes or when the revalued assets have been transferred or derecognised.

If the balance of this reserve were used in a manner other than that provided for in Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, it would be subject to taxation.

iv.    Reserves of subsidiaries

The detail, by company, of Reserves of subsidiaries, based on the companies’ contribution to the Group (considering the effect of consolidation adjustments) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. (Consolidated Group)

 

10,755

 

9,874

 

8,993

Santander UK Group

 

8,207

 

7,724

 

6,887

Group Santander Holdings USA.

 

4,260

 

4,150

 

4,091

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

3,436

 

3,229

 

3,255

Banco Santander - Chile

 

2,963

 

2,764

 

2,630

Santander Consumer Finance Group

 

2,841

 

2,465

 

2,027

Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Consolidated Group)

 

2,729

 

2,821

 

2,593

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

 

1,387

 

1,093

 

967

Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.

 

 714

 

638

 

824

Banco Santander (Suisse) SA.

 

369

 

381

 

354

Santander Investment, S.A.

 

208

 

202

 

349

Banco Santander Río S.A.

 

 (82)

 

1,639

 

1,326

Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV

 

 —

 

 —

 

377

Exchange differences, consolidation adjustments and other companies (*)

 

(194)

 

(118)

 

(105)

 

 

37,593

 

36,862

 

34,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, restricted

 

2,964

 

2,777

 

2,730


(*)    Includes the charge relating to cumulative exchange differences in the transition to International Financial Reporting Standards. 

143

Table of Contents

34.   Other equity instruments and own shares

a) Equity instruments issued not capital and other equity instruments

Other equity instruments includes the equity component of compound financial instruments, the increase in equity due to personnel remuneration, and other items not recognised in other “Shareholders’ equity” items.

On September 8, 2017, Banco Santander issued contingent redeemable perpetual bonds (the “Fidelity Bonds”) amounting to EUR 981 million nominal value -EUR 686 million fair value- of those in the power of third parties an amount amounting to EUR 549 million. On December 31, 2018 amounted to EUR 565 million.

Additionally, at December 31, 2018 the Group had other equity instruments amounting to EUR 234 million.

b) Own shares

Shareholders’ equity - Own shares includes the amount of own equity instruments held by all the Group entities.

Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are recognised directly in equity, and no profit or loss may be recognised on these transactions. The costs of any transaction involving own equity instruments are deducted directly from equity, net of any related tax effect.

On October 21, 2013 and October 23, 2014 the Bank’s board of directors amended the regulation of its treasury share policy in order to take into account the criteria recommended by the CNMV, establishing limits on average daily purchase trading and time limits. Also, a maximum price per share was set for purchase orders and a minimum price per share for sale orders.

The Bank’s shares owned by the consolidated companies accounted for 0.075% of issued share capital at December 31, 2018 (December 31, 2017: 0.024%; December 31, 2016: 0.010%).

The average purchase price of the Bank’s shares in 2018 was EUR 4.96 per share and the average selling price was EUR 4.98 per share.

The effect on equity, net of tax, arising from the purchase and sale of Bank shares was of EUR 0 million in 2018 (2017: EUR 26 million; 2016: EUR 15 million).

35.   Memorandum items

Memorandum items relates to balances representing rights, obligations and other legal situations that in the future may have an impact on net assets, as well as any other balances needed to reflect all transactions performed by the consolidated entities although they may not impinge on their net assets.

a) Guarantees and contingent commitments granted

Contingent liabilities includes all transactions under which an entity guarantees the obligations of a third party and which result from financial guarantees granted by the entity or from other types of contract. The detail is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Loans commitment granted 

 

218,083

 

207,671

 

202,097

Of which doubtful 

 

298

 

81

 

 8

Financial guarantees granted

 

11,723

 

14,499

 

17,244

Of which doubtful 

 

181

 

254

 

1,070

Financial guarantees

 

11,557

 

14,287

 

17,244

Credit derivatives sold

 

166

 

212

 

 —

Other commitments granted

 

74,389

 

64,917

 

57,055

Of which doubtful

 

983

 

992

 

 —

Technical guarantees

 

35,154

 

30,273

 

23,684

Other

 

39,235

 

34,644

 

33,371

 

The breakdown as at December 31, 2018 of the exposures and the provision fund (see note 25) out of balance sheet by impairment stage under IFRS9 is EUR 297,409 million and EUR 382 million in stage 1,EUR 5,324 million and EUR 132 million in stage 2 and EUR 1,462 million and EUR 265 million in stage 3, respectively. Additionally, the Group had provisions for guarantees and

144

Table of Contents

commitments granted for an amount of EUR 617 and 459 million and a doubtful exposure amounting to EUR 1,327 and 1,078 million, as at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

A significant portion of these guarantees will expire without any payment obligation materialising for the consolidated entities and, therefore, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future need for financing or liquidity to be provided by the Group to third parties.

Income from guarantee instruments is recognised under Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statements and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee.

i. Loan commitments granted

Loan commitments granted: firm commitments of grating of credit under predefined terms and conditions, except for those that comply with the definition of derivatives as these can be settled in cash or through the delivery of issuance of another financial instrument. They include stand-by credit lines and long-term deposits.

ii. Financial guarantees granted

Financial guarantees includes, inter alia, financial guarantee contracts such as financial bank guarantees, credit derivatives sold, and risks arising from derivatives arranged for the account of third parties.

iii. Other commitments granted

Other contingent liabilities include all commitments that could give rise to the recognition of financial assets not included in the above items, such as technical guarantees and guarantees for the import and export of goods and services.

b) Memorandum items

i) Off-balance-sheet funds under management

The detail of off-balance-sheet funds managed by the Group and by joint ventures is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Investment funds

 

127,564

 

135,749

 

129,930

Pension funds

 

11,160

 

11,566

 

11,298

Assets under management

 

19,131

 

19,259

 

18,032

 

 

157,855

 

166,574

 

159,260

 

ii) Non-managed marketed funds

At December 31, 2018 there are non-managed marketed funds totalling EUR 42,211 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 41,398 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 23,247 million).

c) Third-party securities held in custody

At December 31, 2018 the Group held in custody debt securities and equity instruments totalling EUR 940,650 million (December 31, 2017: EUR 997,061 million; December 31, 2016 EUR 965,648 million) entrusted to it by third parties.

36.   Hedging derivatives

The Group, within its financial risk management strategy, and in order to reduce asymmetries in the accounting treatment of its operations, enters into hedging derivatives on interest, exchange rate, credit risk or variation of stock prices, depending on the nature of the risk covered.

Based on its objective, the Group classifies its hedges in the following categories:

-

Cash flow hedges: cover the exposure to the variation of the cash flows associated with an asset, liability or a highly probable forecast transaction. This cover the variable-rate issues in foreign currencies, fixed-rate issues in non-local currency, variable-rate interbank financing and variable-rate assets (bonds, commercial loans, mortgages, etc.).

145

Table of Contents

-

Fair value hedges: cover the exposure to the variation in the fair value of assets or liabilities, attributable to an identified and hedged risk. This covers the interest risk of assets or liabilities (bonds, loans, bills, issues, deposits, etc.) with coupons or fixed interest rates, interests in entities, issues in foreign currencies and deposits or other fixed rate liabilities.

-

Hedging of net investments abroad: cover the exchange rate risk of the investments in subsidiaries domiciled in a country with a different currency from the functional one of the Group.

The following table contains details of the hedging instruments used in the Group's hedging strategies as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million Euros

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

Changes in fair value used for

 

 

 

    

Notional Value

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

calculating hedge ineffectiveness

    

Balance sheet line ítems

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

    

178,719

    

3,451

    

(5,114)

    

96

    

  

Interest rate risk

 

163,241

 

2,648

 

(4,616)

 

56

 

  

Equity swap

 

109

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

Future interest rate

 

7,702

 

 —

 

 —

 

(126)

 

Hedging derivatives

Interest rate swap

 

129,217

 

2,345

 

(4,168)

 

321

 

Hedging derivatives

Call money swap

 

19,579

 

170

 

(250)

 

(32)

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

4,957

 

121

 

(45)

 

(17)

 

Hedging derivatives

Inflation swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

 

Hedging derivatives

Swaption

 

51

 

 6

 

(6)

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

Collar

 

15

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

Floor

 

1,611

 

 5

 

(145)

 

(99)

 

Hedging derivatives

Exchange rate risk

 

3,019

 

11

 

(1)

 

 3

 

  

Fx forward

 

3,019

 

11

 

(1)

 

 3

 

Hedging derivatives

Interest rate and exchange rate risk

 

12,237

 

792

 

(493)

 

42

 

  

Interest rate swap

 

3,022

 

143

 

(20)

 

(15)

 

Hedging derivatives

Call money swap

 

20

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

9,195

 

649

 

(473)

 

57

 

Hedging derivatives

Inflation risk

 

168

 

 —

 

(4)

 

(5)

 

  

Call money swap

 

64

 

 —

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

104

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

Hedging derivatives

Credit risk

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

CDS

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

118,400

 

4,865

 

(976)

 

(28)

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

38,229

 

307

 

(229)

 

203

 

  

Fx forward

 

49

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

Hedging derivatives

Future interest rate

 

127

 

 —

 

 —

 

29

 

Hedging derivatives

Interest rate swap

 

33,956

 

240

 

(202)

 

159

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

2,350

 

57

 

(26)

 

11

 

Hedging derivatives

Floor

 

1,747

 

10

 

 —

 

 5

 

Hedging derivatives

Exchange rate risk

 

38,457

 

971

 

(568)

 

(878)

 

  

Future FX and c/v term FV

 

4,955

 

 —

 

 —

 

(697)

 

Hedging derivatives

FX forward

 

3,283

 

186

 

(15)

 

(36)

 

Hedging derivatives

Future interest rate

 

4,946

 

 —

 

 —

 

(12)

 

Hedging derivatives

Interest rate swap

 

1,055

 

10

 

(5)

 

 8

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

23,904

 

775

 

(548)

 

(142)

 

Hedging derivatives

Floor

 

314

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Hedging derivatives

Deposits borrowed

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

Deposits

Interest rate and exchange rate risk

 

34,383

 

3,542

 

(124)

 

665

 

  

Interest rate swap

 

12,572

 

20

 

(97)

 

(7)

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

21,811

 

3,522

 

(27)

 

672

 

Hedging derivatives

Inflation risk

 

6,318

 

45

 

(30)

 

11

 

  

FX forward

 

414

 

 —

 

(9)

 

(1)

 

Hedging derivatives

Currency swap

 

5,904

 

45

 

(21)

 

12

 

Hedging derivatives

Equity risk

 

77

 

 —

 

(4)

 

(8)

 

  

Option

 

77

 

 —

 

(4)

 

(8)

 

Hedging derivatives

Other risk

 

936

 

 —

 

(21)

 

(21)

 

  

Future FX and c/v term RF

 

936

 

 —

 

(21)

 

(21)

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations:

 

21,688

 

291

 

(273)

 

(1)

 

  

Exchange rate risk

 

21,688

 

291

 

(273)

 

(1)

 

  

FX forward

 

21,688

 

291

 

(273)

 

(1)

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

318,807

 

8,607

 

(6,363)

 

67

 

  

 

Considering the main contributions of hedging within the Group, the main types of hedgings that are being carried are in Santander UK Group, Banco Santander, S.A., Consumer Group, Banco Santander Mexico and Banco Santander Brazil that are detailed below.

146

Table of Contents

Santander UK Group enters into derivatives to provide customers with risk management solutions and to manage and hedge the Group's own risks.

Within fair value hedges, Santander UK Group has portfolios of assets and liabilities at fixed rate that are exposed to changes in fair value due to changes in market interest rates. These positions are managed by contracting mainly Interest Rate Swaps. Effectiveness is assessed by comparing the changes in the fair value of these portfolios generated by the hedged risk with the changes in the fair value of the derivatives contracted.

Santander UK Group also has access to international markets to obtain financing by issuing fixed-rate debt in its functional currency and other currencies. As such, they are exposed to changes in interest rates and exchange rates, mainly in EUR and USD. This risk is mitigated with Cross Currency Swaps and Interest Rate Swaps in which they pay a fixed rate and receive a variable rate. Effectiveness is evaluated using linear regression techniques to compare changes in the fair value of the debt at interest and exchange rates with changes in the fair value of Interest Rate Swaps or Cross Currency Swaps.

Within the cash flow hedges, Santander UK Group has portfolios of assets and liabilities at variable rates, normally at SONIA or LIBOR. To mitigate this risk of variability in market rates, it contracts Interest Rate Swaps.

As Santander UK Group obtains financing in the international markets, it assumes a significant exposure to currency risk mainly USD and EUR. In addition, it also has debt securities for liquidity purposes that assume exposure in foreign moneys, mainly JPY. To manage this exchange rate risk, Spot, Forward and Cross Currency Swap are contracted to match the cash flow profile and the maturity of the estimated interest and principal repayments of the hedged item.

Effectiveness, is assessed by comparing changes in the fair value of the derivatives with changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk by applying a hypothetical derivative method using linear regression techniques.

In addition, within the hedges that cover equity risk, Santander UK Group offers employees the opportunity to purchase shares of the Bank at a discount under the Sharesave scheme, exposing the bank to share price risk. As such, options are purchased allowing them to purchase shares at a pre-set price.

Banco Santander, S.A. covers the risks of its balance sheet in a variety of ways. On the one hand, documented as fair value hedges, it covers the interest rate, foreign currency and credit risk of fixed-income portfolios at a fixed rate (REPOs are included in this category). Resulting, in an exposure to changes in their fair value due to variations in market conditions based on the various risks hedged, which has an impact on the Bank's income statement. To mitigate these risks, the Bank contracts derivatives, mainly Interest rate Swaps, Cap&Floors, Forex Forward and Credit Default Swaps. On the other hand, the interest and exchange rate risk of loans granted to corporate clients at a fixed rate is generally covered. These coverages, are carried out through Interest Rate Swaps and Cross Currency Swaps.

In addition, the Bank manages the interest and exchange risk of debt issues in their various categories (issuing covered bonds, perpetual, subordinated and senior bond) and in different currencies, denominated at fixed rates, and therefore subject to changes in their fair value. These issues are covered through Interest Rate Swaps and Cross Currency Swaps.

The Bank's methodology for measuring the effectiveness of this type of coverage is based on comparing the markets value of the hedged items (based on the objective risk of the hedge) and of the hedging instruments in order to analyse whether the changes in the market value of the hedged items are offset by the market value of the hedging instruments, thereby mitigating the hedged risk. Prospectively, the same analysis is performed, measuring the theoretical market values in the event of parallel variations in the market curves of a positive basis point.

Finally, the Bank also manages and hedges the interest rate risk of its mortgage portfolio and various variable rate issues in cash flow hedges, which hedge the exposure of flows due to the risk of variations in interest curves, which may have an impact on the income statement. These hedges are made through mainly Interest Rate Swaps.

The hypothetical derivative methodology is used to measure the effectiveness of these cash flow hedges, in order to determine the level of risk compensation based on the comparison of the discounted net cash flows of the hedging instruments and the hedged items.

Consumer Group entities mainly have loans portfolios at fixed interest rates and are therefore, exposed to changes in fair value due to movements in market interest rates. The entities manage this risk by contracting Interest Rate Swaps in which they pay a fixed rate and receive a variable rate. Interest rate risk is the only one hedged and, therefore, other risks, such as credit risk, are managed but not hedged by the entities. The interest rate risk component is determined as the change in fair value of fixed rate loans arising solely from

147

Table of Contents

changes in a reference rate. This strategy is designated as a fair value hedge and its effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in the fair value of loans attributable to changes in reference interest rates with changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

In addition, in order to access international markets with the aim of obtaining sources of financing, some Consumer Group´s entities issue fixed rate debt in their own currency and in other currencies that differ from their functional currency. Therefore, they are exposed to changes in both interest rates and exchange rates, which they mitigate with derivatives (Interest Rate Swaps, Fx Forward and Cross Currency Swaps) in which they receive a fixed interest rate and pay a variable interest rate, implemented with a fair value hedge.

The cash flow hedges of the Santander Group´s entities hedge the foreign currency risk of loans and financing.

Finally, it has hedges of net investments abroad to hedge the foreign exchange risk of the shareholding in NOK and CNY currencies.

Banco Santander Mexico has mainly long-term loan portfolios at fixed interest rates, portfolios of short-term deposits in local currency, portfolios of Mexican Government bonds and corporate bonds in currencies other than the local currency and are therefore exposed to changes in fair value due to movements in market interest rates, as well as these latter portfolios also to variations in exchange rates. The entity manages this risk by contracting derivatives (Interest Rate Swaps or Cross Currency Swaps) in which they pay a fixed rate and receive a variable rate. The interest rate is hedged and the exchange risk, if applicable, too. Thus, other risks, such as credit risk, are managed but not hedged by the entities. The interest rate risk component is determined as the change in the fair value of fixed rate loans arising solely from changes in a reference rate. This strategy is designated as a fair value hedge and its effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in the fair value of loans attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates with changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

Regarding cash flow hedges, Banco Santander Mexico has a portfolio of unsecured bonds issued at a variable rate in its local currency, which it manages with an Interest Rate Swap in which it receives a variable rate and pays a fixed rate. On the other hand, it also has different items in currencies other than the local currency: unsecured floating rate bonds, commercial bank loans at variable rates, fixed rate issues, Mexican and Brazilian government bonds at fixed rates and loans received in USD from other banks. In all these portfolios, the Bank is exposed to exchange rate variations, which it mitigates by contracting Cross Currency Swaps or FX Forward.

Banco Santander Brazil has, on the one hand, fixed-rate government bond portfolios and, therefore, they are exposed to changes in fair value due to movements in market interest rates. The entity manages this risk by contracting derivatives (Interest Rate Swaps or Futures) in which they pay a fixed rate and receive a variable rate. The interest rate risk is the only one hedged and consequently other risks, such as credit risk, are managed but not hedged by the entity. This strategy is designated as a fair value hedge and its effectiveness is evaluated by comparing by linear regression the changes in the fair value of the bonds with the changes in the fair value of the derivatives. On the other hand, as part of the fair value hedge strategy, it has corporate loans in different currencies than the local one and is therefore exposed to changes in fair value due to exchange rates. This risk is mitigated by contracting Cross Currency Swaps. Its effectiveness is evaluated by comparing changes in the fair value of loans attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates with changes in the fair value of derivatives.

Finally, it also has a portfolio of long-term Corporate Bonds with inflation-indexed rates. With reference to what it has been mentioned before, they are exposed to variations in market value due to variations in market inflation rates. In order to achieve its mitigation, they contract futures in which they pay the indexed inflation and receive variable interest rates.

Its effectiveness is assessed by comparing through lineal regression the changes in the fair value of the bonds to the changes in fair value of the derivatives.

In the hedge of cash flows, Banco Santander Brazil has portfolios of loans and government bonds in different currency than the entity´s functional currency and, therefore, it is subject to the risk of changes in currency rates. This exposure will be mitigated by hiring cross currency swaps and futures. Its effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in fair value of loans and bonds to changes in fair value of such derivatives.

Finally, they have a portfolio of variable rate government bonds, so they are exposed to changes in the value due to changes in interest rates. In order to mitigate these changes, a future is hired in which a variable rate is paid and a fixed rate is received. Its effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in the fair value loans and bonds to changes in the fair value of the futures.

In any case, in the event of ineffectiveness in fair value or cash flow hedges, the entity mainly considers the following causes:

- Possible economic events affecting the entity (e.g.: default),

148

Table of Contents

- For movements and possible market-related differences in the collateralized and non-collateralized curves used in the valuation of derivatives and hedged items, respectively.

- Possible differences between the nominal value, settlement/price dates and credit risk of the hedged item and the hedging element.

Regarding net foreign investments hedges, basically, they are allocated in Banco Santander, S.A. and Santander Consumer Finance Group. The Group assumes, as a priority objective in risk management, to minimize – up to a determined limit set up by the responsible for the financial management of the Group- the impact on the calculation of the capital ratio of their permanent investments included within the consolidation perimeter of the Group, and whose shares are legally named in a different currency than the holding has. For this purpose, financial instruments (generally derivatives) on exchange rates are hired, that allow mitigating the impact on the capital ratio of changes in the forward exchange rate. The Group hedges the risk, mainly, for the following currencies: BRL, CLP, MXN, CAD, COP, CNY, GBP, CHF, NOK, USD and PLN. The instruments used to hedge the risk of these investments are Forex Swaps, Forex Forward and buys/sells of spot currencies.

In the case of this type of hedge, the ineffectiveness scenarios are considered to be of low probability, given that the hedging instrument is designated considering the determined position and the spot rate at which it is found.

149

Table of Contents

The following table sets out the maturity profile of the hedging instruments used in the Group's non-dynamic hedging strategies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

 

month

 

months

 

one year

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

Fair value hedges:

 

9,377

 

17,989

 

23,773

 

78,541

 

49,039

 

178,719

Interest rate risk

 

8,436

 

12,519

 

21,987

 

73,989

 

46,310

 

163,241

Equity swap

 

 —

 

27

 

46

 

36

 

 —

 

109

Future interest rate

 

668

 

2,012

 

981

 

2,650

 

1,391

 

7,702

Interest rate swap

 

7,672

 

10,213

 

18,423

 

60,502

 

32,407

 

129,217

Call money swap

 

96

 

267

 

1,823

 

6,967

 

10,426

 

19,579

Currency swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

714

 

2,368

 

1,875

 

4,957

Swaption

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

51

 

 —

 

51

Collar

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

15

 

15

Floor

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,415

 

196

 

1,611

Exchange rate risk

 

17

 

1,855

 

1,147

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,019

Fx forward

 

17

 

1,855

 

1,147

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,019

Interest rate and exchange rate risk

 

924

 

3,615

 

639

 

4,503

 

2,556

 

12,237

Interest rate swap

 

445

 

1,462

 

35

 

710

 

370

 

3,022

Call money swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

20

 

20

Currency swap

 

479

 

2,153

 

604

 

3,793

 

2,166

 

9,195

Inflation risk

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

168

 

168

Call money swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

64

 

64

Currency swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

104

 

104

Credit risk

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

 

 5

 

54

CDS

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

 

 5

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

18,684

 

6,994

 

16,954

 

62,947

 

12,821

 

118,400

Interest rate risk

 

2,079

 

2,607

 

6,971

 

26,020

 

552

 

38,229

Fx forward

 

49

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

Future interest rate

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

125

 

 —

 

127

Interest rate swap

 

2,028

 

2,161

 

5,957

 

23,593

 

217

 

33,956

Currency swap

 

 —

 

446

 

839

 

730

 

335

 

2,350

Floor

 

 —

 

 —

 

175

 

1,572

 

 —

 

1,747

Exchange rate risk

 

16,166

 

3,478

 

5,896

 

11,984

 

933

 

38,457

Future FX and c/v term FV

 

4,955

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,955

FX forward

 

1,423

 

 —

 

47

 

1,813

 

 —

 

3,283

Future interest rate

 

4,946

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,946

Interest rate swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,055

 

 —

 

1,055

Currency swap

 

4,842

 

3,478

 

5,535

 

9,116

 

933

 

23,904

Floor

 

 —

 

 —

 

314

 

 —

 

 —

 

314

Interest rate and exchange rate risk

 

 —

 

 8

 

2,921

 

21,930

 

9,524

 

34,383

Interest rate swap

 

 —

 

 8

 

898

 

8,456

 

3,210

 

12,572

Currency swap

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,023

 

13,474

 

6,314

 

21,811

Inflation risk

 

439

 

524

 

566

 

2,977

 

1,812

 

6,318

FX forward

 

 —

 

121

 

156

 

137

 

 —

 

414

Currency swap

 

439

 

403

 

410

 

2,840

 

1,812

 

5,904

Equity risk

 

 —

 

 —

 

41

 

36

 

 —

 

77

Option

 

 —

 

 —

 

41

 

36

 

 —

 

77

Other risk

 

 —

 

377

 

559

 

 —

 

 —

 

936

Future FX and c/v term RF

 

 —

 

377

 

559

 

 —

 

 —

 

936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations:

 

555

 

777

 

11,067

 

9,289

 

 —

 

21,688

Exchange rate risk

 

555

 

777

 

11,067

 

9,289

 

 —

 

21,688

FX forward

 

555

 

777

 

11,067

 

9,289

 

 —

 

21,688

 

 

28,616

 

25,760

 

51,794

 

150,777

 

61,860

 

318,807

 

150

Table of Contents

Additionally, the profile information of maturities and the price/average rate for the most representative geographies is shown:

Santander UK Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

    

month

    

months

    

one year

    

five years

    

five years

    

Total

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

6,888

 

9,403

 

16,333

 

44,166

 

17,498

 

94,288

Average fixed interest rate (%) GBP

 

0.633

 

0.788

 

1.057

 

1.586

 

2.849

 

 

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD

 

(0.223)

 

0.670

 

0.911

 

1.085

 

1.261

 

 

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

1.513

 

1.314

 

1.337

 

2.684

 

2.179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

877

 

2,894

 

 —

 

1,331

 

585

 

5,687

Average GBP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.183

 

1.168

 

 

Average GBP/USD exchange rate

 

1.580

 

1.332

 

 —

 

1.511

 

 —

 

 

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3.888

 

3.923

 

 

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

3.615

 

2.500

 

 —

 

2.375

 

7.950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 —

 

1,917

 

2,225

 

3,466

 

 —

 

7,608

Average fixed interest rate (%) GBP

 

 —

 

0.726

 

0.733

 

1.334

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

4,378

 

2,853

 

3,310

 

7,132

 

 —

 

17,673

Average GBP/JPY exchange rate

 

 —

 

147.215

 

146.372

 

145.319

 

 —

 

 

Average GBP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.280

 

1.135

 

 —

 

 

Average GBP/USD exchange rate

 

1.304

 

1.307

 

1.310

 

1.305

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,859

 

21,288

 

9,495

 

33,642

Average GBP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.252

 

1.271

 

1.217

 

 

Average GBP/USD exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.633

 

1.545

 

1.511

 

 

Average fixed interest rate (%) GBP

 

 —

 

 —

 

2.340

 

2.660

 

2.900

 

 

 

151

Table of Contents

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

    

month

    

months

    

one year

    

five years

    

five years

    

Total

Fair value hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  Interest rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

500

 

665

 

425

 

12,987

 

22,030

 

36,602

Average fixed interest rate (%) GBP

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

7.08

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

3.75

 

0.63

 

2.06

 

1.81

 

3.20

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) CHF

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

 

0.76

 

1.04

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.38

 

3.43

 

4.11

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Foreign exchange risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 —

 

1,825

 

771

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

41

 

461

 

120

 

2,085

 

951

 

3,656

Average fixed interest rate (%) AUD/EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4.00

 

4.80

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) CZK/EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.86

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR/COP

 

 —

 

 —

 

7.54

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) HKD/EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2.52

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) JPY/EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.64

 

1.28

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) NOK/EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3.61

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD/COP

 

6.13

 

6.71

 

 —

 

9.47

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average AUD/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.499

 

1.499

 

  

Average CZK/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

25.407

 

26.030

 

  

Average EUR/GBP exchange rate

 

 —

 

1.145

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average EUR/COP exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.0003

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average EUR/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average HKD/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

8.718

 

 —

 

  

Average JPY/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

132.014

 

125.883

 

  

Average MXN/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

14.696

 

  

 

  

Average NOK/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

9.606

 

  

Average USD/BRL exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.269

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average USD/COP exchange rate

 

 —

 

0.0003

 

0.0003

 

 —

 

0.0003

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 Credit risk instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Nominal

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

 

 5

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

1,942

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,130

 

20

 

8,092

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.51

 

0.55

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

373

 

497

 

10,587

 

9,289

 

 —

 

20,746

Average BRL/EUR exchange rate

 

4.46

 

 —

 

4.46

 

4.73

 

 —

 

  

Average CLP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

766.01

 

768.25

 

795.10

 

 —

 

  

Average CNY/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

8.14

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average COP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

3,728.01

 

3,685.80

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average GBP/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

0.91

 

0.89

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average MXN/EUR exchange rate

 

22.98

 

 —

 

24.51

 

24.50

 

 —

 

  

Average PLN/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

4.38

 

4.26

 

 —

 

  

 

152

Table of Contents

Consumer Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

    

month

    

months

    

one year

    

five years

    

five years

    

Total

Fair value hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

253

 

672

 

3,488

 

6,883

 

63

 

11,359

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

(0.197)

 

(0.125)

 

(0.036)

 

(0.065)

 

(0.113)

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) CHF

 

(0.659)

 

(0.696)

 

(0.679)

 

(0.561)

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

17

 

30

 

376

 

 —

 

 —

 

423

Average DKK/EUR exchange rate

 

134.135

 

 —

 

134.109

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Average NOK/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

103.232

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Average CHF/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

878.624

 

887.218

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 —

 

240

 

339

 

448

 

 —

 

1,027

Average SEK/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.104

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average DKK/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

0.134

 

0.134

 

0.134

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) SEK

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.008

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) DKK

 

 —

 

0.002

 

0.003

 

0.004

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

85

 

99

 

313

 

423

 

 —

 

920

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

0.183

 

0.183

 

0.183

 

0.183

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

339

 

557

 

2,368

 

1,061

 

 —

 

4,325

Average SEK/EUR exchange rate

 

0.101

 

0.098

 

0.099

 

0.099

 

 —

 

  

Average NOK/EUR exchange rate

 

0.108

 

0.108

 

0.108

 

0.108

 

 —

 

  

Average CHF/EUR exchange rate

 

0.896

 

0.859

 

0.870

 

0.900

 

 —

 

  

Average CAD/EUR exchange rate

 

0.654

 

0.658

 

0.652

 

0.656

 

 —

 

  

Average DKK/EUR exchange rate

 

0.134

 

0.134

 

0.134

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average PLN/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.234

 

0.233

 

 —

 

  

Average USD/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.897

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average JPY/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

0.008

 

0.008

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Foreign exchange risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

181

 

282

 

480

 

 —

 

 —

 

943

Average NOK/EUR exchange rate

 

103.751

 

103.538

 

102.963

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

Average CNY/EUR exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

121.796

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

 

153

Table of Contents

Banco Santander Mexico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

    

month

    

months

    

one year

    

five years

    

five years

    

Total

Fair value hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 —

 

 1

 

346

 

80

 

 —

 

427

Average fixed interest rate (%) MXN

 

 —

 

5.180

 

6.907

 

5.593

 

 —

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD

 

 —

 

 —

 

1.465

 

1.465

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate and foreign exchange rate

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange  and interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 —

 

 —

 

41

 

282

 

1,009

 

1,332

Average EUR/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

20.470

 

21.890

 

  

Average GBP/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

24.870

 

25.310

 

  

Average USD/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

13.920

 

13.920

 

18.390

 

  

Average MXV/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

5.059

 

5.059

 

5.059

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) USD

 

 —

 

 —

 

8.000

 

3.980

 

4.125

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) EUR

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2.420

 

2.750

 

  

Average fixed interest rate (%) GBP

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

6.750

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

178

 

 —

 

178

Average fixed interest rate (%) MXN

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

7.258

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

1,415

 

44

 

56

 

2,719

 

103

 

4,337

Average EUR/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

16.679

 

18.932

 

18.688

 

  

Average GBP/MXN exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

23.127

 

25.947

 

  

Average USD/MXN exchange rate

 

18.729

 

20.289

 

17.918

 

16.443

 

18.508

 

  

Average BRL/MXN exchange rate

 

5.863

 

 —

 

5.732

 

5.736

 

 —

 

  

 

154

Table of Contents

Banco Santander Brazil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Up to one

    

One to three

    

Three months to

    

One year to

    

More than

    

 

 

    

month

    

months

    

one year

    

five years

    

five years

    

Total

Fair value hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

668

 

2,045

 

 —

 

3,529

 

1,378

 

7,620

Average fixed interest rate (%) BRL

 

9.500

 

6.967

 

6.937

 

10.055

 

10.030

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange rate risk and other

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 6

 

15

 

36

 

316

 

38

 

411

Average USD/BRL exchange rate

 

3.247

 

3.303

 

3.551

 

3.642

 

3.265

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

3,877

 

2,997

 

3,030

 

119

 

 —

 

10,023

Average fixed interest rate (%) BRL

 

6.500

 

6.500

 

6.500

 

6.500

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk and other

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Exchange rate instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Nominal

 

 —

 

 8

 

26

 

 —

 

238

 

272

Average USD/BRL exchange rate

 

 —

 

3.716

 

3.648

 

 —

 

3.135

 

  

 

155

Table of Contents

The following table contains details of the hedged exposures covered by the Group's hedging strategies of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amount

 

 

 

Change in fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of fair value

 

 

 

value of hedged

 

Cash flow hedge/currency

 

 

Carrying amount of

 

adjustments on the

 

 

 

ítem for

 

translation reserve

 

 

hedged items

 

hedged item

 

 

 

ineffectiveness

 

Continuing

 

Discontinued

 

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Balance sheet line item

    

assessment

    

hedges

    

hedges

Fair value hedges:

 

110,669

 

46,830

 

1,915

 

(1,765)

 

  

 

(20)

 

 —

 

 —

Interest rate risk

 

104,393

 

39,251

 

1,886

 

(1,478)

 

  

 

(74)

 

 —

 

 —

Deposits

 

5,922

 

1,195

 

279

 

 1

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

(39)

 

 —

 

 —

Bond

 

27,235

 

21,759

 

792

 

(791)

 

Debt instruments

 

(35)

 

 —

 

 —

Repo

 

13,874

 

561

 

25

 

(16)

 

Other assets

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

Loans of securitiesa

 

53,397

 

175

 

742

 

 —

 

Loans and advances

 

(186)

 

 —

 

 —

Liquidity facilities

 

3,965

 

232

 

48

 

(2)

 

Loans and advances

 

35

 

 —

 

 —

Issuances assurance

 

 —

 

2,013

 

 —

 

(12)

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

Securitisation

 

 —

 

13,316

 

 —

 

(658)

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Equity instruments

 

(40)

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange rate risk

 

3,378

 

 —

 

 5

 

 —

 

  

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

Deposits

 

1,614

 

 —

 

 9

 

 —

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

 8

 

 —

 

 —

Bonds

 

1,764

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

Debt instruments

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

Interest and Exchange rate risk

 

2,776

 

7,474

 

21

 

(287)

 

  

 

53

 

 —

 

 —

Borrowed deposits

 

751

 

 —

 

19

 

 —

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

16

 

 —

 

 —

Bonds

 

1,591

 

3,571

 

 2

 

(26)

 

Debt instruments

 

(31)

 

 —

 

 —

Securitisation

 

 —

 

3,358

 

 —

 

(262)

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

67

 

 —

 

 —

Repos

 

434

 

99

 

 —

 

 1

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

CLO

 

 —

 

446

 

 —

 

 —

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Inflation risk

 

68

 

105

 

 3

 

 1

 

  

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

Deposits

 

 —

 

105

 

 —

 

 1

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

Bonds

 

68

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

Debt instruments

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

Credit risk

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Bonds

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Debt instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(432)

 

447

 

(10)

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(52)

 

131

 

(12)

Firm commitment

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

(24)

 

(75)

 

 —

Deposits

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

(26)

 

47

 

 —

Governmenclasst bonds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Debt instruments

 

(13)

 

92

 

 —

Liquidity facilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Loans and advances

 

 8

 

65

 

(12)

Secondary market loans

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 4

 

 2

 

 —

Senior securitization

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(416)

 

(23)

 

 2

Deposits

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

83

 

(8)

 

 —

Bonds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

(309)

 

(16)

 

 2

Secondary market loans

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Loans and advances

 

(179)

 

(21)

 

 —

Senior titulisation

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

(11)

 

21

 

 —

CLO

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

Interest and Exchange rate risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 4

 

341

 

 —

Deposits

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

 7

 

 2

 

 —

Bonds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Debt instruments

 

(13)

 

(9)

 

 —

Securitisation

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

10

 

348

 

 —

Inflation risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

15

 

22

 

 —

Deposits

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Deposits and loans and advances

 

25

 

25

 

 —

Bonds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Debt instruments

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

 —

Liquidity facilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Loans and advances

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

Equity risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

17

 

(4)

 

 —

Highly likely scheduled transactions

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

17

 

(4)

 

 —

Other risks

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 —

 

(20)

 

 —

Bonds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

(20)

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net foreign investments hedges

 

792

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

  

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange rate risk

 

792

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

  

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Firm commitment

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

779

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

111,461

 

46,830

 

1,925

 

(1,765)

 

  

 

(452)

 

447

 

(10)

 

The cumulative amount of adjustments of the fair value hedging instruments that remain in the balance for covered items that are no longer adjusted by profit and loss of coverage as of December 31, 2018 is EUR 71 million euros.

156

Table of Contents

The net impact of the coverages are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

 

Earnings/

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified amount of reserves to the income statement due to:

 

 

(losses)

 

Ineffective

 

 

 

Cover

 

 

 

 

recognised in

 

coverage

 

 

 

transaction

 

 

 

 

another

 

recognised in

 

 

 

affecting the

 

 

 

 

cumulative

 

the income

 

Line of the income statement that includes

 

income

 

 

 

 

overall result

 

statement

 

the ineffectiveness of cash flows

 

statement

 

Line of the income statement that includes reclassified items

Fair value hedges

    

  

    

75

    

  

    

  

    

  

Interest rate risk

 

  

 

(18)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deposits

 

  

 

(24)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Bonds

 

  

 

(61)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Repo

 

  

 

 1

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Loans of fixed-income securities

 

  

 

46

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Liquidity lines

 

  

 

12

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Securitisations

 

  

 

 8

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Risk of interest rate and exchange rate

 

  

 

95

 

 

 

  

 

  

Deposits

 

  

 

39

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Bonds

 

  

 

 8

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Securitisations

 

  

 

49

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

CLO

 

  

 

(1)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

Other Risks

 

  

 

(2)

 

 

 

  

 

  

Securitisations

 

  

 

(2)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

Cash flow hedges

 

200

 

 8

 

  

 

553

 

  

Risk of interest rate

 

193

 

(4)

 

  

 

39

 

  

Firm Commitment

 

(2)

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(24)

 

Interest margin

Deposits

 

50

 

(21)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(4)

 

Interest margin

Bonds

 

104

 

 2

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

17

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Loans secondary markets

 

85

 

16

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

47

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Liquidity lines

 

 2

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 3

 

Interest margin

Repo

 

(46)

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

Interest margin

Securitisations

 

 —

 

(1)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

 

Risk of Exchange rate

 

(20)

 

(688)

 

 

 

(457)

 

  

Deposits

 

(25)

 

(698)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(563)

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Asset bonds

 

(25)

 

43

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

89

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Repo

 

 —

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(3)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Loans secondary markets

 

 5

 

 4

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

48

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Securitisations

 

24

 

(37)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(36)

 

Interest margin /  Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

CLO

 

 1

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 8

 

Interest margin /  Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Risk of interest rate and exchange rate

 

45

 

700

 

 

 

967

 

 

Deposits

 

 1

 

743

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

778

 

Interest margin

Bonds

 

(4)

 

447

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

571

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Securitisations

 

48

 

(490)

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

(382)

 

Interest margin/ Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

Risk of inflation

 

11

 

 —

 

 

 

 4

 

  

Deposits

 

14

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 3

 

Interest margin

Asset bonds

 

(3)

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 1

 

Interest margin

Risk of equity

 

(8)

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

Highly probable planned transactions

 

(8)

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

  

Other risks

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

  

Bonds

 

(21)

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

  

Coverage of net investment abroad

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

 

 —

 

  

Risk of Exchange rate

 

 —

 

 —

 

  

 

 —

 

  

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

Gains or losses of financial assets/liabilities

 

 —

 

  

 

 

200

 

83

 

 

 

553

 

  

 

157

Table of Contents

The following table shows a reconciliation of each component of equity and an analysis of other comprehensive income in relation to hedge accounting:

 

 

 

 

    

Million of euros

 

 

2018

Balance at beginning of year

 

152

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

 

Risks of interest rate

 

193

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

(37)

Other reclassifications

 

230

Risks of exchange rate

 

(20)

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

457

Other reclassifications

 

(477)

Risks of interest rate and exchange rate

 

45

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

(967)

Other reclassifications

 

1,012

Risk of inflation

 

11

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

(4)

Other reclassifications

 

15

Risk of equity

 

(8)

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

(8)

Other risks

 

(21)

Amounts transferred to income statements

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

(21)

 

 

 

Minorities

 

(25)

Taxes

 

(50)

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

277

 

 

37.   Discontinued operations

No operations were discontinued in 2018, 2017 or 2016.

38.   Interest income

Interest and similar income in the consolidated income statement comprises the interest accruing in the year on all financial assets with an implicit or explicit return, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value; and the rectifications of income as a result of hedge accounting. Interest is recognised gross, without deducting any tax withheld at source.

The detail of the main interest and similar income items earned in 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Loans and advances, central banks

 

1,320

 

1,881

 

2,090

Loans and advances, credit institutions

 

1,555

 

1,840

 

2,388

Debt instruments

 

6,429

 

7,141

 

6,927

Loans and advances, customers

 

43,489

 

43,640

 

42,578

Other interest

 

1,532

 

1,539

 

1,173

 

 

54,325

 

56,041

 

55,156

 

Most of the interest and similar income was generated by the Group’s financial assets that are measured either at amortised cost or at fair value through Other comprehensive income.

39.   Interest expense

Interest expense and similar charges in the consolidated income statement includes the interest accruing in the year on all financial liabilities with an implicit or explicit return, including remuneration in kind, calculated by applying the effective interest method,

158

Table of Contents

irrespective of measurement at fair value; the rectifications of cost as a result of hedge accounting; and the interest cost attributable to provisions recorded for pensions.

The detail of the main items of interest expense and similar charges accrued in 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Central banks deposits

 

421

 

216

 

127

Credit institution deposits

 

2,597

 

2,045

 

1,988

Customer deposits

 

9,062

 

11,074

 

12,886

Debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities

 

6,073

 

6,651

 

7,767

Marketable debt securities

 

5,303

 

5,685

 

6,822

Subordinated liabilities (Note 23)

 

770

 

966

 

945

Provisions for pensions (Note 25)

 

186

 

198

 

201

Other interest

 

1,645

 

1,561

 

1,098

 

 

19,984

 

21,745

 

24,067

 

Most of the interest expense and similar charges was generated by the Group’s financial liabilities that are measured at amortised cost.

40.   Dividend income

Dividend income includes the dividends and payments on equity instruments out of profits generated by investees after the acquisition of the equity interest.

The detail of Income from dividends as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

Dividend income classified as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

241

 

234

 

217

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

23

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 —

 

150

 

196

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

106

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

370

 

384

 

413


(*)     See further detail regarding the impacts of the entry into force of IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

41.   Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method comprises the amount of profit or loss attributable to the Group generated during the year by associates and joint ventures.

The detail of Income from companies accounted for using the equity method is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

194

 

241

 

223

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

56

 

36

 

 —

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

45

 

15

 

Companhia de Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento RCI Brasil

 

21

 

19

 

12

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

 —

 

87

 

79

Other entities

 

421

 

306

 

130

 

 

737

 

704

 

444

 

 

42.   Commission income

Commission income comprises the amount of all fees and commissions accruing in favour of the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.

159

Table of Contents

The detail of Fee and commission income is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Coming from collection and payment services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bills

 

334

 

368

 

295

Demand accounts

 

1,371

 

1,490

 

1,191

Cards

 

3,514

 

3,515

 

2,972

Orders

 

475

 

449

 

431

Cheques and other

 

138

 

154

 

133

 

 

5,832

 

5,976

 

5,022

Coming from non-banking financial products:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment funds

 

1,024

 

751

 

696

Pension funds

 

124

 

92

 

86

Insurance

 

2,433

 

2,517

 

2,428

 

 

3,581

 

3,360

 

3,210

Coming from Securities services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities underwriting and placement

 

283

 

374

 

282

Securities trading

 

251

 

302

 

287

Administration and custody

 

458

 

359

 

297

Asset management

 

305

 

251

 

201

 

 

1,297

 

1,286

 

1,067

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

546

 

471

 

353

Financial guarantees

 

549

 

559

 

505

Commitment fees

 

291

 

283

 

286

Other fees and commissions

 

2,568

 

2,644

 

2,500

 

 

3,954

 

3,957

 

3,644

 

 

14,664

 

14,579

 

12,943

 

 

43.   Commission expense

Commission expense shows the amount of all fees and commissions paid or payable by the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.

The detail of Fee and commission expense is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Commissions assigned to third parties

 

1,972

 

1,831

 

1,639

Cards

 

1,358

 

1,391

 

1,217

By collection and return of effects

 

11

 

12

 

11

Other fees assigned

 

603

 

428

 

411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commissions paid

 

1,207

 

1,151

 

1,124

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

 

42

 

49

 

47

Sales of insurance and pension funds

 

232

 

205

 

204

Other fees and commissions

 

933

 

897

 

873

 

 

3,179

 

2,982

 

2,763

 

 

44.   Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities includes the amount of the Other comprehensive income of financial instruments, except those attributable to interest accrued as a result of application of the effective interest method and to allowances, and the gains or losses obtained from the sale and purchase thereof.

160

Table of Contents

a) Breakdown

The detail, by origin, of Gains/losses on financial assets and liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018 (*)

    

2017

    

2016

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net (IFRS9)

 

604

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

39

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

565

 

 —

 

 —

Of which: debt instruments

 

563

 

 —

 

 —

Of  which: equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net (IAS39)

 

 —

 

404

 

869

Of which financial assets available for sale

 

 

 

472

 

861

Of which: debt instruments

 

 

 

316

 

464

Of which: equity instruments

 

 —

 

156

 

397

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net (**)

 

1,515

 

1,252

 

2,456

Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

 

331

 

 —

 

 —

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net (**)

 

(57)

 

(85)

 

426

Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net

 

83

 

(11)

 

(23)

 

 

2,476

 

1,560

 

3,728


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  Includes the net result obtained by transactions with debt securities, equity instruments, derivatives and short positions included in this portfolio when the Group jointly manages its risk in these instruments.

 

As explained in Note 45, the above breakdown should be analysed in conjunction with the exchange differences, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Exchange differences, net

 

(679)

 

105

 

(1,627)

 

b) Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

The detail of the amount of the asset balances is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Loans and receivables:

 

56,323

 

40,875

 

40,390

Central banks

 

9,226

 

 —

 

 —

Credit institutions

 

23,099

 

11,585

 

13,290

Customers

 

23,998

 

29,290

 

27,100

Debt instruments

 

36,609

 

39,836

 

52,320

Equity instruments

 

12,198

 

22,286

 

15,043

Derivatives

 

55,939

 

57,243

 

72,043

 

 

161,069

 

160,240

 

179,796

 

The Group mitigates and reduces this exposure as follows:

-

With respect to derivatives, the Group has entered into framework agreements with a large number of credit institutions and customers for the netting-off of asset positions and the provision of collateral for non-payment.

At December 31, 2018 the actual credit risk exposure of the derivatives was EUR 33,289 million.

-

Loans and advances to credit institutions and Loans and advances to customers included reverse repos amounting to EUR 33,837 million at December 31, 2018.

161

Table of Contents

Also, mortgage-backed assets totalled EUR 1,334 million.

-

Debt instruments include EUR 27,720 million of Spanish and foreign government securities.

At December 31, 2018 the amount of the change in the year in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss attributable to variations in their credit risk (spread) was not material.

The detail of the amount of the liability balances is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Deposits

 

65,304

 

84,724

 

48,863

Central banks

 

14,816

 

9,142

 

10,463

Credit institutions

 

10,891

 

18,458

 

5,059

Customer

 

39,597

 

57,124

 

33,341

Marketable debt securities

 

2,305

 

3,056

 

2,791

Short positions

 

15,002

 

20,979

 

23,005

Derivatives

 

55,341

 

57,892

 

74,369

Other financial liabilities

 

449

 

589

 

 

 

138,401

 

167,240

 

149,028

 

At December 31, 2018, the amount of the change in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in their credit risk during the year is not material.

45.   Exchange differences, net

Exchange differences shows basically the gains or losses on currency dealings, the differences that arise on translations of monetary items in foreign currencies to the functional currency, and those disclosed on non-monetary assets in foreign currency at the time of their disposal.

The Group manages the currencies to which it is exposed together with the arrangement of derivative instruments and, accordingly, the changes in this line item should be analysed together with those recognised under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (see Note 44).

46.   Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and Other operating expenses in the consolidated income statements include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Insurance activity

 

51

 

57

 

63

Income from insurance and reinsurance contracts issued

 

3,175

 

2,546

 

1,900

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance premium income

 

3,011

 

2,350

 

1,709

Reinsurance income (Note 15)

 

164

 

196

 

191

Expenses of insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

(3,124)

 

(2,489)

 

(1,837)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims paid, other insurance-related expenses and net provisions for insurance contract liabilities

 

(2,883)

 

(2,249)

 

(1,574)

Reinsurance premiums paid

 

(241)

 

(240)

 

(263)

Other operating income

 

1,643

 

1,618

 

1,919

Non- financial services

 

367

 

472

 

698

Other operating income

 

1,276

 

1,146

 

1,221

Other operating expense

 

(2,000)

 

(1,966)

 

(1,977)

Non-financial services

 

(270)

 

(302)

 

(518)

Other operating expense:

 

(1,730)

 

(1,664)

 

(1,459)

Of which, credit institutions deposit guarantee fund and single resolution fund

 

(895)

 

(848)

 

(711)

 

 

(306)

 

(291)

 

 5

 

162

Table of Contents

Most of the Bank’s insurance activity is carried on in life insurance.

47.   Personnel expenses

a ) Breakdown

The detail of Personnel expenses is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Wages and salaries

 

8,824

 

8,879

 

8,133

Social Security costs

 

1,412

 

1,440

 

1,291

Additions to provisions for defined benefit pension plans (Note 25)

 

84

 

88

 

81

Contributions to defined contribution pension funds

 

287

 

271

 

266

Other Personnel expenses

 

1,258

 

1,369

 

1,233

 

 

11,865

 

12,047

 

11,004

 

b) Headcount

The average number of employees in the Group, by professional category, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of employees

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

The Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management (*)

 

22

 

64

 

76

Other line personnel

 

30,399

 

21,327

 

20,291

Clerical staff (**)

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,904

General services personnel (**)

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 

30,421

 

21,391

 

22,284

Rest of Spain

 

7,944

 

12,703

 

6,925

Santander UK plc

 

18,757

 

19,079

 

19,428

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

46,645

 

46,210

 

48,052

Other companies (***)

 

98,062

 

96,349

 

94,946

 

 

201,829

 

195,732

 

191,635


(*)    During 2018, categories of deputy assistant executive vice president and above were erased.

(**)  During 2017, clerical staff and general services personnel categories were erased considering all the staff in the aforementioned categories on the other line personnel category.

(***)  Does not include staff affected by discontinued operations.

The number of employees, at the end of 2018, 2017 and 2016, was 202,713,  202,251 and 188,492, respectively.

The functional breakdown (final employment), by gender, at December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functional breakdown by gender

 

 

Senior executives

 

Other executives

 

Other personnel

 

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

Continental Europe

 

913

 

260

 

6,735

 

3,711

 

26,173

 

32,759

Latin America and Others

 

523

 

100

 

6,427

 

4,256

 

40,729

 

54,952

United Kingdom

 

107

 

39

 

1,309

 

640

 

9,218

 

13,862

 

 

1,543

 

399

 

14,471

 

8,607

 

76,120

 

101,573

 

The same information, expressed in percentage terms at December 31, 2018, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functional breakdown by gender

 

 

 

Senior executives

 

Other executives

 

Other personnel

 

 

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

 

Continental Europe

 

78

%  

22

%  

64

%  

36

%  

44

%  

56

%

Latin America and Others

 

84

%  

16

%  

60

%  

40

%  

43

%  

57

%

United Kingdom

 

73

%  

27

%  

67

%  

33

%  

40

%  

60

%

 

 

79

%  

21

%  

63

%  

37

%  

43

%  

57

%

 

163

Table of Contents

The labour relations between employees and the various Group companies are governed by the related collective agreements or similar regulations.

The number of employees in the Group with disabilities, distributed by professional categories, at December 31, 2018, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Average number of employees (*)

 

 

2018

Senior management

 

 6

Other management

 

64

Other staff

 

3,366

 

 

3,436


(*)  An employee with disabilities is considered to be a person who is recognised by the State or the company in each jurisdiction where the Group operates and that entitles them to receive direct monetary assistance, or other types of aid such as, for example, reduction of their taxes. In the case of Spain, employees with disabilities have been considered to be those with a degree of disabilities greater than or equal to 33%. The amount does not include employees in the United States.

 

The number of Group employees with disabilities at 2017 and 2016, was 3,289 and 2,941, respectively, (not including the United States).

Likewise, the average number of employees of Banco Santander, S.A. with disabilities, equal to or greater than 33%, during 2018 was 241  (209 and 216 employees during 2017 and 2016). At the end of fiscal year 2018, there were 304 employees (211 and 213 employees at December 31, 2017 and 2016).

c) Share-based payments

The main share-based payments granted by the Group in force at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are described below.

i. Bank

The variable remuneration policy for the Bank’s executive directors and certain executive personnel of the Bank and of other Group companies includes Bank share-based payments, the implementation of which requires, in conformity with the law and the Bank’s Bylaws, specific resolutions to be adopted by the general meeting.

Were it necessary or advisable for legal, regulatory or other similar reasons, the delivery mechanisms described below may be adapted in specific cases without altering the maximum number of shares linked to the plan or the essential conditions to which the delivery thereof is subject. These adaptations may involve replacing the delivery of shares with the delivery of cash amounts of an equal value.

The plans that include share-based payments are as follows: (i) deferred conditional delivery share plan; (ii) deferred conditional variable remuneration plan, (iii) performance share plan and (iv) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives. The characteristics of the plans are set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred variable
remuneration systems

Description

Plan`s beneficiaries

Conditions

Calculation Base

(i) Deferred and conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

The purpose of this plan is to defer a portion of the variable remuneration of the beneficiaries over a period of three years for it to be paid in Santander shares.

Group executives or employees whose variable remuneration or annual bonus for 2013 exceeded, in general, EUR 0.3 million (gross)

In addition to that of the beneficiary remaining in the Group's employ, that none of the following circumstances should occur in the period prior to each deliveries:

 

(i)    Poor financial performance of the Group;

(ii)  breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks;

(iii)    material restatement of the Group's consolidated financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or

(iv) Significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile.

The amount in shares is calculated based on the tranches of the following scale:

 

-      300 thousand euros or less 0% deferred

-      300 to 600 thousand euros 20% deferred

-      More than 600 thousand euros 30% deferred.

 

Deferral period: 3 years.

 

164

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred variable
remuneration systems

Description

Plan`s beneficiaries

Conditions

Calculation Base

(ii) Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018)

The purpose of these cycles is to defer a portion of the variable remuneration of the beneficiaries over a period of three years for the third (2013), fourth (2014), sixth (2016) cycles, and over three or five years for the fifth (2015), seventh (2017) and eight (2018) cycles, for it to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares; the other portion of the variable remuneration is also to be paid in cash and Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below.

Executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) and employees who assume risk, who perform control functions or receive an overall remuneration which puts them on the same remuneration level as senior executives and employees who assume risks (Fifth, fourth and third cycle)

 

In the case of the seventh, sixth and eight cycle, the beneficiaries are Material Risk Takers (Identified staff) that are not beneficiaries of the Deferred Multiyear Objectives Variable Remuneration Plan.

For the third, fourth, fifth and sixth cycles (2013 to 2016), the accrual of deferred compensation is conditioned, in addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group's employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations upon none of the following circumstances existing during the period prior to each of the deliveries, pursuant to the provisions set forth in each case in the plan regulations:

 

(i)    Poor financial performance of the Group;

(ii)  breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks;

(iii) material restatement of the Group's consolidated financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or

(iv)  Significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile

 

In the case of the seventh and eight cycles (2017 and 2018), the accrual of deferred compensation is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan's regulations, to no assumptions in which there is a poor performance of the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area of the entity or of the exposures generated by the personnel, and at least the following factors must be considered:

 

(i)    significant failures in risk management committed by the entity , or by a business unit or risk control unit;

(ii)  the increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures;

(iii) Regulatory sanctions or judicial sentences for events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity; and 

(iv) Irregular behaviours, whether individual or collective, considering in particular the negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and the responsibilities of the persons or bodies that made those decisions.

 

Paid half in cash and half in shares

Third cycle (2013), 3 years deferral:

-      Executive directors: 40% and 60% immediate and deferred payments, respectively.

-      Division directors and other executives of the Group with a similar profile: 50% and 50% immediate and deferred payments, respectively.

-      Other Executives part of the Identified Staff: 40% and 60%, immediate and deferred payments, respectively.

 

Fourth and fifth cycles (2014 and 2015, respectively):

-      Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration higher than 2.6 million euros: 40% paid immediately and 60% deferred over 5 years (3 years in fourth cycle).

-       Division managers, country heads, other executives of the Group with a similar profile and members of the Identified Staff  with total variable remuneration between 1.7 million euros (1.8 million in fourth cycle) and 2.6 million euros: 50% paid immediately and 50% deferred over5 years (3 years in fourth cycle)

 

-      Other beneficiaries: 60% paid immediately and 40% deferred over 3 years.

 

Sixth cycle (2016):

-      60% of bonus will be paid immediately and 40% deferred over a three year period.

 

Seventh and eight cycle (2017 and 2018):

-      Executive Directors and members of identified staff  with target total variable remuneration higher or equal to 2.7 million euros: 40% paid immediately and 60% deferred over 5 years

-      Executive Directors and members of identified staff  with total Variable remuneration between 1.7 million euros and 2.7 million euros: 50% paid immediately and 50% paid over 5 years

-      Other beneficiaries: 60% paid immediately and 40% deferred over 3 years.

 

 

165

Table of Contents

Deferred variable
remuneration systems

Description

Plan`s beneficiaries

Conditions

Calculation Base

(iii) Performance share plan (2014 and 2015)

The purpose is to instrument a portion of the variable remuneration of the executive directors and other members of the Identified Staff, consisting of a long-term incentive (ILP) in shares based on the Bank's performance over a multiannual period. In addition, the second cycle (2015) also applies to other Bank employees not included in the Identified Staff or Material Risk Takers, in respect of whom it is deemed appropriate that the potential delivery of Bank shares be included in their remuneration package in order to better align the employee's interests with those of the Bank.

Executive Directors and senior managers

 

Other Material Risk Takers or Identified Staff

 

Other beneficiaries in the case only of the second cycle.

In addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group's employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations, the delivery of shares to be paid on the ILP payment date based on compliance with the related multiannual target is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing during the period prior to each of the:

 

(i)    Poor financial performance of the Group;

(ii)  breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks;

(iii) material restatement of the Group's consolidated financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or

(iv) significant changes in the Group's economic capital or risk profile

 

For the second cycle (2015), based on the maximum benchmark value (20%), at the proposal of the remuneration committee, the Board of Directors will set the maximum number of shares, the value in euros of which is called the "Agreed-upon Amount of the ILP", taking into account (i) the Group's earnings per share (EPS) and (ii) the Group's return on tangible equity (RoTE) for 2015 with respect to those budgeted for the year.

First cycle (2014):

 

- Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a group of 15 comparable institutions (the “peer group”) in the periods 2014-2015; 2014-2016; and 2014-2017

 

Second cycle (2015),  the basis of calculation is the fulfilment of the following objectives:

- Relative performance of the earning per share growth (EPS) growth of the Santander Group for the 2015-2017 period compared to a peer group of 17 credit institutions.

- ROTE of the Santander Group for financial year 2017

- Employee satisfaction, measured by whether or not the corresponding Group company is included in the "Top 3" of the best banks to work for.

- number of principal markets in which Santander is in the Top 3 of the best banks on the customer satisfaction index in 2017

- retail loyal clients

- SME and corporate loyal clients

 

 

166

Table of Contents

Deferred variable
remuneration systems

Description

Plan`s beneficiaries

Conditions

Calculation Base

(iv) Deferred Multiyear Objectives Variable Remuneration Plan (2016, 2017 and 2018)

The aim is simplifying the remuneration structure, improving the ex ante risk adjustment and increasing the impact of the long-term objectives on the Group's most relevant roles.

 

 

The purpose of these cycles is to defer a portion of the variable remuneration of the beneficiaries over a period of three or five years, for it to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares; the other portion of the variable remuneration is also to be paid in cash and Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below. The accrual of the last third of the deferral (in the case of 3 years deferral) of the last three fifths (in the case of 5 years deferral) is also subject to long-term objectives.

Executive directors, senior management and certain executives of the most relevant roles in the Group.

In 2016 (first cycle), the accrual is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan's regulations that none of The following circumstances during the period prior to each of the deliveries in the terms set forth in each case in the plan's regulations:

 

(i)     Poor performance of the Group;

(ii)  breach by the beneficiary of the internal regulations, including in particular that relating to risks;

(iii) material restatement of the Group's consolidated financial statements, except when appropriate under a change in accounting regulations; Or

(iv) Significant changes in the Group's economic capital or risk profile.

 

In 2017 and 2018 (second and third cycles), the accrual is conditioned, in addition to the beneficiary permanence in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan's regulations, to the non-occurrence of instances of poor financial performance from the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area thereof or of the exposures generated by the personnel, at least the following factors must be considered:

 

(i)   Significant failures in risk management committed by the entity, or by a business unit or risk control unit;

(ii)  the increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures;

(iii)  Regulatory sanctions or court rulings for events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity; and

(iv) Irregular behaviours, whether individual or collective, considering in particular negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and responsibilities of persons or bodies that made those decisions.

First cycle (2016):

 

-        Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration higher than or equal to 2.7 million euros: 40% paid immediately and 60% deferred over a 5 year period.

-        Senior managers, country heads of countries representing at least 1% of the Group´s capital and other members of the identified staff whose total variable remuneration is between 1.7 million and 2.7 million euros: 50% paid immediately and 50% deferred over a 5 year period.

-       Other beneficiaries: 60% paid immediately and 40% deferred over a 3 year period.

The second and third cycles (2017 and 2018, respectively) are under the same deferral rules, save for the variable remuneration considered is target and not the actual award.

 

In 2016 the metrics for the deferred portion subject to long-term objectives are:

-        Earnings per share (EPS) growth in 2018 over 2015.

-        Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a group of credit institutions.

-        Compliance with the fully-loaded common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio target for financial year 2018.

-        Compliance with Santander Group’s underlying return on risk-weighted assets (“RoRWA”) growth target for financial year 2018 compared to financial year 2015.

 

In 2017 (second cycle) and 2018 (third cycle) the metrics for the deferred portion subject to long-term objectives are:

-        EPS growth in 2019 over 2016 and in 2020 over 2017, for each respective cycle

-        Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a group of 17 credit institutions.in the periods 2017-2019 and 2018.-2019, respectively.

 

-        Compliance with the fully-loaded common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio target for financial years 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

 

167

Table of Contents

Deferred variable
remuneration systems

Description

Plan`s beneficiaries

Conditions

Calculation Base

 

 

 

Paid half in cash and half in shares.

 

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated by taking into account the weighted average daily volume of weighted average prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluding) on the date on which the board decides the bonus for the Executive directors of the Bank.

 

 

ii. Santander UK plc

The long-term incentive plans on shares of the Bank granted by management of Santander UK plc to its employees are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Exercise

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Date of

    

Date of

 

 

Number of

 

price in

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

commencement

 

expiry of

 

 

shares (in

 

pounds

 

Year

 

Employee

 

persons

 

of exercise

 

exercise

 

 

thousand)

 

sterling (*)

 

granted

 

group

 

(**)

 

period

 

period

Plans outstanding at 01/01/16

 

24,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

17,296

 

4.91

 

2016

 

Employments

 

7,024

 

11/01/16

 

11/01/19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/01/16

 

11/01/21

Options exercised

 

(338)

 

3.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(12,804)

 

3.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 12/31/16

 

28,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

3,916

 

4.02

 

2017

 

Employments

 

4,260

 

11/01/17

 

11/01/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/01/17

 

11/01/22

Options exercised

 

(1,918)

 

3.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(3,713)

 

3.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 12/31/17

 

27,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

6,210

 

3.46

 

2018

 

Employments

 

4,880

 

11/01/18

 

11/01/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/01/18

 

11/01/23

Options exercised

 

(3,340)

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(3,233)

 

3.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 12/31/18

 

26,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)     At  December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was EUR 1.11790 GBP 1; EUR 1.12710 GBP 1, EUR 1.16798 GBP 1 and EUR 1.36249 GBP 1, respectively.

(**)   Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.

In 2008 the Group launched a voluntary savings scheme for Santander UK employees (Sharesave Scheme) whereby employees who join the scheme in 2016, 2017 and 2018 see deducted between GBP 5 and GBP 500 from their net monthly pay over a period of three or five years. When this period has ended, the employees may use the amount saved to exercise options on shares of the Bank at an exercise price calculated by reducing by up to 20% the average purchase and sale prices of the Bank shares in the three trading sessions prior to the approval of the scheme by the UK tax authorities (HMRC). This approval must be received within 21 to 41 days following the publication of the Group’s results for the first half of the year. This scheme was approved by the Board of Directors, at the proposal of the appointments and remuneration committee, and, since it involved the delivery of Bank shares, its application was authorized by the Annual General Meeting held on June 21, 2008. Also, the scheme was authorized by the UK tax authorities (HMRC) and commenced in September 2008. In subsequent years, at the Annual General Meetings held on June 19, 2009, June 11, 2010, June 17, 2011, March 28, 2012, March 22, 2013, March 28, 2014, March 27, 2015, March 18, 2016, April 7, 2017, and March 23, 2018, respectively, the shareholders approved the application of schemes previously approved by the board and with similar features to the scheme approved in 2008.

168

Table of Contents

iii. Fair value

The fair value of the performance share plans was calculated as follows:

a)    Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multi-year objectives 2016, 2017 and 2018:

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of the plan based on the valuation report of an independent expert, Willis Towers Watson. According to the design of the plan for 2016, 2017 and 2018 and the levels of achievement of similar plans in comparable entities, the expert concludes that the reasonable range for estimating the initial achievement ratio is around 60% - 80%. It has been considered that the fair value is 70% of the maximum.

b)    2015 Performance share plan:

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of this plan relying in part upon the report of an independent expert. On the basis of the design of the plan for 2015 and the levels of achievement of similar plans at comparable entities, the expert concluded that the reasonable range for estimating the initial achievement coefficient was approximately 60% to 80% and, accordingly, the fair value was considered to be 70% of the maximum. Therefore, as the maximum level was determined as being 91.50%, the fair value is 64.05% of the maximum amount.

c)    Performance share plans 2014:

-

It was assumed that the beneficiaries will not leave the Group’s employ during the term of each plan.

-

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of the Bank’s relative TSR position relying in part upon the report of an independent expert whose assessment was carried out using a Monte Carlo valuation model to perform 10,000 simulations to determine the TSR of each of the companies in the benchmark group, taking into account the variables set forth below. The results (each of which represents the delivery of a number of shares) are classified in decreasing order by calculating the weighted average and discounting the amount at the risk-free interest rate.

 

 

 

 

 

    

PI14

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

51.35

%

Annual dividend yield based on last few years

 

6.06

%

Risk-free interest rate (Treasury Bond yield (zero coupon) over the period of the plan)

 

4.073

%


(*)    Calculated on the basis of historical volatility over the corresponding period (three years).

 

The application of the simulation model resulted in a percentage value of 55.39% for Plan l-14. Since this valuation refers to a market condition, it cannot be adjusted after the grant date.

d)    Santander UK Sharesave plans:

The fair value of each option granted by Santander UK was estimated at the grant date using a European/American Partial Differential Equation model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.27% 1.40%

 

0.89% 1.08

%  

0.31% 0.41

%

Dividend increase

 

5.6% 6.12%

 

5.48% 5.51

%  

5.92% 6.21

%

Implied volatility of underlying shares based on expected life of the options

 

23.99% 24.17%

 

26.16% 26.31

%  

31.39% 32.00

%

Expected life of options granted

 

3 and 5 years

 

3 and 5 years

 

3 and 5 years

 

 

 

169

Table of Contents

48.   Other general administrative expenses

a) Breakdown

The detail of Other general administrative expenses is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Property, fixtures and supplies

 

1,968

 

1,931

 

1,853

Technology and systems

 

1,550

 

1,257

 

1,095

Technical reports

 

707

 

759

 

768

Advertising

 

646

 

757

 

691

Taxes other than income tax

 

557

 

583

 

484

Communications

 

527

 

529

 

499

Surveillance and cash courier services

 

405

 

443

 

389

Per diems and travel expenses

 

225

 

217

 

232

Insurance premiums

 

76

 

78

 

69

Other administrative expenses

 

1,828

 

1,799

 

1,653

 

 

8,489

 

8,353

 

7,733

 

b) Technical reports and other

Technical reports includes the fees paid by the various Group companies (detailed in the accompanying Appendices) for the services provided by their respective auditors, the detail being as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Audit fees

 

90.0

 

88.1

 

73.7

Audit-related fees

 

6.5

 

6.7

 

7.2

Tax fees

 

0.9

 

1.3

 

0.9

All other fees

 

3.4

 

3.1

 

3.6

Total

 

100.8

 

99.2

 

85.4

 

The Audit fees heading includes audit fees for the Banco Santander, S.A. individual and consolidated financial statements, as the case may be, of the companies forming part of the Group, the integrated audits prepared for the annual report filling in the Form 20-F required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for those entities currently required to do so, the internal control audit (SOX) for those required entities, the audit of the consolidated financial statements as of 30 June and limited quarterly consolidated reviews for the Brazilian regulator as of March 31, June 30 and September 30 and the regulatory reports required by the auditor corresponding to the different locations of the Santander Group.

The main concepts included in Audit-related fees correspond to aspects such as the issuance of Comfort letters, or other reviews required by different regulations in relation to aspects such as, for example, Securitization.

The services commissioned from the Group's auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by the Audit Law, the US SEC rules and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB), applicable to the Group, and they did not involve in any case the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.

Lastly, the Group commissioned services from audit firms other than PwC amounting to EUR 173.9 million in 2018 (2017: EUR 115.6 million; 2016: EUR 127.9 million, respectively).

The "Audit Fees" caption includes the fees corresponding to the audit for the year, regardless of the date on which the audit was completed. In the event of subsequent adjustments, which will not be significant in any case, and for purposes of comparison, they are presented in this note in the year to which the audit relates. The rest of the services are presented according to the date of their approval by the Audit Committee.

170

Table of Contents

c)   Number of branches

The number of offices at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

Number of branches

    

2018

    

2017

Spain

 

4,427

 

4,546

Group

 

8,790

 

9,151

 

 

13,217

 

13,697

 

 

49.   Gains or losses on non financial assets, net

The detail of Gains/ (losses) on disposal of assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale is as follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Gains:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets

 

124

 

134

 

131

Investments

 

 2

 

443

 

30

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allfunds Bank, S.A. (Note 3)

 

 —

 

425

 

 

 

126

 

577

 

161

Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets

 

(92)

 

(43)

 

(116)

Investments

 

(6)

 

(12)

 

(15)

 

 

(98)

 

(55)

 

(131)

 

 

28

 

522

 

30

 

 

50.   Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

The detail of Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

Net balance

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets

 

(123)

 

(195)

 

(141)

Impairment (Note 12)

 

(259)

 

(306)

 

(212)

Gain (loss) on sale (Note 12)

 

136

 

111

 

71

Other gains and other losses

 

 —

 

(8)

 

 

 

(123)

 

(203)

 

(141)

 

 

171

Table of Contents

51.   Other disclosures

a) Residual maturity periods and average interest rates

The detail, by maturity, of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018 (*)

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

Average

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

    

interest

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand

 

113,663

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

113,663

 

0.61

%

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1,886

 

6,023

 

3,329

 

12,873

 

19,432

 

10,705

 

64,172

 

118,420

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

487

 

6,022

 

3,328

 

12,830

 

19,415

 

10,661

 

64,076

 

116,819

 

3.13

%

Loans and advances

 

1,399

 

 1

 

 1

 

43

 

17

 

44

 

96

 

1,601

 

 

 

Customers

 

1,399

 

 1

 

 1

 

43

 

17

 

44

 

96

 

1,601

 

1.41

%

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

46,247

 

56,818

 

71,627

 

102,036

 

134,697

 

107,921

 

426,753

 

946,099

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

16

 

1,534

 

1,319

 

6,646

 

2,474

 

1,783

 

23,924

 

37,696

 

3.33

%

Loans and advances

 

46,231

 

55,284

 

70,308

 

95,390

 

132,223

 

106,138

 

402,829

 

908,403

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 —

 

23

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

15,574

 

15,601

 

4.63

%

Credits institutions

 

10,092

 

5,389

 

6,711

 

6,003

 

5,314

 

947

 

1,024

 

35,480

 

1.66

%

Customers

 

36,139

 

49,872

 

63,597

 

89,383

 

126,909

 

105,191

 

386,231

 

857,322

 

4.97

%

 

 

161,796

 

62,841

 

74,956

 

114,909

 

154,129

 

118,626

 

490,925

 

1,178,182

 

4.20

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

545,284

 

87,782

 

93,293

 

127,522

 

182,670

 

56,927

 

78,152

 

1,171,630

 

 —

 

Deposits

 

536,134

 

74,440

 

67,406

 

91,958

 

107,459

 

18,833

 

6,871

 

903,101

 

 

 

Central banks

 

304

 

2,130

 

2,629

 

507

 

64,433

 

2,520

 

 —

 

72,523

 

0.39

%

Credit institutions

 

15,341

 

13,413

 

24,724

 

16,384

 

8,759

 

6,412

 

4,646

 

89,679

 

2.19

%

Customer deposits

 

520,489

 

58,897

 

40,053

 

75,067

 

34,267

 

9,901

 

2,225

 

740,899

 

1.19

%

Marketable debt securities (**)

 

237

 

11,347

 

18,817

 

33,536

 

71,805

 

37,919

 

70,653

 

244,314

 

2.59

%

Other financial liabilities

 

8,913

 

1,995

 

7,070

 

2,028

 

3,406

 

175

 

628

 

24,215

 

 

 

 

 

545,284

 

87,782

 

93,293

 

127,522

 

182,670

 

56,927

 

78,152

 

1,171,630

 

1.48

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(383,488)

 

(24,941)

 

(18,337)

 

(12,613)

 

(28,541)

 

61,699

 

412,773

 

6,552

 

 —

 


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)  Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

172

Table of Contents

The Group’s net borrowing position with the ECB was EUR 11,882 million at December 31, 2018, mainly because in last period the Group borrowed funds under the ECB's targeted longer-term refinancing operations (LTRO, TLTRO) programme. (See note 20).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

Average

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

    

interest

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

 

110,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,995

 

0.53

%

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

326

 

2,467

 

1,646

 

11,497

 

22,447

 

11,164

 

78,934

 

128,481

 

 —

 

Debt instruments

 

326

 

2,467

 

1,646

 

11,497

 

22,447

 

11,164

 

78,934

 

128,481

 

4.34

%

Loans and receivables

 

57,000

 

58,686

 

53,218

 

96,689

 

119,541

 

112,786

 

405,093

 

903,013

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

249

 

1,381

 

997

 

2,073

 

2,317

 

1,656

 

8,870

 

17,543

 

3.06

%

Loans and advances

 

56,751

 

57,305

 

52,221

 

94,616

 

117,224

 

111,130

 

396,223

 

885,470

 

 —

 

Central banks

 

 

3,948

 

1,446

 

4,811

 

 

 —

 

16,073

 

26,278

 

5.10

%

Credits institutions

 

18,242

 

4,198

 

3,445

 

5,708

 

5,694

 

939

 

1,341

 

39,567

 

1.26

%

Customers

 

38,509

 

49,159

 

47,330

 

84,097

 

111,530

 

110,191

 

378,809

 

819,625

 

5.44

%

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

1,902

 

122

 

294

 

11,173

 

13,491

 

1.52

%

 

 

168,321

 

61,153

 

54,864

 

110,088

 

142,110

 

124,244

 

495,200

 

1,155,980

 

4.61

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

537,604

 

75,161

 

87,939

 

130,672

 

136,487

 

83,542

 

74,664

 

1,126,069

 

 —

 

Deposits

 

527,499

 

59,325

 

66,667

 

100,658

 

81,169

 

39,719

 

8,283

 

883,320

 

 

 

Central banks

 

450

 

2,015

 

681

 

2,715

 

42,988

 

22,565

 

 

71,414

 

0.24

%

Credit institutions

 

20,870

 

15,263

 

13,350

 

25,406

 

6,501

 

5,247

 

4,663

 

91,300

 

2.40

%

Customer deposits

 

506,179

 

42,047

 

52,636

 

72,537

 

31,680

 

11,907

 

3,620

 

720,606

 

2.00

%

Marketable debt securities (*)

 

105

 

11,927

 

11,638

 

29,286

 

54,202

 

43,395

 

64,357

 

214,910

 

2.56

%

Other financial liabilities

 

10,000

 

3,909

 

9,634

 

728

 

1,116

 

428

 

2,024

 

27,839

 

 —

 

 

 

537,604

 

75,161

 

87,939

 

130,672

 

136,487

 

83,542

 

74,664

 

1,126,069

 

1.98

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(369,283)

 

(14,008)

 

(33,075)

 

(20,584)

 

5,623

 

40,702

 

420,536

 

29,911

 

 —

 


(*)    Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

173

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

    

Average

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

interest rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

 

76,454

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

76,454

 

0.98

%

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

200

 

5,986

 

2,007

 

5,442

 

23,574

 

13,900

 

60,178

 

111,287

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

200

 

5,986

 

2,007

 

5,442

 

23,574

 

13,900

 

60,178

 

111,287

 

4.33

%

Loans and receivables

 

52,512

 

48,420

 

56,725

 

85,521

 

113,387

 

93,816

 

389,623

 

840,004

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

248

 

1,628

 

708

 

2,246

 

2,125

 

1,918

 

4,364

 

13,237

 

6.31

%

Loans and advances

 

52,264

 

46,792

 

56,017

 

83,275

 

111,262

 

91,898

 

385,259

 

826,767

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 —

 

941

 

11,499

 

1,117

 

 

23

 

14,393

 

27,973

 

6.54

%

Credits institutions

 

16,632

 

4,938

 

2,210

 

2,220

 

4,435

 

1,268

 

3,721

 

35,424

 

1.96

%

Customers

 

35,632

 

40,913

 

42,308

 

79,938

 

106,827

 

90,607

 

367,145

 

763,370

 

5.79

%

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

123

 

2,075

 

342

 

11,928

 

14,468

 

1.70

%

 

 

129,166

 

54,406

 

58,732

 

91,086

 

139,036

 

108,058

 

461,729

 

1,042,213

 

5.12

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

480,075

 

95,583

 

67,282

 

125,774

 

115,591

 

69,467

 

90,468

 

1,044,240

 

 

 

Deposits

 

471,494

 

79,446

 

42,583

 

86,006

 

69,775

 

34,505

 

7,837

 

791,646

 

 

 

Central banks

 

422

 

2,007

 

633

 

101

 

20,027

 

20,922

 

 —

 

44,112

 

0.26 

%

Credit institutions

 

16,649

 

16,357

 

10,603

 

23,313

 

13,540

 

5,560

 

3,742

 

89,764

 

3.97 

%

Customer deposits

 

454,423

 

61,082

 

31,347

 

62,592

 

36,208

 

8,023

 

4,095

 

657,770

 

2.25 

%

Marketable debt securities (*)

 

642

 

12,861

 

14,225

 

39,465

 

43,985

 

34,520

 

80,380

 

226,078

 

3.68 

%

Other financial liabilities

 

7,939

 

3,276

 

10,474

 

303

 

1,831

 

442

 

2,251

 

26,516

 

 

 

 

 

480,075

 

95,583

 

67,282

 

125,774

 

115,591

 

69,467

 

90,468

 

1,044,240

 

2.57 

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(350,909)

 

(41,177)

 

(8,550)

 

(34,688)

 

23,445

 

38,591

 

371,261

 

(2,027)

 

 

 


(*)     Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

The detail of the undiscounted contractual maturities of the existing financial liabilities at amortised cost at December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018 (*)

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

532,915

 

74,320

 

67,169

 

91,766

 

106,935

 

18,439

 

6,540

 

898,084

Central banks

 

304

 

2,126

 

2,624

 

896

 

64,424

 

2,520

 

 —

 

72,894

Credit institutions

 

15,257

 

13,413

 

24,698

 

16,288

 

8,552

 

6,085

 

4,427

 

88,720

Customer

 

517,354

 

58,781

 

39,847

 

74,582

 

33,959

 

9,834

 

2,113

 

736,470

Marketable debt securities

 

296

 

11,243

 

17,359

 

33,443

 

71,431

 

37,409

 

69,352

 

240,533

Other financial liabilities

 

8,913

 

1,995

 

7,070

 

2,028

 

3,406

 

175

 

628

 

24,215

 

 

542,124

 

87,558

 

91,598

 

127,237

 

181,772

 

56,023

 

76,520

 

1,162,832


(*)     See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

174

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

526,059

 

57,490

 

89,249

 

99,780

 

64,977

 

32,365

 

8,157

 

878,077

Central banks

 

451

 

2,018

 

23,801

 

2,719

 

27,138

 

15,385

 

 —

 

71,512

Credit institutions

 

20,378

 

14,903

 

13,035

 

24,807

 

6,348

 

5,123

 

4,553

 

89,147

Customer

 

505,230

 

40,569

 

52,413

 

72,254

 

31,491

 

11,857

 

3,604

 

717,418

Marketable debt securities

 

1,486

 

11,735

 

11,387

 

28,412

 

52,989

 

42,888

 

63,648

 

212,545

Other financial liabilities

 

10,001

 

3,908

 

9,634

 

728

 

1,116

 

428

 

2,024

 

27,839

 

 

537,546

 

73,133

 

110,270

 

128,920

 

119,082

 

75,681

 

73,829

 

1,118,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

467,529

 

95,231

 

49,246

 

68,830

 

66,255

 

34,781

 

7,765

 

789,637

Central banks

 

422

 

2,006

 

633

 

101

 

20,021

 

20,916

 

 —

 

44,099

Credit institutions

 

16,676

 

15,789

 

15,500

 

20,057

 

12,364

 

5,517

 

3,736

 

89,639

Customer

 

450,431

 

77,436

 

33,113

 

48,672

 

33,870

 

8,348

 

4,029

 

655,899

Marketable debt securities

 

623

 

13,582

 

12,705

 

38,119

 

42,201

 

34,022

 

78,094

 

219,346

Other financial liabilities

 

7,939

 

3,645

 

10,097

 

305

 

1,837

 

442

 

2,251

 

26,516

 

 

476,091

 

112,458

 

72,048

 

107,254

 

110,293

 

69,245

 

88,110

 

1,035,499

 

175

Table of Contents

Below is a breakdown of contractual maturities for the rest of financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Million of euros at December 31, 2018 (*)

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Financial assets held for trading

 

4,512

 

3,564

 

6,793

 

22,084

 

19,350

 

36,576

 

92,879

Derivatives

 

2,691

 

3,165

 

899

 

15,189

 

14,098

 

19,897

 

55,939

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

8,938

 

8,938

Debt instruments

 

1,821

 

399

 

5,894

 

6,895

 

5,252

 

7,539

 

27,800

Loans and advances

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

202

 

202

Credits institutions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

202

 

202

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

21,598

 

13,045

 

5,625

 

5,215

 

4,065

 

7,912

 

57,460

Debt instruments

 

604

 

 7

 

304

 

727

 

348

 

1,232

 

3,222

Loans and advances

 

20,994

 

13,038

 

5,321

 

4,488

 

3,717

 

6,680

 

54,238

Central banks

 

1,211

 

5,433

 

2,582

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

9,226

Credit institutions

 

14,587

 

4,131

 

778

 

1,327

 

579

 

1,695

 

23,097

Customers

 

5,196

 

3,474

 

1,961

 

3,161

 

3,138

 

4,985

 

21,915

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,215

 

346

 

17

 

125

 

 2

 

7,025

 

10,730

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

3,260

 

3,260

Debt instruments

 

1,876

 

20

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

3,689

 

5,587

Loans and advances

 

1,339

 

326

 

17

 

125

 

 —

 

76

 

1,883

Central banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credits institutions

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

Customers

 

1,337

 

326

 

17

 

125

 

 —

 

76

 

1,881

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,671

 

2,671

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,671

 

2,671

Hedging derivatives

 

609

 

166

 

474

 

2,167

 

957

 

4,234

 

8,607

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

106

 

 7

 

20

 

28

 

59

 

868

 

1,088

TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

30,040

 

17,128

 

12,929

 

29,619

 

24,433

 

59,286

 

173,435


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

176

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Million of euros at December 31, 2018 (*)

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

10,473

 

3,351

 

1,104

 

16,123

 

16,457

 

22,835

 

70,343

Derivatives

 

2,897

 

2,874

 

822

 

14,323

 

14,956

 

19,469

 

55,341

Shorts positions

 

7,576

 

477

 

282

 

1,800

 

1,501

 

3,366

 

15,002

Deposits

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Central banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credits institutions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Customers

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Marketable debt securities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

29,574

 

7,017

 

864

 

1,497

 

999

 

28,107

 

68,058

Deposits

 

29,522

 

6,947

 

627

 

531

 

455

 

27,222

 

65,304

Central banks

 

9,804

 

4,940

 

72

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

14,816

Credits institutions

 

8,809

 

949

 

271

 

188

 

229

 

445

 

10,891

Customers

 

10,909

 

1,058

 

284

 

343

 

226

 

26,777

 

39,597

Marketable debt securities

 

13

 

70

 

237

 

556

 

544

 

885

 

2,305

Other financial liabilities

 

39

 

 —

 

 —

 

410

 

 —

 

 —

 

449

Hedging derivatives

 

485

 

144

 

321

 

362

 

651

 

4,400

 

6,363

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

 3

 

 5

 

23

 

64

 

60

 

148

 

303

TOTAL FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

40,535

 

10,517

 

2,312

 

18,046

 

18,167

 

55,490

 

145,067


(*)     See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Million of euros at December 31, 2018 (*)

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

Memorandum items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans commitment granted

 

71,860

 

12,436

 

22,749

 

35,632

 

43,205

 

32,201

 

218,083

Financial guarantees granted

 

2,100

 

1,737

 

4,437

 

1,728

 

1,029

 

692

 

11,723

Other commitments granted

 

58,431

 

1,486

 

6,174

 

2,650

 

3,503

 

2,145

 

74,389

MEMORANDUM ITEMS

 

132,391

 

15,659

 

33,360

 

40,010

 

47,737

 

35,038

 

304,195


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

 

In the Group’s experience, no outflows of cash or other financial assets take place prior to the contractual maturity date that might affect the information broken down above.

177

Table of Contents

b) Equivalent euro value of assets and liabilities

The detail of the main foreign currency balances in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the related items, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equivalent value in million of euros

 

 

2018 (*)

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

 

61,372

 

 —

 

67,025

 

 —

 

60,423

 

Financial assets/liabilities held for trading

 

56,217

 

40,989

 

82,004

 

76,459

 

100,083

 

70,958 

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

8,231

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

32,244

 

35,997

 

7,322

 

21,766

 

6,965

 

16,667

Financial assets/liabilities available-for-sale

 

 —

 

 —

 

65,691

 

 —

 

68,370

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

67,926

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

598,629

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Loans and receivables

 

 —

 

 —

 

553,301

 

 —

 

571,829

 

Investments held-to-maturity

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,490

 

 —

 

12,272

 

Investments

 

1,189

 

 —

 

1,121

 

 —

 

1,308

 

Tangible assets

 

19,903

 

 —

 

15,971

 

 —

 

16,957

 

Intangible assets

 

23,016

 

 —

 

23,499

 

 —

 

26,338

 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

 —

 

694,362

 

 

638,680

 

 

678,542

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 —

 

29

 

 

58

 

 

61

Other

 

24,506

 

20,567

 

23,695

 

20,989

 

27,961

 

23,169

 

 

893,233

 

791,944

 

851,119

 

757,952

 

892,506

 

789,397


(*)    See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

c) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The financial assets owned by the Group are measured at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, except for cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand, loans and advances at amortised cost (IFRS9) and the loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably and derivatives that have these instruments as their underlyings and are settled by delivery thereof (IAS39).

Similarly, the Group’s financial liabilities -except for financial liabilities held for trading, those measured at fair value and derivatives other than those having as their underlying equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably- are measured at amortised cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:

i)

Financial assets measured at other than fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

Assets

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Loans and advances

 

908,403

 

914,013

 

 —

 

88,091

 

825,922

 

885,470

 

895,645

 

 

141,839

 

753,806

 

826,767

 

833,819

 

 

127,224

 

706,595

Debt instruments

 

37,696

 

38,095

 

20,898

 

11,246

 

5,951

 

31,034

 

31,094

 

10,994

 

13,688

 

6,412

 

27,705

 

27,417

 

11,529

 

11,678

 

4,210

 

 

946,099

 

952,108

 

20,898

 

99,337

 

831,873

 

916,504

 

926,739

 

10,994

 

155,527

 

760,218

 

854,472

 

861,236

 

11,529

 

138,902

 

710,805

 

ii)

Financial liabilities measured at other than fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Liabilities

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Deposits

 

903,101

 

902,680

 

 —

 

302,414

 

600,266

 

883,320

 

883,880

 

 —

 

177,147

 

706,733

 

791,646

 

792,172

 

 

90,271

 

701,901

 

Debt instruments and other financial liabilities

 

268,529

 

271,226

 

72,945

 

143,153

 

55,128

 

242,749

 

248,891

 

52,896

 

139,301

 

56,694

 

252,594

 

255,758

 

43,306

 

186,356

 

26,096

 

 

 

1,171,630

 

1,173,906

 

72,945

 

445,567

 

655,394

 

1,126,069

 

1,132,771

 

52,896

 

316,448

 

763,427

 

1,044,240

 

1,047,930

 

43,306

 

276,627

 

727,997

 

 

178

Table of Contents

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimates at December 31, 2018 of the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities in the foregoing table were as follows:

·

Loans and receivables: the fair value was estimated using the present value method. The estimates were made considering factors such as the expected maturity of the portfolio, market interest rates, spreads on newly approved transactions or market spreads -when available-.

·

Held-to-maturity investments: the fair value was calculated based on market prices for these instruments.

·

Financial liabilities at amortised cost:

i)

Deposits: the fair value of short term deposits was taken to be their carrying amount. Factors such as the expected maturity of the transactions and the Group’s current cost of funding in similar transactions are consider for the estimation of long term deposits fair value. It had been used also current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

ii)

Marketable debt securities and subordinated liabilities: the fair value was calculated based on market prices for these instruments -when available- or by the present value method using market interest rates and spreads, as well as using any significant input which is not observable with market data if applicable.

The fair value of cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand was taken to be their carrying amount since they are mainly short-term balances.

In addition, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, equity instruments amounting to EUR 1,211 million and EUR 1,349 million, respectively, (See note 2.d) recognised as Financial assets available-for-sale (IAS39) were measured at cost in the consolidated balance sheet because it was not possible to estimate their fair value reliably, since they related to investments in entities not listed on organised markets and, consequently, the non-observable inputs were significant.

d) Exposure of the Group to Europe’s peripheral countries

The detail at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, by type of financial instrument, of the Group’s sovereign risk exposure to Europe’s peripheral countries and of the short positions held with them, taking into consideration the criteria established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) (See note 54) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2018 (**)

 

 

Million of euros (*)

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

MtM Derivatives (****)

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

Non-trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

Financial

 

financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

assets at fair

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

value through

 

mandatorily

 

Financial

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

other

 

at fair value

 

assets at

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

comprehensive

 

through

 

amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

 

 

Indirect risk

 

  

or loss

  

positions

  

income

  

profit or loss

  

cost

  

(***)

  

exposure

  

Direct risk

  

(CDS)s

Spain

 

3,601

 

(2,458)

 

27,078

 

 —

 

7,804

 

13,615

 

49,640

 

407

 

 —

Portugal

 

72

 

(115)

 

4,794

 

 —

 

277

 

3,725

 

8,753

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

477

 

(681)

 

 —

 

 —

 

385

 

80

 

261

 

87

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —


(*)          See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt instruments on insurance companies balance sheets amounting to EUR 13,364 million (of which EUR 11,529 million, EUR 1,415 million, EUR 418 million   and EUR 2 million relate to Spain, Portugal, Italy and Ireland, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,622 million (of which EUR 4,870 million, EUR 366 million and EUR 386 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(***)     Presented without taking into account the valuation adjustments recognised (EUR 34 million).

(****)  “Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

179

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2017 (*)

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

Held-to-

 

advances to

 

direct

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

available

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

customers

 

exposure

 

Other than

 

 

 

   

or loss

   

positions

   

for sale

   

receivables

   

investments

   

(**)

   

(****)

   

CDSs

   

CDSs

Spain

 

6,940

 

(2,012)

 

37,748

 

1,585

 

1,906

 

16,470

 

62,637

 

(21)

 

 —

Portugal

 

208

 

(155)

 

5,220

 

232

 

 3

 

3,309

 

8,817

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

1,962

 

(483)

 

4,613

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

6,108

 

(5)

 

 5


(*)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt securities on insurance companies' balance sheets amounting to EUR 11,673 million (of which EUR 10,079 million, EUR 1,163 million and EUR 431 million relate to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 3,596 million (EUR 3,010 million, EUR 146 million and EUR 440 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(**)      Presented without taking into account the Other comprehensive income recognised (EUR 31 million).

(***)    “Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

(****)  EUR 19,601 million were included within the direct exposures of the balance sheet mainly from debt securities of Grupo Banco Popular.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

    

Financial

    

 

    

 

    

Loans and

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

Held-to-

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

available-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

or loss

    

positions

    

for-sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

(**)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

8,943

 

(4,086)

 

23,415

 

1,516

 

1,978

 

14,127

 

45,893

 

(176)

 

 —

Portugal

 

154

 

(212)

 

5,982

 

214

 

 4

 

930

 

7,072

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

2,211

 

(758)

 

492

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

 

1,952

 

(2)

 

 2


(*)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt securities on insurance companies’ balance sheets amounting to EUR 10,502 million (of which EUR 9,456 million, EUR 717 million and EUR 329 million relate to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to EUR 5,449 million (EUR 5,349 million, EUR 91 million and EUR 9 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy,  respectively).

(**)      Presented without taking into account the Other comprehensive income recognised (EUR 27 million).

(***)   Other than CDSs refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. CDSs refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

The detail of the Group's other exposure to other counterparties (private sector, central banks and other public entities that are not considered to be sovereign risks) in the aforementioned countries at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2018 (****)

 

 

Million of euros (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

fair value through

 

Non-trading financial

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

financial assets

 

other

 

assets mandatorily at fair

 

Financial assets

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

designated at

 

comprehensive

 

value through profit or

 

at amortised

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

banks

    

agreements

    

FVTPL

    

income

    

loss

    

cost

    

(**)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

42,655

 

8,117

 

412

 

1,760

 

320

 

2,662

 

202,149

 

258,075

 

3,880

 

(6)

Portugal

 

1,369

 

 —

 

11

 

90

 

 —

 

3,821

 

33,596

 

38,887

 

1,132

 

 —

Italy

 

51

 

6,296

 

84

 

635

 

 —

 

 —

 

10,830

 

17,896

 

253

 

 —

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

80

 

80

 

28

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

 

1,093

 

16

 

25

 

10,633

 

11,788

 

127

 

 —


(*)        See reconciliation of IAS39 as of December 31, 2017 to IFRS9 as of January 1, 2018 (Note 1.b).

(**)      Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 76,691 million, EUR 8,158 million, EUR 5,193 million, EUR 200 million and EUR 850 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(***)    Presented without taking into account valuation adjustments or impairment corrections (EUR 9,385 million).

180

Table of Contents

(****)  “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2017 (*)

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Financial assets

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

fair value

 

assets

 

 

 

Investments

 

advances to

 

direct

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

through profit

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

held-to-

 

customers

 

exposure

 

Other than

 

 

 

 

banks

 

agreements

 

or loss

 

sale

 

receivables

 

maturity

 

(*)

 

(****)

 

CDSs

 

CDSs

Spain

 

36,091

 

6,932

 

623

 

4,784

 

2,880

 

 —

 

210,976

 

262,286

 

2,299

 

 2

Portugal

 

761

 

178

 

160

 

764

 

4,007

 

106

 

35,650

 

41,626

 

1,416

 

 —

Italy

 

17

 

2,416

 

438

 

1,010

 

 —

 

 —

 

10,015

 

13,896

 

211

 

 5

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

56

 

56

 

30

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

20

 

476

 

584

 

 —

 

1,981

 

3,061

 

79

 

 —


(*)       Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 81,072 million, EUR 8,936 million, EUR 4,310 million, EUR 200 million and EUR 714 million, of which Grupo Banco Popular EUR 15,460 million, to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)      Presented excluding Other comprehensive income and impairment losses recognised (EUR 10,653 million of which around EUR 3,986 of Grupo Banco Popular).

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

(****)  EUR 83,625 million were included within the direct exposures of the balance sheet mainly from debt securities of Grupo Banco Popular.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Financial assets

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

fair value

 

assets

 

 

 

Investments

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

through profit

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

held-to-

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

 

banks

 

agreements

 

or loss

 

sale

 

receivables

 

maturity

 

(*)

 

exposure

 

CDSs

 

CDSs

Spain

 

9,640

 

8,550

 

1,223

 

4,663

 

711

 

 —

 

147,246

 

172,033

 

2,977

 

(16)

Portugal

 

655

 

 —

 

84

 

426

 

3,936

 

240

 

28,809

 

34,150

 

1,600

 

 —

Italy

 

26

 

 —

 

818

 

732

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,992

 

8,568

 

161

 

 6

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

47

 

47

 

34

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

45

 

396

 

77

 

 —

 

985

 

1,503

 

690

 

 —


(*)        Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to EUR 64,522 million, EUR 6,993 million, EUR 3,364 million, EUR 268 million and EUR 369 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)      Presented excluding Other comprehensive income and impairment losses recognised (EUR 8,692 million).

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

Following is certain information on the notional amount of the CDSs at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 detailed in the foregoing tables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

151

 

382

 

(231)

 

(2)

 

(4)

 

(6)

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

26

 

26

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

265

 

(265)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

205

 

75

 

130

 

(5)

 

 5

 

 —

 

 

181

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

324

 

499

 

(175)

 

(3)

 

 5

 

 2

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

25

 

128

 

(103)

 

(1)

 

 1

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 1

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

25

 

450

 

(425)

 

 —

 

 5

 

 5

 

 

Other

 

225

 

201

 

24

 

(3)

 

 8

 

 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/16

Million of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

534

 

751

 

(217)

 

(3)

 

(13)

 

(16)

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

28

 

290

 

(262)

 

 1

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 —

 

 6

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

78

 

503

 

(425)

 

 —

 

 2

 

 2

 

 

Other

 

317

 

362

 

(45)

 

(1)

 

 7

 

 6

 

 

52.   Primary and secondary segment reporting

The segment reporting is based on financial information presented to the chief operating decision maker, which excludes certain items included in the statutory results that distort year-on-year comparisons and are not considered for management reporting purposes. This financial information (“underlying basis”) is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of certain gains and losses (e.g.: capital gains, write-downs, etc.). These gains and losses are items that management and investors ordinarily identify and consider separately to understand better the underlying trends in the business.

The Group has aligned the information in this operating segment Note in a manner consistent with the underlying information used internally for management reporting purposes and with that presented throughout the Group’s other public documents.

The Group executive committee has been determined to be the chief operating decision maker for the Group. The Group’s operating segments reflect its organisational and management structures. The Group executive committee reviews the Group’s internal reporting based around these segments in order to assess performance and allocate resources.

The segments are differentiated by the geographical area where profits are earned and by type of business. The financial information of each reportable segment is prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various geographic areas and business units.

Our results are affected by the change in our reported segments resulting from new criteria to measure our segments’ profit or loss and from the new composition of our segments starting with the financial information for the first half 2019 to reflect our current reporting structure. The main changes, which have been applied to all segment information for all periods included in the consolidated financial statements, are the following:

Primary segments

 

1.

Creation of the new geographic segment Europe that includes the existing units under the previous Continental Europe segment (Spain, Portugal, Poland and Santander Consumer Finance) plus the UK (that was previously a segment on its own and is now a unit under the segment Europe).

 

2.

Creation of the new geographic segment North America that comprises the existing units under the previous US segment plus Mexico.

 

3.

Creation of the new geographic segment South America that comprises the existing units under the previous Latin America segment except for Mexico.

 

4.

Creation of a new reporting unit segment, Santander Global Platform, which includes our global digital services under a single unit:

 

-

Our fully digital native bank Openbank and Open Digital Services.

182

Table of Contents

-

Global Payments Services: payments platform to better serve our customers with value propositions developed globally, including Superdigital, Pago FX and our recently launched global businesses (Global Merchant Services and Global Trade Services).

-

Digital Assets: common digital assets and Centres of Digital Expertise which help our banks in their digital transformation.

Secondary segments

 

5.

Real Estate Activity Spain, that was previously a segment reported on its own, is now included in Retail Banking.

 

6.

The insurance business, previously included in Retail Banking, is now included in the Wealth Management segment, which was renamed Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

7.

The new Digital segment is also incorporated as a secondary segment.

 

8.

Finally, the change in reported segments also includes adjustments of the clients of the Global Customer Relationship Model between Retail Banking and Santander Corporate & Investment Banking and between Retail Banking and Wealth Management & Insurance.

 

a) Primary segments

This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group's management structure, comprises five reportable segments: four operating areas plus the corporate centre. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are: Europe, South America, North America and Santander Global Platform.

The Europe area encompasses all the business activities carried on in the region, including the business activities carried on by the various Group units and branches with a presence in the UK. The South America area includes all the financial activities carried on by the Group through its banks and subsidiaries in the region. The North America area includes all the financial activities carried on by the Group through its banks and subsidiaries in Mexico and the United States; activities in the US include the holding company (SHUSA) and the businesses of Santander Bank, National Association, Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc., Banco Santander Puerto Rico, Banco Santander International's specialised unit and the New York branch. Finally, the Santander Global Platform segment consolidates all global digital initiatives. The Group has considered the aggregation criteria of IFRS8 for purposes of identifying these reportable segments.

The corporate centre segment includes the centralised management business relating to financial investments, financial management of the structural currency position, within the remit of the Group's corporate asset and liability management committee, and management of liquidity and equity through issues.

With regard to the balance sheet, due to the required segregation of the various business units (included in a single consolidated balance sheet), the amounts lent and borrowed between the units are shown as increases in the assets and liabilities of each business. These amounts relating to intra-Group liquidity are eliminated and are shown in the Intra-Group eliminations column in the table below in order to reconcile the amounts contributed by each business unit to the consolidated Group's balance sheet.

There are no customers located in any of the areas that generate income exceeding 10% of Total income.

183

Table of Contents

The condensed balance sheets and income statements of the various primary segments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

  

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

Intra-Group

   

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

1,020,737

 

237,480

 

200,919

 

8,781

 

170,614

 

(179,260)

 

1,459,271

Loans and advances to customers

 

639,966

 

119,912

 

116,196

 

337

 

6,509

 

 1

 

882,921

Cash, balances at central banks and credit institutions and other deposits on demand

 

172,298

 

48,318

 

28,845

 

8,168

 

39,840

 

(100,400)

 

197,069

Debt instruments

 

118,221

 

45,224

 

27,302

 

 —

 

377

 

 —

 

191,124

Other financial assets (*)

 

49,263

 

9,311

 

9,974

 

146

 

2,113

 

 1

 

70,808

Other asset accounts (**)

 

40,989

 

14,715

 

18,602

 

130

 

121,775

 

(78,862)

 

117,349

Total Liabilities

 

966,727

 

215,605

 

179,046

 

8,492

 

82,439

 

(100,399)

 

1,351,910

Customer deposits

 

571,834

 

108,248

 

91,895

 

8,284

 

235

 

 —

 

780,496

Central banks and credit institutions

 

192,685

 

38,584

 

26,048

 

111

 

30,879

 

(100,398)

 

187,909

Marketable debt securities

 

129,574

 

31,504

 

43,758

 

 —

 

41,783

 

 —

 

246,619

Other financial liabilities (***)

 

53,687

 

28,570

 

11,379

 

38

 

1,334

 

(1)

 

95,007

Other liabilities accounts (****)

 

18,947

 

8,699

 

5,966

 

59

 

8,208

 

 —

 

41,879

Total Equity

 

54,010

 

21,875

 

21,873

 

289

 

88,175

 

(78,861)

 

107,361

Other customer funds under management

 

76,524

 

68,172

 

12,785

 

367

 

 7

 

 —

 

157,855

Investment funds

 

55,239

 

61,515

 

10,436

 

367

 

 7

 

 —

 

127,564

Pension funds

 

11,062

 

 —

 

98

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,160

Assets under management

 

10,223

 

6,657

 

2,251

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

19,131

Other non-managed marketed Customer funds

 

28,555

 

128

 

13,528

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

42,211


(*)        Including Trading derivatives and Equity instruments.

(**)      Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Non-current assets held for sale, Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts, tangible assets, intangible assets, tax assets, other assets and non-current assets held for sale.

(***)    Including Trading derivatives, Short positions and Other financial liabilities.

(****)  Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts, provisions, tax liabilities, other liabilities and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2017

 

   

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

Intra-Group

   

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

1,023,053

 

235,144

 

172,591

 

7,372

 

157,126

 

(150,981)

 

1,444,305

Loans and advances to customers

 

623,604

 

121,467

 

98,424

 

92

 

5,326

 

 2

 

848,915

Cash, balances at central banks and credit institutions and other deposits on demand

 

155,203

 

46,131

 

23,256

 

7,128

 

25,897

 

(69,190)

 

188,425

Debt instruments

 

125,848

 

44,148

 

27,519

 

68

 

1,768

 

 —

 

199,351

Other financial assets (*)

 

64,608

 

8,599

 

8,996

 

 —

 

2,116

 

 —

 

84,319

Other asset accounts (**)

 

53,790

 

14,799

 

14,396

 

84

 

122,019

 

(81,793)

 

123,295

Total Liabilities

 

966,064

 

211,148

 

152,455

 

7,135

 

69,860

 

(69,190)

 

1,337,472

Customer deposits

 

576,072

 

112,874

 

81,581

 

6,981

 

222

 

 —

 

777,730

Central banks and credit institutions

 

179,057

 

31,366

 

24,131

 

63

 

24,887

 

(69,190)

 

190,314

Marketable debt securities

 

122,325

 

29,267

 

31,344

 

 —

 

35,030

 

 —

 

217,966

Other financial liabilities (***)

 

67,041

 

28,403

 

10,183

 

44

 

1,628

 

 —

 

107,299

Other liabilities accounts (****)

 

21,569

 

9,238

 

5,216

 

47

 

8,093

 

 —

 

44,163

Total Equity

 

56,989

 

23,996

 

20,136

 

237

 

87,266

 

(81,791)

 

106,833

Other customer funds under management

 

82,287

 

70,811

 

12,790

 

686

 

 —

 

 —

 

166,574

Investment funds

 

60,254

 

64,514

 

10,371

 

610

 

 —

 

 —

 

135,749

Pension funds

 

11,490

 

 —

 

 —

 

76

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,566

Assets under management

 

10,543

 

6,297

 

2,419

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

19,259

Other non-managed marketed Customer funds

 

27,790

 

47

 

13,561

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

41,398


(*)        Including Trading derivatives and Equity instruments.

(**)      Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Non-current assets held for sale, Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts, tangible assets, intangible assets, tax assets, other assets and non-current assets held for sale.

(***)    Including Trading derivatives, Short positions and Other financial liabilities.

(****)  Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts, provisions, tax liabilities, other liabilities and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

 

184

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

   

2016

 

   

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

Intra-Group

   

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

867,345

 

255,656

 

202,502

 

6,074

 

140,207

 

(132,659)

 

1,339,125

Loans and advances to customers

 

548,422

 

124,872

 

112,703

 

40

 

4,433

 

 —

 

790,470

Cash, balances at central banks and credit institutions and other deposits on demand

 

105,789

 

54,038

 

30,334

 

5,940

 

11,163

 

(54,123)

 

153,141

Debt instruments

 

108,616

 

49,191

 

32,063

 

68

 

1,374

 

 —

 

191,312

Other financial assets (*)

 

67,508

 

10,974

 

11,287

 

 —

 

2,804

 

 —

 

92,573

Other asset accounts (**)

 

37,010

 

16,581

 

16,115

 

26

 

120,433

 

(78,536)

 

111,629

Total Liabilities

 

817,675

 

231,197

 

180,997

 

5,841

 

55,009

 

(54,293)

 

1,236,426

Customer deposits

 

476,238

 

114,837

 

93,369

 

5,808

 

859

 

 —

 

691,111

Central banks and credit institutions

 

125,701

 

36,316

 

33,533

 

(27)

 

8,168

 

(54,293)

 

149,398

Marketable debt securities

 

124,172

 

42,043

 

31,733

 

 —

 

30,921

 

 —

 

228,869

Other financial liabilities (***)

 

76,928

 

28,747

 

15,555

 

26

 

2,634

 

 —

 

123,890

Other liabilities accounts (****)

 

14,636

 

9,254

 

6,807

 

34

 

12,427

 

 —

 

43,158

Total Equity

 

49,670

 

24,459

 

21,505

 

233

 

85,198

 

(78,366)

 

102,699

Other customer funds under management

 

73,950

 

70,792

 

14,070

 

448

 

 —

 

 —

 

159,260

Investment funds

 

54,296

 

64,312

 

10,943

 

379

 

 —

 

 —

 

129,930

Pension funds

 

11,229

 

 —

 

 —

 

69

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,298

Assets under management

 

8,425

 

6,480

 

3,127

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18,032

Other non-managed marketed Customer funds

 

7,790

 

448

 

14,999

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

23,247


(*)        Including Trading derivatives and Equity instruments.

(**)      Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Non-current assets held for sale, Assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts, tangible assets, intangible assets, tax assets, other assets and non-current assets held for sale.

(***)    Including Trading derivatives, Short positions and Other financial liabilities.

(****)  Including Hedging derivatives, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk, Liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts, provisions, tax liabilities, other liabilities and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

 

185

Table of Contents

The condensed income statements for the primary segments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

   

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

14,204

 

12,891

 

8,154

 

79

 

(987)

 

34,341

Net fee income

 

5,434

 

4,497

 

1,615

 

 7

 

(68)

 

11,485

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

1,114

 

498

 

173

 

 —

 

12

 

1,797

Other operating income (**)

 

505

 

(212)

 

534

 

(12)

 

(14)

 

801

Total income

 

21,257

 

17,674

 

10,476

 

74

 

(1,057)

 

48,424

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(11,166)

 

(6,557)

 

(4,488)

 

(142)

 

(426)

 

(22,779)

Net operating income (***)

 

10,091

 

11,117

 

5,988

 

(68)

 

(1,483)

 

25,645

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(1,572)

 

(3,737)

 

(3,449)

 

 —

 

(115)

 

(8,873)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,027)

 

(663)

 

(202)

 

(2)

 

(101)

 

(1,995)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

7,492

 

6,717

 

2,337

 

(70)

 

(1,699)

 

14,777

Tax on profit

 

(2,020)

 

(2,642)

 

(599)

 

17

 

14

 

(5,230)

Profit from continuing operations

 

5,472

 

4,075

 

1,738

 

(53)

 

(1,685)

 

9,547

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

5,472

 

4,075

 

1,738

 

(53)

 

(1,685)

 

9,547

Non-controlling interests

 

424

 

624

 

434

 

 1

 

 —

 

1,483

Attributable profit to the parent

 

5,048

 

3,451

 

1,304

 

(54)

 

(1,685)

 

8,064


(*)          Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)      Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)    Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 113 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****)  Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release EUR 113 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

   

2017

 

   

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

13,529

 

13,383

 

8,170

 

63

 

(849)

 

34,296

Net fee income

 

5,163

 

4,744

 

1,721

 

 7

 

(38)

 

11,597

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

907

 

863

 

159

 

 —

 

(225)

 

1,704

Other operating income (**)

 

463

 

69

 

370

 

(11)

 

(94)

 

797

Total income

 

20,062

 

19,059

 

10,420

 

59

 

(1,206)

 

48,394

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(10,454)

 

(7,339)

 

(4,580)

 

(67)

 

(477)

 

(22,917)

Net operating income (***)

 

9,608

 

11,720

 

5,840

 

(8)

 

(1,683)

 

25,477

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(1,313)

 

(4,067)

 

(3,685)

 

 —

 

(46)

 

(9,111)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,207)

 

(1,290)

 

(129)

 

(6)

 

(181)

 

(2,813)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

7,088

 

6,363

 

2,026

 

(14)

 

(1,910)

 

13,553

Tax on profit

 

(1,980)

 

(2,156)

 

(486)

 

 2

 

32

 

(4,588)

Profit from continuing operations

 

5,108

 

4,207

 

1,540

 

(12)

 

(1,878)

 

8,965

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

5,108

 

4,207

 

1,540

 

(12)

 

(1,878)

 

8,965

Non-controlling interests

 

408

 

620

 

422

 

 —

 

(1)

 

1,449

Attributable profit to the parent

 

4,700

 

3,587

 

1,118

 

(12)

 

(1,877)

 

7,516


(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)      Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

186

Table of Contents

(****)   Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 50 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****) Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of EUR 50 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2016

 

   

Europe

   

South

   

North

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

 

 

America

 

America

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

12,501

 

10,961

 

8,302

 

64

 

(739)

 

31,089

Net fee income

 

4,523

 

3,869

 

1,813

 

 6

 

(31)

 

10,180

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

1,134

 

658

 

171

 

 2

 

(242)

 

1,723

Other operating income (**)

 

383

 

74

 

449

 

(7)

 

(37)

 

862

Total income

 

18,541

 

15,562

 

10,735

 

65

 

(1,049)

 

43,854

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(9,703)

 

(6,417)

 

(4,473)

 

(43)

 

(451)

 

(21,087)

Net operating income (***)

 

8,838

 

9,145

 

6,262

 

22

 

(1,500)

 

22,767

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(1,431)

 

(4,079)

 

(4,010)

 

 —

 

 2

 

(9,518)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(973)

 

(755)

 

(149)

 

(7)

 

(76)

 

(1,960)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

6,434

 

4,311

 

2,103

 

15

 

(1,574)

 

11,289

Tax on profit

 

(1,815)

 

(1,116)

 

(602)

 

(5)

 

142

 

(3,396)

Profit from continuing operations

 

4,619

 

3,195

 

1,501

 

10

 

(1,432)

 

7,893

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

4,619

 

3,195

 

1,501

 

10

 

(1,432)

 

7,893

Non-controlling interests

 

366

 

438

 

477

 

 —

 

(9)

 

1,272

Attributable profit to the parent

 

4,253

 

2,757

 

1,024

 

10

 

(1,423)

 

6,621


(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)     Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)    Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 108 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****)  Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of EUR 108 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

b) Secondary segments

At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Retail Banking, Santander Corporate and Investment Banking, Wealth Management & Insurance and Santander Global Platform; the sum of these segments is equal to that of the primary operating areas and total figures for the Group are obtained by adding the data for the corporate centre.

Considering the aforementioned information, the secondary segments are now conformed as follows:

Retail Banking: This covers all customer banking businesses, including consumer finance, except those of corporate banking, which are managed through the SCIB, and asset management, insurance and private banking, which are managed by Wealth Management & Insurance. The results of the hedging positions in each country are also included, conducted within the sphere of each one’s Assets and Liabilities Committee.

Santander Corporate and Investment Banking (SCIB): This business reflects the revenues from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including treasuries managed globally (always after the appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as the equities business.

Wealth Management & Insurance: Includes the asset management business (Santander Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.), the insurance business, the corporate unit of Private Banking and International Private Banking in Miami and Switzerland.

187

Table of Contents

Finally, the Santander Global Platform segment consolidates in a single unit all global digital initiatives.

Although the Santander Global Platform and the Wealth Management & Insurance business segments do not meet the quantitative thresholds defined in IFRS8, such segments are considered reportable by the Group and separately disclosed because the Group management believes that information about these segments is useful to users of the financial statements.

There are no customers in any of the secondary segments that generate income exceeding 10% of Total income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

  

 

  

Corporate &

  

Wealth

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Retail

 

Investment

 

Management

 

Santander

 

Corporate

 

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

& Insurance

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

32,261

 

2,461

 

527

 

79

 

(987)

 

34,341

Net fee income

 

8,870

 

1,534

 

1,142

 

 7

 

(68)

 

11,485

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

756

 

898

 

131

 

 —

 

12

 

1,797

Other operating income (**)

 

344

 

184

 

299

 

(12)

 

(14)

 

801

Total income

 

42,231

 

5,077

 

2,099

 

74

 

(1,057)

 

48,424

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(19,237)

 

(2,101)

 

(873)

 

(142)

 

(426)

 

(22,779)

Net operating income (***)

 

22,994

 

2,976

 

1,226

 

(68)

 

(1,483)

 

25,645

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(8,549)

 

(199)

 

(10)

 

 —

 

(115)

 

(8,873)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,791)

 

(97)

 

(4)

 

(2)

 

(101)

 

(1,995)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

12,654

 

2,680

 

1,212

 

(70)

 

(1,699)

 

14,777

Tax on profit

 

(4,144)

 

(832)

 

(285)

 

17

 

14

 

(5,230)

Profit from continuing operations

 

8,510

 

1,848

 

927

 

(53)

 

(1,685)

 

9,547

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

8,510

 

1,848

 

927

 

(53)

 

(1,685)

 

9,547

Non-controlling interests

 

1,272

 

157

 

52

 

 1

 

 1

 

1,483

Attributable profit to the parent

 

7,238

 

1,691

 

875

 

(54)

 

(1,686)

 

8,064


The condensed income statements are as follows:

 

(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)        Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)      Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)    Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 113 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks included in the line provisions or reversal of provisions, net of the statutory income statement.

(*****)  Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of EUR 113 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Million of euros

 

 

2017

 

  

 

  

Corporate &

  

Wealth

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Retail

   

Investment

   

Management

   

Santander

   

Corporate

   

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

Banking

   

Banking

   

& Insurance

   

Global Platform

   

centre

   

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

32,169

 

2,442

 

471

 

63

 

(849)

 

34,296

Net fee income

 

9,295

 

1,621

 

712

 

 7

 

(38)

 

11,597

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

685

 

1,207

 

37

 

 —

 

(225)

 

1,704

Other operating income (**)

 

255

 

221

 

426

 

(11)

 

(94)

 

797

Total income

 

42,404

 

5,491

 

1,646

 

59

 

(1,206)

 

48,394

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(19,752)

 

(2,028)

 

(593)

 

(67)

 

(477)

 

(22,917)

Net operating income (***)

 

22,652

 

3,463

 

1,053

 

(8)

 

(1,683)

 

25,477

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(8,374)

 

(682)

 

(9)

 

 —

 

(46)

 

(9,111)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(2,535)

 

(80)

 

(11)

 

(6)

 

(181)

 

(2,813)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

11,743

 

2,701

 

1,033

 

(14)

 

(1,910)

 

13,553

Tax on profit

 

(3,688)

 

(747)

 

(187)

 

 2

 

32

 

(4,588)

Profit from continuing operations

 

8,055

 

1,954

 

846

 

(12)

 

(1,878)

 

8,965

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

8,055

 

1,954

 

846

 

(12)

 

(1,878)

 

8,965

Non-controlling interests

 

1,218

 

182

 

50

 

 —

 

(1)

 

1,449

Attributable profit to the parent

 

6,837

 

1,772

 

796

 

(12)

 

(1,877)

 

7,516


188

Table of Contents

(*)          Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)      Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)    Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 50 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks included in the line provisions or reversal of provisions, net of the statutory income statement.

(*****) Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of EUR 50 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Million of euros

 

 

2016

 

  

 

  

Corporate &

  

Wealth

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Retail

 

Investment

 

Management

 

Santander

 

Corporate

 

 

(Condensed) Underlying income statement

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

& Insurance

 

Global Platform

 

centre

 

Total

Interest income/ (charges)

 

28,792

 

2,517

 

455

 

64

 

(739)

 

31,089

Net fee income

 

8,213

 

1,404

 

588

 

 6

 

(31)

 

10,180

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

660

 

1,248

 

55

 

 2

 

(242)

 

1,723

Other operating income (**)

 

241

 

305

 

360

 

(7)

 

(37)

 

862

Total income

 

37,906

 

5,474

 

1,458

 

65

 

(1,049)

 

43,854

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(18,158)

 

(1,917)

 

(518)

 

(43)

 

(451)

 

(21,087)

Net operating income (***)

 

19,748

 

3,557

 

940

 

22

 

(1,500)

 

22,767

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(8,841)

 

(658)

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 2

 

(9,518)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,788)

 

(84)

 

(5)

 

(7)

 

(76)

 

(1,960)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

9,119

 

2,815

 

914

 

15

 

(1,574)

 

11,289

Tax on profit

 

(2,568)

 

(781)

 

(184)

 

(5)

 

142

 

(3,396)

Profit from continuing operations

 

6,551

 

2,034

 

730

 

10

 

(1,432)

 

7,893

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Consolidated profit

 

6,551

 

2,034

 

730

 

10

 

(1,432)

 

7,893

Non-controlling interests

 

1,073

 

174

 

34

 

 —

 

(9)

 

1,272

Attributable profit to the parent

 

5,478

 

1,860

 

696

 

10

 

(1,423)

 

6,621


(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)     Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)   Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 108 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks included in the line provisions or reversal of provisions, net of the statutory income statement.

(*****)  Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of EUR 108 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

c) Reconciliations of reportable segment results

The tables below reconcile the underlying basis results to the statutory results for each of the periods presented as required by IFRS8. For the purposes of these reconciliations, all material reconciling items are separately identified and described.

189

Table of Contents

The Group’s assets and liabilities for management reporting purposes do not differ from the statutory reported figures and therefore are not reconciled.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

    

Underlying

    

 

    

Statutory

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

 

results

 

Adjustments

 

results

Interest income/ (charges)

 

34,341

 

 —

 

34,341

Net fee income

 

11,485

 

 —

 

11,485

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

1,797

 

 —

 

1,797

Other operating income (**)

 

801

 

 —

 

801

Total income

 

48,424

 

 —

 

48,424

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(22,779)

 

 —

 

(22,779)

Net operating income (***)

 

25,645

 

 —

 

25,645

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(8,873)

 

 —

 

(8,873)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,995)

 

(576)

 

(2,571)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

14,777

 

(576)

 

14,201

Tax on profit

 

(5,230)

 

344

 

(4,886)

Consolidated profit

 

9,547

 

(232)

 

9,315

Non-controlling interests

 

1,483

 

22

 

1,505

Attributable profit to the parent

 

8,064

 

(254)

 

7,810


(*)          Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)     Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)   Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 113 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****) Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except for a release of 113 million euros mainly corresponding to results from commitments and contingent risks, Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

Explanation of adjustments:

 

-

Restructuring costs: The net impact of EUR -300 million on Profit attributable to the Parent, relates to restructuring costs in connection with the integration of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U., as follows EUR -280 million in Spain, EUR -40 million in corporate centre and EUR 20 million in Portugal. The corresponding gross impacts are reflected on the “Other gains (losses) and provisions” line above.

190

Table of Contents

-

Negative goodwill in Poland: The negative goodwill of EUR 45 million, relates to the acquisition of the banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2017

 

    

Underlying

    

 

    

Statutory

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

 

results 

 

Adjustments

 

results

Interest income/ (charges)

 

34,296

 

 —

 

34,296

Net fee income

 

11,597

 

 —

 

11,597

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

1,704

 

(39)

 

1,665

Other operating income  (**)

 

797

 

 —

 

797

Total income

 

48,394

 

(39)

 

48,355

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(22,917)

 

(76)

 

(22,993)

Net operating income (***)

 

25,477

 

(115)

 

25,362

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(9,111)

 

(98)

 

(9,209)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(2,813)

 

(1,249)

 

(4,062)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

13,553

 

(1,462)

 

12,091

Tax on profit

 

(4,588)

 

704

 

(3,884)

Consolidated profit

 

8,965

 

(758)

 

8,207

Non-controlling interests

 

1,449

 

139

 

1,588

Attributable profit  to the parent

 

7,516

 

(897)

 

6,619


(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)     Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)    Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 50 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****) Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except for a release of 50 million euros mainly corresponding to results from commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

Explanation of adjustments

 

-

Allfunds Bank, S.A. sale: corresponds to the sale by the Bank and its partners of 100% of Allfunds Bank, S.A. capital, obtaining an amount of EUR 501 million from the sale of its 25% stake in Allfunds Bank, S.A., resulting in gains of EUR 425 million recognised in “Other gains (losses) and provisions” and of EUR 297 million net of tax.

-

Restructuring Costs and equity impairments: relates to the charge of EUR -425 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions” (EUR -300 million net of tax) for the integration of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. into the group and an additional charge of EUR -125 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions” (EUR -85 million after tax effect) mainly related to commercial networks in Germany. During 2017, an additional impairment on equity investment and intangible assets held by the Group has been accounted for a value of EUR -130 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions”, with no tax effect.

-

Goodwill Impairment: impairment of goodwill associated with Santander Consumer USA Holdings, Inc. This impairment had a gross impact of EUR -899 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions” line (EUR -603 million in Profit attributable to the parent).

191

Table of Contents

-

US Tax Reform and other impairments: the adjustment primarily corresponds to net impacts of the tax reform in the United States together with other expenses related to provisions for hurricanes and other provisions in the year 2017. The net impact of these adjustments in Profit attributable to the parent adds EUR -76 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2016

 

    

Underlying

    

 

    

Statutory

Reconciliation of underlying results to statutory results

 

results 

 

Adjustments

 

results

Interest income/ (charges)

 

31,089

 

 —

 

31,089

Net fee income

 

10,180

 

 —

 

10,180

Gains (losses) on financial transactions (*)

 

1,723

 

378

 

2,101

Other operating income (**)

 

862

 

 —

 

862

Total income

 

43,854

 

378

 

44,232

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation

 

(21,087)

 

(14)

 

(21,101)

Net operating income (***)

 

22,767

 

364

 

23,131

Net loan-loss provisions (****)

 

(9,518)

 

 —

 

(9,518)

Other gains (losses) and provisions (*****)

 

(1,960)

 

(885)

 

(2,845)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

11,289

 

(521)

 

10,768

Tax on profit

 

(3,396)

 

114

 

(3,282)

Consolidated profit

 

7,893

 

(407)

 

7,486

Non-controlling interests

 

1,272

 

10

 

1,282

Attributable profit  to the parent

 

6,621

 

(417)

 

6,204


(*)         Gains (losses) on financial transactions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gains or losses on non-trading financial assets and liabilities mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses from hedge accounting, net and Exchange differences, net.

(**)       Other operating income includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Dividend income; Income from companies accounted for using the equity method, Other operating income, Other operating expenses, Income from assets under insurance or reinsurance contracts and Expenses from liabilities under insurance or reinsurance contracts.

(***)     Net Operating Income is used for the Group’s internal reporting and management reporting purposes but is not a line item in the statutory consolidated income statement.

(****)   Net loan-loss provisions refers to Impairment or reversal of impairment at financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net gains and losses from changes line item in the statutory income statement – reclassification of financial assets at amortised cost. Additionally, includes a release of EUR 108 million mainly corresponding to the results by commitments and contingent risks includes in the line of the statutory income statement of provisions or reversal of provisions.

(*****) Other gains (losses) and provisions includes the following line items in the statutory income statement, which are presented net for internal reporting and management reporting purposes: Provisions or reversal of provisions except a release of 108 million euros mainly corresponding to results from commitments and contingent risks; Impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates, net; Impairment on non-financial assets, net; Gains or losses on non-financial assets, net; Negative goodwill recognised in results and Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations.

 

Explanation of adjustments

 

-

PPI United Kingdom: during 2016, the group accounted for provisions to cover eventual claims related to payment protection insurance (PPI). These provisions had an impact of EUR -139 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions” (EUR -137 million in Profit attributable to the parent).

-

Restructuring costs: reflects the impacts of the restructuring costs faced by the Group during the year 2016, mainly relating to the acceptance of pre-retirement and voluntary redundancy offers in Spain with an impact of EUR -662 million on “Other gains (losses) and provisions” (EUR -475 million in Profit attributable to the parent).

-

VISA Europe Equity Gains: on June 21, 2016 the Group disposed its Visa Europe, Ltd. stake, classified as available for sale, obtaining a gross gain of EUR 380 million recognised in “Other gains (losses) and provisions” (impact of EUR 227 million net of taxes).

 

53.   Related parties

The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, the Bank's key management personnel (the members of its board of directors and the executive vice presidents, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

Following below is the balance sheet balances and amounts of the Group's income statement corresponding to operations with the parties related to it, distinguishing between associates and joint ventures, members of the Bank's board of directors, the Bank's

192

Table of Contents

executive vice presidents, and other related parties. Related-party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions or, when this was not the case, the related compensation in kind was recognise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

 

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

 

and joint

 

board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

and joint

 

board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

and joint

 

board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

  

ventures

   

directors

  

vicepresidents

  

parties

  

ventures

  

directors

  

vicepresidents

 

parties

  

ventures

   

directors

  

vicepresidents

  

parties

Assets:

 

7,202

 

 —

 

30

 

256

 

6,048

 

 —

 

21

 

300

 

5,884

 

 —

 

22

 

307

Loans and advances: credit institutions

 

704

 

 

 

 —

 

472

 

 

 

 —

 

223

 

 

 

-

Loans and advances: customers

 

6,142

 

 

30

 

256

 

5,081

 

 

21

 

279

 

5,209

 

 

22

 

286

Debt instruments

 

295

 

 

 

 —

 

473

 

 

 

21

 

452

 

 

 

21

Others

 

61

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

22

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

1,650

 

19

 

12

 

363

 

748

 

19

 

14

 

63

 

824

 

27

 

10

 

124

Financial liabilities: credit institutions

 

 8

 

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

Financial liabilities: customers

 

1,596

 

19

 

12

 

363

 

414

 

19

 

14

 

63

 

669

 

27

 

10

 

124

Marketable debt securities

 

 8

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

38

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement:

 

993

 

 —

 

 —

 

31

 

1,020

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

609

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

Interest income

 

73

 

 

 

14

 

57

 

 

 

 8

 

67

 

 

 

10

Interest expense

 

(3)

 

 

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

 

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 

 

(1)

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and others

 

82

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

302

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

15

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Commission income

 

853

 

 

 

18

 

735

 

 

 

 6

 

561

 

 

 

 4

Commission expense

 

(12)

 

 

 

 —

 

(71)

 

 

 

 —

 

(19)

 

 

 

 —

Other:

 

4,707

 

 9

 

 3

 

782

 

3,881

 

 7

 

 3

 

597

 

4,146

 

 1

 

 3

 

846

Contingent liabilities and others

 

21

 

 7

 

 1

 

508

 

 6

 

 6

 

 1

 

352

 

19

 

 —

 

 —

 

139

Contingent commitments

 

393

 

 1

 

 2

 

64

 

301

 

 1

 

 2

 

60

 

17

 

 1

 

 3

 

417

Derivative financial instruments

 

4,293

 

 1

 

 —

 

210

 

3,574

 

 —

 

 —

 

185

 

4,110

 

 —

 

 —

 

290

 

In addition to the detail provided above, there were insurance contracts linked to pensions amounting to EUR 210 million at December 31, 2018 (December 31, 2017: EUR 239 million; December 31, 2016: EUR 269 million).

54.   Risk management

a)

Cornerstones of the risk function

The risk management and control model is based on the principles below:

·

Advanced risk management policy, with a forward-looking approach that allows the Group to maintain a medium-low risk profile, through a risk appetite defined by the board.

·

Risk culture that applies to all employees throughout the Group.

·

Clearly defined three lines of defence model that enable us to identify, manage, control, monitor and challenge all risks.

·

Autonomous subsidiaries model with robust governance based on a clear structure that separates the risk management and the risk control functions.

·

Information and data management processes that allow all risks to be identified, assessed, managed and reported at appropriate levels.

·

Risks are managed by the units that generate them.

These principles are aligned with the Group's strategy and business model, taking into account the requirements of regulators and supervisors, as well as the best market practices.

The Board is responsible for approving the general risk control and management policy, including tax risks.

1. Main risks of the group's financial instruments

The main risk categories in which the Group has its most significant current and/or potential exposures, thus facilitating the identification thereof, includes the following:

·

Credit risk: risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Santander Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

·

Market risk: risk incurred as a result of changes in market factors that affect the value of positions in the trading book.

193

Table of Contents

·

Trading risk

·

Structural risk.

·

Liquidity risk: risk of the Group does not have the liquid financial assets necessary to meet its obligations at maturity, or can only obtain them at a high cost.

·

Capital risk: risk of Santander Group not having an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet its internal business objectives, regulatory requirements or market expectations.

In addition, the Group considers the following risks:

·

Operational risk: is defined as the risk of loss due to the inadequacy or failure of internal processes, people and systems, or due to external events. This definition includes legal risk.

·

Compliance risk and conduct: is that which arises from practices, processes or behaviours that are not adequate or that do not comply with internal regulations, legality or supervisory requirements.

·

Reputational risk: is defined as the risk of a current or potential negative economic impact due to a reduction in the perception of the Group by employees, customers, shareholders/investors and society in general.

·

Model risk: is the risk of loss arising from inaccurate predictions that may lead the Group to make sub-optimal decisions, or from the inappropriate use of a model.

·

Strategic risk: the risk of loss or damage arising from strategic decisions or their poor implementation, which affect the long-term interests of our main stakeholders, or of an inability to adapt to the changing environment.

2. Risk governance

The Group has a strong governance framework, which pursues the effective control of the risk profile, within the risk appetite defined by the board.

This governance framework is underpinned by the distribution of roles among the three lines of defence, a robust structure of committees and a strong relationship between the Group and its subsidiaries.

2.1 Lines of defence

At Banco Santander, we follow a three lines of defence control model:

·

The first line of defence is all business functions and business support functions that originate risks and have primary responsibility in the management of those risks. The role of these functions is to establish a management structure for the risks generated as part of their activity ensuring that these remain within approved risk limits.

·

The second line of defence is risk Control and Compliance and Conduct function. The role of these functions is to provide independent oversight and challenge to the risk management activities of the first line of defence.

·

The third line of defence: Internal Audit function. This function controls and regularly checks that the policies, and procedures are adequate and effectively implemented in the management and control of all risks.

The risk control, compliance and conduct, and internal audit functions are separated and have direct access to the board of directors and/or its committees.

2.2 Risk committee structure

Ultimately, the board of directors is responsible for risk management and control and, in particular, for approving and periodically reviewing the Group's risk culture and risk appetite framework. 

Except for specific topics detailed in its bylaws, the board has the capacity to delegate its faculties to other committees. This is the case of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and the Group’s Executive committee, which has specific risk related responsibilities.

194

Table of Contents

The Group Chief Risk Officer (Group CRO) leads the risk function within the Group, advises and challenges the executive line and reports independently to the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and to the board.

Other bodies that form the highest level of risk governance, with authorities delegated by the board of directors, are the executive risk committee and the risk control committee, detailed below:

Risk control committee (CCR):

To control and ensure that risks are managed in accordance with the risk appetite approved by the board, providing a comprehensive overview of all risks. This includes identifying and monitoring both current and potential risks, and evaluating their potential impact on the Group’s risk profile.

This committee is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer (Group CRO).

Additionally, each risk factor has its own fora, committees and meetings to manage the risks under their control. Among others, they have the following responsibilities:

- Advice the CRO and the risk control committee that risks are managed in line with the Group’s risk appetite.

- Carrying out complete and regular monitoring of each risk factor.

- Oversee the measures adopted to comply with the expectations of the supervisors and internal and external auditors.

Executive risk committee (ERC):

This committee is responsible for managing all risks, within the powers delegated by the board. The committee makes decisions on risks assumed at the highest level, ensuring that they are within the established risk appetite limits for the Group.

This committee is chaired by the Chief executive officer and it is composed with nominated executive directors and other Group´s senior management. The Risk, Finance and Compliance and Conduct functions, among others, are represented. The Group CRO has a veto right on the committee’s decisions.

2.3 The Group’s relationship with subsidiaries regarding risk management

Alignment of units with the Group

In all the subsidiaries, the management and control model follows the frameworks established by the Group’s board of directors. The local units adhere to them by their respective boards. The Group reviews and validates any local adaptations as needed. Corporate centre participates in the relevant decision-making through their validation.

Subsidiary committee structures

The "Group-subsidiary governance model and good governance practices for subsidiaries" recommends that each subsidiary should have Risk committees and other executive committees, consistent with those already in place in the Group.

The subsidiary governance bodies are structured taking into consideration local requirements, both regulatory and legal, as well as their specific dimension and complexity, in a manner that is consistent with those of the parent company, as established in the internal governance framework.

3. Management processes and tools

3.1 Risk appetite and structure of limits

The Group defines the risk appetite as the amount and type of risks that are considered prudent to assume for implementing our business strategy in the event of unexpected circumstances. Severe scenarios that could have a negative impact on the levels of capital, liquidity, profitability and/or the share price are taken into account.

The risk appetite is set by the board for the whole Group. Every main business unit sets its own risk appetite according to the adaptation of the Group methodology and its own circumstances. The boards of the subsidiaries are responsible for approving their respective risk appetite proposals once they have been reviewed and validated by the Group.

195

Table of Contents

The Group shares a common risk appetite model. It sets out the requirements for processes, metrics, governance bodies, controls and standards for implementation across the Group, cascading down management policies and limits to lower levels.

Corporate risk appetite principles

The following principles govern the Santander Group’s risk appetite in all its units:

·

Responsibility of the board and of senior management.

·

Holistic risk view (Enterprise Wide Risk), risk profile backtesting and challenge. The risk appetite must consider all significant risks and facilitate an aggregate view of the risk profile through the use of quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators.

·

Forward-looking view. The risk appetite must consider the desirable risk profile for the short and medium term, taking into account both the most plausible circumstances and adverse/stress scenarios.

·

Embedding and alignment with strategic and business plans. The risk appetite is an integral part of the strategic and business planning, and is embedded in the daily management through the transfer of the aggregated limits to those set at portfolio level, unit or business line, as well as through the key risk appetite processes.

·

Coherence across the various units and a common risk language throughout the Group. The risk appetite of each unit of the Group must be coherent with that across the Group.

·

Periodic review, backtesting and adoption of best practices and regulatory requirements. Monitoring and control mechanisms are established to ensure the risk profile is maintained, and the necessary corrective and mitigating actions are taken in the event of non-compliance.

Limits, monitoring and control structure

The risk appetite is formulated annually and includes a series of metrics and limits to establish in quantitative and qualitative terms the maximum risk exposure that every unit and the Group as a whole is willing to assume.

Compliance with risk appetite limits is regularly monitored. Specialised control functions report the risk profile adequacy to the board and its committees, on quarterly basis.

Limit breaches and non-compliance with the risk appetite are reported to the relevant governance bodies. An analysis of the causes, an estimation of the duration of the breach and corrective actions proposals are also submitted.

Linkage between the risk appetite limits and those of the business units and portfolios is a key element for making the risk appetite an effective risk management tool.

Pillars of the risk appetite

The risk appetite is expressed via limits on quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators that measure the exposure or risk profile by type of risk, portfolio and, segment and business line, under both current and stressed conditions. These metrics and risk appetite limits are articulated in five axes that define the positioning that Santander wants to adopt or maintain in the deployment of its business model, described as follows:

·

The volatility in the income statement that the Group is willing to accept.

·

The solvency position that the Group wants to maintain.

·

The minimum liquidity position that the Group wants to have.

·

The maximum levels of concentration that the Group considers reasonable to admit.

·

Non-financial transversal risks.

196

Table of Contents

3.2. Risk identification and assessment (RIA)

The Group carries out the identification and assessment of the different risks that is exposed to, involving the different lines of defence, establishing management standards that not only meet regulatory requirements but also reflect best practices in the market, and reinforce our risk culture.

In 2018, the approach centred on three main areas: standards control environment review, perimeter completeness by integrating new units, together with the risk performance indicators review and their alignment with the risk appetite.

In addition the RIA exercise analyses the evolution of risks and identifies areas of improvement:

·

Risk performance, enabling the understanding of residual risk by risk type through a set of metrics and indicators calibrated using international standards.

·

Control environment assessment, measuring the degree of implementation of the target operating model, as part of our advanced risk management.

·

Forward-looking analysis, based on stress metrics and identification and/or assessment of the main threats to the strategic plan (Top risks), enabling specific action plans to be put in place to mitigate potential impacts and monitoring these plans.

Based on the periodic RIA exercise, the Group’s risk profile as of December 2018 remains as solid medium-low.

3.3. Scenario analysis

We analyse the impact triggered by different scenarios in the environment, in which the Group operates. These scenarios are expressed both in terms of macroeconomic variables, as well as other variables that may impact our risk profile.

Scenario analysis is a robust and useful tool for management at all levels. It enables the Group to assess its resilience in stressed environments or scenarios, and identifies measures to reduce exposure under these scenarios. The objective is to reinforce the stability of income, capital and liquidity.

The robustness and consistency of the scenario analysis exercises are based on the following pillars:

·

Development and integration of models that estimate the future performance of metrics (for example, credit losses), based on both historic information (internal to the Group and external from the market), and simulation models.

·

Inclusion of expert judgement and portfolio manager’s know-how.

·

Challenge and backtesting of model results to ensure they are adequate.

·

Robust governance of the whole process, covering models, scenarios, assumptions and rationale for the results, and their impact on management.

Scenario analysis forms an integral part of several key processes of the Group:

·

Regulatory uses: stress test scenarios using the guidelines set by the European regulator or by each local supervisor.

·

Internal capital adequacy assessment (ICAAP) or liquidity assessment (ILAAP) in which, while the regulators can impose certain requirements, the Group develops its own methodology to assess its capital and liquidity levels under different stress scenarios to support planning and adequately managing the Group’s capital and liquidity.

·

Risk appetite. Contains stressed metrics on which maximum levels of losses (minimum liquidity levels) are established that the Group does not want to exceed. These exercises are related to those for capital and liquidity, although they have different frequencies and present different granularity levels.

·

Recurrent risk management in different processes/exercises:

o

Budgetary and strategic planning process, in the development of business policies for risk approval, in the global risk analysis made by senior management and in specific analysis regarding the profile of activities or portfolios.

197

Table of Contents

o

Identification of Top risks on the basis of, a systematic process to identify and assess all the risks which the Group is exposed to. The Top risks are selected and a macroeconomic or idiosyncratic scenario is associated with each one, to assess their impact on the Group.

o

Recovery plan annually to establish the available tools the Group will have, to survive in the event of an extremely severe financial crisis. The plan sets out a series of financial and macroeconomic stress scenarios, with differing degrees of severity, that include idiosyncratic and/or systemic events.

o

IFRS9 from January 1, 2018, the processes, models and scenario analysis methodology are included in the new regulatory provision requirements.

3.4. Risk Reporting Framework (RRF)

Our reporting model has strengthened by consolidating the overall view of all risks, based on complete, precise and recurring information that allows the Group’s senior management to assess the risk profile and decide accordingly.

The risk reporting taxonomy, contains three types of reports received by senior management on a monthly basis: the Group risk report, the risk reports of each unit, and the reports of each of the risk factors identified in the Group’s risk map.

b)  Credit risk

1.    Introduction to the credit risk treatment

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

There are different limit models depending on the segment: 

·

Large corporate groups: we use a pre-classification model based on a system for measuring and monitoring economic capital. The result is the level of risk that the Group is willing to assume with a customer/group, in terms of Capital at Risk, nominal CAP, and maximum periods according to the type of transaction (in the case of financial entities, limits are managed through Credit Equivalent Risk (CER). It includes the actual and expected risk with a customer based on its usual operations, always within the limits defined in the risk appetite and established credit policies. 

·

Corporates and institutions that meet certain requirements (deep knowledge, rating, etc.): we use a more simplified pre-classification model through an internal limit that establishes a reference of the level of risk to be assumed with the customer. The criteria will include, among others, repayment capacity, debt in the system and the banking pool distribution.

In both cases, transactions over certain thresholds or with specific characteristics might require the approval of an analyst or committee.

·

For individual customers and SMEs with low turnover, large volumes of credit transactions can be managed more easily with the use of automatic decision models for classifying the customer/ transaction binomial.

In specific situations where a series of requirements are met, pre-approved transactions are granted to customers or potential customers (campaigns).

198

Table of Contents

2.    Main aggregates and variations

Following are the main aggregates relating to credit risk arising on customer business:

Main credit risk aggregates arising on customer business

(Management information data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk with customers (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(million of euros)

 

Non-performing loans

 

NPL ratio (%)

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Europe

 

688,810

 

671,776

 

586,706

 

25,287

 

27,964

 

23,216

 

3.67

 

4.16

 

3.96

Spain

 

227,401

 

237,327

 

162,431

 

16,651

 

18,270

 

13,281

 

7.32

 

7.70

 

8.18

UK

 

252,914

 

242,993

 

251,654

 

2,739

 

3,210

 

3,497

 

1.08

 

1.32

 

1.39

Santander Consumer Finance

 

97,922

 

92,589

 

88,061

 

2,244

 

2,319

 

2,357

 

2.29

 

2.50

 

2.68

Portugal

 

38,340

 

39,394

 

30,540

 

2,279

 

2,959

 

2,691

 

5.94

 

7.51

 

8.81

Poland

 

30,783

 

24,391

 

21,902

 

1,317

 

1,114

 

1,187

 

4.28

 

4.57

 

5.42

North America

 

125,916

 

106,129

 

121,391

 

3,510

 

2,935

 

2,907

 

2.79

 

2.77

 

2.39

US

 

92,152

 

77,190

 

91,709

 

2,688

 

2,156

 

2,088

 

2.92

 

2.79

 

2.28

Santander Bank, National Association

 

51,049

 

44,237

 

54,040

 

450

 

536

 

717

 

0.88

 

1.21

 

1.33

Santander Consumer USA

 

26,424

 

24,079

 

28,590

 

2,043

 

1,410

 

1,097

 

7.73

 

5.86

 

3.84

Mexico

 

33,764

 

28,939

 

29,682

 

822

 

779

 

819

 

2.43

 

2.69

 

2.76

South América

 

138,134

 

138,577

 

143,468

 

6,639

 

6,685

 

7,514

 

4.81

 

4.82

 

5.24

Brazil

 

84,212

 

83,076

 

89,572

 

4,418

 

4,391

 

5,286

 

5.25

 

5.29

 

5.90

Chile

 

41,268

 

40,406

 

40,864

 

1,925

 

2,004

 

2,064

 

4.66

 

4.96

 

5.05

Argentina

 

5,631

 

8,085

 

7,318

 

179

 

202

 

109

 

3.17

 

2.50

 

1.49

Group Total

 

958,153

 

920,968

 

855,510

 

35,692

 

37,596

 

33,643

 

4.08

 

4.08

 

3.93


(*)    Includes gross lending to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.

Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group operates: Europe (72%), South America (14%) and North America  (13%), with an adequate balance between mature and emerging markets.

The evolution up to December 2018, credit risk with customers increased by 4% vs. 2017, considering the same perimeter, mainly due to the United States, United Kingdom, and Mexico. Growth in local currency was generalised across all units with the exception of Spain and Portugal.

These levels of lending, together with lower non-performing loans (NPLs) of EUR 35,692 million (-5.1% vs. 2017) reduced the Group’s NPL ratio to 3.73%  (-35 bp against 2017).

In order to cover potential losses arising from these NPLs, in accordance with the new provision calculation in accordance with IFRS9, the Group recorded allowances for loan loss of EUR 8,873 million (-2.6% vs. December 2017), after deducting post write-off recoveries. This decrease is materialised in a reduction of the cost of credit to 1.00%  (7 bp less than the previous year).

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

The Group estimates the impairment losses by calculating the expected loss at 12 months or for the entire life of the transaction, based on the stage in which each financial asset is classified in accordance with IFRS9.

Then, considering the most relevant units of the group (United Kingdom, Spain, United States, Brazil, as well as Chile, Mexico, Portugal, Poland, Argentina and the Group Santander Consumer Finance) representing about 95% of the total of the Group's provisions, the detail of the exhibition and the impairment losses associated with each of the stages as of December 31, 2018 is shown. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the transactions, the exposure is divided into three grades (investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment losses by stage

(Million of euros)

Credit Quality (*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

685,507

 

7,176

 

 —

 

692,683

Speculation grade

 

222,495

 

47,439

 

 —

 

269,935

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

30,795

 

30,795

Total Risk (**)

 

908,002

 

54,616

 

30,795

 

993,412

Impairment losses

 

3,823

 

4,644

 

12,504

 

20,970


(*)    Detail of credit quality ratings calculated for Group management purposes.

199

Table of Contents

(**)  Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

The other units up to the total Group amounts contributed EUR 151,906,  700 and 1,743 million of exposure, and impairment losses of EUR 152,  163 and 1,145 million, in stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3, respectively.

The rest of the balance, considering the financial instruments not included before, amounts to EUR 242,867 million, mostly classified in stage 1.

In addition, at December 31, 2018, the Group had EUR 757 million (January 1, 2018: EUR 803 million) of purchased credit-impaired assets, which relate mainly to the business combinations carried out by the Group.

The Group monitors the evolution of credit risk provisions, in collaboration with the main geographies, by carrying out sensitivity analyses considering variations in the scenarios macroeconomic variables and their main variables (such as interest rate, house price growth, unemployment rate or GDP growth) that have an impact on the distribution of financial assets in the different stages and the calculation of credit risk provisions.

Additionally, based on similar macroeconomic scenarios, the Group also performs stress tests and sensitivity analysis in a current basis, such as ICAAP, strategic plans, budgets and recovery and resolution plans. In this sense, a prospective view of the sensitivity of each of the Group’s loan portfolio is created in relation to the possible deviation from base scenario, considering both the macroeconomic developments in different scenarios and the three year evolution of the business. These tests include potentially adverse and favourable scenarios.

The classification of transactions into the different stages of IFRS9 is carried out in accordance with the provisions of the risk management policies of the different Group´s units, which are consistent with the risk management policies prepared by Santander Group. In order to determine the classification in stage 2, the Group assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since the initial recognition of transactions, considering a series of common principles throughout the Group that guarantee that all financial instruments are subject to this assessment, which considers the particularities of each portfolio and type of product on the basis of various quantitative and qualitative indicators. Furthermore, transactions are subject to the expert judgment of analysts, which is implemented in accordance with approved governance.

3.Detail of the main geographical areas

Following is the risk information related to the most relevant geographies in exposure and credit risk allowances.

In addition, for the Santander Corporate & Investment Banking perimeter, transactions and balances are included in each geography.

3.1. United Kingdom

Credit risk with customers in the UK amounted to EUR 252,914 million as of December 2018, which means an increase of 4% compared to year end 2017 (and 5% in local currency), and representing 26% of the Group's total loan portfolio.

Mortgage portfolio

This portfolio at the end of December amounted to EUR 176,581 million . It consists of residential mortgages granted to new and existing customers, and all are first mortgages. There are no transactions that entail second or successive liens on mortgaged properties.

All properties are valued independently before each new transaction is approved, in accordance with the Group’s risk management principles.

The value of the property used as collateral for mortgages that have already been granted is updated quarterly by an independent agency, using an automatic valuation system in accordance with market practices and applicable legislation.

200

Table of Contents

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

Following is the detail of the Santander UK exposure and impairment losses associated with each of the stages at December 31, 2018. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the operations, the exposure is divided into three grades (investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment losses by stage

(Million of euros)

Credit Quality(*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

225,929

 

1,900

 

 —

 

227,829

Speculation grade

 

34,655

 

11,514

 

 —

 

46,169

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,795

 

2,795

Total Exposure (**)

 

260,584

 

13,415

 

2,795

 

276,793

Impairment losses

 

224

 

335

 

335

 

894


(*)    Detail of credit quality ratings calculated for Group management purposes.

(**) Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

For the estimation of expected losses, prospective information is taken into account. Specifically, Santander UK considers five prospective macroeconomic scenarios, which are updated periodically over a 5-year time horizon. The evolution projected for the next five years of the main macroeconomic indicators used by Santander UK to estimate expected losses is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Pessimistic

    

Pessimistic

    

Base

    

Optimistic

    

Optimistic

 

Magnitudes

 

scenario 2

 

scenario 1

 

scenario

 

scenario 1

 

scenario 2

 

Interest rate

 

2.30

%  

2.50

%  

1.50

%  

1.30

%  

1.00

%

Unemployment rate

 

8.60

%  

6.90

%  

4.30

%  

3.80

%  

2.80

%

Housing price change

 

(9.50)

%  

(2.00)

%  

2.00

%  

2.30

%  

3.40

%

GDP growth

 

0.30

%  

0.70

%  

1.60

%  

2.10

%  

2.50

%

 

Each of the macroeconomic scenarios is associated with a given probability of occurrence. In terms of allocation, Santander UK associates the highest weighting with the Base Scenario, while it associates the lowest weightings with the most extreme or acid scenarios. In addition, at December 31, 2018, the weights used by Santander UK reflect the future prospects of the British economy in relation to its current political and economic position so that higher weights are assigned for negative scenarios:

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic scenario 2

    

10

%

Pessimistic  scenario 1

 

30

%

Base scenario

 

40

%

Optimistic scenario 1

 

15

%

Optimistic scenario 2

 

 5

%

 

In relation to the determination of classification in Stage 2, the quantitative criteria applied by Santander UK is based on identifying whether any increase in PD for the expected life of the transaction is greater than both an absolute and a relative threshold. The relative threshold established is common to all portfolios and a transaction is considered to exceed this threshold when the PD for the entire life of the transaction doubles with respect to the PD at the time of initial recognition. The absolute threshold, on the other hand, is different for each portfolio depending on the characteristics of the transactions.

In addition, for each portfolio, a series of specific qualitative criteria is defined to indicate that the exposure has had a significant increase in credit risk, regardless of the evolution of its PD since the time of initial recognition. Santander UK, among other criteria, considers that an operation presents a significant increase in risk when it presents irregular positions for more than 30 days. These criteria depend on the risk management practices of each portfolio.

3.2. Spain

Portfolio overview

Total credit risk (including guarantees and documentary credits) at Santander Spain (including the real estate unit, which is discussed subsequently in more detail) amounted to EUR 227,401 million (24% of the Group’s total), with an adequate level of diversification by both product and customer segment.

201

Table of Contents

The NPL ratio for the total portfolio was 7.32%, 38 bp less than in 2017. This improvement was mainly due to an improved performance of the credit portfolio, the cure of several restructured loans and the sale of loan portfolios.

The coverage rate stood at 44%.

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

Following is the detail of the Santander Spain exposure and impairment losses associated with each of the stages at December 31, 2018. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the operations, the exposure is divided into three grades (Investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment losses per stage

(Million of euros)

Credit Quality(*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

171,266

 

289

 

 —

 

171,555

Speculation grade

 

25,108

 

12,603

 

 —

 

37,711

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

14,941

 

14,941

Total Exposure (**)

 

196,374

 

12,892

 

14,941

 

224,207

Impairment losses

 

366

 

768

 

5,565

 

6,699


(*)   Detail of credit quality calculated for the purposes of Grupo Santander’s management

(**) Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

The remaining legal entities to reach the entire portfolio in Spain (including real estate activity and others) contribute another EUR 125,544, EUR 66 and EUR 1,657 million of exposure, and impairment losses in the amount of EUR 132, EUR 48 and EUR 957 million, in stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3, respectively.

For the estimation of the expected losses, the prospective information is taken into account. Specifically, Santander Spain considers three prospective macroeconomic scenarios, which are updated periodically, during a time horizon of 5 years. The projected evolution for the next five years of the main macroeconomic indicators used by Santander Spain for estimating expected losses is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019-2023

 

 

    

Pessimistic

    

Base

    

Optimistic

 

Magnitudes

 

scenario 

 

scenario

 

scenario 

 

Interest rate

 

0.30

%  

0.70

%  

1.20

%

Unemployment rate

 

15.30

%  

12.30

%  

10.80

%

Housing price change

 

0.50

%  

2.20

%  

3.80

%

GDP growth

 

1.10

%  

1.80

%  

2.60

%

 

Each one of the macroeconomic scenarios is associated with a given probability of occurrence. As for its allocation, Santander Spain associates the Base scenario with the highest weight, while associating the lower weights to the most extreme scenarios:

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic scenario

    

30

%

Base scenario

 

40

%

Optimistic scenario

 

30

%

 

In relation to the determination of the classification in stage 2, the quantitative criteria applied by Santander Spain are based on identifying whether any increase in PD for the entire expected life of the operation is greater than an absolute threshold. The threshold established for each portfolio is different depending on the characteristics of the transactions, and a transaction is considered to exceed this threshold when the PD for the entire life of the transaction increases by up to a quarter with respect to the PD it had at the time of initial recognition.

In addition, for each portfolio, a series of specific qualitative criteria are defined that indicate that the exposure has had a significant increase in credit risk, regardless of the evolution of its PD since the time of initial recognition. Santander Spain, among other criteria, considers that an operation presents a significant increase in risk when it presents positions past due for more than 30 days. These criteria depend on the risk management practices of each portfolio.

202

Table of Contents

Portfolio of home purchase loans to families

Residential mortgages in Spain, including Santander Consumer Finance business, amounted to EUR 63,290 million, representing 25% of total credit risk. 99.14% of which have a mortgage guarantee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2018

 

 

Gross

 

Of which:

In million of euros

    

amount

    

non - performing

 

 

 

 

 

Home purchase loans to families

 

63,290

 

2,493

Without mortgage guarantee

 

545

 

54

With mortgage guarantee

 

62,745

 

2,439

 

The portfolio of mortgages granted to acquire homes in Spain have characteristics that maintain its medium-low risk profile which limits the expectations of a potential additional deterioration:

·

Principal is repaid on all mortgages from the start.

·

Early repayment is common so the average life of the transaction is well below that of the contract.

·

High quality of collateral concentrated almost exclusively in financing the first home.

·

Average affordability rate stood at 28%.

·

83% of the portfolio has a LTV below 80%, calculated as total risk/latest available house appraisal.

Breakdown of the credit with mortgage guarantee to households for house acquisition, according to the percentage that the total risk represents on the amount of the latest available valuation (loan to value).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

Loan to value ratio

 

 

 

 

More than

 

More than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40% and

 

60% and

 

80% and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than or

 

less than

 

less than

 

less than or

 

More than

 

 

In million of euros

    

equal to 40%

    

60%

    

80%

    

equal to 100%

    

100%

    

Total

Gross amount

 

15,393

 

18,448

 

18,484

 

6,408

 

4,012

 

62,745

Of which: watchlist /non-performing

 

239

 

366

 

584

 

479

 

771

 

2,439

 

Credit policies limit the maximum loan to value to 80% for first residence mortgages and 79.77% in the case of second home mortgages.

Companies portfolio

Credit risk assumed directly with SMEs and Corporates (EUR 145,134 million) is the main lending segment in Spain, including Santander Consumer Finance business (61% of the total).

Most of the portfolio (90%) corresponds to customers who have been assigned an analyst to monitor them continuously throughout the risk cycle.

The portfolio is broadly diversified without significant concentrations by activity sector.

Real estate activity

The real estate activity in Spain includes the loans from clients with activity mainly in real estate development, and who have a specialised management model, holdings in real estate companies and foreclosed assets.

203

Table of Contents

In recent years the Group's strategy has been geared towards reducing these assets. The changes in gross property development loans to customers were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

    

12/31/18

    

12/31/17

    

12/31/16

Balance at beginning of year

 

6,472

 

5,515

 

7,388

Foreclosed assets

 

(100)

 

(27)

 

(28)

Banco Popular (perimeter)

 

 —

 

2,934

 

 —

Reductions (*)

 

(1,267)

 

(1,620)

 

(1,415)

Written-off assets

 

(293)

 

(330)

 

(430)

Balance at end of year

 

4,812

 

6,472

 

5,515


(*)    Includes portfolio sales, cash recoveries and third-party subrogations and new production.

The NPL ratio of this portfolio ended the year at 27.58% (compared with 29.96% at December 2017) due to the decrease of non-performing assets in the troubled loan portfolio and, in particular, to the sharp reduction in lending in this segment. The table below shows the distribution of the portfolio. The coverage ratio of the real estate doubtful exposure in Spain stands at 35.27%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

 

 

Excess over

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateral

 

Specific

Million of euros

    

Gross amount

    

value

    

allowance

Financing for construction and property  development recognised by the Group's credit institutions (including land) (business in Spain)

 

4,812

 

834

 

532

Of which: watchlist/ non-performing

 

1,327

 

393

 

468

Memorandum items: Written-off assets

 

3,675

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

Memorandum items: data from the public consolidated balance sheet

 

Carrying

Million of euros

 

amount

Total loans and advances to customers excluding the Public sector (business in Spain)

 

223,921

Total consolidated assets (Total business) (Book value)

 

1,459,271

Impairment losses and credit risk allowances. Coverage for unimpaired assets (business in Spain)

 

1,244

 

At year-end, the concentration of this portfolio was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Loans: gross

 

 

amount

Million of euros

 

12/31/18

1. Without mortgage guarantee

 

379

2. With mortgage guarantee

 

4,433

2.1 Completed buildings

 

2,691

2.1.1 Residential

 

1,328

2.1.2 Other

 

1,363

2.2 Buildings and other constructions under construction

 

1,071

2.2.1 Residential

 

609

2.2.2 Other

 

462

2.3 Land

 

671

2.3.1 Developed consolidated land

 

480

2.3.2 Other land

 

191

Total

 

4,812

 

Policies and strategies in place for the management of these risks

The policies in force for the management of this portfolio, which are reviewed and approved on a regular basis by the Group’s senior management, are currently geared towards reducing and securing the outstanding exposure, albeit without neglecting any viable new business that may be identified.

In order to manage this credit exposure, the Group has specialised teams that not only form part of the risk areas but also supplement the management of this exposure and cover the entire life cycle of these transactions: commercial management, legal procedures and potential recovery management.

204

Table of Contents

As has already been disclosed in this section, the Group’s anticipatory management of these risks enabled it to significantly reduce its exposure, and it has a granular, geographically diversified portfolio in which the financing of second residences accounts for a very small proportion of the total.

Mortgage lending on non-urban land represents a low percentage of mortgage exposure to land, while the remainder relates to land already classified as urban or approved for development.

The significant reduction of exposure in the case of residential financing projects in which the construction work has already been completed was based on various actions. As well as the specialised marketing channels already in existence, campaigns were carried out with the support of specific teams of managers for this function who, in the case of the Santander network, were directly supervised by the recoveries business area. These campaigns, which involved the direct management of the projects with property developers and purchasers, reducing sale prices and adapting the lending conditions to the buyers’ needs, enabled loans already in force to be subrogated. These subrogations enable the Group to diversify its risk in a business segment that displays a clearly lower non-performing loans ratio.

In the case of construction-phase projects that are experiencing difficulties of any kind, the policy adopted is to ensure completion of the construction work so as to obtain completed buildings that can be sold in the market. To achieve this aim, the projects are analysed on a case-by-case basis in order to adopt the most effective series of measures for each case (structured payments to suppliers to ensure completion of the work, specific schedules for drawing down amounts, etc.).

The loan approval processes are managed by specialist teams which, working in direct coordination with the sales teams, have a set of clearly defined policies and criteria:

·

Property developers with a robust solvency profile and a proven track record in the market.

·

Medium-high level projects, conducting to contracted demand and significant cities.

·

Strict criteria regarding the specific parameters of the transactions: exclusive financing for the construction cost, high percentages of accredited sales, principal residence financing, etc.

·

Support of financing of government-subsidised housing, with accredited sales percentages.

·

Restricted financing of land purchases dealt with exceptional nature.

In addition to the permanent control performed by its risk monitoring teams, the Group has a specialist technical unit that monitors and controls this portfolio with regard to the stage of completion of construction work, planning compliance and sales control, and validates and controls progress billing payments. The Group has created a set of specific tools for this function. All mortgage distributions, amounts drawn down of any kind, changes made to the grace periods, etc. are authorised on a centralised basis.

Foreclosed properties

At December 31, 2018, the net balance of these assets amounted to EUR 5,226 million (gross amount: EUR 10,333 million; recognised allowance: EUR 5,107 million, of which EUR 3,142 million related to impairment after the foreclosure date).

205

Table of Contents

The following table shows the detail of the assets foreclosed by the businesses in Spain at the end of 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

impairment

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

losses on assets

 

 

 

 

carrying

 

Valuation

 

since time of

 

Carrying

Million of euros

    

amount

    

adjustments

    

foreclosure

    

amount

Property assets arising from financing provided to construction and property development companies

 

7,909

 

4,133

 

2,733

 

3,776

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Completed buildings

 

3,194

 

1,202

 

706

 

1,992

Residential

 

1,247

 

451

 

211

 

796

Other

 

1,947

 

751

 

495

 

1,196

Buildings under construction

 

299

 

131

 

81

 

168

Residential

 

287

 

128

 

81

 

159

Other

 

12

 

 3

 

 —

 

 9

Land

 

4,416

 

2,800

 

1,946

 

1,616

Developed land

 

1,616

 

997

 

597

 

619

Other land

 

2,800

 

1,803

 

1,349

 

997

Property assets from home purchase mortgage loans to households

 

2,016

 

851

 

357

 

1,165

Other foreclosed property assets

 

408

 

123

 

52

 

285

Total property assets

 

10,333

 

5,107

 

3,142

 

5,226

 

In addition, the Group holds an ownership interest in Project Quasar investments 2017, S.L. (See Note 3.b) for EUR 1,701 million.

In recent years, the Group has considered foreclosure to be a more efficient method for resolving cases of default than legal proceedings. The Group initially recognises foreclosed assets at the lower of the carrying amount of the debt (net of provisions) and the fair value of the foreclosed asset (less estimated costs to sell).Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are measured at the lower of fair value (less costs to sell) and the amount initially recognised.

The fair value of this type of assets is determined by the Group’s directors based on evidence obtained from qualified valuers or evidence of recent transactions.

The management of real estate assets on the balance sheet is carried out through companies specializing in the sale of real estate that is complemented by the structure of the commercial network. The sale is realised with levels of price reduction in line with the market situation.

The changes in foreclosed properties were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousand of

 

 

Million of euros (*)

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Gross additions

 

0.8

 

1.4

 

1.3

Disposals

 

(1.8)

 

(1.9)

 

(1.3)

Difference

 

(1.0)

 

(0.5)

 


(*)   Without considering the Blackstone transaction (See Note 3).

3.3. United States

Credit risk at Santander Consumer Holding USA, Inc, increased to EUR 92,152 3 million at the end of December (representing 10% of the Group’s total), is made up of the following business units:

Santander Bank, National Association: business is focused on retail and commercial banking (83%), of which 35% is with individuals and approximately 65% with corporates. One of the main strategic goals is to continue to enhance the wholesale banking business (17%)


3  Includes EUR 9.5 million of SH USA investment.

206

Table of Contents

The NPL ratio continues to decline, standing at 0.88%  (-33 bp in the year) in December. This reduction is explained by a proactive management of certain exposures and the favourable macro development showed in the improvement of customer’s credit risk profile in corporates and individuals portfolios. The cost of credit remains at stable levels of 0.24% despite the increase in some segment’s coverage ratios.

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

Following is the detail of Santander Bank, National Association exposure and impairment losses associated with each of the stages at December 31, 2018. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the operations, the exposure is divided into three grades (Investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment loss by stage

(Million of euros)

Credit quality(*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

5,149

 

 —

 

 —

 

5,149

Speculation grade

 

60,391

 

3,784

 

 —

 

64,175

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

448

 

448

Total Exposure (**)

 

65,540

 

3,784

 

448

 

69,772

Impairment losses

 

233

 

204

 

105

 

542


(*)    Detail of credit quality ratings calculated for Group management purposes.

(**) Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

For the estimation of expected losses, prospective information is taken into account. Specifically, Santander Bank, National Association considers three prospective macroeconomic scenarios, which are updated periodically over a 5-year time horizon. The evolution projected for the next five years of the main macroeconomic indicators used Santander Bank, National Association to estimate expected losses is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019-2023

 

 

    

Favorable

    

Base

    

Unfavorable

 

Magnitudes

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

Interest rate

 

1.30

%  

2.80

%  

3.60

%

Unemployment rate

 

6.90

%  

4.20

%  

3.80

%

House price change

 

2.20

%  

3.90

%  

3.90

%

GDP growth

 

1.50

%  

2.10

%  

2.80

%

 

Each of the macroeconomic scenarios is associated with a given probability of occurrence. As for its allocation, Santander Bank, National Association associates the highest weighting to the Base scenario, while associates the lowest weightings to the most extreme scenarios:

 

 

 

 

Unfavourable scenario

    

20

%

Base scenario

 

60

%

Favourable scenario

 

20

%

 

In relation to the determination of Stage 2 classification, the quantitative criteria applied at Santander Bank, National Association are based on identifying whether any increase in PD for the expected life of the transaction is greater than a series of absolute thresholds. Each portfolio has a set of thresholds in accordance with the characteristics and credit risk profile of the products composing it, and a transaction is considered to exceed these thresholds when the PD for the entire life of the transaction increases by up to double with respect to that which it had at the time of initial recognition. In addition, Santander Bank, National Association also assesses the risk of its operations by comparing the FICO (Fair Isaac Corporation) rating of each of them at the present time with respect to the one they had at the time of their recognition, establishing a different absolute threshold for each portfolio according to their characteristics.

Additionally, for each portfolio, a series of specific qualitative criteria are defined, which indicate that the exposure has had a significant increase in credit risk, regardless of the evolution of its PD since the initial recognition. Santander Bank, National Association, among other criteria, considers that a transaction presents a significant increase in risk when it has irregular positions for more than 30 days. These criteria depend on the risk management practices of each portfolio

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SC USA): The risk indicators for SC USA are higher than those of the other United States units, due to the nature of its business, which focuses on auto financing through loans and leasing (97%), seeking the optimisation of the returns associated to the risk assumed. SC USA´s lending also includes a smaller personal lending portfolio (3%).

207

Table of Contents

The NPL rate, however, increased to 7.73%, mainly due to the maturity of those loans forborne in 2017 (hurricanes). The cost of credit, at the end of December stood at 10.01% (+17 bp in the year), due to the average investment lower growth as a result of the vintages amortisation from high production exercises (2015), partially mitigated by the increase in recoveries efficiency and the positive evolution of the used car price. The coverage ratio remains at high levels, 155%.

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

Following is a detail of the Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. exposure and impairment losses associated with each of the stages at December 31, 2018. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the operations, the exposure is divided into three grades (Investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment losses by stage

(Million of euros)

Credit Quality (*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

224

 

 —

 

 —

 

224

Speculation grade

 

20,313

 

6,600

 

 —

 

26,913

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,218

 

2,218

Total Exposure (**)

 

20,537

 

6,600

 

2,218

 

29,355

Impairment losses

 

824

 

1,720

 

667

 

3,211


(*)    Detail of credit quality ratings calculated for Group management purposes

(**)  Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

In relation to the methodology used to calculate impairment losses, Santander Consumer USA uses a method for calculating expected losses based on the use of risk parameters: EAD (Exposure at Default), PD (Probability of Default) and LGD (Loss Given Default). The expected loss of an operation is the result of adding the estimated monthly expected losses of the same during its entire life, unless the operation is classified in Stage 1 (on those used for the Santander Corporate Investment Banking portfolios see section 3.5) which will correspond to the sum of the estimated monthly expected losses during the following 12 months.

In general, there is an inverse relationship between credit quality of transactions and projections of impairment losses so that transactions with better credit quality require a lower expected loss. Credit quality of transactions, reflected in the internal rating associated with each transaction or the client, shown in the likelihood of default of the transactions.

For the estimation of expected losses, prospective information should be taken into account. Specifically, Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. considers three prospective macroeconomic scenarios, periodically updated over a 5-year time horizon. The evolution projected for the next five years of the main macroeconomic indicators used by in Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc in the estimation of expected losses is shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019-2023

 

 

    

Pessimistic

    

Base

    

Optimistic

 

Magnitudes

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

Interest rate

 

1.30

%  

2.80

%  

3.60

%

Unemployment rate

 

6.90

%  

4.20

%  

3.80

%

Housing price growth

 

2.20

%  

3.90

%  

3.90

%

GDP Growth

 

1.50

%  

2.10

%  

2.80

%

 

Each of the macroeconomic scenarios is associated with a given probability of occurrence. Santander Consumer USA Inc. associates the highest weighting to the Base scenario, whereas it associates the lowest weightings to the most extreme or acid scenarios:

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic scenario

    

20

%

Base scenario

 

60

%

Optimistic scenario

 

20

%

 

In relation to the classification measurement in Stage 2, the quantitative criteria applied by Santander Consumer USA Inc. are based on identifying whether any increase in PD for the expected life of the transaction exceeds a series of absolute thresholds. Each portfolio has a set of thresholds in accordance with the characteristics and credit risk profile of the products in the portfolio, considering that one transaction exceeds these thresholds when the PD for the entire life of the transaction doubles it in comparison to the one that had at the beginning. In addition, Santander Consumer USA Inc. also assesses the risk of its transactions by comparing the FICO (Fair Isaac Corporation) rating of each of them at the current period, in comparison to what they had at the beginning, establishing different absolute thresholds for each portfolio depending on its characteristics.

208

Table of Contents

Additionally, for each portfolio, a series of specific qualitative criteria are defined, which indicate that the exposure has had a significant increase in credit risk, regardless of the evolution of its PD since the initial recognition. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. among other criteria, considers that a transaction presents a significant increase in risk when it has irregular positions for more than 30 days. These criteria depend on the risk management practices of each portfolio.

3.4. Brazil

Credit risk in Brazil amounts to EUR 82,212 million, representing an increase of 1.4% vs. 2017 due to the depreciation of the Brazilian currency, excluding the exchange rate effect, recorded growth is 13%. Santander Brazil therefore accounts for 9% of the Group’s credit lending.

Santander Brazil is adequately diversified and has an increasingly marked retail profile, with more than 60% of loans extended to individuals, consumer financing and SMEs.

Information on the estimation of impairment losses

The Santander Brazil exposure’s detail and impairment losses associated with each of the stages at December 31, 2018 is presented. In addition, depending on the current credit quality of the operations, the exposure is divided into three grades (Investment, speculation and default):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure and impairment losses

(Million of euros)

Credit Quality(*)

    

Stage 1

    

Stage 2

    

Stage 3

    

Total

Investment grade

 

51,150

 

472

 

 —

 

51,622

Speculation grade

 

56,884

 

5,334

 

 —

 

62,218

Default

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,223

 

4,223

Total Exposure (**)

 

108,034

 

5,806

 

4,223

 

118,063

Impairment losses

 

997

 

768

 

2,889

 

4,654


(*)    Detail of credit quality ratings calculated for Group management purposes.

(**)  Amortised cost assets + Loans and advances + loan commitments granted.

For the estimation of expected losses, prospective information is taken into account. Particularly, Santander Brazil considers three prospective macroeconomic scenarios, periodically updated, over a time horizon of 5 years. The evolution projected for the next five years of the main macroeconomic indicators used to estimate the expected losses in Santander Brazil is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019-2023

 

 

    

Pessimistic

    

Base

    

Optimistic

 

Magnitudes

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

Interest rate

 

11.00

%  

7.70

%  

6.00

%

Unemployment rate

 

16.30

%  

9.90

%  

8.60

%

Housing price c

 

(1.40)

%  

4.30

%  

5.90

%

GDP Growth

 

(1.20)

%  

2.40

%  

3.50

%

 

Each macroeconomic scenario is associated with a determined likehood of occurrence. Regarding its assignation, Brazil links the highest weight to the base scenario whilst links the lowest weights to the most extreme scenarios:

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic scenario

    

10

%

Base scenario

 

80

%

Optimistic scenario

 

10

%

 

With respect to the determination of the classification in Stage 2, the quantitative criteria that are applied are based on identifying whether any increase in the PD for all the expected life of the operation is higher than an absolute threshold. Santander Brazil, for the purposes of a better integration in its portfolio management, has adapted the rating of the operations to PD thresholds, setting out different thresholds for each portfolio according to the characteristics of the operations.

In addition, for every portfolio, a set of specific qualitative criteria are defined to indicate that the exposure to credit risk has significantly risen, regardless of the evolution of its PD since the initial recognition. Santander Brazil, among other criteria, considers that an operations involves a significant increase in risk when it presents irregular positions for more than 30 days, but in Real State, Consigned and Financial portfolios, where, due to their particular attributes, they use a 60 days threshold. Such criteria depend upon each portfolio’s risk management practices.

209

Table of Contents

3.5. Santander Corporate & Investment Banking

The detail of exposure and impairment losses presented for the main geographies includes the portfolios of Santander Corporate & Investment Banking. In this sense, due to the type of customers managed in these portfolios, large multinational companies, the Group uses its own credit risk models. These models are common to different geographies using their own macroeconomic scenarios.

The average projected evolution for the next years of the GDP projected for the next few years is presented, which has been used for the estimation of the expected losses, together with the weighting of each scenario:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019-2023

 

 

 

Pessimistic

 

Base

 

Optimistic

 

Magnitudes

    

scenario

    

scenario

    

scenario

 

Global GDP Growth

 

2.7

%  

3.6

%  

4.2

%

 

Each macroeconomic scenarios is associated with a determined likehood of occurrence. As for its allocation, Santander Corporate & Investment Banking associates the highest weight with the Base Scenario, while associating the lower weights with the more extreme scenarios.

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic scenario

    

20

%

Base scenario

 

60

%

Optimistic scenario

 

20

%

 

4.    Other credit risk aspects

4.1. Credit risk by activity in the financial markets

This section covers credit risk generated in treasury activities with customers, mainly with credit institutions. Transactions are undertaken through money market financial products with different financial institutions and through counterparty risk products which serve the Group’s customer’s needs.

According to regulation (EU) 575/2013, counterparty credit risk is the risk that a client in a transaction could default before the definitive settlement of the cash flows of the transaction. It includes the following types of transactions: derivative instruments, transactions with repurchase commitment, stock and commodities lending, operations with deferred settlement and financing of guarantees.

There are two methodologies for measuring this exposure: (i) mark-to-market (MtM) methodology (replacement value of derivatives) plus potential future exposure (add-on) and (ii) the calculation of exposure using Monte Carlo simulation for some countries and products. The capital at risk or unexpected loss is also calculated, i.e. the loss which, once the expected loss has been subtracted, constitutes the economic capital, net of guarantees and recoveries.

After markets close, exposures are re-calculated by adjusting all transactions to their new time frame, adjusting the potential future exposure and applying mitigation measures (netting, collateral, etc.), so that the exposures can be controlled directly against the limits approved by senior management. Risk control is performed through an integrated system and in real time, enabling the exposure limit available with any counterparty, product and maturity and in any of Santander’s subsidiaries to be known at any time.

4.2. Concentration risk

Concentration risk control is a vital part of management. The Group continuously monitors the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using various criteria: geographical areas and countries, economic sectors and groups of customers.

The board, via the risk appetite framework, determines the maximum levels of concentration. In line with these maximum levels and limits, the executive risk committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the appropriate exposure levels for the adequate management of the degree of concentration in Santander's credit risk portfolios.

The Group is subject to the regulation on large risks contained in the CRR, according to which the exposure contracted by an entity with a customer or group of customers linked among themselves will be considered a large exposure when its value is equal or greater  than 10% of eligible capital. In addition, in order to limit large exposures, no entity can assume exposures exceeding 25% of its eligible capital with a single customer or group of linked customers, after taking into account the credit risk reduction effect contained in the regulation.

210

Table of Contents

Having applied the risk mitigation techniques, no groups triggered these thresholds at the end of December.

Regulatory credit exposure with the 20 largest groups within the scope of large risks represented 4.47% of the outstanding credit risk with customers (lending to customers plus off-balance sheet risks) as of December 2018.

The detail, by activity and geographical area of the counterparty, of the concentration of the Group's risk at December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

 

    

 

    

 

    

Other EU

    

 

    

Rest of the

Million of euros

 

Total

 

Spain

 

countries

 

America

 

world

Central banks and Credit institutions

 

244,523

 

60,562

 

94,532

 

75,460

 

13,969

Public sector

 

177,207

 

64,528

 

38,112

 

67,943

 

6,624

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central government

 

157,656

 

53,060

 

34,497

 

63,490

 

6,609

Other central government

 

19,551

 

11,468

 

3,615

 

4,453

 

15

Other financial institutions (financial business activity)

 

102,985

 

16,378

 

54,473

 

25,751

 

6,383

Non-financial companies and individual entrepeneurs (non-financial business activity) (broken down by purpose)

 

383,708

 

126,503

 

117,261

 

126,098

 

13,846

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and property development

 

27,699

 

5,578

 

4,674

 

17,311

 

136

Civil engineering construction

 

5,606

 

3,352

 

1,642

 

595

 

17

Large companies

 

220,192

 

56,547

 

72,406

 

78,850

 

12,389

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

 

130,211

 

61,026

 

38,539

 

29,342

 

1,304

Households – other (broken down by purpose)

 

491,836

 

89,407

 

276,667

 

116,686

 

9,076

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

314,048

 

62,232

 

210,218

 

40,696

 

902

Consumer loans

 

156,806

 

18,065

 

64,258

 

68,872

 

5,611

Other purposes

 

20,982

 

9,110

 

2,191

 

7,118

 

2,563

Total (*)

 

1,400,259

 

357,378

 

581,045

 

411,938

 

49,898


(*)    For the purposes of this table, the definition of risk includes the following items in the public balance sheet:

Loans and advances to credit institutions, Loans and advances to Central Banks, Loans and advances to Customers, Debt Instruments, Equity Instruments, trading Derivatives, Hedging derivatives, Investments and financial guarantees given.

4.3. Sovereign risk and exposure to other public sector entities

As a general criteria in the Group, sovereign risk is that related to transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), Treasury issuances risk (public debt portfolio) and that related to transactions with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from the state’s budgeted income and the activities are of a non-commercial nature.

These criteria, historically used by the Group, differ in some respects from that applied by the European Banking Authority (EBA) for its regular stress exercises. The main differences are that the EBA’s criterion does not include deposits with central banks, exposures with insurance companies, indirect exposures via guarantees and other instruments. On the other hand, the EBA does include public administrations in general (including regional and local bodies), not only the central state sector.

According to the management Group criteria, local sovereign exposure in currencies other than the official currency of the country of issuance is not very significant (EUR 8,901 million, 3.5% of total sovereign risk), and exposure to non-local sovereign issuers involving cross-border risk is even less significant (EUR 3,906 million, 1.5% of total sovereign risk).

Sovereign exposure in Latin America is mostly in local currency, and is recognised in the local accounts and concentrated in short-term maturities with lower interest rate risk and higher liquidity.

211

Table of Contents

The exposure in the table below is disclosed following the latest amendments of the regulatory reporting framework carried out by the EBA, which entered into force in 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Non-trading

    

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

financial assets

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

at fair value

 

Financial

 

mandatorily

 

 

 

 

designated at fair

 

through other

 

assets at

 

at fair value

 

Total

 

 

value through profit

 

comprehensive

 

amortised

 

through

 

net direct

Country

    

or loss

    

income

    

cost

    

profit or loss

    

exposure

Spain

 

1,143

 

27,078

 

21,419

 

 —

 

49,640

Portugal

 

(43)

 

4,794

 

4,002

 

 —

 

8,753

Italy

 

(204)

 

 —

 

465

 

 —

 

261

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Rest of eurozone

 

503

 

953

 

1,322

 

 —

 

2,778

United Kingdom

 

1,013

 

1,190

 

8,666

 

 —

 

10,869

Poland

 

2,015

 

9,203

 

11

 

 —

 

11,229

Rest of Europe

 

 —

 

84

 

245

 

 —

 

329

United States

 

426

 

6,138

 

2,113

 

 5

 

8,682

Brazil

 

1,839

 

20,540

 

3,782

 

893

 

27,054

Mexico

 

3,320

 

4,279

 

2,816

 

 —

 

10,415

Chile

 

160

 

1,596

 

20

 

 —

 

1,776

Other American countries

 

103

 

340

 

450

 

 —

 

893

Rest of the world

 

 —

 

5,688

 

534

 

 —

 

6,222

Total

 

10,275

 

81,883

 

45,845

 

898

 

138,901

 

5.    Credit risk management

The credit risk management process consists of identifying, analysing, controlling and deciding on the credit risk incurred by the Group's operations. It considers a holistic view of the credit risk cycle including transaction, customer and portfolio view. Both business and risk areas, together with the senior management participate in the management process.

The identification of credit risk is a key component for the active management and effective control of portfolios. The identification and classification of external and internal risks in each business allows corrective and mitigating measures to be adopted.

5.1. Planning

Identification

Planning allows to set business targets and define specific action plans, within the risk appetite established by the Group. These targets are met by assigning the necessary means (models, resources, systems).

Strategic commercial plans

Strategic commercial plans (SCPs) are a basic management and control tool for the Group’s credit portfolios. The SCPs are prepared jointly by the commercial and risks areas, and define the commercial strategies, risk policies and measures/infrastructures required to meet the annual budget targets. These three factors are considered as a whole, ensuring a holistic view of the portfolio to be planned and allowing a map of all the Group’s credit portfolios to be drawn.

SCP management integration provides at all times an updated view on the credit portfolios quality, allows to measure credit risk, perform internal controls and periodic monitoring of planned strategies, anticipate deviations and identify significant changes in risk and its potential impact, as well as the application of corrective actions.

The SCPs approval corresponds to the risk executive committee or equivalent body of each entity previous to its validation at Group level in the corporate risk executive committee. The periodic monitoring of SCPs is carried out by the same bodies that approve and validate them.

The process pursues the SCPs alignment with the capital objectives of the Group's units.

212

Table of Contents

Scenario analysis

Credit risk scenario analysis enables senior management to better understand the portfolio evolution in the face of market conditions and changes in the environment. It is a key tool for assessing the sufficiency of capital provisions for stress scenarios.

Scenario analysis is applied to all of the Group's significant portfolios, usually over a 3-year horizon. The process involves the following main stages:

·

Definition of benchmark scenarios, either central or most plausible scenarios (baseline), as well as less likely and more adverse economic scenarios (stress scenarios). A global stress scenario is a world crisis situation that impacts each of the countries in which the Group operates. In addition, a local stress scenario impacts in an isolated way some of the main units with a greater degree of stress than the global stress scenario.

·

Determination of risk parameters value (probability of default, loss given default, etc.) for the scenarios defined. These parameters are established using internally developed statistical-econometric models, based on default and historical losses, in relation to historical data for macroeconomic variables taking into consideration a complete economic cycle.

·

Adaptation of the projection methodology to IFRS9, with an impact on the estimation of the expected loss in each of the IFRS9 stages, associated with each of the scenarios put forward, as well as with other important credit risk metrics deriving from the parameters obtained (non-performing loans, provisions, allowances, etc.).

·

Analysis and rationale for the credit risk profile evolution at portfolio, segment, unit and Group levels, in different scenarios and compared to previous years.

·

Integration of management indicators to supplement the analysis of the impact caused by macroeconomic factors on risk metrics.

·

Likewise, the process is completed with a set of controls and backtesting that ensure the adequacy of metrics and calculations.

The entire process takes place within a corporate governance framework, and is adapted to the growing importance of this framework as well as market best practices, assisting the Group's senior management in gathering knowledge for decision making.

5.2 Assessment of the risk and credit rating process

The connection between the credit risk appetite of the Group and management of the credit portfolios is implemented through the SCPs, which define the portfolio and new originations limits in order to anticipate the portfolio risk profile. The transposition and cascading down of the Group's risk appetite framework credit risk metrics, strengthens the existing control over credit portfolios.

The Group has processes that determine the risk that each customer is able to assume. These limits are set jointly by the business and risks areas and have to be approved by the Executive risk committee (or committees in which it has delegated such authority) and reflect the expected results of the business in terms of risk-return.

In order to assign a rating that reflects the credit quality of the customer, the Group uses valuation and parameter estimation models in each of the segments where it operates: SCIB (Santander Corporate & Investment Banking: sovereigns, financial institutions and large corporates), commercial banking, institutions, SMEs and individuals.

The decision models applied are based on credit rating drivers which are monitored and controlled in order to calibrate and precisely adjust the decisions and ratings they assign. Depending on the segment, drivers may be:

·

Rating: resulting from the application of mathematical algorithms incorporating a quantitative model based on balance sheet ratios or macroeconomic variables, and a qualitative module supplemented by the analyst's expert judgement. Used for the SCIB, commercial banking, institutions and SMEs (treated on an individual basis) segments.

·

Scoring: an automatic assessment system for credit applications. It automatically assigns an individual grade to the customer for subsequent decision making.

Parameter estimation models are obtained through econometric statistical models, internally developed, based on historical loss and default of the portfolios for which they are developed and used to calculate the economic and regulatory capital of each portfolio.

Periodic model monitoring and evaluation is carried out, assessing among others, the adequacy of its use, its predictive capacity, correct performance, and level of granularity. In the same way, the existence and compliance of the policies corresponding to each and every segment is verified (these policies enable the execution of business plans defined under the approved risk appetite).

213

Table of Contents

The resulting ratings are regularly reviewed, incorporating the latest available financial information and experience in the development of banking relations. The depth and frequency of the reviews are increased in the case of customers who require a more detailed monitoring or through automatic warnings in the systems.

5.3. Limits, pre-classifications and pre-approvals definition

There are different limit models depending on the segment:

·

Large corporate groups: we use a pre-classification model based on a system for measuring and monitoring economic capital. The result is the level of risk that the Group is willing to assume with a customer/group, in terms of Capital at Risk, nominal CAP, and maximum periods according to the type of transaction (in the case of financial entities, limits are managed through Credit Equivalent Risk (CER). It includes the actual and expected risk with a customer based on its usual operations, always within the limits defined in the risk appetite and established credit policies.

·

Corporates and institutions that meet certain requirements (deep knowledge, rating, etc.): we use a more simplified pre-classification model through an internal limit that establishes a reference of the level of risk to be assumed with the customer. The criteria will include, among others, repayment capacity, debt in the system and the banking pool distribution.

In both cases, transactions over certain thresholds or with specific characteristics might require the approval of an analyst or committee.

·

For individual customers and SMEs with low turnover, large volumes of credit transactions can be managed more easily with the use of automatic decision models for classifying the customer/ transaction binomial.

In specific situations where a series of requirements are met, pre-approved transactions are granted to customers or potential customers (campaigns).

5.4. Transaction decision-making

As a general rule, from a risk admission point of view, the concession criteria are linked to the payment capacity of the borrower to comply, in time and form, with the total of the assumed financial obligations – this does not imply an impediment to requiring a higher level of real or personal guarantees. 

The payment capacity will be evaluated based on the funds or net cash flows from the customer´s businesses or usual sources of income, without depending on guarantors or assets given as collateral. Such guarantors or assets should always be considered, when evaluating the approval of the transaction, as a second and exceptional way of recovery in case the first has failed.

In general, a guarantee is defined as a reinforcement measure added to a credit transaction for the purpose of mitigating the loss due to a breach of the payment obligation.

Mitigation techniques implementation follows the minimum requirements established in the guarantee management policy: legal certainty (possibility of legally requiring the settlement of guarantees at all times), the lack of substantial positive correlation between the counterparty and the value of the collateral, the correct documentation of all guarantees, the availability of documentation for the methodologies used for each mitigation technique and appropriate monitoring, traceability and regular control of the goods/assets used for the guarantee.

In Santander we apply several credit risk mitigation techniques on the basis, among other factors, of the type of customer and product. Some are inherent to specific transactions (e.g. real estate guarantees) while others apply to a series of transactions (e.g. derivatives netting and collateral). The different mitigation techniques can be grouped into the following categories:

·

Personal guarantees

·

Guarantees from credit derivatives

·

Real guarantees

Effective guarantees are those real and personal guarantees for which its effectiveness as a credit risk mitigant is proved and whose valuation complies with the established policies and procedures. The analysis of the effectiveness of the guarantees must take into account, among others, the necessary time for the execution and ability to enforce the guarantees.

214

Table of Contents

5.5. Monitoring / Anticipation

Monitoring business performance on a regular basis, and comparing performance against agreed plans is a key risk management activity.

All customers must be monitored on an ongoing and holistic manner that enables the earliest possible detection of any incidents that may arise impacting the customer’s credit rating. Monitoring is carried out through an ongoing review of all customers, assigning a monitoring classification, establishing pre-defined actions associated to each classification and executing specific measures (pre-defined or ad-hoc) to correct any deviations that could have a negative impact for the Group.

In this monitoring, the consideration of forecasts and transactions characteristics throughout its life, is assured. It also takes into consideration any variations that may have occurred in the classification and its adequacy in the moment of the review.

Monitoring is carried out by local and global Risk teams, supplemented by Internal Audit. It is based on customer segmentation:

·

In the SCIB segment, monitoring, in the first instance, is a direct function of both the commercial manager and the risk analyst, who maintain the direct relationship with the customer and manage the portfolio. This function ensures that an up-to-date view of the customers’ credit quality is always available and allows anticipating situations of concern and taking the necessary actions.

·

In the commercial banking, institutions and SMEs with an analyst assigned, the function consists in identifying and tracking customers whose situations require closer monitoring, reviewing ratings and continuously analysing indicators.

·

In the individual customers, businesses and SMEs with low turnover segments monitoring is carried out through automatic alerts for the main indicators, in order to detect shifts in the performance of the loan portfolio with respect to the forecasts in strategic plans.

5.6. Recovery and collections management

Recovery activity is a significant element in the Group’s risk management. This function is carried out by the Recoveries area, which defines a global strategy and an enterprise-wide focus for recovery management.

The Group has a corporate recovery management model that sets the guidelines and general lines of action to be applied in the different countries, taking always into account the local particularities that the recovery activity requires, such as economic environment, business model or a mixture of both.

Recovery has been aligned with the socio-economic reality of the Group's countries and different risk management mechanisms are used with adequate prudential criteria considering unpaid debt conditions.

The diverse features of Santander´s customers make segmentation necessary in order to manage recoveries adequately. Mass management of large groups of customers with similar profiles and products is conducted through processes with a high technological and digital component, while personalised management focuses on customers who, because of their profile, require a specific manager and more customised management.

Recovery management is divided into four stages: irregularity or early non-payment, non-performing loans recoveries, write-offs recoveries and management of foreclosed assets.

The management scope for the recovery function includes non-productive assets (NPAs), corresponding to the forborne portfolios, NPLs, write-off loans and foreclosed assets, where the Group may use mechanisms to rapidly reduce these assets, such as portfolios or foreclosed assets sales. Therefore, the Group is constantly seeking alternative solutions to juridical processes for collecting debt.

In the write-off loans category, debt instruments are included, whether due or not, for which, after an individualised analysis, their recovery is considered remote due to a notorious and unrecoverable impairment of the solvency of the transaction or the holder. Classification in this category involves full cancellation of the gross carrying amount of the loan and it’s derecognition, which does not mean that the Group interrupts negotiations and legal proceedings to recover its amount.

Forborne loan portfolio

The Group has a corporate forbearance policy  which acts as a reference for the different local transpositions of all its subsidiaries. These share the general principles established by the Bank of Spain and the EBA. This policy includes the requirements arising from the implementation of IFRS9.

215

Table of Contents

This policy defines forbearance as the modification of the payment conditions of a transaction to allow a customer who is experiencing financial difficulties (current or foreseeable), to fulfil their payment obligations. If the modification was not made, it would be reasonably certain that the customer would not be able to meet their financial obligations. The modification could be made to the original transaction or through a new transaction replacing the previous one.

In addition, this policy also sets down rigorous criteria for the evaluation, classification and monitoring of such transactions, ensuring the strictest possible care and diligence in their granting and follow up. Therefore, the forbearance transaction must be focused on recovery of the amounts due, the payment obligations must be adapted to the customer's actual situation and losses must be recognised as soon as possible if any amounts are deemed irrecoverable.

Forbearances may never be used to delay the immediate recognition of losses or to hinder the appropriate recognition of risk of default.

Further, the policy defines the classification criteria for the forborne transactions in order to ensure that the risks are suitably recognised, bearing in mind that they must remain classified as non-performing or in watch-list for a prudential period of time (aligned with Regulation EU 680/2014) to attain reasonable certainty that repayment capacity can be recovered.

The forborne portfolio stood at EUR 41,234 million at the end of December. In terms of credit quality, 49% is classified as non-performing loans, with average coverage of 53%  (26% of the total portfolio).

The following terms are used in Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017 of Bank of Spain with the meanings specified:

·

Refinancing transaction: transaction that is granted or used, for reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, to repay one or more of the transactions granted to it, or through which the payments on such transactions are brought fully or partially up to date, in order to enable the borrowers of the cancelled or refinanced transactions to repay their debt (principal and interest) because they are unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the conditions thereof in due time and form.

·

Restructured transaction: transaction with respect to which, for economic or legal reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, the financial terms and conditions are modified in order to facilitate the payment of the debt (principal and interest) because the borrower is unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the aforementioned terms and conditions in due time and form, even if such modification is envisaged in the agreement.

CURRENT REFINANCING AND RESTRUCTURING BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

Total

 

Of which: Non-performing/Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

Without real guarantee

 

With real guarantee

 

of

 

Without real guarantee

 

With real guarantee

 

of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

actual collateral that can

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

actual collateral that can

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

accumulated

Amounts in million of euros, except

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

Rest of

 

losses in fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

Rest of

 

losses in fair

number of transactions that are in

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

estate

 

real

 

value due to

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

estate

 

real

 

value due to

units.

  

transactions

  

amount

  

transactions

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

credit risk

  

transactions

  

amount

  

transactions

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

credit risk

Credit entities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Public sector

 

37

 

76

 

16

 

18

 

11

 

 4

 

 6

 

13

 

 7

 

 9

 

 4

 

 4

 

 —

 

 2

Other financial institutions and: individual shareholder

 

265

 

11

 

135

 

38

 

16

 

15

 

10

 

110

 

 3

 

75

 

16

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

Non-financial institutions and individual shareholder

 

187,192

 

7,383

 

44,452

 

13,039

 

8,116

 

1,321

 

6,339

 

121,445

 

4,669

 

26,122

 

8,156

 

5,058

 

689

 

5,851

Of which: financing for constructions and property development

 

426

 

313

 

1,889

 

1,932

 

1,600

 

30

 

620

 

328

 

245

 

1,369

 

1,329

 

1,038

 

28

 

594

Other warehouses

 

1,578,622

 

3,476

 

824,591

 

17,193

 

7,905

 

4,016

 

4,352

 

874,840

 

1,668

 

181,469

 

5,834

 

3,505

 

823

 

2,772

Total

 

1,766,116

 

10,946

 

869,194

 

30,288

 

16,048

 

5,356

 

10,707

 

996,408

 

6,347

 

207,675

 

14,010

 

8,576

 

1,512

 

8,634

Financing classified as non-current assets and disposable groups of items that have been classified as held for sale

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

The transactions presented in the foregoing tables were classified at December 31, 2018 by nature, as follows:

·

Non-performing: Operations that rest on an inadequate payment scheme will be classified within the non-performing category, regardless they include contract clauses that delay the repayment of the operation throughout regular payments or present amounts written off the balance sheet for being considered irrecoverable.

216

Table of Contents

·

Performing: Operations not classifiable as non-performing will be classified within this category. Operations will also will be classified as normal if they have been reclassified from the non-performing category for complying with the specific criteria detailed below:

a)

A period of a year must have expired from the refinancing or restructuring date.

b)

The owner must have paid for the accrued amounts of the capital and interests, thus reducing the rearranged capital amount, from the date when the restructuring of refinancing operation was formalised.

c)

The owner must not have any other operation with amounts past due by more than 90 days on the date of the reclassification to the normal risk category.

The table below shows the changes in 2018 in the forborne loan portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

    

2018

    

2017

Beginning balance

 

36,164

 

37,365

Refinancing and restructuring of the period

 

10,191

 

12,675

Memorandum item: impact recorded in the income statement for the period

 

2,659

 

2,406

Debt repayment

 

(11,126)

 

(9,107)

Foreclosure

 

(731)

 

(950)

Derecognised from the consolidated balance sheet

 

(3,660)

 

(5,334)

Others variations

 

(311)

 

1,515

Balance at end of year

 

30,527

 

36,164

 

51% of the forborne loan transactions are classified as other than non-performing. Particularly noteworthy are the level of existing guarantees (52% of transactions are secured by collateral) and the coverage provided by specific allowances (representing 26% of the total forborne loan portfolio and 42% of the non-performing portfolio).

c)  Trading market risk, structural and liquidity risk

Activities subject to market risk and types of market risk

The perimeter of activities subject to market risk involves operations where patrimonial risk is assumed as a consequence of variations in market factors. Thus they include trading risks and also structural risks, which are also affected by market shifts.

This risk arises from changes in risk factors - interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, stock prices, credit spreads, commodity prices and the volatility of each of these elements - as well as from the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates, and balance sheet liquidity risk:

·

Interest rate risk is the possibility that changes in interest rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects loans, deposits, debt securities, most assets and liabilities in the trading books and derivatives, among others.

·

Inflation rate risk is the possibility that changes in inflation rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects instruments such as loans, debt securities and derivatives, where the return is linked to inflation or to a change in the actual rate.

·

Exchange rate risk is the sensitivity of the value of a position in a currency other than the base currency to a movement in exchange rates. Hence, a long or open position in a foreign currency will produce a loss if that currency depreciates against the base currency. Among the exposures affected by this risk are the Group’s investments in subsidiaries in non-euro currencies, as well as any foreign currency transactions.

·

Equity risk is the sensitivity of the value of positions in equities to adverse movements in market prices or expectations of future dividends. Among other instruments, this affects positions in shares, stock market indices, convertible bonds and derivatives using shares as the underlying asset (put, call, equity swaps, etc.).

·

Credit spread risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of positions in fixed income securities or in credit derivatives to movements in credit spread curves or in recovery rates associated with issuers and specific types of debt. The spread is the difference between financial instruments listed with a margin over other benchmark instruments, mainly the interest rate risk of Government bonds and interbank interest rates.

217

Table of Contents

·

Commodities price risk is the risk derived from the effect of potential changes in commodities prices. The Group’s exposure to this risk is not significant and is concentrated in derivative transactions on commodities with customers.

·

Volatility risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the volatility of risk factors: interest rates, exchange rates, shares, credit spreads and commodities. This risk is incurred by all financial instruments where volatility is a variable in the valuation model. The most significant case is the financial options portfolio.

All these market risks can be partly or fully mitigated by using options, futures, forwards and swaps.

In addition to the above market risks, balance sheet liquidity risk must also be considered. Unlike market liquidity risk, balance sheet liquidity risk is defined as the possibility of not meeting payment obligations on time, or doing so at excessive cost. Among the losses caused by this risk are losses due to forced sales of assets or margin impacts due to the mismatch between expected cash inflows and outflows.

1.    Trading market risk management

The Group's trading risk profile remained moderately low in 2018, in line with previous years, due to the fact that the Group’s activity has traditionally focused on providing services to its customers, with only limited exposure to complex structured assets, as well as geographic diversification and risk factors.

The standard methodology Santander Group applies to trading activities is Value at Risk (VaR), which measures the maximum expected loss with a certain confidence level and time frame. The standard for historic simulation is a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of one day. Statistical adjustments are applied enabling the most recent developments affecting the levels of risk assumed to be incorporated efficiently and on a timely manner. A time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR calculation is used. Two figures are calculated every day: one applying an exponential decay factor that accords less weight to the observations furthest away in time and another with the same weight for all observations. The higher of the two is reported as the VaR.

The detail of the metrics risk related to the Group’s balance sheet items as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sheet

 

Main market risk metric

 

 

Million of euros

    

amount

    

VaR

    

Other

    

Main risk factor for "Other" balance

Assets subject to market risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand

 

113,663

 

 —

 

113,663

 

Interest rate

Financial assets held for trading

 

92,879

 

92,140

 

739

 

Interest rate, spread

Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

10,730

 

9,327

 

1,403

 

Interest rate, Equity market

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

57,460

 

56,584

 

876

 

Interest rate

Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

121,091

 

 —

 

121,091

 

Interest rate, spread

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

946,099

 

 —

 

946,099

 

Interest rate

Hedging derivatives

 

8,607

 

8,586

 

21

 

Interest rate, exchange rate

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest risk

 

1,088

 

 —

 

1,088

 

Interest rate

Other assets

 

107,654

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Total Assets

 

1,459,271

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Liabilities subject to market risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

70,343

 

70,054

 

289

 

Interest rate, spread

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

68,058

 

67,909

 

149

 

Interest rate

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 

1,171,630

 

 —

 

1,171,630

 

Interest rate, spread

Hedging derivatives

 

6,363

 

6,357

 

 6

 

Interest rate, exchange

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

303

 

 —

 

303

 

Interest rate

Other liabilities

 

35,213

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Total liabilities

 

1,351,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

107,361

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

218

Table of Contents

VaR during 2018 fluctuated between EUR 16.6 million and EUR 6.4 million (2017: 9.7 and 63.2). The most significant changes were related to variations in exchange and interest rate exposures and also market volatility.

The average VaR in 2018 was EUR 9.7 million, slightly lower than in the two previous years (EUR 21.5 million in 2017).

The following table shows the average and latest values of Var at 99% by risk factor in the last three years as well as the minimum and maximum values.

Total VaR trading (Derivatives: VaR risk per factor of risk)

Million of euros. Structural VaR 99% with a temporary horizon one day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

2017

 

2016

Million of euros

  

Min

  

Average

  

Max

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

Total

 

6.4

 

9.7

 

16.6

 

11.3

 

21.5

 

10.2

 

18.3

 

17.9

Diversification effect

 

(3.3)

 

(9.3)

 

(18.7)

 

(11.5)

 

(8.0)

 

(7.6)

 

(10.3)

 

(9.6)

Interest rate

 

5.9

 

9.4

 

15.5

 

9.7

 

16.2

 

7.9

 

15.5

 

17.9

Equities

 

0.8

 

2.4

 

6.3

 

2.8

 

3.0

 

1.9

 

1.9

 

1.4

Exchange rate

 

1.6

 

3.9

 

11.4

 

6.2

 

6.6

 

3.3

 

6.9

 

4.8

Credit spread

 

1.0

 

3.4

 

13.0

 

4.1

 

3.6

 

4.6

 

4.2

 

3.3

Commodities

 

0.0

 

0.0

 

0.4

 

0.0

 

0.0

 

0.0

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

The Group continues to have a very limited exposure to instruments or complex structured assets, a management culture for which prudence in risk management is one of its hallmarks in risk management. In both cases, the exposure has reduced comparing with the previous year, for which the Group has:

·

Hedge funds: the total exposure is not significant (EUR 28 million at close of December 2018) and is all indirect, acting as counterparty in derivatives transactions. The risk with this type of counterparty is analysed case by case, establishing percentages of collateralisation on the basis of the features and assets of each fund.

·

Monolines: exposure to bond insurance companies as of December 2018 was EUR 24 million, all of it indirect, by virtue of the guarantee provided by this type of entity for various financing or traditional securitisation transactions. The exposure in this case is to double default, as the primary underlying assets are of high credit quality.

The Group’s policy for approving new transactions related to these products remains very prudent and conservative. It is subject to strict supervision by the Group’s senior management. Before approving a new transaction, product or underlying asset, the Risk division verifies:

·

The existence of an appropriate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: mark-to-market, mark-to-model or mark-to-liquidity.

·

The availability in the market of observable data (inputs) needed to apply this valuation model.

And provided these two conditions are met:

·

The availability of adequate systems, duly adapted to calculate and monitor every day the results, positions and risks of new transactions.

·

The degree of liquidity of the product or underlying asset, in order to make possible their coverage when deemed appropriate.

Calibration and test measures

Actual losses can differ from those forecast by VaR for various reasons related to the limitations of this metric which are detailed later in the section of methodologies. The Group regularly analyses and contrasts the accuracy of the VaR calculation model in order to confirm its reliability.

The most important test consists of backtesting exercises, analysed at the local and global levels and in all cases with the same methodology. Backtesting consists of comparing forecast VaR measurements, with a certain level of confidence and time frame, with actual losses obtained in the same time frame. This enables anomalies in the VaR model of the portfolio in question to be detected (for example, shortcomings in the parameterisation of the valuation models of certain instruments, not very adequate proxies, etc.).

219

Table of Contents

The Group calculates and evaluates three types of backtesting:

·

“Clean” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into account intraday results or changes in the portfolio's positions. This method compares the effectiveness of the individual models used to assess and measure the risks of positions.

·

Backtesting on complete results: daily VaR is compared with the day's net results, including the results of intraday transactions and those generated by fees and commissions.

·

Backtesting on complete results without mark-ups or fees: the daily VaR is compared to the day’s net results from intraday transactions but excluding those generated by mark-ups and fees. This method aims to give an idea of the intraday risk assumed by Group treasuries.

For the first case and for the total portfolio, there were three exceptions of Value at Earnings (VaE) at 99% in 2018 (day on which daily profit was higher than VaE) on 21 and 30 August and 8 October, caused by strong shifts in the exchange rates of emerging economies.

There were also one exception to VaR at 99% (day on which the daily loss was higher than the VaR) on the 29 May, due to the rise in market volatility caused by political instability in Europe, and on 15 and 29 October due to the strong variations in the exchange rates and interest rates in Brazil and Mexico motivated by the general elections volatility.

The number of exceptions which occurred is consistent with the assumptions specified in the VaR calculation model.

2.    Structural balance sheet risks 4

2.1. Main aggregates and variations

The market risk profile inherent in Grupo Santander’s balance sheet, in relation to its asset volumes and shareholders’ funds, as well as the budgeted financial margin, remained moderate in 2018, in line with previous years.

Structural VaR

A standardised metric such as VaR can be used for monitoring total market risk for the banking book, excluding the trading activity of SCIB, distinguishing between fixed income (considering both interest rates and credit spreads on ALCO portfolios), exchange rates and equities.

In general the structural VaR is not significant according to the assets amounts or capital of the Group:

Structural VaR

Million of euros. Structural VaR 99% with a temporary horizon of one day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

  

Min

  

Average

  

Max

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

Structural VaR

 

485.0

 

568.5

 

799.4

 

556.8

 

878.0

 

815.7

 

869.3

 

922.1

Diversification effect

 

(319.7)

 

(325.0)

 

(355.4)

 

(267.7)

 

(337.3)

 

(376.8)

 

(323.4)

 

(316.6)

VaR interest rate (*)

 

301.3

 

337.1

 

482.5

 

319.5

 

373.9

 

459.6

 

340.6

 

327.2

VaR exchange rate

 

323.3

 

338.9

 

386.2

 

324.9

 

546.9

 

471.2

 

603.4

 

588.5

VaR equities

 

180.1

 

217.6

 

286.1

 

180.1

 

294.5

 

261.6

 

248.7

 

323.0


(*)     Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.

Structural interest rate risk

·

Europe and the United States

The main balance sheets, the Parent, United Kingdom and United States, in mature markets and in a low interest rate setting, usually show positive sensitivities to interest rates in economic value of equity and interest income/ (charges).


4 Includes the total balance sheet, except for financial assets and liabilities held for trading.

220

Table of Contents

Exposure levels in all countries are moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

At the end of December 2018, risk on interest income/ (charges) over one year , measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in the euro, at EUR 269 million, the pound sterling, at EUR 203 million, the US dollar, with EUR 130million, and the Polish zloty, at EUR 53 million.

·

Latin America

Latin American balance sheets are usually positioned for interest rate cuts for both economic value and interest income/ (charges), except for interest income/ (charges) in Mexico, where liquidity excess is invested in the short term in the local currency.

In 2018, exposure levels in all countries were moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

At the end of December, risk on interest income/ (charges) over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in three countries: Brazil (EUR 45 million), Chile (EUR 35 million) and Mexico (EUR 12 million).

Risk to the economic value of equity over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel ± 100 basis point movements in the worst case scenario, was also concentrated in Brazil (EUR 419 million), Chile (EUR 219 million) and Mexico (EUR 172 million).

·

VaR of on-balance-sheet structural interest rate risk

In addition to sensitivities to interest rate movements (in which, assessments of  ±100 bp movements are complemented by assessments of +/-25 bp,  +/-50 bp and +/-75 bp movements to give a fuller understanding of risk in countries with very low rates), the Group also uses other methods to monitor structural balance sheet risk from interest rates movements: these include scenario analysis and VaR calculations, applying a similar methodology to that used for trading portfolios.

Structural interest rate risk, measured in terms of VaR at one-day and at 99%, averaged EUR 352.5 million in September 2018. It is important to note the high level of diversification between the balance sheets of Europe and United States and those of Latin America.

Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results

Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group transactions in foreign currencies, mainly related to permanent financial investments, results and the hedging of both.

This management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on the core capital ratio from exchange rates movements. In 2018, hedging levels of the core capital ratio for foreign exchange rate risk were maintained near 100%.

At the end of 2018, the largest exposures of permanent investments (with their potential impact on equity) were, in the following order, in Brazilian real, US dollars, UK pounds sterling, Chilean pesos, Mexican pesos and Polish zlotys. The Group hedges some of these positions of a permanent nature with foreign exchange-rate derivatives.

In addition, the financial area is responsible for managing foreign exchange rate risk for the Group’s expected results and dividends in units where the base currency is not the euro.

Structural equity risk

The Group maintains equity positions in its banking book in addition to those of the trading portfolio. These positions are maintained as equity instruments or as investments, depending on the percentage or control.

The equity portfolio available for the banking book at the end of December 2018 was diversified in securities in various countries, mainly Spain, China, Morocco, Netherlands and Poland. Most of the portfolio is invested in financial activities and insurance sectors. Among other sectors, to a lesser extent, are for example real estate activities or public administration.

Structural equity positions are exposed to market risk. VaR is calculated for these positions using market price data series or proxies. As of the end of December 2018, the VaR at 99% with a one day time frame was EUR 180.1 million (EUR 261.6 and EUR 323 million at the end of 2017 and 2016, respectively).

221

Table of Contents

2.2. Methodologies

Structural interest rate risk

The Group analyses the sensitivity of its interest income/ (charges) and equity value to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from differences in maturity dates and interest rate repricing gaps in the various balance sheet items.

Taking into consideration the balance-sheet interest rate position and the market situation and outlook, the necessary financial actions are adopted to align this position with that desired by the Group. These measures can range from opening positions on markets to the definition of the interest rate features of commercialised products.

The metrics used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the repricing gap, the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates, the duration of capital and value at risk (VaR) for economic capital calculation purposes.

Structural exchange-rate risk/hedging of results

These activities are monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a daily basis.

Structural equity risk

These activities are monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a monthly basis.

3.   Liquidity risk

Structural liquidity management aims to fund the Group’s recurring activity optimising maturities and costs, while avoiding taking on undesired liquidity risks.

Santander’s liquidity management is based on the following principles:

·

Decentralised liquidity model.

·

Medium- and long-term funding needs must be covered by medium- and long-term instruments.

·

High contribution from customer deposits due to the retail nature of the balance sheet.

·

Diversification of wholesale funding sources by instruments/investors, markets/currencies and maturities.

·

Limited recourse to short-term.

·

Availability of sufficient liquidity reserves, including standing facilities/discount windows at central banks to be used in adverse situations.

·

Compliance with regulatory liquidity requirements both at Group and subsidiary level, as a new factor conditioning management.

The effective application of these principles by all institutions comprising the Group required the development of a unique management framework built upon three essential pillars:

A solid organisational and governance model that ensures the involvement of the subsidiaries’ senior management in decision-taking and its integration into the Group’s global strategy. The decision-making process for all structural risks, including liquidity and funding risk, is carried out by Local Asset and Liability Committees (ALCO) in coordination with the Global ALCO, which is the body empowered by Banco Santander’s board in accordance with the corporate Asset and Liability Management (ALM) framework.

This governance model has been reinforced as it has been included within the Santander Risk Appetite Framework. This framework meets the demands of regulators and market players emanating from the financial crisis to strengthen banks’ risk management and control systems.

In-depth balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, supporting decision-taking and its control. The objective is to ensure the Group maintains adequate liquidity levels necessary to cover its short- and long-term needs with stable funding sources, optimising the impact of their costs on the income statement.

222

Table of Contents

The Group’s liquidity risk management processes are contained within a conservative risk appetite framework established in each geographic area in accordance with its commercial strategy. This risk appetite establishes the limits within which the subsidiaries can operate in order to achieve their strategic objectives. Management adapted in practice to the liquidity needs of each business. Every year, based on business needs, a liquidity plan is developed which seeks to achieve:

·

A solid balance sheet structure, with a diversified presence in the wholesale markets;

·

The use of liquidity buffers and limited encumbrance of assets;

·

Compliance with both regulatory metrics and other metrics included in each entity’s risk appetite statement.

Over the course of the year, all dimensions of the plan are monitored.

The Group continues developing the ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process), an internal self-assessment of liquidity adequacy which must be integrated into the Group’s other risk management and strategic processes. It focuses on both quantitative and qualitative matters and is used as an input to the SREP (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process). The ILAAP evaluates the liquidity position both in ordinary and stressed scenarios.

iii. Asset encumbrance

It is important to note the Group's moderate use of assets as security for structural balance-sheet funding sources.

Following the guidelines laid down by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in 2014, the concept of asset encumbrance includes both on-balance-sheet assets provided as security in transactions to obtain liquidity and off-balance-sheet assets that have been received and re-used for the same purpose, as well as other assets associated with liabilities for reasons other than funding.

The residual maturities of the liabilities associated with the assets and guarantees received and committed are presented below, as of 31 of December of 2018 (thousand of million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

>1month

 

>3months

 

>1year

 

>2years

 

3years

 

5years

 

 

 

 

Residual maturities of the liabilities

    

unmatured

    

<=1month

    

<=3months

    

<=12months

    

<=2years

    

<=3years

    

<=5years

    

<=10years

    

>10years

    

TOTAL

Committed assets

 

28.5

 

53.7

 

11.9

 

29.0

 

78.6

 

55.4

 

28.1

 

20.4

 

16.5

 

322.2

Guarantees received

 

24.6

 

15.8

 

10.7

 

10.3

 

1.8

 

1.8

 

1.7

 

1.8

 

1.1

 

69.6

 

The reported Group information as required by the EBA at 2018 year-end is as follows:

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

Fair Value of

 

Fair Value of

 

amount of non-

 

 

Carrying amount of

 

encumbered

 

non-encumbered

 

encumbered

Thousand of million of euros

    

encumbered assets

     

assets

 

assets

 

assets

Loans and advances

 

214.6

 

 

 

855.0

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

4.2

 

4.2

 

10.7

 

10.7

Debt securities

 

76.3

 

76.3

 

114.8

 

114.8

Other assets

 

27.1

 

 

 

156.6

 

 —

Total assets

 

322.2

 

 

 

1,137.1

 

 —

 

223

Table of Contents

Encumbrance of collateral received

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Fair value of

 

 

Fair value of

 

collateral received

 

 

encumbered

 

or own debt

 

 

collateral received

 

securities issued

 

 

or own debt

 

available for

Thousand of million of euros

    

securities issued

    

encumbrance

Collateral received

 

69.6

 

48.9

Loans and advances

 

 —

 

 —

Equity instruments

 

2.7

 

6.0

Debt securities

 

65.0

 

42.9

Other collateral received

 

1.9

 

 —

Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs

 

 —

 

1.4

 

Encumbered assets and collateral received and matching liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Assets, collateral received

 

 

Matching liabilities,

 

and own debt securities

 

 

contingent liabilities or

 

 issued other than covered bonds

Thousand of million of euros

    

securities lent

    

 and ABSs encumbered

Total sources of encumbrance (carrying amount)

 

301.6

 

391.8

 

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to EUR 322.2 thousand million, of which 67% are loans (mortgage loans, corporate loans, etc.). Off-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to EUR 69.6 thousand million, relating mostly to debt securities received as security in asset purchase transactions and re-used. Taken together, these two categories represent a total of EUR 391.8 thousand million of encumbered assets, which give rise to EUR 301.6 thousand million matching liabilities.

As of December 2018, total asset encumbrance in funding operations represented 24.8% of the Group’s extended balance sheet under EBA criteria (total assets plus guarantees received: EUR 1.5878 thousand million as of December 2018). This percentage is similar to the values presented by the Group before the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. in 2017.

Lastly, regard should be had to the different sources of encumbrance and the role they play in the Group’s funding:

·

51.5 % of total encumbered assets relate to security provided in medium- and long-term financing transactions (with residual maturity of more than one year) to fund the commercial balance-sheet activity. This places the level of asset encumbrance in “structural” funding transactions at 12.8% of the expanded balance sheet under EBA standards.

·

The other 48.5 % relate to transactions in the short-term market (with residual maturity of less than one year) or to security provided in derivative transactions whose purpose is not to fund the ordinary business activity but rather to ensure efficient short-term liquidity management.

d) Capital risk

The capital risk function, as second line of defence carries out the control and supervision of the capital activities developed by the first line of defence, which independently challenges mainly through the following processes:

·

Supervision of capital planning and adequacy exercises through a review of all their components (balance sheet, profit and loss account, risk-weighted assets and available capital).

·

Ongoing supervision of measurement of the Group’s regulatory capital by identifying the key metrics for the calculation, setting tolerance levels for identified metrics and reviewing their consumption and the consistency of the calculations,  including single transactions with a capital impact.

The function is designed to carry out full and regular monitoring of capital risk by verifying that capital is sufficient and adequately covered in accordance with the Group's risk profile.

The Group commands a sound solvency position, above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank.

At 1 March 2019, at a consolidated level, the Group must maintain a minimum capital ratio of 9.70% of CET1 fully loaded (4.5% being the requirement for Pillar I, 1.5% being the requirement for Pillar 2R (requirement), 2.5% being the requirement for capital

224

Table of Contents

conservation buffer, 1% being the requirement for G-SIB and 0.20% being the requirement for anti-cyclical capital buffer). Santander Group must also maintain a minimum capital ratio of 1.5% of Tier 1 fully loaded and a minimum total ratio of 13.20% fully loaded.

Regulatory capital

In 2018, the solvency target set was achieved. Santander’s CET1 fully loaded ratio stood at 11.30% at the close of the year, demonstrating its organic capacity to generate capital. The key regulatory capital figures are indicated below:

Reconciliation of accounting capital with regulatory capital (Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

 

2017

Subscribed capital

 

8,118

 

8,068

Share premium account

 

50,993

 

51,053

Reserves

 

53,988

 

52,577

Treasury shares

 

(59)

 

(22)

Attributable profit

 

7,810

 

6,619

Approved dividend

 

(2,237)

 

(2,029)

Shareholders’ equity on public balance sheet

 

118,613

 

116,265

Valuation adjustments

 

(22,141)

 

(21,777)

Non-controlling interests

 

10,889

 

12,344

Total Equity on public balance sheet

 

107,361

 

106,833

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(28,644)

 

(28,537)

Eligible preference shares and participating securities

 

9,754

 

7,635

Accrued dividend

 

(1,055)

 

(968)

Other adjustments (*)

 

(9,700)

 

(7,679)

Tier 1 (Phase-in)

 

77,716

 

77,283


(*)    Fundamentally for non-computable non-controlling interests and deductions and reasonable filters in compliance with CRR.

 

The following table shows the Phase-in capital coefficients and a detail of the eligible internal resources of the Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

 

2017

 

Capital coefficients

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 ordinary eligible capital (million of euros)

 

67,962

 

74,173

 

Level 1 additional eligible capital (million of euros)

 

9,754

 

3,110

 

Level 2 eligible capital (million of euros)

 

11,009

 

13,422

 

Risk-weighted assets (million of euros)

 

592,319

 

605,064

 

Level 1 ordinary capital coefficient (CET 1)

 

11.47

%

12.26

%

Level 1 additional capital coefficient (AT1)

 

1.65

%

0.51

%

Level 1 capital coefficient (TIER1)

 

13.12

%

12.77

%

Level 2 capital coefficient (TIER 2)

 

1.86

%

2.22

%

Total capital coefficient

 

14.98

%

14.99

%

 

225

Table of Contents

Eligible capital (Million of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

2018

 

2017

Eligible capital

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier I

 

67,962

 

74,173

Capital

 

8,118

 

8,068

(-) Treasure shares and own shares financed

 

(64)

 

(22)

Share Premium

 

50,993

 

51,053

Reserves

 

55,036

 

52,241

Other retained earnings

 

(23,022)

 

(22,363)

Minority interests

 

6,981

 

7,991

Profit net of dividends

 

4,518

 

3,621

Deductions

 

(34,598)

 

(26,416)

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(28,644)

 

(22,829)

Others

 

(5,954)

 

(3,586)

Additional Tier I

 

9,754

 

3,110

Eligible instruments AT1

 

9,666

 

8,498

T1-excesses-subsidiaries

 

88

 

347

Residual value of dividends

 

 —

 

(5,707)

Others

 

 —

 

(27)

Tier II

 

11,009

 

13,422

Eligible instruments T2

 

11,306

 

9,901

Gen. funds and surplus loans loss prov. IRB

 

 —

 

3,823

T2-excesses -  subsidiaries

 

(297)

 

(275)

Others

 

 —

 

(27)

Total eligible capital

 

88,725

 

90,706

 

Note: Santander Bank and its affiliates had not taken part in any State aid programmes.

Leverage ratio

The leverage ratio has been defined within the regulatory framework of Basel III as a measure of the capital required by financial institutions not sensitive to risk. The Group performs the calculation as stipulated in CRD IV and its subsequent amendment in EU Regulation no. 573/2013 of 17 January 2015, which was aimed at harmonising calculation criteria with those specified in the BCBS “Basel III leverage ratio framework” and “Disclosure requirements” documents.

This ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by leverage exposure. Exposure is calculated as the sum of the following items:

·

Accounting assets, excluding derivatives and items treated as deductions from Tier 1 capital (for example, the balance of loans is included, but not that of goodwill).

·

Off-balance-sheet items (mainly guarantees, unused credit limits granted and documentary credits) weighted using credit conversion factors.

·

Inclusion of net value of derivatives (gains and losses are netted with the same counterparty, minus collaterals if they comply with certain criteria) plus a charge for the future potential exposure.

·

A charge for the potential risk of security funding transactions.

·

Lastly, it includes a charge for the risk of credit derivative swaps (CDS).

The European Commission’s proposals to modify CRR and CRD IV on 23 November 2016, foresee a mandatory requirement of a 3% leverage ratio for Tier 1 capital, which would be added to the own funds requirements in the article 92 of the CRR. The proposals for

226

Table of Contents

the Commission’s modification also point to the possibility of introducing a buffer of leverage ratio for global systemic entities in the future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Million of euros

    

12/31/18

 

12/31/17

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 Capital

 

77,716

 

77,283

 

Exposure

 

1,489,094

 

1,463,090

 

Leverage Ratio

 

5.22

%   

5.28

%

 

Global systemically important banks

The Group is one of 30 banks designated as global systemically important banks (G-SIBs).

The designation as a systemically important entity is based on the measurement set by regulators (the FSB and BCBS), based on 5 criteria (size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness with other financial institutions, substitutability and complexity).

This definition means it has to fulfil certain additional requirements, which consist mainly of a capital buffer (1%), in TLAC requirements (total loss absorbing capacity), that we have to publish relevant information more frequently than other banks, greater regulatory requirements for internal control bodies, special supervision and drawing up of special reports to be submitted to supervisors.

The fact that Grupo Santander has to comply with these requirements makes it a more solid bank than its domestic rivals.

 

55.   Additional Disclosures

This Note includes relevant information about additional disclosure requirements.

227

Table of Contents

55.1 Parent company financial statements

Following are the summarized balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (Parent company only)

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

Assets

  

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

105,660

 

76,690

 

49,979

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

16,339

 

20,818

 

11,442

Trading account assets

 

70,825

 

64,326

 

70,437

Investment securities

 

61,064

 

49,194

 

45,702

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

11,084

 

6,474

 

8,326

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

4,581

 

3,729

 

3,662

Net Loans and leases

 

263,142

 

197,591

 

195,532

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

26,505

 

33,113

 

35,085

Investment in affiliated companies

 

81,734

 

85,428

 

80,614

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

69,118

 

65,567

 

63,210

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

12,616

 

19,861

 

17,404

Premises and equipment, net

 

2,410

 

1,929

 

1,834

Other assets

 

23,541

 

17,257

 

17,146

Total assets

 

608,376

 

492,415

 

461,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

350,786

 

256,389

 

265,565

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

18,526

 

20,391

 

19,179

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

13,655

 

13,115

 

40,082

Short-term debt

 

30,883

 

40,540

 

19,110

Long-term debt

 

75,600

 

53,023

 

34,499

Total debt

 

106,483

 

93,563

 

53,609

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

2,874

 

1,138

 

 —

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

998

 

2,966

 

14,062

Other liabilities

 

82,340

 

71,896

 

78,835

Total liabilities

 

539,609

 

421,848

 

398,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

8,118

 

8,068

 

7,291

Retained earnings and other reserves

 

60,649

 

62,499

 

55,944

Total stockholders' equity

 

68,767

 

70,567

 

63,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

608,376

 

492,415

 

461,244

 

In the financial statements of the Parent Company, investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are recorded at cost.

228

Table of Contents

Following are the condensed statements of income of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Parent company only)

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

 

Interest income

    

 

 

 

 

 

Interest from earning assets

 

7,660

 

5,733

 

6,023

Dividends from affiliated companies

 

3,872

 

3,320

 

3,459

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

From bank subsidiaries

 

2,874

 

2,580

 

2,686

From non-bank subsidiaries

 

998

 

740

 

773

 

 

11,532

 

9,053

 

9,482

Interest expense

 

(3,861)

 

(3,204)

 

(3,113)

Interest income / (Charges)

 

7,671

 

5,849

 

6,369

Provision for credit losses

 

(686)

 

(451)

 

(528)

Interest income / (Charges) after provision for credit losses

 

6,985

 

5,398

 

5,841

Non-interest income:

 

3,972

 

3,872

 

3,403

Non-interest expense:

 

(7,573)

 

(6,293)

 

(7,115)

Income before income taxes

 

3,384

 

2,977

 

2,129

Income tax expense

 

(83)

 

29

 

352

Net income

 

3,301

 

3,006

 

2,481

 

Following are the condensed statement of comprehensive income of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF

 

Year ended

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Parent company only)

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

NET INCOME

 

3,301

 

3,006

 

2,481

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(410)

 

(356)

 

364

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

(348)

 

(341)

 

439

Available-for-sale financial assets:

 

(634)

 

(625)

 

619

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

(135)

 

(283)

 

830

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

(499)

 

(342)

 

(211)

Other reclassifications

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Cash flow hedges:

 

137

 

(7)

 

 4

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

153

 

(7)

 

 4

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

(16)

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations:

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other reclassifications

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange differences:

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Non-current assets held for sale:

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Income tax

 

149

 

291

 

(184)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

(62)

 

(15)

 

(75)

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension plans

 

43

 

(23)

 

(106)

Rest of valuation adjustments

 

(78)

 

 —

 

 —

Income tax

 

(27)

 

 8

 

31

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

2,891

 

2,650

 

2,845

 

229

Table of Contents

Following are the condensed cash flow statements of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

 

Year ended

(Parent company only)

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

1. Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

  

3,301

 

3,006

 

2,481

Adjustments to profit

 

11,576

 

1,824

 

1,245

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

 

(17,566)

 

(10,430)

 

36,393

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

 

13,411

 

21,915

 

(36,632)

Reimbursements/payments of income tax

 

(279)

 

(839)

 

151

Total net cash flows from operating activities (1)

 

10,443

 

15,476

 

3,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments (-)

 

(1,472)

 

(8,818)

 

(4,419)

Divestments (+)

 

10,197

 

4,995

 

7,249

Total net cash flows from investment activities (2)

 

8,725

 

(3,823)

 

2,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of own equity instruments

 

 —

 

7,072

 

 —

Disposal of own equity instruments

 

805

 

1,004

 

957

Acquisition of own equity instruments

 

(816)

 

(972)

 

(943)

Issuance of debt securities

 

2,750

 

2,894

 

2,346

Redemption of debt securities

 

(827)

 

(764)

 

(5,333)

Dividends paid

 

(3,118)

 

(2,665)

 

(2,308)

Issuance/Redemption of equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other collections/payments related to financing activities

 

(2)

 

532

 

 —

Total net cash flows from financing activities (3)

 

(1,208)

 

7,101

 

(5,281)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (4)

 

237

 

(655)

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents (1+2+3+4)

 

18,197

 

18,099

 

1,476

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

33,734

 

15,635

 

14,159

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

51,931

 

33,734

 

15,635

 

55.2 Preference Shares and Preferred Securities

The following table shows the balance of the preference shares and preferred securities as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

Preference shares

 

345

 

404

 

413

Preferred securities

 

9,717

 

8,369

 

6,916

Total at period-end

 

10,063

 

8,773

 

7,329

 

Both Preference Shares and Preferred Securities are recorded under the “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Subordinated Liabilities” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Preference Shares include the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity in the financial statements. These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative.

Preference shares include non-cumulative preferred non-voting shares issued by Santander UK plc and Santander Bank, National Association.

Preferred securities include non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Banco Santander, S.A., Santander UK Group, Banco Santander, (Brasil), S.A., and Banco Popular.

230

Table of Contents

For the purposes of payment priority, preferred securities are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.

Preference shares and preferred securities are perpetual securities and there is no obligation that requires the Group to redeem them. All securities have been fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group. In the consolidated balance sheets, these securities are shown net of any temporary transactions relating to liquidity guarantees.

For further information, see note 23.c.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

Amount in

 

 

 

 

Preference Shares

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

Redemption

Issuer/Date of issue

    

Currency

    

(million)

    

Interest rate

    

Option (A)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK plc, October 1995

 

Pounds Sterling

 

80.3

 

10.375%

 

No option

Santander UK plc, February 1996

 

Pounds Sterling

 

80.3

 

10.375%

 

No option

Santander UK plc, May 2006

 

Pounds Sterling

 

13.8

 

6.22%

(B)

May 24, 2019

Santander Bank, National Association, August 2000

 

US Dollar

 

153.0

 

12.00%

 

May 16, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

Amount in

 

 

 

 

Preferred Securities

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

Issuer/Date of issue

    

Currency

    

(million)

    

Interest rate

    

Maturity date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Español de Crédito, October 2004

 

Euro

 

36.5

 

€CMS 10 + 0.125%

 

Perpetuity

Banco Español de Crédito, November 2004

(A)

Euro

 

106.5

 

5.50%

 

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., March 2014

 

Euro

 

1,500.0

 

6.25%

(C)

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., May 2014

 

US Dollar

 

1,500.0

 

6.375%

(D)

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., September 2014

 

Euro

 

1,500.0

 

6.25%

(E)

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., April 2017

 

Euro

 

750.0

 

6.75%

(F)

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., September 2017

 

Euro

 

1,000.0

 

5.25%

(G)

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., March 2018

 

Euro

 

1,500.0

 

4.75%

(H)

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A.,(Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

18.2

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A.,(Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

25.0

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A.,(Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

306.9

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A.,(Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

153.4

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), September 2004

 

Euro

 

144.0

 

€CMS 10 +0.05% subject to a maximum distribution of 8% per annum

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), October 2004

 

Euro

 

155.0

 

5.75%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2007

(J)

US Dollar

 

210.4

 

US3M + 0.52% 

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), July 2007

 

Pounds Sterling

 

4.9

 

7.01%

 

Perpetuity

Santander International Preferred S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

979.7

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander International Preferred S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

8.6

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abbey National Plc, August 2002

 

Pounds Sterling

 

1.8

 

Libor GBP (6M) +1.86%

(I)

Perpetuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2014

 

US Dollar

 

129.6

 

7.38%

 

October 29, 2049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Popular

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pastor FRN, June 2004

 

Euro

 

11.7

 

2.07%

 

Perpetuity


A.

From these dates the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.

B.

Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares. Dividends will accrue on a principal amount equal to £1,000 per Preference Share at a rate of 6.222 per cent per annum in respect of the period from (and including) May 24, 2006 (the Issue Date) to (but excluding) May 24, 2019 (the First Call Date) and thereafter at a rate reset quarterly equal to 1.13 per cent per annum above the London interbank offered rate for three-month sterling deposits. From (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the First Call Date, dividends, if declared, will be paid annually in arrears on May 24, in each year. Subject as provided herein, the first such dividend payment date will be May 24, 2007 and the last such dividend payment date will be the First Call Date. From (and including) the First Call Date, dividends, if declared, will be

231

Table of Contents

paid quarterly in arrears on May 24, August 24, November 24 and February 24, in each year. Subject as provided herein, the first such dividend payment date will be August 24, 2019.

C.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.25% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 541 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

D.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.375% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 478.8 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

E.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.25% interest rate is set for the first seven years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 564 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

F.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.75% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 680.3 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

G.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 5.25% interest rate is set for the first six years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 499.9 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

H.

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 4.75% interest rate is set for the first seven years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 409.7 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

I.

6.984% fixed until February 9, 2018,  and thereafter, at a rate reset semi-annually of 1.86% per annum + Libor GBP (6M).

J.

Listed in the U.S.  

 

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander International Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander Issuances, S.A., and Santander US Debt, S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal) - issuers of registered securities guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A. until November 2017, merged in that date with Banco Santander, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

232

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

233

Table of Contents

Appendix I

 

Subsidiaries of Banco Santander, S.A. (1)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

2 & 3 Triton Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

A & L CF (Guernsey) Limited (f)

Guernsey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

A & L CF December (1) Limited (c)

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

A & L CF June (2) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

A & L CF June (3) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

A & L CF March (5) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

A & L CF September (4) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Abbey Business Services (India) Private Limited

India

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Abbey Covered Bonds (Holdings) Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Abbey Covered Bonds (LM) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Abbey Covered Bonds LLP

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Abbey National Beta Investments Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Abbey National Business Office Equipment Leasing Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Abbey National International Limited

Jersey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Abbey National Nominees Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Abbey National PLP (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Abbey National Property Investments

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Abbey National Treasury Services Investments Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Abbey National Treasury Services Overseas Holdings

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Abbey National Treasury Services plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Abbey National UK Investments

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Abbey Stockbrokers (Nominees) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Abbey Stockbrokers Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Ablasa Participaciones, S.L.

Spain

18.94%
81.06%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Administración de Bancos Latinoamericanos Santander, S.L.

Spain

24.11%
75.89%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Aevis Europa, S.L.

Spain

96.34%
0.00%
96.34%
96.34%

CARDS

AFB SAM Holdings, S.L.

Spain

1.00%
99.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

234

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Afisa S.A.

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

ALIL Services Limited

Isle of Man

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Aliseda Participaciones Inmobiliarias, S.L. (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Aliseda Real Estate, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Aljardi SGPS, Lda.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Cash Solutions Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Commercial Bank Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Investments (Derivatives) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Investments (No.2) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Investments Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Alliance & Leicester Personal Finance Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Altamira Santander Real Estate, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Amazonia Trade Limited

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

AN (123) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Andaluza de Inversiones, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

ANITCO Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Aquanima Brasil Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

E-COMMERCE

Aquanima Chile S.A.

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Aquanima México S. de R.L. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

E-COMMERCE

Aquanima S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Arcaz - Sociedade Imobiliária Portuguesa, Lda.

Portugal

0.00%
99.90%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

Argenline S.A. (c)

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Asto Digital Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Athena Corporation Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Atlantes Azor No. 1

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Azor No. 2

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No. 2

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No. 3

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No. 4

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No. 5

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No. 7

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No.1 FTC

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Atlantes Mortgage No.1 plc

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

235

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Atual Serviços de Recuperação de Créditos e Meios Digitais S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Auto ABS DFP Master Compartment France 2013

France

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS French Lease Master Compartiment 2016

France

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS French Leases 2018

France

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS French Loans Master

France

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS French LT Leases Master

France

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS Italian Loans 2018-1 S.R.L.

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS Spanish Loans 2016, Fondo de Titulización

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS Spanish Loans 2018-1, Fondo de Titulización

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS Swiss Leases 2013 Gmbh

Switzerland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS UK Loans 2017 Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS UK Loans 2017 Plc

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS UK Loans Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auto ABS UK Loans PLC

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Auttar HUT Processamento de Dados Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
79.52%
100.00%
100.00%

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

Aviación Antares, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Británica, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Centaurus, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Comillas, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Intercontinental, A.I.E.

Spain

99.97%
0.03%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Laredo, S.L.

Spain

99.00%
1.00%
100.00%
100.00%

AIR TRANSPORT

Aviación Oyambre, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación RC II, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Real, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Santillana S.L.

Spain

99.00%
1.00%
100.00%

-

RENTING

Aviación Scorpius, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aviación Suances, S.L.

Spain

99.00%
1.00%
100.00%
100.00%

AIR TRANSPORT

Aviación Tritón, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Aymoré Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Banca PSA Italia S.p.A.

Italy

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

BANKING

Banco Bandepe S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco de Albacete, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco de Asunción, S.A. en liquidación voluntaria (c)

Paraguay

0.00%
99.33%
99.33%
99.33%

BANKING

Banco Madesant - Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

236

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Banco Olé Bonsucesso Consignado S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
53.91%
60.00%
60.00%

BANKING

Banco PSA Finance Brasil S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
44.93%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Banco S3 México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

CREDIT INSTITUTION

Banco Santander - Chile

Chile

0.00%
67.12%
67.18%
67.18%

BANKING

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

Brazil

13.94%
75.92%
90.44%
90.24%

BANKING

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso 100740

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso 2002114

Mexico

0.00%
76.48%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso GFSSLPT

Mexico

0.00%
77.83%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A. (c)

Panama

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander (Suisse) SA

Switzerland

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander Consumer Portugal, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander de Negocios Colombia S.A.

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Banco Santander International

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
75.17%
99.99%

BANKING

Banco Santander Perú S.A.

Peru

99.00%
1.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander Puerto Rico

Puerto Rico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banco Santander Río S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
99.30%
99.25%
99.20%

BANKING

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.86%
99.96%
99.96%

BANKING

Banco Santander, S.A.

Uruguay

97.75%
2.25%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Banif International Bank, Ltd (c)

Bahamas

0.00%
99.86%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Bansa Santander S.A.

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

BCLF 2013-1 B.V.

The Netherlands

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

BEN Benefícios e Serviços S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%

-

PAYMENT SERVICES

Besaya ECA Designated Activity Company (b)

Ireland

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Bilkreditt 3 Designated Activity Company (c)

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Bilkreditt 4 Designated Activity Company (c)

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Bilkreditt 5 Designated Activity Company(c)

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Bilkreditt 6 Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

237

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Bilkreditt 7 Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

BPE Financiaciones, S.A.

Spain

90.00%
10.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

BPE Representaçoes y Participaçoes, Ltda. (c)

Brazil

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

BPP Asesores S.A. (c)

Argentina

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

BPV Promotora de Vendas e Cobrança Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
53.91%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

BRS Investments S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Caja de Emisiones con Garantía de Anualidades Debidas por el Estado, S.A.

Spain

62.87%
0.00%
62.87%
62.87%

FINANCE COMPANY

Cántabra de Inversiones, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Cántabro Catalana de Inversiones, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Capital Street Delaware LP

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Capital Street Holdings, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Capital Street REIT Holdings, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Capital Street S.A.

Luxembourg

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Carfax (Guernsey) Limited (f)

Guernsey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Carfinco Financial Group Inc.

Canada

96.42%
0.00%
96.42%
96.42%

HOLDING COMPANY

Carfinco Inc.

Canada

0.00%
96.42%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero Santander México

Mexico

0.00%
99.97%
99.97%
99.97%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Cater Allen Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Cater Allen International Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Cater Allen Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Cater Allen Lloyd's Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Cater Allen Syndicate Management Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY SERVICES

CCAP Auto Lease Ltd.

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Centro de Capacitación Santander, A.C.

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

NON PROFIT INSTITUTE

Certidesa, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

AIRCRAFT RENTAL

Chrysler Capital Auto Funding I LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Chrysler Capital Auto Funding II LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Chrysler Capital Auto Receivables LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Chrysler Capital Auto Receivables Trust 2016   -   A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Chrysler Capital Master Auto Receivables Funding 2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Chrysler Capital Master Auto Receivables Funding LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Compagnie Generale de Credit Aux Particuliers - Credipar S.A.

France

0.00%
50.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Compagnie Pour la Location de Vehicules - CLV

France

0.00%
50.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Comunidad Laboral Trabajando Argentina S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Comunidad Laboral Trabajando Iberica, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Consulteam Consultores de Gestão, Lda.

Portugal

86.28%
13.72%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Consumer Lending Receivables LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Crawfall S.A. (c)

Uruguay

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Darep Designated Activity Company

Ireland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REINSURANCES

Digital Procurement Holdings N.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Diners Club Spain, S.A.

Spain

75.00%
0.00%
75.00%
75.00%

CARDS

Dirección Estratega, S.C.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Dirgenfin, S.L., en liquidación (c)

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-B

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-C

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-D

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-B

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-C

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-B

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

238

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-4

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-5

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2019-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

INACTIVE

EDT FTPYME Pastor 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Electrolyser, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Entidad de Desarrollo a la Pequeña y Micro Empresa Santander Consumo Perú S.A.

Peru

55.00%
0.00%
55.00%
55.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Erestone S.A.S.

France

0.00%
90.00%
90.00%
90.00%

REAL ESTATE

Esfera Fidelidade S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Evidence Previdência S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Finance Professional Services, S.A.S.

France

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Financeira El Corte Inglés, Portugal, S.F.C., S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
51.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Financiera El Corte Inglés, E.F.C., S.A.

Spain

0.00%
51.00%
51.00%
51.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Finsantusa, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

First National Motor Business Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

First National Motor Contracts Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

First National Motor Facilities Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

First National Motor Finance Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY SERVICES

First National Motor Leasing Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

First National Motor plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

First National Tricity Finance Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Fondo de Inversión Privado Renta Terrenos  I (c)

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

INVESTMENT FUND

Fondo de Titulización de Activos PYMES Santander 9

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 1

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 2

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 3

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander 2

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2014-1

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 1

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 2

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

239

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 3

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 7

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 8

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 9

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización PYMES Santander 13

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización PYMES Santander 14

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Santander 4

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Santander 5

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2016-1

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2016-2

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumo 2

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondo de Titulización Santander Financiación 1

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fondos Santander, S.A. Administradora de Fondos de Inversión (en liquidación) (c)

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Fortensky Trading, Ltd.

Ireland

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Fosse (Master Issuer) Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fosse Funding (No.1) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Fosse Master Issuer PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Fosse PECOH Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fosse Trustee (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

FTPYME Banesto 2, Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

FTPYME Santander 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Fundo de Investimentos em Direitos Creditórios Multisegmentos NPL Ipanema V – Não padronizado

Brazil

-

(a)

-

-

INVESTMENT FUND

Fundo de Investimentos em Direitos Creditórios Multisegmentos NPL Ipanema VI – Não padronizado

Brazil

-

(a)

-

-

INVESTMENT FUND

Gamma, Sociedade Financeira de Titularização de Créditos, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.86%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

GC FTPYME Pastor 4 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

240

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Gesban México Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Gesban Santander Servicios Profesionales Contables Limitada

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

Gesban Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.L.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Gesban UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

Gestión de Instalaciones Fotovoltaicas, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

Gestora de Procesos S.A. en liquidación (c)

Peru

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Gestora Patrimonial Calle Francisco Sancha 12, S.L.

Spain

96.34%
0.00%
96.34%
96.34%

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

Gestora Popular, S.A.

Spain

35.00%
65.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Getnet Adquirência e Serviços para Meios de Pagamento S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
79.52%
88.50%
88.50%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Global Galantis, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

INACTIVE

Golden Bar (Securitisation) S.r.l.

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2014-1

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2015-1

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2016-1

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2018-1

Italy

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Green Energy Holding Company, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L.

Spain

99.11%
0.89%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%

-

HOLDING COMPANY

GTS El Centro Equity Holdings, LLC

United States

0.00%
56.88%
56.88%
81.90%

HOLDING COMPANY

GTS El Centro Project Holdings, LLC

United States

0.00%
56.88%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Guaranty Car, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

AUTOMOTIVE

Hipototta No. 4 FTC

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Hipototta No. 4 plc

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Hipototta No. 5 FTC

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Hipototta No. 5 plc

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Hipototta No.13

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Hispamer Renting, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Holbah II Limited

Bahamas

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Holbah Santander, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

241

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Holmes Funding Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Holmes Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Holmes Master Issuer plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Holmes Trustees Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Holneth B.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

HQ Mobile Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

INTERNET TECHNOLOGY

Ibérica de Compras Corporativas, S.L.

Spain

97.17%
2.83%
100.00%
100.00%

E-COMMERCE

Independence Community Bank Corp.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Ingeniería de Software Bancario HUB Chile Limitada

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Inmo Francia 2, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Inmobiliaria Viagracia, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Insurance Funding Solutions Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Integry Tecnologia e Serviços A H U Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
79.52%
100.00%
100.00%

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

Interfinance Holanda B.V.

The Netherlands

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Intermediacion y Servicios Tecnológicos, S.A.

Spain

99.50%
0.50%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Inversiones Capital Global, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Alprosa, S.L.

Spain

94.33%
5.67%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Cedaceros, S.A.

Spain

99.50%
0.50%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Gercebio, S.A.

Spain

97.80%
2.20%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Inagua, S.A. (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Inversiones Inverjota, SICAV, S.A., en liquidación (c) (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%

-

INVESTMENT COMPANY

Inversiones Marítimas del Mediterráneo, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

Investigaciones Pedreña, A.I.E.

Spain

99.00%
1.00%
100.00%

-

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Isban México, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Isla de los Buques, S.A.

Spain

99.98%
0.02%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

La Unión Resinera Española, S.A., en liquidación (c)

Spain

76.79%
19.55%
96.35%
96.35%

CHEMISTRY

Langton Funding (No.1) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Langton Mortgages Trustee (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Langton PECOH Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Langton Securities (2008-1) plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Langton Securities (2010-1) PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Langton Securities (2010-2) PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Langton Securities Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Laparanza, S.A.

Spain

61.59%
0.00%
61.59%
61.59%

AGRICULTURAL HOLDING

Liquidity Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FACTORING

Luri 1, S.A. (e)

Spain

36.00%
0.00%
36.00%
31.00%

REAL ESTATE

Luri 4, S.A. Unipersonal, en liquidación (c) (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Luri 6, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

MAC No. 1 Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

MORTGAGE CREDIT COMPANY

Manberor, S.A.

Spain

97.80%
2.20%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Master Red Europa, S.L.

Spain

96.34%
0.00%
96.34%
96.34%

CARDS

Mata Alta, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
61.59%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Merciver, S.L.

Spain

99.90%
0.10%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL ADVISORY

Merlion Aviation One Designated Activity Company

Ireland

51.00%
0.00%
51.00%
51.00%

RENTING

Moneybit, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Mortgage Engine Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Motor 2015-1 Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Motor 2015-1 PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Motor 2016-1 Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Motor 2016-1 PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Motor 2016-1M Ltd (c)

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Motor 2017-1 Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Motor 2017-1 PLC

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Naviera Mirambel, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Naviera Trans Gas, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Naviera Trans Iron, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Naviera Trans Ore, A.I.E.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Naviera Trans Wind, S.L.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Naviera Transcantábrica, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Naviera Transchem, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Newcomar, S.L., en liquidación (c)

Spain

40.00%
40.00%
80.00%
80.00%

REAL ESTATE

Norbest AS

Norway

7.94%
92.06%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

242

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Novimovest – Fundo de Investimento Imobiliário

Portugal

0.00%
79.65%
79.76%
79.51%

INVESTMENT FUND

NW Services CO.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

E-COMMERCE

Olé Tecnologia Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
53.91%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Open Bank, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Open Digital Market, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Open Digital Services, S.L.

Spain

99.97%
0.03%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Operadora de Carteras Gamma, S.A.P.I. de C.V.

Mexico

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Optimal Investment Services SA

Switzerland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Optimal Multiadvisors Ireland Plc / Optimal Strategic US Equity Ireland Euro Fund (b)

Ireland

0.00%
54.18%
51.25%
51.25%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Optimal Multiadvisors Ireland Plc / Optimal Strategic US Equity Ireland US Dollar Fund (b)

Ireland

0.00%
44.08%
51.57%
51.62%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Optimal Multiadvisors Ltd / Optimal Strategic US Equity Series (consolidado) (b)

Bahamas

0.00%
55.86%
56.34%
56.10%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Parasant SA

Switzerland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Pastor Vida, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE

PBD Germany Auto 2018 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

PBE Companies, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

PECOH Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Pereda Gestión, S.A.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Phoenix C1 Aviation Designated Activity Company

Ireland

51.00%
0.00%
51.00%
51.00%

RENTING

Pingham International, S.A.

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Popular Bolsa S.V., S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Popular Capital, S.A.

Spain

90.00%
10.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Popular de Participaciones Financieras, S.A. (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

VENTURE CAPITAL

Popular de Renting, S.A. (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Popular Gestão de Activos, S.A.

Portugal

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

Popular Gestión Privada S.G.I.I.C., S.A.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

Popular Operaciones, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Popular Seguros - Companhia de Seguros S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.90%
100.00%
84.07%

INSURANCE

Portal Universia Argentina S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
75.75%
75.75%
75.75%

INTERNET

Portal Universia Portugal, Prestação de Serviços de Informática, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

Premier Credit S.A.S.

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL ADVISORY

243

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Prime 16 – Fundo de Investimentos Imobiliário

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Primestar Servicing, S.A.

Portugal

20.00%
79.89%
100.00%
80.00%

REAL ESTATE

Produban Brasil Tecnologia  Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

PSA Bank Deutschland GmbH

Germany

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

BANKING

PSA Banque France

France

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

BANKING

PSA Consumer Finance Polska Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
40.24%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Finance Belux S.A.

Belgium

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Finance Polska Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
40.24%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Finance Suisse, S.A.

Switzerland

0.00%
50.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

PSA Finance UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Financial Services Nederland B.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A.

Spain

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

PSA Renting Italia S.p.A.

Italy

0.00%
50.00%
100.00%

-

RENTING

PSRT 2018-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Punta Lima, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Recovery Team, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Retop S.A.

Uruguay

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Return Capital Serviços de Recuperação de Créditos S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
62.90%
70.00%
70.00%

COLLECTION SERVICES

Return Gestão de Recursos S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
62.90%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Riobank International (Uruguay) SAIFE (c)

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Roc Aviation One Designated Activity Company

Ireland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Roc Shipping One Designated Activity Company

Ireland

51.00%
0.00%
51.00%
51.00%

RENTING

Rojo Entretenimento S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
85.00%
94.60%
94.60%

SERVICES

SAM Asset Management, S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Fondos de Inversión

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

SAM Brasil Participações S.A.

Brazil

1.00%
99.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

SAM Finance Lux S.à r.l.

Luxembourg

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT

SAM Investment Holdings Limited (g)

Jersey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

SAM UK Investment Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

92.38%
7.62%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Sancap Investimentos e Participações S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Saninv - Gestão e Investimentos, Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Santander (CF Trustee Property Nominee) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

244

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander (CF Trustee) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ASSET MANAGEMENT

Santander (UK) Group Pension Schemes Trustees Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ASSET MANAGEMENT

Santander Agente de Valores Limitada

Chile

0.00%
67.44%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander Ahorro Inmobiliario 1, S.A.

Spain

97.95%
0.58%
98.53%
98.54%

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

Santander Ahorro Inmobiliario 2, S.A.

Spain

99.13%
0.78%
99.91%
99.91%

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

Santander Asset Finance (December) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Asset Finance plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Asset Management - Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Investimento Mobiliário, S.A.

Portugal

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Asset Management Chile S.A.

Chile

0.01%
99.94%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Santander Asset Management Luxembourg, S.A.

Luxembourg

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Asset Management S.A. Administradora General de Fondos

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Asset Management UK Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Asset Management UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

Santander Asset Management, LLC

Puerto Rico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT

Santander Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Banca de Inversión Colombia, S.A.S.

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander BanCorp

Puerto Rico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Bank & Trust Ltd.

Bahamas

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Poland

67.47%
0.00%
67.47%
69.34%

BANKING

Santander Bank, National Association

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Brasil Administradora de Consórcio Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Brasil Asset Management Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Santander Brasil Gestão de Recursos Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

Santander Brasil Tecnologia S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Brasil, EFC, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Capital Desarrollo, SGEIC, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

VENTURE CAPITAL

Santander Capital Structuring, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

TRADE

Santander Capitalização S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE

Santander Cards Ireland Limited

Ireland

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

CARDS

Santander Cards Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

CARDS

Santander Cards UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Chile Holding S.A.

Chile

22.11%
77.72%
99.84%
99.84%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

China

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY

Santander Consumer (UK) plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer ABS Funding 3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-B2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-B3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2014-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

245

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L4 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B4 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L4 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L4 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L1 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L2 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L4 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L5 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Bank

Belgium

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Bank AG

Germany

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Bank AS

Norway

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Bank GmbH

Austria

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Bank S.A.

Poland

0.00%
80.48%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.

Italy

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Banque S.A.

France

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Chile S.A.

Chile

51.00%
0.00%
51.00%
51.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Credit Services Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Finance Benelux B.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Finance Global Services, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

Santander Consumer Finance Oy

Finland

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

Spain

75.00%
25.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Consumer Finanse Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
80.48%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Consumer Holding Austria GmbH

Austria

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Consumer Holding GmbH

Germany

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

246

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Consumer International Puerto Rico LLC

Puerto Rico

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Consumer Leasing GmbH

Germany

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Consumer Mediación Operador de Banca-Seguros Vinculado, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
94.61%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE INTERMEDIARY

Santander Consumer Multirent Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
80.48%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Consumer Operations Services GmbH

Germany

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Consumer Receivables 10 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Receivables 11 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Receivables 3 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Receivables 7 LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Receivables Funding LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Renting, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Consumer Services GmbH

Austria

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Consumer Services, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer Technology Services GmbH

Germany

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

United States

0.00%
69.71%
69.71%
68.12%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Consumer USA Inc.

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumer, EFC, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Consumo, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

CARDS

Santander Corredora de Seguros Limitada

Chile

0.00%
67.20%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Santander Corredores de Bolsa Limitada

Chile

0.00%
83.23%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander Corretora de Câmbio e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander Corretora de Seguros, Investimentos e Serviços S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander de Titulización S.G.F.T., S.A.

Spain

81.00%
19.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Drive Auto Receivables LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-4

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-5

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

247

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-4

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-5

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-1

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-2

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-3

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-4

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-5

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Energías Renovables I, S.C.R., S.A.

Spain

59.66%
0.00%
59.66%
59.66%

VENTURE CAPITAL

Santander Equity Investments Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander España Merchant Services, Entidad de Pago, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Santander Estates Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander F24 S.A.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Factoring S.A.

Chile

0.00%
99.84%
100.00%
100.00%

FACTORING

Santander Factoring Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FACTORING

Santander FI Hedge Strategies

Ireland

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT COMPANY

Santander Finance 2012-1 LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Financial Exchanges Limited

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Financial Services, Inc.

Puerto Rico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Finanse Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Fintech Limited

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

248

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Fund Administration, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Fundo de Investimento Amazonas Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Fundo de Investimento Diamantina Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Fundo de Investimento Financial Curto Prazo

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Fundo de Investimento Guarujá Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Fundo de Investimento SBAC Referenciado di Crédito Privado

Brazil

0.00%
85.75%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Fundo de Investimento Unix Multimercado Crédito Privado

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander GBM Secured Financing Designated Activity Company (b)

Ireland

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Gestión de Recaudación y Cobranzas Ltda.

Chile

0.00%
99.84%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Global Consumer Finance Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Global Facilities, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

Santander Global Facilities, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander Global Operations, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Global Property, S.L.

Spain

97.34%
2.66%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Santander Global Services, S.A. (c)

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Global Sport, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SPORTS ACTIVITY

Santander Global Technology, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%

-

IT SERVICES

Santander Guarantee Company

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Hermes Multimercado Crédito Privado  Infraestructura Fundo de Investimento

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%

-

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Hipotecario 1 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Hipotecario 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Hipotecario 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

Spain

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Holding Imobiliária S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander Holding Internacional, S.A.

Spain

99.95%
0.05%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

United States

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Inclusión Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Insurance Agency, Inc.

Puerto Rico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Santander Insurance Agency, U.S., LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE

Santander Insurance Services UK Limited

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ASSET MANAGEMENT

Santander Intermediación Correduría de Seguros, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Santander International Limited

Jersey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander International Products, Plc. (g)

Ireland

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Inversiones S.A.

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Investment Bank Limited

Bahamas

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Investment Chile Limitada

Chile

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Investment I, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Investment Limited

Bahamas

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

Santander Investment Securities Inc.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander Investment, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Inwestycje Sp. z o.o.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander ISA Managers Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

Santander Lease, S.A., E.F.C.

Spain

70.00%
30.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Leasing Poland Securitization 01 Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Leasing S.A.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Santander Leasing S.A. Arrendamento Mercantil

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
99.99%
99.99%

LEASING

Santander Leasing, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

249

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Lending Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

MORTGAGE CREDIT COMPANY

Santander Mediación Operador de Banca-Seguros Vinculado, S.A.

Spain

96.70%
3.30%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE INTERMEDIARY

Santander Merchant S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Mortgage Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Operaciones España, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Paraty Qif PLC

Ireland

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

INVESTMENT FUND

Santander Pensiones, S.A., E.G.F.P.

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Pensões - Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Pensões, S.A.

Portugal

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes 2018-A Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes 2018-B Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes 2018-C Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes 2018-D Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes 2018-E Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Private Banking Gestión, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Private Banking s.p.a. in Liquidazione (c)

Italy

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Private Banking UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander Private Real Estate Advisory & Management, S.A.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander Private Real Estate Advisory, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Santander Real Estate, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Retail Auto Lease Funding LLC

United States

0.00%
69.71%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITISATION

Santander Retail Auto Lease Trust 2017-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Retail Auto Lease Trust 2018-A

United States

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santander Río Asset Management Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Río Servicios S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
99.97%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY SERVICES

Santander Río Trust S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
99.97%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Río Valores S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
99.34%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander S.A. Sociedad Securitizadora

Chile

0.00%
67.24%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Secretariat Services Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Securities LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Santander Securities S.A.

Poland

0.00%
67.47%
100.00%

-

SECURITIES COMPANY

250

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Santander Securities Services Brasil Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Santander Securities Services Brasil Participações S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Securities Services Colombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Securities Services, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE

Santander Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
75.14%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander Servicios Especializados, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Santander Speedboats Holding Company, S.L.

Spain

99.97%
0.03%
100.00%

-

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Technology USA, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Tecnología Argentina S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
99.34%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Tecnología España, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Totta Seguros, Companhia de Seguros de Vida, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.90%
100.00%
100.00%

INSURANCE

Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.90%
99.90%
99.90%

HOLDING COMPANY

Santander Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

Poland

50.00%
33.74%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Santander Trade Services Limited

Hong-Kong

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

Santander UK Foundation Limited

United Kingdom

-

(a)

-

-

CHARITABLE SERVICES

Santander UK Group Holdings plc

United Kingdom

77.67%
22.33%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander UK Investments

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander UK Operations Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Santander UK plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

BANKING

Santander UK Technology Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

IT SERVICES

Santander Vivienda, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México

Mexico

0.00%
75.13%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander Vivienda, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso Bursa

Mexico

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Santusa Holding, S.L.

Spain

69.76%
30.24%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

SC Austria Finance 2013-1 S.A.

Luxembourg

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2013-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (c)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

251

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

SC Germany Auto 2014-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (c)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2014-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2016-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2016-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Auto 2018-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2013-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (c)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2014-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2015-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2016-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Consumer 2018-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Vehicles 2013-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Germany Vehicles 2015-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

Germany

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Poland Consumer 15-1 Sp. z.o.o.

Poland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SC Poland Consumer 16-1 Sp. z o.o.

Poland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto I Limited

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto II Limited

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto KIMI VI Limited

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto VII Limited

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Eastside Locks GP Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

SCF Rahoituspalvelut I Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Rahoituspalvelut II Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Rahoituspalvelut KIMI VI Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCF Rahoituspalvelut VII Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCFI Ajoneuvohallinto Limited (c)

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

SCFI Rahoituspalvelut Designated Activity Company (c)

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Secucor Finance 2013-I Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Services and Promotions Delaware Corp.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

252

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Services and Promotions Miami LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Servicio de Alarmas Controladas por Ordenador, S.A.

Spain

99.99%
0.01%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITY

Servicios Corporativos Seguros Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (c)

Mexico

0.00%
85.30%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Servicios de Cobranza, Recuperación y Seguimiento, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
85.00%
85.00%
85.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Sheppards Moneybrokers Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY SERVICES

Shiloh III Wind Project, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

SI Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Silk Finance No. 4

Portugal

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Sobrinos de José Pastor Inversiones, S.A. (b)

Spain

0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Sociedad Integral de Valoraciones Automatizadas, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

APPRAISALS

Socur, S.A.

Uruguay

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Sol Orchard Imperial 1 LLC

United States

0.00%
56.88%
100.00%
100.00%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

Solarlaser Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Sovereign Community Development Company

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Sovereign Delaware Investment Corporation

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Sovereign Lease Holdings, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Sovereign REIT Holdings, Inc.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Sovereign Securities Corporation, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

Sovereign Spirit Limited (f)

Bermudas

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

Sterrebeeck B.V.

The Netherlands

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Suleyado 2003, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Super Pagamentos e Administração de Meios Eletrônicos S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
89.85%
100.00%
100.00%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Superdigital Holding Company, S.L.

Spain

99.97%
0.03%
100.00%

-

HOLDING COMPANY

Suzuki Servicios Financieros, S.L.

Spain

0.00%
51.00%
51.00%
51.00%

INTERMEDIATION

Svensk Autofinans WH 1 Designated Activity Company

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Swesant SA

Switzerland

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participações Sociais, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.86%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones S.A.

Chile

50.00%
50.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

253

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

The Alliance & Leicester Corporation Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

The Best Specialty Coffee, S.L. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RESTAURANTS

Tikgi Aviation One Designated Activity Company

Ireland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%

-

RENTING

Time Retail Finance Limited (c)

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SERVICES

Tonopah Solar I, LLC

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

TOPSAM, S.A de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Toque Fale Serviços de Telemarketing Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
79.52%
100.00%
100.00%

TELEMARKETING

Tornquist Asesores de Seguros S.A. (c)

Argentina

0.00%
99.99%
99.99%
99.99%

ADVISORY SERVICES

Totta (Ireland), PLC

Ireland

0.00%
99.86%
100.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Totta Urbe - Empresa de Administração e Construções, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
99.86%
100.00%
100.00%

REAL ESTATE

Trabajando.com Colombia Consultoría S.A.S.

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Trabajando.com México, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Trabajando.com Perú S.A.C.

Peru

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Trabalhando.com Brasil Consultoria Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Trabalhandopontocom Portugal - Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda. (c)

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

-

SERVICES

Trade Maps 3 Hong Kong Limited

Hong-Kong

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Trade Maps 3 Ireland Limited

Ireland

-

(a)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Trans Rotor Limited

United Kingdom

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

RENTING

Transolver Finance EFC, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
51.00%
51.00%
51.00%

LEASING

Tuttle and Son Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

Universia Brasil S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

Universia Chile S.A.

Chile

0.00%
86.84%
86.84%
86.72%

INTERNET

Universia Colombia S.A.S.

Colombia

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

Universia España Red de Universidades, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
89.45%
89.45%
89.45%

INTERNET

Universia Holding, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Universia México, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

Universia Perú, S.A.

Peru

0.00%
96.51%
96.51%
96.51%

INTERNET

Universia Uruguay, S.A.

Uruguay

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INTERNET

W.N.P.H. Gestão e Investimentos Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Wallcesa, S.A.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

Wave Holdco, S.L.

Spain

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%

-

HOLDING COMPANY

254

Table of Contents

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held
by the Bank

% of voting power (d)

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Wave SME Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Wave SME Technology Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

Waypoint Insurance Group, Inc.

United States

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Whitewick Limited

Jersey

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

INACTIVE

WIM Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

ADVISORY

WTW Shipping Designated Activity Company

Ireland

100.00%
0.00%
100.00%
100.00%

LEASING

(a)

Companies over which effective control is exercised.

(b)

Company in process of merger or liquidation. Pending of being registered.

(c)

Company in liquidation at 31 December 2018.

(d)

Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1159/2010, of 17 September approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting power, the voting power relating to subsidiaries or to other persons acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies was added to the voting power directly held by the Parent. For these purposes, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.

(e)

See note 2.b.i

(f)

Company resident in the UK for tax purposes.

(g)

Company resident in Spain for tax purposes.

(h)

Companies issuing shares and preference shares are listed in annex III, together with other relevant information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

Table of Contents

Appendix II

 

Societies of which the Group owns more than 5% (c), entities associated with Grupo Santander and jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

3E1 Sp. z o.o

Poland

0.00%
12.89%
21.60%
21.60%

ELECTRICITY  PRODUCTION

-

Administrador Financiero de Transantiago S.A.

Chile

0.00%
13.42%
20.00%
20.00%

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

Associated

Aegon Santander Portugal Não Vida - Companhia de Seguros, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
48.95%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

Aegon Santander Portugal Vida - Companhia de Seguros Vida, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
48.95%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly  controlled

Aeroplan - Sociedade Construtora de Aeroportos, Lda. (a)

Portugal

0.00%
19.97%
20.00%
20.00%

INACTIVE

-

Aguas de Fuensanta, S.A. (a)

Spain

36.78%
0.00%
36.78%
36.78%

FOOD

Associated

Alawwal Bank (consolidado)

Saudi Arabia

0.00%
11.16%
11.16%
11.16%

BANKING

-

Alcuter 2, S.L.

Spain

37.23%
0.00%
37.23%
37.23%

TECHNICAL SERVICES

-

Allianz Popular, S.L. (Consolidado)

Spain

40.00%
0.00%
40.00%
40.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Anekis, S.A.

Spain

24.75%
24.75%
49.50%
49.50%

ADVERTISING

Associated

Arena Communications Network, S.L.

Spain

20.00%
0.00%
20.00%
20.00%

ADVERTISING

Associated

Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme (consolidado)

Morocco

0.00%
5.11%
5.11%
5.26%

BANKING

-

Autopistas del Sol S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
14.17%
14.17%
14.17%

MOTORWAY CONCESSION

-

Aviva Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytalne Aviva Santander S.A.

Poland

0.00%
6.75%
10.00%
10.00%

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

-

Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń na Życie S.A.

Poland

0.00%
6.75%
10.00%
10.00%

INSURANCE

-

Banco Hyundai Capital Brasil S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
44.93%
50.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Banco RCI Brasil S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
35.84%
39.89%
39.89%

LEASING

Jointly controlled

Bank of Beijing Consumer Finance Company

China

0.00%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Associated

Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd. (consolidado)

China

6.50%
0.00%
6.50%
6.48%

BANKING

-

Benim - Sociedade Imobiliária, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
25.77%
25.81%
25.81%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

Câmara Interbancária de Pagamentos - CIP

Brazil

0.00%
15.82%
17.61%

-

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

-

Cantabria Capital, SGEIC, S.A.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

MANAGEMENT OF VENTURE CAPITAL

Associated

256

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

CCPT - ComprarCasa, Rede Serviços Imobiliários, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
49.98%
49.98%
49.98%

REAL ESTATE SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Centro de Compensación Automatizado S.A.

Chile

0.00%
22.37%
33.33%
33.33%

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

Associated

Centro para el Desarrollo, Investigación y Aplicación de Nuevas Tecnologías, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

TECHNOLOGY

Associated

CNP Santander Insurance Europe Designated Activity Company

Ireland

49.00%
0.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Associated

CNP Santander Insurance Life Designated Activity Company

Ireland

49.00%
0.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Associated

CNP Santander Insurance Services Ireland Limited

Ireland

49.00%
0.00%
49.00%
49.00%

SERVICES

Associated

Cobranza Amigable, S.A.P.I. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
33.78%
39.74%
39.74%

COLLECTION SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Comder Contraparte Central S.A

Chile

0.00%
7.54%
11.23%
11.23%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Associated

Companhia Promotora UCI

Brazil

0.00%
25.00%
25.00%
25.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Compañia Española de Financiación de Desarrollo, Cofides, S.A., SME

Spain

20.18%
0.00%
20.18%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

-

Compañía Española de Seguros de Crédito a la Exportación, S.A., Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros (consolidado)

Spain

23.33%
0.55%
23.88%
21.08%

CREDIT INSURANCE

-

Compañía Española de Viviendas en Alquiler, S.A.

Spain

24.07%
0.00%
24.07%
24.07%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

Compañía para los Desarrollos Inmobiliarios de la Ciudad de Hispalis, S.L., en liquidación (a)

Spain

21.98%
0.00%
21.98%
21.98%

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

-

Condesa Tubos, S.L.

Spain

36.21%
0.00%
36.21%
30.61%

SERVICES

-

Corkfoc Cortiças, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
27.54%
27.58%

-

CORK INDUSTRY

-

Corridor Texas Holdings LLC (consolidado)

United States

0.00%
29.47%
29.47%
32.61%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Eko Energy Sp. z o.o

Poland

0.00%
13.13%
22.00%
22.00%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

-

Euro Automatic Cash Entidad de Pago, S.L.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Associated

FAFER- Empreendimentos Urbanísticos e de Construção, S.A. (a)

Portugal

0.00%
36.57%
36.62%
36.62%

REAL ESTATE

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

257

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

FC2Egestión, S.L.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Jointly controlled

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

United States

0.00%
6.33%
6.33%
6.33%

BANKING

-

Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

United States

0.00%
30.09%
30.09%
30.44%

BANKING

-

FIDC RCI Brasil I – Financiamento de Veículos

Brazil

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

FIDC RN Brasil – Financiamento de Veículos

Brazil

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 11

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 14

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 15

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 16

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 17

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización de Activos, RMBS Prado I

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 10

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 12

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización, RMBS Prado II

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización, RMBS Prado III

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización, RMBS Prado IV

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización, RMBS Prado V

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fondo de Titulización, RMBS Prado VI

Spain

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Fortune Auto Finance Co., Ltd

China

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Friedrichstrasse, S.L.

Spain

35.00%
0.00%
35.00%
35.00%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

Gestora de Inteligência de Crédito S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
17.97%
20.00%
20.00%

COLLECTION SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Gire S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
57.92%
58.33%
58.33%

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

Associated

Grupo Financiero Ve Por Más, S.A. de C.V. (consolidado)

Mexico

24.99%
0.00%
24.99%
24.99%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Associated

HCUK Auto Funding 2016-1 Ltd (a)

United Kingdom

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

HCUK Auto Funding 2017-1 Ltd

United Kingdom

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

258

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

HCUK Auto Funding 2017-2 Ltd

United Kingdom

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Healthy Neighborhoods Equity Fund I LP

United States

0.00%
22.37%
22.37%

-

REAL ESTATE

-

Hyundai Capital UK Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
50.01%
50.01%
50.01%

FINANCE COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Imperial Holding S.C.A. (a)

Luxembourg

0.00%
36.36%
36.36%
36.36%

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

-

Imperial Management S.à r.l. (a)

Luxembourg

0.00%
40.20%
40.20%
40.20%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Inbond Inversiones 2014, S.L.

Spain

40.00%
0.00%
40.00%
40.00%

FINANCIAL STUDIES

Jointly controlled

Indice Iberoamericano de Investigación y Conocimiento, A.I.E.

Spain

0.00%
51.00%
51.00%
51.00%

INFORMATION SYSTEM

Jointly controlled

Inmo Alemania Gestión de Activos Inmobiliarios, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Inverlur Aguilas I, S.L.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

REAL ESTATE

Jointly controlled

Inverlur Aguilas II, S.L.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

REAL ESTATE

Jointly controlled

Inversiones en Resorts Mediterráneos, S.L. (a)

Spain

0.00%
43.28%
43.28%
43.28%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

Inversiones Ibersuizas, S.A.

Spain

25.42%
0.00%
25.42%
25.42%

VENTURE CAPITAL

-

Inversiones ZS América Dos Ltda

Chile

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

Associated

Inversiones ZS América SpA

Chile

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

Associated

Invico S.A.

Poland

0.00%
14.23%
21.09%
21.09%

TRADE

-

J.C. Flowers I L.P.

United States

0.00%
10.60%
4.99%
4.99%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

J.C. Flowers II-A L.P. (consolidado)

Canada

0.00%
69.40%
4.43%
4.43%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

JCF AIV P L.P.

Canada

0.00%
7.67%
4.99%
4.99%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

JCF BIN II-A

Mauritania

0.00%
69.52%
4.43%
4.43%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Jupiter III L.P.

Canada

0.00%
96.45%
4.99%
4.99%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Loop Gestão de Pátios S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
32.08%
35.70%

-

BUSINESS SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Luri 3, S.A.

Spain

10.00%
0.00%
10.00%
10.00%

REAL ESTATE

Jointly controlled

Lusimovest Fundo de Investimento Imobiliário

Portugal

0.00%
25.73%
25.77%
25.77%

INVESTMENT FUND

Associated

Massachusetts Business Development Corp. (consolidado)

United States

0.00%
21.60%
21.60%
21.60%

FINANCE COMPANY

-

MB Capital Fund IV, LLC

United States

0.00%
23.94%
23.94%
23.94%

FINANCE COMPANY

-

Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. (consolidado)

Spain

16.88%
5.60%
22.48%
22.57%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

259

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

Metrovacesa, S.A. (consolidado)

Spain

31.94%
17.46%
49.40%
71.45%

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

Associated

New PEL S.à r.l.

Luxembourg

0.00%
7.67%
0.00%
0.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

NIB Special Investors IV-A LP

Canada

0.00%
99.55%
4.99%
4.99%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

NIB Special Investors IV-B LP

Canada

0.00%
93.42%
4.99%
4.99%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Niuco 15, S.L.

Spain

37.23%
0.00%
37.23%

-

TECHNICAL SERVICES

-

Norchem Holdings e Negócios S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
19.54%
29.00%
29.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Associated

Norchem Participações e Consultoria S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
44.93%
50.00%
50.00%

SECURITIES COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Nowotna Farma Wiatrowa Sp. z o.o

Poland

0.00%
12.96%
21.73%
21.60%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

-

Odc Ambievo Tecnologia e Inovacao Ambiental, Industria e Comercio de Insumos Naturais S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
18.14%
20.19%
20.19%

TECHNOLOGY

-

Olivant Limited (consolidado)

Guernsey

0.00%
10.39%
10.39%
10.39%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Operadora de Activos Alfa, S.A. De C.V. (a)

Mexico

0.00%
49.98%
49.98%
49.98%

FINANCE COMPANY

Associated

Operadora de Activos Beta, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

0.00%
49.99%
49.99%
49.99%

FINANCE COMPANY

Associated

Operadora de Tarjetas de Crédito Nexus S.A.

Chile

0.00%
8.66%
12.90%
12.90%

CARDS

Associated

Parque Solar Páramo, S.L.

Spain

92.00%
0.00%
25.00%
25.00%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

Jointly controlled

Payever GmbH

Germany

0.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%

SOFTWARE

Associated

POLFUND - Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych S.A.

Poland

0.00%
33.74%
50.00%
50.00%

MANAGEMENT

Associated

Prisma Medios de Pago S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
18.39%
18.52%
17.47%

BUSINESS SERVICES

Associated

Procapital - Investimentos Imobiliários, S.A. (a)

Portugal

0.00%
39.96%
40.00%
40.00%

REAL ESTATE

-

Project Quasar Investments 2017, S.L.

Spain

49.00%
0.00%
49.00%

-

FINANCE COMPANY

Associated

PSA Corretora de Seguros e Serviços Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
44.93%
50.00%
50.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

PSA Insurance Europe Limited

Malta

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

PSA Life Insurance Europe Limited

Malta

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

PSA UK Number 1 plc

United Kingdom

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

LEASING

Associated

Redbanc S.A.

Chile

0.00%
22.44%
33.43%
33.43%

SERVICES

Associated

Redsys Servicios de Procesamiento, S.L.

Spain

20.00%
0.08%
20.08%
20.00%

CARDS

Associated

Retama Real Estate, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

SERVICES

Jointly controlled

260

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

Rías Redbanc, S.A.

Uruguay

0.00%
25.00%
25.00%
25.00%

SERVICES

-

Saite, S.A.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

REAL ESTATE

Jointly controlled

Santander Auto S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
44.93%
50.00%

-

INSURANCE

Associated

Santander Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń na Życie S.A.

Poland

0.00%
33.06%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Santander Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

Poland

0.00%
33.06%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Jointly controlled

Saturn Japan II Sub C.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
69.30%
0.00%
0.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Saturn Japan III Sub C.V.

The Netherlands

0.00%
72.72%
0.00%
0.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Sepacon 31, S.L.

Spain

37.23%
0.00%
37.23%
37.23%

TECHNICAL SERVICES

-

Servicios de Infraestructura de Mercado OTC S.A

Chile

0.00%
7.55%
11.25%
11.25%

SERVICES

Associated

SIBS SGPS, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
16.54%
16.56%
16.56%

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

-

Sistema de Tarjetas y Medios de Pago, S.A.

Spain

18.11%
0.00%
18.11%

-

PAYMENT SERVICES

Associated

Sistemas Técnicos de Encofrados, S.A. (consolidado)

Spain

27.15%
0.00%
27.15%
25.15%

BUILDING MATERIALS

-

Sociedad Conjunta para la Emisión y Gestión de Medios de Pago, E.F.C., S.A.

Spain

42.50%
0.00%
42.50%
42.50%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Sociedad de Garantía Recíproca de Santander, S.G.R.

Spain

25.50%
0.23%
25.73%
25.50%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

-

Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria, S.A.

Spain

22.21%
0.00%
22.21%
22.22%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

-

Sociedad Española de Sistemas de Pago, S.L.

Spain

22.24%
0.00%
22.24%
22.24%

PAYMENT SERVICES

-

Sociedad Interbancaria de Depósitos de Valores S.A.

Chile

0.00%
19.66%
29.29%
29.29%

CUSTODY

Associated

Solar Energy Capital Europe S.à r.l. (consolidado)

Luxembourg

0.00%
33.33%
33.33%
33.33%

HOLDING COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Stephens Ranch Wind Energy Holdco LLC (consolidado)

United States

0.00%
28.80%
28.80%
28.80%

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

-

Syntheo Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

PAYMENT SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Tbforte Segurança e Transporte de Valores Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
17.80%
19.81%
19.81%

SECURITY

Associated

Tbnet Comércio, Locação e Administração Ltda.

Brazil

0.00%
17.80%
19.81%
19.81%

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Associated

Tecnologia Bancária S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
17.80%
19.81%
19.81%

ATM

Associated

Teka Industrial, S.A. (consolidado)

Spain

0.00%
9.42%
9.42%
9.42%

HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCES

-

Testa Residencial, SOCIMI, S.A. (consolidado)

Spain

0.79%
17.64%
18.43%
38.74%

REAL ESTATE

Associated

The OneLife Holding S.à r.l. (consolidado)

Luxembourg

0.00%
5.90%
0.00%
0.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

-

Tonopah Solar Energy Holdings I, LLC (consolidado)

United States

0.00%
26.80%
26.80%
26.80%

HOLDING COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Trabajando.com Chile S.A.

Chile

0.00%
33.33%
33.33%
33.33%

SERVICES

Associated

Transbank S.A.

Chile

0.00%
16.78%
25.00%
25.00%

CARDS

Associated

261

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership
held by the Bank

% of voting
power (b)

 

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Year 2018

Year 2017

Activity

Type of
company

U.C.I., S.A.

Spain

50.00%
0.00%
50.00%
50.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Jointly controlled

UCI Hellas Credit and Loan Receivables Servicing Company S.A.

Grecia

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

FINANCIAL SERVICES

Jointly controlled

UCI Holding Brasil Ltda

Brazil

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Jointly controlled

UCI Mediação de Seguros Unipessoal, Lda.

Portugal

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

Jointly controlled

UCI Servicios para Profesionales Inmobiliarios, S.A.

Spain

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

REAL ESTATE SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Unicre-Instituição Financeira de Crédito, S.A.

Portugal

0.00%
21.83%
21.86%
21.86%

FINANCE COMPANY

Associated

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

Spain

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

MORTGAGE CREDIT COMPANY

Jointly controlled

Uro Property Holdings SOCIMI, S.A.

Spain

14.95%
0.00%
14.95%
14.95%

REAL ESTATE

-

VCFS Germany GmbH

Germany

0.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

MARKETING

Jointly controlled

Venda de Veículos Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios

Brazil

-

(d)

-

-

SECURITISATION

Jointly controlled

Webmotors S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
62.90%
70.00%
70.00%

SERVICES

Jointly controlled

Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
48.79%
48.79%
48.79%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros S.A.

Brazil

0.00%
48.79%
48.79%
48.79%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Holding (Spain), S.L.

Spain

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Associated

Zurich Santander Holding Dos (Spain), S.L.

Spain

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Associated

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

Spain

49.00%
0.00%
49.00%
49.00%

HOLDING COMPANY

Associated

Zurich Santander Seguros Argentina S.A.

Argentina

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Seguros de Vida Chile S.A.

Chile

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Seguros Generales Chile S.A.

Chile

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Seguros México, S.A.

Mexico

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated

Zurich Santander Seguros Uruguay, S.A.

Uruguay

0.00%
49.00%
49.00%
49.00%

INSURANCE

Associated


(a)

Company in liquidation to 31 December 2018.

(b)

Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1159/2010, of 17 September approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting power, the voting power relating to subsidiaries or to other persons acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies was added to the voting power directly held by the Parent, For these purposes, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.

(c)

Excluding the Group companies listed in Appendix I and those of negligible interest with respect to the fair presentation that the consolidated financial statements must express (pursuant to Article 48 of the Spanish Commercial Code and Article 260 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law).

(d)

Companies over which the non-subsidiary investee of the Group exercises effective control

262

Table of Contents

Appendix III

Issuing subsidiaries of shares and preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the Bank

 

Company

Location

Direct

Indirect

Activity

Emisora Santander Spain, S.A. Unipersonal

Spain

100.00%
0.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Santander UK (Structured Solutions) Limited

United Kingdom

0.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

Sovereign Real Estate Investment Trust

United States

0.00%
100.00%

FINANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

Appendix IV

Notifications of acquisitions and disposals of investments in 2018

(Article 155 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law and Article 125 of the Spanish Securities Market Law).

COMMUNICATION OF SIGNIFICANT SHARES MADE TO CNMV DURING 2018:

On the 29-01-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV. They informed that the Group´s shares in NYESA VALORES CORPORACIÓN had decreased to 6.407% (<10%) on the 18.01.2018.

NOTE: After the increase in share capital executed by NYESA, the percentage of Banco Santander, S.A. (given Banco Popular Español, S.A.U) in this company has fallen from 13.223% to 6.407%, exceeding the 10% threshold.

On the 12-02-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A., was registered in the CNMV, where they informed that the Group’s shares in METROVACESA, S.A. had increase to 53.311% (51.497% of the voting rights attributed to shares and 1.814% of the voting rights through financial instruments) (>50%) on the 06.02.2018 as a result of the company’s admission to the Stock Exchange.

On the 23-03-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, where they informed that the Group’s shares in METROVACESA, S.A. dropped to 49.362% (<50%) on the 22.03.2018.

On the 28-03-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, where they informed that the Group’s shares in NYESA VALORES CORPORACIÓN had decreased to 4.468% (<5%) on the 21.03.2018.

On the 02-04-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, where they informed that the Group’s shares in NYESA VALORES CORPORACIÓN had decreased to 2.939% (<3%) on the 28.03.2018.

On the 04-10-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, in which it was reported that the purpose of this communication was to update the information referring to the Banco Santander’s, S.A stock options in ABENGOA, S.A., after the merger by absorption of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A. As a result of the merger, the shares held by Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. became direct shares of Banco Santander, S.A. Therefore, Banco Santander’s shares in ABENGOA, S.A. amounted to 4.975% on the 28.09.2018.

On the 04-10-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, informing that the purpose of this communication was to update the information referring to the Banco Santander’s, S.A stock options in METROVACESA, S.A., after the merger by absorption of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A. As a result of the merger, the shares held by Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. became direct shares of Banco Santander, S.A. Therefore, Banco Santander’s shares in METROVACESA, S.A. amounted to 49.362% on the 28.09.2018.

On the 04-10-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A. was registered in the CNMV, informing that the purpose of this communication was to update the information referring to the Banco Santander’s, S.A stock options in COMPAÑIA ESPAÑOLA DE VIVIENDAS EN ALQUILER, S.A. (CEVASA), after the merger by absorption of Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. by Banco Santander, S.A. As a result of the merger, the shares held by Banco Popular Español, S.A.U. became direct shares of Banco Santander, S.A. Therefore, Banco Santander’s shares in CEVASA, S.A. amounted to 24.068% on the 28.09.2018.

On the 30-10-2018, the communication made by Banco Santander, S.A., BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A., BANKIA, S.A., CAIXABANK, S.A., KUTXABANK, S.A., LIBERBANK, S.A., and BANCO DE SABADELL, S.A., (concerted action) in which it was reported

263

Table of Contents

that Group Santander’s S.A stake in GENERAL DE ALQUILER DE MAQUINARIA, S.A., was 63.045% on the 28.09.2018.

NOTE: Update of the information on a concerted action of the Entities included in this Parasocial Agreement, with the sole purpose of updating the information existing in the CNMV on the participation of the Entities members of the Concerted Action in GAM as a result of the merger by absorption of BANCO POPULAR ESPAÑOL, S.A.U by Banco Santander, S.A.

 

Appendix V

Other information on the Group's banks

A) Following is certain information on the share capital of the Group's main banks based on their total assets.

1. Santander UK plc

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group.

At 31 December 2018, the Company was a subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding, S.L.

On 12 November 2004 Banco Santander, S.A. acquired the then entire issued ordinary share capital of 1,485,893,636 Ordinary shares of 10p. each. On 12 October 2008 a further 10 billion Ordinary shares of 10p. each were issued to Banco Santander, S.A. and an additional 12,631,375,230 Ordinary shares of 10p. each were issued to Banco Santander, S.A. on 9 January on 2009. On 3 August 2010, 6,934,500,000 ordinary shares of 10p. each were issued to Santusa Holding, S.L. With effect from 10 January 2014, Santander UK Group Holdings Limited, a subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding S.L., became the beneficial owner of 31,051,768,866 of 10p. each, being the entire issued Ordinary share capital of the Company, by virtue of a share exchange agreement between Santander UK Group Holdings Limited, Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding, S.L. Santander UK Group Holdings Limited became the legal owner of the entire issued Ordinary share capital of the Company on 1 April 2014 and on 25 March 2015 became a public limited company and changed its name from Santander UK Group Holdings Limited to Santander UK Group Holdings plc. In addition to this, there are 325,000,000 Non-Cumulative Non-Redeemable 10.375% and 8.625% Sterling Preference Shares of GBP 1.00 each and 13,780 Series A Fixed (6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares of GBP 1.00 each. The legal and beneficial title to the entire issued Preference share capital is held by third parties and is not held by Banco Santander, S.A.

b) Capital increases in progress

At 31 December 2018, there were no approved capital increases.

c) Share capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 28 March 2018 resolved to unconditionally authorise the company to carry out the following repurchases of share capital:

(1) To buy back its own 8.625% Sterling Preference shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy back up to 125,000,000 8.625% Sterling Preference shares;

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for 8.625% Sterling Preference shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each 8.625% Sterling Preference share is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

This authority began on 28 March 2018 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorisation ends, to buy back its own 8.625% Sterling Preference shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorisation ends.

(2) To buy back its own 10.375% Sterling Preference shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy up to 200,000,000 10.375% Sterling Preference shares;

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for 10.375% Sterling Preference shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each 10.375% Sterling Preference share is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

This authority began on 28 March 2018 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorisation ends, to buy back its own 10.375% Sterling Preference shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorisation ends.

(3) To buy back its own Series A Fixed (6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy up to 13.780 Series A Fixed(6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares;

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for Series A Fixed(6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each Series A Fixed (6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

This authority began on 28 March 2018 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorisation ends, to buy back its own Series A Fixed (6.222%)/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative

264

Table of Contents

Callable Preference Shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorisation ends.

d) Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

The preference share capital of Santander UK plc is traded on the London Stock Exchange under the following details:

-   10.375% Sterling Preference – ISIN: GB0000064393

-   8.625% Sterling Preference – ISIN: GB0000044221

-   Series A Fixed (6.222%) / Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares – ISIN: XS0502105454

2. Abbey National Treasury Services plc

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds ordinary shares amounting to GBP 249,998,000 through Santander UK Group Holdings plc (249,998,000 ordinary shares with a par value of GBP 1 each).

The Group also holds 1,000 tracker shares (shares without voting rights but with preferential dividend rights) amounting to GBP 1,000 and 1,000 B tracker shares amounting to GBP 1,000 through Santander UK Group Holdings plc, both with a par value of GBP 1 each.

b) Capital increases in progress

No approved capital increases are in progress.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d) Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

3. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds 3,440,170,512 ordinary shares and 3,273,507,089 preference shares through Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries Sterrebeeck B.V., Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L., Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Madesant – Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

The shares composing the share capital of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. have no par value and there are no pending payments. At 2018 year-end, the bank’s treasury shares consisted of 13,316,502 ordinary shares and 13,316,502 preferred shares, with a total of 26,633,004 shares.

In accordance with current Bylaws (Article 5.7), the preference shares do not confer voting rights on their holders, except under the following circumstances:

(a)

In the event of transformation, merger, consolidation or spin-off of the company.

(b)

In the event of approval of agreements between the company and the shareholders, either directly, through third parties or other companies in which the shareholders hold a stake, provided that, due to legal or bylaw provisions, they are submitted to a general meeting.

(c)

In the event of an assessment of the assets used to increase the company’s share capital.

The General Assembly may, at any moment decide to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares, establishing a reason for the conversion.

However, the preference shares do have the following advantages (Article 5.6):

(a)

Their dividends are 10% higher than those distributed to ordinary shares.

(b)

Priority in the dividends distribution.

(c)

Participation, on the same terms as ordinary shares, in capital increases resulting from the reserves and profits capitalization and in the distribution of bonus shares arising from the capitalization of retained earnings, reserves or any other funds.

(d)

Priority in the reimbursement of capital in the event company’s dissolution.

(e)

In the event of a public offering due to a change in control of the company, the holders of preferred shares are guaranteed the right to sell the shares at the same price paid for the block of shares transferred as part of  the change of control, i.e. they are treated the same as shareholders with voting rights.

265

Table of Contents

b) Capital increases in progress

No approved capital increases are in progress.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

The company is authorised to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, up to a limit of 9,090,909,090 ordinary shares or preferred shares, and without need to maintain any ratio between any of the different classes of shares, provided they remain within the limits of the maximum number of preferred shares provided in Law.

As of 31 December 2018, the share capital consists of 7,498,531,051 shares (3,818,695,031 ordinary shares and 3,679,836,020 preferred shares).

d) Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

At the general meeting held on 21 December 2016 the shareholders approved the rules relating to the deferred remuneration plans for the directors, management and other employees of the company and of companies under its control. Shares delivery is linked to achievement of certain targets.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict reserves availability

The only restriction on the availability of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.’s reserves is connected to the requirement for the legal reserve formation (restricted reserves), which can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.

The legal reserve requirement is set-forth in Article 193 of the Brazilian Corporations Law, which establishes that before allocating profits to any other purpose, 5% of profits must be transferred to the legal reserve, which must not exceed 20% of the company’s share capital.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Listed capital instruments

All the shares are listed on the São Paulo Stock Exchange (BM&FBOVESPA; B3 – Brasil, Bolsa, Balcão) and the shares deposit certificates (American Depositary Receipts - ADR) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

4. Santander Bank, National Association

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At 31 December 2018, the Group held 530,391,043 ordinary shares that carry the same voting and dividend acquisition rights over Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (SHUSA). This holding company and Independence Community Bank Corp. (ICBC) hold 1,237 ordinary shares with a par value of USD 1 each, which carry the same voting rights. These shares constitute all the share capital of Santander Bank, National Association (SBNA). SHUSA holds an 80.84% ownership interest in SBNA, and the remaining 19.16% belongs to ICBC. ICBC is wholly owned by SHUSA. There is no shareholders’ meeting for the ordinary shares of SBNA.

b) Capital increases in progress

At 31 December 2018 there were no approved capital increases.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d) Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

5. Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

a) Number of financial instruments of capital held by the group.

In 2018 the merger process of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, as merging Company, with GRUPO FINANCIERO SANTANDER MEXICO, S.A.B. DE C.V., as merged Company was finalised, as well as the Constitution of the new GRUPO FINANCIERO SANTANDER MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.; the parent group through Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (the 'financial group') and Santander Global Facilities, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), own 5,087,801,602 shares which constitute the 74.97% of the share capital of the Bank.

b) Capital increases in course.

There aren´t any.

c) Capital authorised by the Shareholders Meeting.

The a capital stock of the Society is 28,117,661,554.00 Mexican pesos (twenty eight thousand one hundred seventeen million six hundred sixty one thousand five hundred fifty four Mexican pesos) represented by a total of 7,436,994,357 (seven thousand four hundred thirty six million nine hundred ninety four thousand three hundred fifty seven) stocks with a nominal value of 3.780782962 Mexican pesos (three Mexican pesos 780782962/1000000000) each one; divided in 3,796,120,213 (three thousand seven hundred ninety six million one hundred and twenty thousand two hundred and thirteen) stocks of "F" Series and 3,640,874,144 (three thousand six hundred and forty million eight hundred seventy four thousand on hundred forty four) stocks of "B" Series. The capital stock is constituted as follows:

266

Table of Contents

Paid-in and subscribed capital of the Society is 25,660,152,629.00 Mexican pesos (twenty five thousand six hundred sixty million one hundred fifty two thousand six hundred twenty nine Mexican pesos) represented by  a total of 6,786,994,357 (six thousand seven hundred eighty six million nine hundred ninety four thousand three hundred and fifty seven) stocks with a nominal value of 3.780782962 Mexican pesos (three Mexican pesos 780782962/1000000000) each one; divided in 3,464,309,145 (three thousand four hundred sixty four million three hundred and nine thousand one hundred forty five) stocks of "F" Series and 3,322,685,212 (three thousand three hundred twenty two million six hundred eighty five thousand two hundred and twelve) stocks of "B" Series.

The authorised capital stock of the Society is 2,457,508,925.00 Mexican pesos., Two thousand four hundred fifty seven million five hundred and eight thousand nine hundred and twenty five Mexican pesos), represented by a total of 650,000,000 (six hundred and fifty million) stocks  with a nominal value of 3.780782962 Mexican pesos (three Mexican pesos 780782962/1000000000) each one; divided in 331,811,068 (three hundred thirty one million eight hundred eleven thousand and sixty eight) would correspond to the "F" series and 318,188,932 (three hundred eighteen million one hundred eighty eight thousand nine hundred and thirty two) to "B" Series are kept in the treasury of the Society.

d) Rights incorporated into parts of founder, bonds or debt, convertible obligations and securities or similar rights.

(i)

The Board of Directors on its meeting held on October 22, 2015, was updated regarding the situation of the debt issuance of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico, which had been previously ratified in the session held on October 17, 2013, in order to issue debt for the amount of 6,500 million dollars in local or international markets, for a maximum period of 15 years, senior or subordinated debt and includes debt instruments qualifying for purposes of capital in accordance with the legislation in force, which can be implemented individually or through several issue programs.

The approved debt issuance of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México is currently composed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instrument

Type

Term

Amount

Available

Broadcast program of bank bonds and certificates of deposit of money in term

Revolving

19-Feb-21

55,000 million Mexican pesos

35,514 million Mexican pesos

 

With fix exchange rate according to Banxico 10/Jan/ 2019

Private banking structured bonds Act

Non Revolving

19-Apr-32

20,000 million Mexican pesos

4,936 million Mexican pesos

Structured bonds without public offering

 

16-Feb-32

10,000 million Mexican pesos

10,000 million Mexican pesos

Senior Bonds

Non Revolving

09-Nov-22

1,000 thousand million American dollars

N/A

Capital Notes

(Tier2 capital) **

Non Revolving

30-Jan-24

77.09 thousand million American dollars

**Carry out the call at 30 January 2019.

N/A

Capital Notes

AT1

Non Revolving

perpetual

500 million American dollars

N/A

 

Capital Notes

(Tier2 capital)

Non Revolving

1-Oct-2028

1,300 million American dollars

N/A

 

 

*    The issuance of structured private banking bonds isn't revolving. Once placed the amount laid down in the corresponding brochure a new certificate is issued by the authorised amount.

267

Table of Contents

 

(ii)

The Board of Directors on its meeting held on January 27, 2011 approved the general conditions for the senior debt issue in international markets.  On October 18, 2012 such issue was approved for the amount of 500 and 1000 million American dollars, for a term of 5 to 10 years. The issue was approved with the objective of obtaining resources to finance the increase in business assets and the liquidity of the Bank. Under these agreements adopted by the Board of Directors, the debt was issued for an amount of 1,000 million American dollars on November 9, 2012.

(iii)

On December 27, 2013 Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México issued subordinated notes (subordinated notes 2013) for a total amount of 1.300.000.000 American dollars, in accordance with the capital requirements established in the Basel III criteria for complementary capital/ Tier 2 at a rate of 5.95% with redemption date of January, 30 2024. The controlling shareholder, Banco Santander, S.A., agreed to buy 975,000,000 American dollars of such notes which correspond to the 75% of the notes.

Such notes were offered through a private offering only to qualified institutional buyers, in accordance with Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and it´s modifications, and outside the U.S. under the Regulation S of the Market Law

The issue was approved with the objective of increase the efficiency of the capital of the Institution, and to adequate its capital profile to its main peers, as well as to increase the cost effectiveness of resources with the same capital strength and capacity for growth in risk-weighted assets.

(iv)

On the General Shareholder’s meeting, held on May 14, 2012, it was approved to ratify the agreement adopted by the Extraordinary Shareholder´s meeting held on 17 March 2009, in which it was agreed to create a collective credit for the amount of 1,000,000,000 American dollars through the issue of subordinated, non-preferential, non-guaranteed and non-convertible obligations. So far the issue has not been made.

(v)

The Board of Director on its meeting held on October 27, 2016 approved the issuance in Mexico of debt up to 500 million of American dollars or its equivalent in Mexican pesos. The Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholder´s meeting held on December 5, 2016, approved to issue a financial instrument that comply with the requirements of regulatory capital established in Basel III, which was considered as not fundamental basic capital, for up to 500 million American dollars.

On December 29, 2016 Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, made an overseas private offering of subordinate, non-preferred, perpetual and convertible obligations representing the share capital by a total amount of 500,000,000 American dollars, which had the character of a ‘mirror emission’ (back-to-back), as a guarantee of liquidity of subordinate obligations not preferential, perpetual and convertible into shares, issued by Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico.

(vi)

As a result of the corporate restructure which included among others the merger of Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, as a merging party with Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico as merged Company the subordinated obligations referred to in paragraph (v), were acquired in its entirety by Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México; therefore the subordinate obligations of Banco Santander Mexico became extinct by confusion of rights and obligations, since the Bank as a merging party met the quality of debtor and creditor in these instruments at the moment that the merger was finalised.

Based on the above the subordinate obligations issued by Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico, which were acquired by various investors, will continue to be in force on behalf of its owners and managed by Banco Santander Mexico, preserving substantially the terms and conditions in which they were issued.

(vii)

On September 20, 2018 Banco Santander México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple Grupo Financiero Santander México. issued and placed equity instruments, subordinated, preferential, and not convertible into shares, governed by foreign law representative of the complementary part of the net capital of Banco Santander (TIER 2 subordinated preferred capital notes), for the amount of 1,300,000,000.00 American dollars (the "instruments"), whose resources were used mainly for the acquisition of the 94.07% of the 2013 subordinated notes.

The amount issued of 1,300,000,000.00 American dollars covers in full the sum of the repurchase of the subordinated notes 2013, for 1,222,907,000.00 American dollars. With respect to the 77,093,000.00 American dollars that remained in force, shall be paid in advance of January 30, 2019, which has been authorised by the Bank of Mexico. **

Regarding, the acquisition of the subordinated notes 2013: (a) the acquired total amount was  1,222,907,000.00 American dollars (nominal value), at a price of 1,010.50 American dollars and (b) the amount acquired Banco Santander, S.A. (Spain), was a nominal 1,078,094,000.00 American dollars.

With respect of the issue of the instruments the total amount distributed to Banco Santander, S.A. (Spain), was 75% of the emission; which means that the settled amount is was 975,000,000.00 American dollars.

The General Extraordinary Shareholder´s Meeting was held on September 10, 2018 where among other subjects, it was approved to ratify the limit for the issuance of up to 6,500 million

268

Table of Contents

American dollars debt to a maximum period of 15 years, senior or subordinate, in local markets and/or international markets, instrumented individually or through broadcast programs, which was previously authorised by the Board of Directors on its meeting held on April 26 of 2018.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves.

According to the Law of Financial Institutions, general dispositions applicable to financial institutions, General Corporations law and the bylaws, the Bank has to constitute or increase its capital reserves to ensure the solvency to protect the payments system and the public savings.

The Bank increases its legal reserve annually accordingly to the results obtained in the fiscal year (benefits).

The Bank must constitute the different reserves established in the legal provisions applicable to financial institutions, which are determined according to the qualification granted to credits and they are released when the credit rating improves, or when it is settled.

f) Entities outside the Group which own, directly or through subsidiaries, a stake equal to or greater than 10% of the equity.

Non applicable

g) Equity instruments admitted to trading.

Non applicable

6. Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

a) Number of equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds 1,256,179,958 ordinary shares through its subsidiaries: Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A. with 1,241,179,513 shares, Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participações Sociais, S.A. with 14,593,315 shares, and Banco Santander Totta, S.A. with 407,130  treasury shares, all of which have a par value of EUR 1 each and identical voting and dividend rights and are subscribed and paid in full.

b) Capital increases in progress

At 31 December 2018, there were no approved capital increases.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d) Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Under Article 296 of the Portuguese Companies’ Code, the legal and merger reserves can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.

Non-current asset revaluation reserves are regulated by Decree- Law 31/98, under which losses can be offset or capital increased by the amounts for which the underlying asset is depreciated, amortised or sold.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

7. Santander Consumer Bank AG

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At 31 December 2018, through Santander Consumer Holding GmbH, the Group held 30,002 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 1,000 each, all of which carry the same voting rights.

b) Capital increases in progress

Not applicable.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d) Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

8. Banco Santander - Chile

a) Number of equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds a 67.18% ownership interest in its subsidiary in Chile corresponding to 126,593,017,845 ordinary shares of Banco Santander - Chile through its subsidiaries: Santander Chile Holding S.A. with 66,822,519,695 ordinary shares, Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones S.A., with 59,770,481,573 ordinary shares and Santander Inversiones S.A. with 16,577 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares that carry the same voting and dividend rights.

b) Capital increases in progress

At 31 December 2018, there were no approved capital increases.

269

Table of Contents

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

Share capital at 31 December 2018 amounted to CLP 891,302,881,691.

d) Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Remittances to foreign investors in relation to investments made under the Statute of Foreign Investment (Decree-Law 600/1974) and the amendments thereto require the prior authorisation of the foreign investment committee.

f) Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

All the shares are listed on the Chilean stock exchanges and, through American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

9. Santander Bank Polska S.A. (formerly Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.)

a) Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At 31 December, 2018, Banco Santander, S.A. held 68,880,774 ordinary shares with a par value of PLN 10 each, all of which carry the same voting rights.

b) Capital increases in progress

At 31 December, 2018, there were no approved capital increases.

c) Capital authorised by the shareholders at the general meeting

At the extraordinary general meeting held on 29 May 2018 passed the resolution regarding the demerger of Deutsche Bank Polska S.A. As a result of this demerger share capital of Santander Bank Polska was increased by PLN 27,548,240 through issuance of 2,754,824 ordinary bearer shares series N with a nominal value of PLN 10 (ten zlotys) each. The share capital increase took place on 9 November 2018.

d) Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

At the general meeting held on 17 May 2017, the shareholders resolved to approve the “Incentive Scheme VI” as an initiative to attract, motivate and retain the bank’s employees. Delivery of the shares is tied to the achievement of certain targets in the years from 2017 to 2019. The bank considers that the exercise of these rights might give rise to the issuance of no more than 250,000 shares.

e) Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f) Non-Group entities, which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g) Quoted equity instruments

All the shares of Santander Bank Polska S.A. are listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange.

B) The restrictions on the ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group, as required under paragraph 13 of IFRS12, are described below.

In certain jurisdictions, restrictions have been established on the distribution of dividends on the basis of the new, much more stringent capital adequacy regulations. However, there is currently no evidence of any practical or legal impediment to the transfer of funds by Group subsidiaries to the Parent in the form of dividends, loans or advances, repatriation of capital or any other means.

 

Appendix VI

 

Annual banking report

The Group’s total tax contribution in 2018 (taxes incurred directly by the Group and the collection of taxes incurred by third parties generated in the course of its economic activities) exceeded EUR 16,600 million of which more than EUR 7,000 million correspond to own taxes (Corporate income tax, non-recoverable VAT and other indirect taxes, payments to the Social Security on behalf of the employer and other taxes on payroll and other taxes and levies).

This annual banking report was prepared in compliance with Article 89 of Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, and its transposition into Spanish law pursuant to Article 87 of Law 10/2014, of 26 June on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions.

Following is a detail of the criteria used to prepare the annual banking report for 2018:

a) Name(s), nature of activities and geographical location

The aforementioned information is available in Appendices I and III to the Group's consolidated financial statements, which contain details of the companies operating in each jurisdiction, including, among other information, their name(s), geographical location and the nature of their activities.

270

Table of Contents

As can be seen in the aforementioned Appendices, the main activity carried on by the Group in the various jurisdictions in which it operates is commercial banking. The Group operates mainly in ten markets through a model of subsidiaries that are autonomous in capital and liquidity terms, which has clear strategic and regulatory advantages, since it limits the risk of contagion between Group units, imposes a double layer of global and local oversight and facilitates crisis management and resolution. The number of Group offices totals 13,217 (the largest commercial network of any international bank) and these offices provide our customers with all their basic financial needs.

b) Turnover and income before tax

For the purposes of this report, turnover is considered to be gross income, and gross profit or loss before tax, both as defined and presented in the consolidated income statement that forms part of the Group's consolidated financial statements.

c) Number of employees on a full time equivalent basis

The data on employees on a full time equivalent basis were obtained from the average headcount of each jurisdiction.

d) Tax on profit or loss

In the absence of specific criteria, the amount of taxes actually paid in respect of those taxes whose effect is recognised under "Income Tax" in the consolidated income statement (EUR 3,458 million in 2018, with an effective tax rate of 24.4%) has been included.

Taxes effectively paid in the year by each of the companies in each jurisdiction include:

·

Supplementary payments relating to income tax returns, normally for prior years.

·

Advances, prepayments, withholdings made or borne in respect of tax on profit or loss for the year. Given their scantly representative amount, it was decided that taxes borne abroad would be included in the jurisdiction of the company that bore them.

·

Refunds collected in the year with respect to returns for prior years that resulted in a refund.

·

Where appropriate, the tax payable arising from tax assessments and litigation relating to these taxes.

The foregoing amounts form part of the cash flow statement and therefore differ from the income tax expense recognised in the consolidated income statement (EUR 4,886 million in 2018, representing an effective rate of 34.4% or, if extraordinary results are discounted, EUR 5,230 million which represents an effective rate of 35.4% (see note 52.c)). This is so because the tax regulations of each country establish:

·

The time at which taxes must be paid and, normally, there is a timing mismatch between the dates of payment and the date of generation of the income bearing the tax.

·

Its own criteria for calculating the tax and establishes temporary or permanent restrictions on expense deduction, exemptions, relief or deferrals of certain income, thereby generating the related differences between the accounting profit (or loss) and taxable profit (or tax loss) which is ultimately taxed; tax loss carryforwards from prior years, tax credits and/or relief, etc. must also be added to this. Also, in certain cases special regimes are established, such as the tax consolidation of companies in the same jurisdiction, etc.

e) Public subsidies received

In the context of the disclosures required by current legislation, this term was interpreted to mean any aid or subsidy in line with the European Commission's State Aid Guide and, in such context, the Group companies did not receive public subsidies in 2018.

271

Table of Contents

The detail of the information for 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

Jurisdiction

Turnover
(million of euros)

Employees

Gross profit or loss before tax (million
of euros)

Tax on
profit
or loss (million
of euros)

Germany

1,377

4,562

457

119

Argentina

1,203

8,939

190

118

Austria

171

349

83

33

Bahamas

9  

44

(1)

-

Belgium

104

212

64

15

Brazil(1)

13,211

44,151

5,343

998

Canada

52

200

10

3  

Chile

2,568

11,565

1,198

202

China

95

219

28

3  

Colombia

26

169

2  

3  

Spain(2)

7,644

38,227

106

464

United States

6,764

15,616

1,144

29

Denmark

177

236

89

5  

Finland

112

171

69

14

France

575

939

343

63

Ireland

108

2  

(20)

-  

Isle of Man

1  

57

1  

-  

Cayman Islands

(1)

-  

(1)

-

Italy

421

830

183

63

Jersey

1  

76

1  

1  

Luxemburg

39

-  

33

-  

Malta

10

-

10

-

Mexico(3)

3,584

19,295

1,218

322

Norway

317

508

171

55

The Netherlands

96

295

42

78

Panama

1  

6  

-  

-

Paraguay

-  

-  

-  

-  

Peru

70

166

42

8  

Poland

1,885

14,930

817

228

Portugal(4)

1,398

7,294

376

25

Puerto Rico

247

963

(20)

9  

United Kingdom

5,472

24,772

1,922

537

Singapore

4  

10

1  

-  

Sweden

161

324

106

21

Switzerland

106

233

29

7  

Uruguay

416

1,609

165

35

Consolidated Group total

48,424

196,969

14,201

3,458

(1)

Including the information relating to a branch in the Cayman Islands the profits of which are taxed in full in Brazil. The contribution of this branch profit before tax from continuing operations 2018 is EUR 613 million.

(2)

Includes the corporate centre. In Tax on profit or loss, it includes EUR 116 million of monetizable deferred taxes converted form Banco Popular Español, S.A.U.

(3)

Including the information on a branch in the Bahamas the profits of which are taxed in full in Mexico. In 2018 the contribution of this branch to operating profit before tax from continuing operations was EUR - 2 million.

(4)

Including the information relating to the branch, closed on 31 December, in the UK and is taxed both in the UK and in Portugal. In 2018 the contri1bution of this branch to profit before tax from continuing operations was EUR 32 million.

At 31 December 2018, the Group's return on assets (ROA) was 0.64%.

272